UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 8-K

CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): July 20, 2011

Warner Music Group Corp.
(Exact name of Co-Registrant as specified in its charter)

 
 	 	 	 	 	
Delaware	 	001-32502	 	13-4271875	
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)	 	(Commission
File Number)	 	(IRS Employer
Identification No.)	

75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York	 	10019	
(Address of principal executive offices)	 	(Zip Code)	
Co-Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (212) 275-2000

WMG Acquisition Corp.
(Exact name of Co-Registrant as specified in its charter)

 
 	 	 	 	 	
Delaware	 	333-121322	 	68-0576630	
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)	 	(Commission
File Number)	 	(IRS Employer
Identification No.)	

75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York	 	10019	
(Address of principal executive offices)	 	(Zip Code)	
Co-Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (212) 275-2000

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the
Co-Registrants under any of the following provisions:
 
¨	Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)	
 
¨	Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)	
 
¨	Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))	
 
¨	Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))	

 

Introductory Note
Pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 6, 2011 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Warner Music Group Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Airplanes Music LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”) and an affiliate of Access Industries, Inc., a privately held, U.S.-based industrial group with long-term holdings worldwide (“ Access ”) and Airplanes Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (“ Merger Sub ”), on July 20, 2011 (the “ Closing Date ”), Merger Sub merged with and into the Company with the Company surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (the “ Merger ”).
Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, on the Closing Date, each outstanding share of common stock of the Company (other than any shares owned by the Company or its wholly-owned subsidiaries, or by Parent and its affiliates, or by any stockholders who are entitled to and who properly exercise appraisal rights under Delaware law, and shares of unvested restricted stock granted under the Company’s equity plan) was cancelled and converted automatically into the right to receive $8.25 in cash, without interest and less applicable withholding taxes (collectively, the “ Merger Consideration ”).
Equity contributions totaling $1,066 million from Access Industries Holdings LLC, together with (i) the proceeds from the sale of (a) $150 million aggregate principal amount of 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 initially issued by WM Finance Corp. (the “ Initial OpCo Issuer ”) which was merged (the “ OpCo Merger ”) with and into WMG Acquisition Corp. (“ Warner Music Group ”) (the “ Secured WMG Notes ”), (b) $765 million aggregate principal amount of 11.50% Senior Notes due 2018 initially issued by the Initial OpCo Issuer (the “ Unsecured WMG Notes ”) and (c) $150 million aggregate principal amount of 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 initially issued by WM Holdings Finance Corp. (the “ Initial Holdings Issuer ”) which was merged (the “ Holdings Merger ”) with and into WMG Holdings Corp. (“ Holdings ”) (the “ Holdings Notes ” and together with the Secured WMG Notes and the Unsecured WMG Notes, the “ Notes ”) and (ii) cash on hand at the Company, were used, among other things, to finance the aggregate Merger Consideration, to make payments in satisfaction of other equity-based interests in the Company under the Merger Agreement, to repay certain of the Company’s existing indebtedness and to pay related transaction fees and expenses. On the Closing Date, the Company also entered into, but did not draw under, a new $60 million revolving credit facility.
In connection with the Merger, the Company also refinanced certain of its existing consolidated indebtedness, including (i) the repurchase and redemption by Holdings of its approximately $258 million in fully accreted principal amount outstanding 9.5% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 (the “ Existing Holdings Notes ”), and the satisfaction and discharge of the related indenture, and (ii) the repurchase and redemption by Warner Music Group of its $465 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding 7 3/8% Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 and £100 million in aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 8 1/8% Sterling-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “ Existing Warner Music Group Notes ” and together with the Existing Holdings Notes, the “ Existing Notes ”), and the satisfaction and discharge of the related indenture, and payment of related tender offer or call premiums and accrued interest on the Existing Notes.
Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.
Revolving Credit Facility
In connection with the Merger, Warner Music Group entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) for a senior secured revolving credit facility with Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Revolving Credit Facility ”).

General
Warner Music Group is the borrower (the “Borrower”) under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility provides for a revolving credit facility in the amount of up to $60 million (the “ Commitments ”) and includes a letter of credit sub-facility. Amounts are available under the Revolving Credit Facility in U.S. dollars. The Revolving Credit Facility permits loans after the Merger for general corporate purposes. The Revolving Credit Facility may also be utilized to issue letters of credit on or after the Closing Date.
The final maturity of the Revolving Credit Facility will be five years from the Closing Date.
Interest Rates and Fees
The loans under the Credit Agreement bear interest at Borrower’s election at a rate equal to (i) the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars in the London interbank market (adjusted for maximum reserves) for the applicable interest period (“ LIBOR rate ”), plus 4% per annum, or (ii) the base rate, which is the highest of (x) the corporate base rate established by the administrative agent from time to time, (y) the overnight federal funds rate plus 0.5% and (z) the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus, in each case, 3% per annum. The LIBOR rate shall be deemed to be not less than 1.5%.
If there is a payment default at any time, then the interest rate applicable to overdue principal will be the rate otherwise applicable to such loan plus 2.0% per annum. Default interest will also be payable on other overdue amounts at a rate of 2.0% per annum above the amount that would apply to an alternative base rate loan.
The Revolving Credit Facility bears a commitment fee equal to 0.5%, payable quarterly in arrears, based on the utilization of the Revolving Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility bears customary letter of credit fees. Warner Music Group is also required to pay certain upfront fees to lenders and agency fees to the agent under the Revolving Credit Facility, in the amounts and at the times agreed between the relevant parties.
Prepayments
If, at any time, the aggregate amount of outstanding loans (including letters of credit outstanding thereunder) exceeds the Commitments, prepayments of the loans (and after giving effect to such prepayment the cash collateralization of letters of credit) will be required in an amount equal to such excess. The application of proceeds from mandatory prepayments shall not reduce the aggregate amount of then effective commitments under the Facility and amounts prepaid may be reborrowed, subject to then effective commitments under the Facility.
Voluntary reductions of the unutilized portion of the Commitments and prepayments of borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility are permitted at any time, in minimum principal amounts to be agreed upon, without premium or penalty, subject to reimbursement of the lenders’ redeployment costs actually incurred in the case of a prepayment of LIBOR-based borrowings other than on the last day of the relevant interest period.
Guarantee; Security
Warner Music Group and certain of its domestic subsidiaries entered into a Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Subsidiary Guaranty ”), pursuant to which all obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are guaranteed by Warner Music Group’s existing subsidiaries that guarantee the Existing Secured Notes and each other direct and indirect wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary, other than certain excluded subsidiaries.

All obligations of the Borrower and each guarantor are secured by substantially all assets of the Borrower, Holdings and each subsidiary guarantor to the extent required under the security agreement securing the Existing Secured Notes and the Secured WMG Notes, including a perfected pledge of all the equity interests of the Borrower and of any subsidiary guarantor, mortgages on certain real property and certain intellectual property.
Covenants, Representations and Warranties
The Revolving Credit Facility contains customary representations and warranties and customary affirmative and negative covenants. The negative covenants are limited to the following: limitations on dividends on, and redemptions and purchases of, equity interests and other restricted payments, limitations on prepayments, redemptions and repurchases of certain debt, limitations on liens, limitations on loans and investments, limitations on debt, guarantees and hedging arrangements, limitations on mergers, acquisitions and asset sales, limitations on transactions with affiliates, limitations on changes in business conducted by the Borrower and its subsidiaries, limitations on restrictions on ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions, limitations on amendments of subordinated debt and unsecured bonds and limitations on capital expenditures. The negative covenants are subject to customary and other specified exceptions.
There are no financial covenants included in the Credit Agreement, other than a springing leverage ratio, which will be tested only when there are loans outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility in excess of $5 million (excluding letters of credit).
Events of Default
Events of default under the Credit Agreement are limited to nonpayment of principal, interest or other amounts, violation of covenants, incorrectness of representations and warranties in any material respect, cross default and cross acceleration of certain material debt, bankruptcy, material judgments, ERISA events, actual or asserted invalidities of the Credit Agreement, guarantees or security documents and a change of control, in each case subject to customary notice and grace period provisions.
Copies of the Credit Agreement and the Subsidiary Guaranty are attached as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing descriptions of the Credit Agreement and the Subsidiary Guaranty do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of such agreements.
Secured WMG Notes Indenture
On the Closing Date, the Initial OpCo Issuer issued $150 million aggregate principal amount of the Secured WMG Notes pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (as amended and supplemented, the “ Secured WMG Notes Indenture ”), between the Initial OpCo Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Warner Music Group assumed all of the Initial OpCo Issuer’s obligations under the terms of the Secured WMG Notes Indenture as a result of the OpCo Merger. Following the completion of the OpCo Merger on the Closing Date, Warner Music Group and certain of its domestic subsidiaries (the “ Guarantors ”) entered into a Supplemental Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Secured WMG Notes First Supplemental Indenture ”), with the Trustee, pursuant to which (i) Warner Music Group became a party to the Indenture and (ii) each Guarantor became a party to the Secured WMG Notes Indenture and provided an unconditional guarantee on a senior secured basis of the obligations of Warner Music Group under the Secured WMG Notes.

Interest on the Secured WMG Notes is payable in cash. Interest on the Secured WMG Notes is payable on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on December 15, 2011.
Ranking
The Secured WMG Notes are Warner Music Group’s senior secured obligations and are secured on an equal and ratable basis with all future indebtedness secured with the same security arrangements as the Secured WMG Notes. The Secured WMG Notes rank senior in right of payment to Warner Music Group’s subordinated indebtedness, including its existing senior notes; rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company’s future senior indebtedness, including indebtedness under any future senior secured credit facility; and are structurally subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any of Warner Music Group’s non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to Warner Music Group or one of its subsidiary guarantors (as such term is defined below)).
Guarantees
The Secured WMG Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of Warner Music Group’s existing direct or indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries and by any such subsidiaries that guarantee other indebtedness of Warner Music Group in the future. Such subsidiary guarantors are collectively referred to herein as the “subsidiary guarantors,” and such subsidiary guarantees are collectively referred to herein as the “subsidiary guarantees.” Each subsidiary guarantee is a senior secured obligation of such subsidiary guarantor and is secured on an equal and ratable basis with all future obligations of such subsidiary guarantor that are secured with the same security arrangements as the guarantee of the Secured WMG Notes (which would include the subsidiary guarantor’s guarantee of any future senior secured credit facility) by first priority liens, subject to permitted liens, on the collateral owned by such subsidiary guarantor securing any future senior secured credit facility. Each subsidiary guarantee ranks senior in right of payment to all subordinated obligations of the subsidiary guarantor, including the subsidiary guarantor’s guarantee of Warner Music Group’s existing senior subordinated notes; is  pari passu  in right of payment with all of the subsidiary guarantor’s existing and future senior obligations, including the subsidiary guarantor’s guarantee of any future senior secured credit facility; and is structurally subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any non-guarantor subsidiary of the subsidiary guarantor (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to Warner Music Group or one of its subsidiary guarantors). Any subsidiary guarantee of the Secured WMG Notes may be released in certain circumstances. The Secured WMG Notes are not guaranteed by Holdings.
Optional Redemption
Warner Music Group may redeem the Secured WMG Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to June 15, 2013, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the applicable make-whole premium.
The Secured WMG Notes may also be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to June 15, 2013, upon the consummation and closing of a Major Music/Media Transaction (as defined in the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 104.750% of the principal amount of the Secured WMG Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, on the Secured WMG Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of the Secured WMG Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

On or after June 15, 2013, Warner Music Group may redeem all or a part of the Secured WMG Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, on the Secured WMG Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below:

Year	  	Percentage	 	
2013	  	 	104.750	% 	
2014	  	 	102.375	% 	
2015 and thereafter	  	 	100.000	% 	
In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2012, Warner Music Group may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Secured WMG Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.50% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of Secured WMG Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of an equity offering by Warner Music Group or a contribution to its common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of an equity offering by the Warner Music Group’s direct or indirect parent; provided that: (1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Secured WMG Notes originally issued under the Secured WMG Notes Indenture (excluding Secured WMG Notes held by Warner Music Group and its subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such equity offering.
Change of Control
Upon the occurrence of a change of control, which is defined in the Secured WMG Notes Indenture, each holder of the Secured WMG Notes has the right to require Warner Music Group to repurchase some or all of such holder’s Secured WMG Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date. A change of control includes, among other events, either a sale of Warner Music Group’s Recorded Music business or a sale of its Music Publishing business. A sale of the Warner Music Group’s Recorded Music Business will not constitute a change of control where Warner Music Group has made an offer to redeem all the Secured WMG Notes in connection with such sale.
Covenants
The Secured WMG Notes Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, Warner Music Group’s ability and the ability of most of its subsidiaries to: incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares; pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of its capital stock or make investments or other restricted payments; create restrictions on the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to it or make certain other intercompany transfers; sell certain assets; create liens on certain debt; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; sell or otherwise dispose of its Music Publishing business; and enter into certain transactions with its affiliates.
Events of Default
The Secured WMG Notes Indenture also provides for events of default which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the Secured WMG Notes to become or to be declared due and payable.
Copies of the Secured WMG Notes Indenture and the Secured WMG Notes First Supplemental Indenture are attached as Exhibits 4.1 and 4.4 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing descriptions of the Secured WMG Notes Indenture and the Secured WMG Notes First Supplemental Indenture do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of such agreements.

Supplemental Indenture to Existing Secured WMG Notes Indenture
Warner Music Group entered into a supplemental indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (the “Existing Secured WMG Notes Supplemental Indenture ”), that supplements the Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2009, among Warner Music Group, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (such indenture, as amended and supplemented, the “ Existing Secured WMG Notes Indenture ”) pursuant to which Warner Music Group had previously issued $1,100 million of aggregate principal amount of its 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2014 (the “ Existing Secured WMG Notes ”). Pursuant to the Existing Secured WMG Notes Supplemental Indenture, certain subsidiaries of Warner Music Group that had not previously been parties to the Existing Secured WMG Notes Indenture, agreed to become parties thereto and to unconditionally guarantee, on a senior secured basis, payment of the Existing Secured WMG Notes.
A copy of the Existing Secured WMG Notes Supplemental Indenture is attached as Exhibit 4.7 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing description of the Existing Secured WMG Notes Supplemental Indenture does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such agreement.
Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture
On the Closing Date, the Initial OpCo Issuer issued $765 million aggregate principal amount of the Unsecured WMG Notes pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (as amended and supplemented, the “ Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture ”), between the Initial OpCo Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Warner Music Group assumed all of Initial OpCo Issuer’s obligations under the Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture as a result of the OpCo Merger. Following the completion of the OpCo Merger on the Closing Date, Warner Music Group and certain of its domestic subsidiaries (the “ Guarantors ”) entered into a Supplemental Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Unsecured WMG Notes First Supplemental Indenture ”), with the Trustee, pursuant to which (i) Warner Music Group became a party to the Indenture and (ii) each Guarantor became a party to the Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture and provided an unconditional guarantee of the obligations of Warner Music Group under the Unsecured WMG Notes.
Interest on the Unsecured WMG Notes is payable in cash. Interest on the Unsecured WMG Notes is payable on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on October 1, 2011.
Ranking
The Unsecured WMG Notes and the related guarantees are Warner Music Group’s and the guarantors’ general unsecured senior obligations and rank senior to all their future debt that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Unsecured WMG Notes. The Unsecured WMG Notes rank equally with all of Warner Music Group’s existing and future liabilities that are not so subordinated, effectively subordinated to all of Warner Music Group’s and the guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the assets securing that indebtedness, including the Secured WMG Notes, indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Existing Secured Notes, and are structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of Warner Music Group’s subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Unsecured WMG Notes, to the extent of the assets of those subsidiaries.

Guarantees
The Unsecured WMG Notes are guaranteed, on a senior unsecured basis, by substantially all of Warner Music Group’s subsidiaries that guarantee the Revolving Credit Facility, Existing Secured Notes and Secured WMG Notes.
Optional Redemption
Warner Music Group may redeem the Unsecured WMG Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 1, 2014, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the applicable make-whole premium.
On or after October 1, 2014, Warner Music Group may redeem all or a part of the Unsecured WMG Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, on the Unsecured WMG Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 1 of the years indicated below:

Year	  	Percentage	 	
2014	  	 	108.625	% 	
2015	  	 	105.750	  	
2016	  	 	102.875	% 	
2017 and thereafter	  	 	100.000	% 	
In addition, at any time (which may be more than once) before October 1, 2014, Warner Music Group may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Unsecured WMG Notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 111.50%, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date.
Covenants
The Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit Warner Music Group’s ability and the ability of most of its subsidiaries to: incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares; pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of its capital stock or make investments or other restricted payments; create restrictions on the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to Warner Music Group or make certain other intercompany transfers; sell certain assets; create liens on certain debt; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets. Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control, Warner Music Group is required to make an offer to repurchase all of the Unsecured WMG Notes (unless otherwise redeemed) at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any to the repurchase date.
Events of Default
Events of default under the Indenture are limited to: the nonpayment of principal or interest when due, failure to comply with the merger covenant therein, failure to comply with obligation to make a change of control offer (other than a failure to purchase the Unsecured WMG Notes), failure to comply with its other agreements contained in the Unsecured WMG Notes or the Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture, the failure of any subsidiary guarantor with its obligations under its guarantee, failure to pay any indebtedness for borrowed money after final maturity or cross acceleration of material debt, bankruptcy event of default, judgment default or a failure of any guarantee of a significant subsidiary to be in full force and effect.

Copies of the Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture and the Unsecured WMG Notes First Supplemental Indenture are attached as Exhibits 4.2 and 4.5 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing descriptions of the Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture and the Unsecured WMG Notes First Supplemental Indenture do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of such agreements.
Holdings Notes Indenture
On the Closing Date, the Initial Holdings Issuer issued $150 million aggregate principal amount of the Holdings Notes pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (as amended and supplemented, the “ Holdings Notes Indenture ”), between the Initial Holdings Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Holdings assumed all of the Initial Holdings Issuer’s obligations under the Holdings Notes Indenture as a result of the Holdings Merger. Following the completion of the Holdings Merger on the Closing Date, Holdings entered into a Supplemental Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Holdings Notes First Supplemental Indenture ”), with the Trustee, pursuant to which Holdings became a party to the Indenture.
Interest on the Holdings Notes is payable in cash. Interest on the Holdings Notes is payable on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on October 1, 2011.
Ranking
The Holdings Notes are Holdings’ general unsecured senior obligations and rank senior to all its future debt that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Holdings Notes. The Holdings Notes rank equally with all of Holdings’ existing and future liabilities that are not so subordinated, are structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of Holdings’ subsidiaries, to the extent of the assets of those subsidiaries, and are effectively junior to the Secured WMG Notes, the Existing Secured Notes and indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility to the extent of the value of Holdings’ assets subject to liens securing such indebtedness.
Guarantee
The Holdings Notes are not guaranteed by any of its subsidiaries.
Optional Redemption
Holdings may redeem the Holdings Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 1, 2015, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the applicable make-whole premium.
On or after October 1, 2015, Holdings may redeem all or a part of the Holdings Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, on the Holdings Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 1 of the years indicated below:

Year	  	Percentage	 	
2015	  	 	106.875	  	
2016	  	 	103.438	% 	
2017 and thereafter	  	 	100.000	% 	
In addition, at any time (which may be more than once) before October 1, 2015, Holdings may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Holdings Notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 113.75%, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date.

Covenants
The Holdings Notes Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit Holdings’ ability and the ability of most of its subsidiaries to: incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares; create liens on certain debt; pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of its capital stock or make investments or other restricted payments; create restrictions on the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to Holdings or make certain other intercompany transfers; sell certain assets; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; and enter into certain transactions with affiliates. Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control, Holdings is required to make an offer to repurchase all of the Holdings Notes (unless otherwise redeemed) at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any to the repurchase date.
Events of Default
Events of default under the Indenture are limited to: the nonpayment of principal or interest when due, failure to comply with the merger covenant therein, failure to comply with obligation to make a change of control offer (other than a failure to purchase the Secured WMG Notes), failure to comply with its other agreements contained in the Secured WMG Notes or the Secured WMG Notes Indenture, the failure of any subsidiary guarantor with its obligations under its guarantee, failure to pay any indebtedness for borrowed money after final maturity or cross acceleration of material debt, bankruptcy event of default, judgment default or a failure of any guarantee of a significant subsidiary to be in full force and effect.
Copies of the Holdings Notes Indenture and the Holdings Notes First Supplemental Indenture are attached as Exhibits 4.3 and 4.6 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing descriptions of the Holdings Notes Indenture and the Holdings Notes First Supplemental Indenture do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of such agreements.
Guarantee of Holdings Notes
On July 25, 2011, the Company issued a guarantee with respect to the Holdings Notes whereby it fully and unconditionally guaranteed (the “ Holdings Notes Guarantee ”), on a senior unsecured basis, the payments of Holdings on the Holdings Notes.
A copy of the Holdings Notes Guarantee is attached as Exhibit 4.25 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing description of Holdings Notes Guarantee does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Holdings Notes Guarantee.
Secured WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement
Immediately following the consummation of the Merger on the Closing Date, Warner Music Group and the Guarantors entered into a joinder agreement, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Secured WMG Notes Registration Rights Joinder ”), by and among Warner Music Group, the Guarantors and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers of the Secured WMG Notes (the “ Initial Purchasers ”), with respect to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Secured WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement ”), by and among the Initial OpCo Issuer and the Initial Purchasers. Under the Secured WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement, Warner Music Group is obligated, under certain circumstances, to file and use commercially

reasonable efforts to cause to become effective a registration statement with respect to an offer to exchange (the “Secured WMG Notes Exchange Offer ”) the Secured WMG Notes for notes publicly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) with substantially identical terms as the Secured WMG Notes. The Secured WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events, Warner Music Group will file with the SEC, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective, a shelf registration statement relating to resales of the Secured WMG Notes and to keep effective such shelf registration statement for a specific period of time. Pursuant to the Secured WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement, Warner Music Group is obligated to pay additional interest on the Secured WMG Notes in specified circumstances, including if the registration statement with respect to the Secured WMG Notes Exchange Offer has not become effective or been declared effective within 450 days following the Closing Date. The annual interest on the Secured WMG Notes as a result of Warner Music Group’s failure to satisfy certain of its registration obligations under the Secured WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement will increase by 0.25% per annum during the first 90-day period following the occurrence of such default and by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period during which the related registration default continues, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00% per annum.
However, notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the registration rights agreement provides that Warner Music Group will not be required to consummate the exchange offer with respect to any Secured WMG Notes that are freely tradable under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) before the required date for the consummation of such exchange offer if on or before such date, (i) the Secured WMG Notes would be freely tradable pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act by holders that are not affiliates of Warner Music Group, (ii) the restrictive legend on the Secured WMG Notes has been removed and (iii) the Secured WMG Notes would no longer bear a restricted CUSIP number.
Copies of the Secured WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement and the Secured WMG Notes Registration Rights Joinder are attached as Exhibits 4.8 and 4.11 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing description of the Secured WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement and the Secured WMG Notes Registration Rights Joinder does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such agreements.
Unsecured WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement
Immediately following the consummation of the OpCo Merger on the Closing Date, Warner Music Group and the Guarantors entered into a joinder agreement, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Unsecured WMG Notes Registration Rights Joinder ”), by and among Warner Music Group, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, with respect to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Unsecured WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement ”), by and among the Initial OpCo Issuer and the Initial Purchasers. Under the Unsecured WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement, Warner Music Group is obligated, under certain circumstances, to file and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective a registration statement with respect to an offer to exchange (the “ Unsecured WMG Notes Exchange Offer ”) the Unsecured WMG Notes for notes publicly registered with the SEC with substantially identical terms as the Unsecured WMG Notes. The Unsecured WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events, Warner Music Group will file with the SEC, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective, a shelf registration statement relating to resales of the Unsecured WMG Notes and to keep effective such shelf registration statement for a specific period of time. Pursuant to the Unsecured WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement, Warner Music Group is obligated to pay additional interest on the Unsecured WMG Notes in specified circumstances, including if the registration statement with respect to the Unsecured WMG Notes Exchange Offer has not become effective or been declared effective within 365 days following the Closing Date. The annual interest on the Unsecured WMG Notes as a result of Warner Music Group’s

failure to satisfy certain of its registration obligations under the Unsecured WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement will increase by 0.25% per annum during the first 90-day period following the occurrence of such default and by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period during which the related registration default continues, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 0.50% per annum.
Copies of the Unsecured WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement and the Unsecured WMG Notes Registration Rights Joinder are attached as Exhibits 4.9 and 4.12 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing description of the Unsecured WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement and the Unsecured WMG Notes Registration Rights Joinder does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such agreements.
Holdings Notes Registration Rights Agreement
Immediately following the consummation of the Holdings Merger on the Closing Date, Holdings entered into a joinder agreement, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Holdings Notes Registration Rights Joinder ”), by and among Holdings and the Initial Purchasers, with respect to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Holdings Notes Registration Rights Agreement ”), by and among the Initial Holdings Issuer and the Initial Purchasers. Under the Holdings Notes Registration Rights Agreement, Holdings is obligated, under certain circumstances, to file and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective a registration statement with respect to an offer to exchange (the “ Holdings Notes Exchange Offer ”) the Holdings Notes for notes publicly registered with the SEC with substantially identical terms as the Holdings Notes. The Holdings Notes Registration Rights Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events, Holdings will file with the SEC, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective, a shelf registration statement relating to resales of the Holdings Notes and to keep effective such shelf registration statement for a specific period of time. Pursuant to the Holdings Notes Registration Rights Agreement, Holdings is obligated to pay additional interest on the Holdings Notes in specified circumstances, including if the registration statement with respect to the Holdings Notes Exchange Offer has not become effective or been declared effective within 365 days following the Closing Date. The annual interest on the Holdings Notes as a result of Holdings’ failure to satisfy certain of its registration obligations under the WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement will increase by 0.25% per annum during the first 90-day period following the occurrence of such default and by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period during which the related registration default continues, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 0.50% per annum.
Copies of the Holdings Notes Registration Rights Agreement and the Holdings Notes Registration Rights Joinder are attached as Exhibits 4.10 and 4.13 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing description of the WMG Notes Registration Rights Agreement and the WMG Notes Registration Rights Joinder does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such agreements.
Management Agreement
Upon completion of the Merger, the Company and Holdings entered into a management agreement with Access, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Management Agreement ”), pursuant to which Access will provide the Company and its subsidiaries, with financial, investment banking, management, advisory and other services. Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Company, or one or more of its subsidiaries, will pay Access a specified annual fee, plus expenses, and a specified transaction fee for certain types of transactions completed by Holdings or one or more of its subsidiaries, plus expenses. Pursuant to the Management Agreement, Access received a transaction fee and reimbursement of expenses for financial, investment banking, management advisory and other services for the Company performed by Access prior to the closing of the Merger. The Company and Holdings agreed to indemnify Access and certain of its affiliates against all liabilities arising out of performance of the Management Agreement.

A copy of the Management Agreement is attached as Exhibit 10.3 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing description of the Management Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Management Agreement.
Security Agreement Supplement
On the Closing Date, certain subsidiaries of Warner Music Group that had not previously been parties to the Security Agreement, dated May 28, 2009, among Warner Music Group, Holdings, the subsidiary guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent and notes authorized representative (the “ Security Agreement ”), entered into a Security Agreement Supplement (the “ Security Agreement Supplement ”), whereby such subsidiaries granted a security interest in substantially all of their assets to secure all obligations of Warner Music Group and the guarantors under the secured obligations referred to in the Security Agreement, including the Credit Agreement, the Secured WMG Notes and the Existing Secured Notes.
A copy of the Security Agreement Supplement is attached as Exhibit 4.24 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing description of the Security Agreement Supplement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such agreement.
IP Security Agreements
In connection with the Security Agreement Supplement, certain subsidiaries of Warner Music Group entered into Copyright Security Agreements and a Trademark Security Agreement in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent, in each case for recording the security interest granted under the Security Agreement to the collateral agent in certain Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office, as applicable.
Copies of the Copyright Security Agreements and the Trademark Security Agreement are attached as Exhibits 4.14 through 4.21 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing description of the Copyright Security Agreements and the Trademark Security Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such agreements.
Item 1.02 Termination of a Material Definitive Agreement.
On July 20, 2011 (the “Early Acceptance Date”), each of Holdings and Warner Music Group accepted for purchase in connection with their previously announced tender offers and related consent solicitations in respect of the Existing Notes, such Existing Notes as had been tendered at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on July 11, 2011 (the “ Early Consent Time ”). Each of Holdings and Warner Music Group then issued a notice of redemption relating to all Existing Notes not accepted for payment on the Early Acceptance Date. Following payment for the Existing Notes tendered at or prior to the Early Consent Time, each of Holdings and Warner Music Group deposited with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) under (i) the Indenture, dated as of April 8, 2004, as amended, among Warner Music Group, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the Trustee (the “ Warner Music Group Existing Indenture ”), relating to the Existing Warner Music Group Notes and (ii) the Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2004, among Holdings, the Company, as guarantor, and the Trustee (the “ Holdings Existing Indenture ”), relating to the Existing Holdings Notes (such indenture, together with the Warner Music Group Existing Indenture, the “ Existing Indentures ”), funds sufficient to satisfy all obligations remaining under the Existing Indentures with respect to the Existing Notes not accepted for payment on the Early Acceptance Date. The Trustee then entered into a Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture, each dated as of July 21, 2011, with respect to each Existing Indenture.

A copy of the Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture relating to the Warner Music Group Existing Indenture is filed as Exhibit 4.22 to this Report, and a copy of the Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture relating to the Holdings Existing Indenture is filed as Exhibit 4.23 to this Report.
Item 2.03 Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant
The information contained in Item 1.01 concerning the Company’s, Warner Music Group’s and Holdings’ direct financial obligations under the Notes and the Revolving Credit Facility is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
Item 5.02. Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers
Following the consummation of the Merger, each of the following was elected to the Company’s board of directors:
 
 	•	 	Stephen Cooper, 64, Chairman, is a member of the Board of Directors for LyondellBasell, one of the world’s largest olefins, polyolefins, chemicals and refining companies. Mr. Cooper is an advisor at Zolfo Cooper, a leading financial advisory and interim management firm, of which he was a co-founder and former Chairman. He has more than 30 years of experience as a financial advisor, and has served as Vice Chairman and member of the office of Chief Executive Officer of Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, Inc.; Chief Executive Officer of Hawaiian Telcom; Executive Chairman of Blue Bird Corporation; Chairman of the Board of Collins & Aikman Corporation; Chief Executive Officer of Krispy Kreme Doughnuts; and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Restructuring Officer of Enron Corporation. Mr. Cooper also served on the supervisory board as Vice Chairman and served as the Chairman of the Restructuring Committee of LyondellBasell Industries AF S.C.A. Mr. Cooper received a B.A. from Occidental College and an M.B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania Wharton School of Business.	
 
 	•	 	Len Blavatnik, 54, whom Access currently expects to appoint as Vice Chairman of the Board of the Company, is the founder and Chairman of Access, a privately-held, U.S. industrial group with strategic investments in the U.S., Europe and South America. Mr. Blavatnik is a director of numerous companies in the Access portfolio, including TNK-BP and UC RUSAL. He previously served as a member of the board of directors of Warner Music Group from March 2004 to January 2008. Mr. Blavatnik provides financial support to and remains engaged in many educational pursuits, recently committing £75 million to establish the Blavatnik School of Government at the University of Oxford. He is a member of academic boards at Cambridge University and Tel Aviv University, and is a member of Harvard University’s Committee on University Resources. Mr. Blavatnik and the Blavatnik Family Foundation have also been generous supporters of leading cultural and charitable institutions throughout the world. Mr. Blavatnik is a member of the board of directors of the 92nd Street Y in New York, The White Nights Foundation of America and The Center for Jewish History in New York. He is also a member of the Board of Governors of The New York Academy of Sciences and a Trustee of the State Hermitage Museum in St. Petersburg, Russia. Mr. Blavatnik emigrated to the U.S. in 1978 and became a U.S. citizen in 1984. He received his Master’s degree from Columbia University in 1981 and his MBA from Harvard Business School in 1989. Mr. Blavatnik is the brother of Alex Blavatnik.	
 
 	•	 	Lincoln Benet, 48, is the Chief Executive Officer of Access. Prior to joining Access in 2006, Mr. Benet spent 17 years at Morgan Stanley, most recently as a Managing Director. His experience spanned corporate finance, mergers and acquisitions, fixed income and capital markets. Mr. Benet is a member of the boards of Acision and Boomerang Tube. Mr. Benet graduated summa cum laude with a B.A. in Economics from Yale University and received his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.	

 	•	 	Alex Blavatnik, 46, is an Executive Vice President and Vice Chairman of Access. A 1993 graduate of Columbia Business School, Mr. Blavatnik joined Access in 1996 to manage the company’s growing activities in Russia. Currently, he oversees Access’ operations out of its New York-based headquarters and serves as a director of various companies in the Access Industries global portfolio. In addition, Mr. Blavatnik is engaged in numerous philanthropic pursuits and sits on the boards of several educational and charitable institutions. Mr. Blavatnik is the brother of Len Blavatnik.	
 
 	•	 	Jörg Mohaupt, 44, has been associated with Access Industries since May 2007, and is involved with Access’ activities in the media and communications sector. Mr. Mohaupt was a managing director of Providence Equity Partners and a member of the London-based team responsible for Providence’s European investment activities. Before joining Providence, in 2004, he co-founded and managed Continuum Group Limited, a communications services venture business. Prior to this, Mr. Mohaupt was an executive director at Morgan Stanley & Co. and Lehman Brothers in their respective media and telecommunications groups. Mr. Mohaupt serves on the boards of Perform Group Plc, AINMT, Rebate Networks, Mendeley Research Networks, Icon Entertainment International, RGE Group and Acision. Mr. Mohaupt graduated with a degree in history from Rijksuniversiteit Leiden (Netherlands) and a degree in Communications Science from Universiteit van Amsterdam.	
 
 	•	 	Donald Wagner, 48, is a Managing Director of Access, having been with Access since 2010. He is responsible for sourcing and executing new investment opportunities in North America. From 2000 to 2009, Mr. Wagner was a Senior Managing Director of Ripplewood Holdings L.L.C., responsible for investments in several areas and heading the industry group focused on investments in basic industries. Previously, Mr. Wagner was a Managing Director of Lazard Freres & Co. LLC and had a 15 year career at that firm and its affiliates in New York and London. He is a board member of Boomerang Tube and was on the board of NYSE-listed RSC Holdings from November 2006 until August 2009. Mr. Wagner graduated summa cum laude with an A.B. in physics from Harvard College.	
 
 	•	 	Lyor Cohen, 51, has served as the Chairman and CEO, Recorded Music since July 20, 2011. Previously, Mr. Cohen was Vice Chairman, Warner Music Group Corp. and Chairman and CEO, Recorded Music—Americas and the U.K. from September 2008 until July 20, 2011, Chairman and CEO, Recorded Music North America from March 2008 until September 2008 and Chairman and CEO of U.S. Recorded Music since joining the company in March 1, 2004 until March 2008. From 2002 until 2004, Mr. Cohen was the Chairman and CEO of Universal Music Group’s Island Def Jam Music Group. Mr. Cohen served as President of Def Jam from 1988 to 2002. Previously, Mr. Cohen served in various capacities at Rush Management, a hip-hop management company, which he co-founded with Russell Simmons. Mr. Cohen is widely credited with expanding Island Def Jam beyond its hip-hop roots to include a wider range of musical genres.	
 
 	•	 	Cameron Strang, 44, has served as CEO, Warner/Chappell Music since January 4, 2011. Mr. Strang assumed the additional role of Warner/Chappell’s Chairman on July 1, 2011. Previously, Mr. Strang was the founder of New West Records and of Southside Independent Music Publishing, which was acquired by Warner/Chappell in 2010. Prior to being acquired by Warner/Chappell, Southside was a leading independent music publishing company with a reputation for discovering and developing numerous talented writers, producers and artists across a wide range of genres. Southside was founded with the signing of J.R. Rotem and, in just six years, built a roster that included Elektra Records’ recording artist Bruno Mars; producer Brody Brown; Nashville-based writers, Ashley Gorley and Blair Daly; Christian music star, Matthew West; and Kings of Leon. Mr. Strang also co-founded DMZ Records, a joint venture record label. Mr. Strang holds a J.D. from British Columbia Law School.	

In addition, the following people have been appointed to the Board of Directors of Holdings and Warner Music Group:
 
 	•	 	Stephen Cooper	
 
 	•	 	Donald Wagner	
 
 	•	 	Edgar Bronfman, Jr.	
As a result of their respective positions with Access, Messrs. L. Blavatnik, Benet, A. Blavatnik, Mohaupt and Wagner may be deemed to have an indirect material interest in the Management Agreement entered into by the Company, Holdings and Access and as described in Item 1.01. Accordingly, the information set forth in Item 1.01 under the subheading “Management Agreement” is incorporated by reference into this Item 5.02.
Item 5.03 Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or By-laws.
The Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company were amended and restated as contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Second Amended and Restated Bylaws ”) on the Closing Date. Following completion of the Merger on the Closing Date, the Second Amended and Restated Bylaws were further amended and restated (the “ Third Amended and Restated Bylaws ”) with effect from the Closing Date.
A copy of the Third Amended and Restated Bylaws is filed as Exhibit 3.1 to this Report.
Item 8.01 Other Events.
On July 26, 2011, the Company issued a press release announcing the final results of its previously announced tender offers and related consent solicitations in respect of the Existing Notes.
A copy of the press release is furnished herewith as Exhibit 99.1.

Item 9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits.
 
(d)	Exhibits.	

Exhibit Number	  	Description	
 	 	
3.1	  	Third Amended and Restated By-Laws of Warner Music Group Corp. as adopted on July 20, 2011.	
 	 	
4.1	  	Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011, among WM Finance Corp. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016.	
 	 	
4.2	  	Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011, among WM Finance Corp. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018.	
 	 	
4.3	  	Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011, among WM Holdings Finance Corp. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019.	
 	 	
4.4	  	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011, among WMG Acquisition Corp. and the entities named in the signature pages thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016.	
 	 	
4.5	  	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011, among WMG Acquisition Corp. and the entities named in the signature pages thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 11.50% Senior Notes due 2018.	
 	 	
4.6	  	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011, among WMG Holdings Corp. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019.	
 	 	
4.7	  	Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011, among the subsidiary guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto, subsidiaries of WMG Acquisition Corp., WMG Acquisition Corp. and Well Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.	
 	 	
4.8	  	Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, among WM Finance Corp. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers, relating to the 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016.	
 	 	
4.9	  	Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, among WM Finance Corp. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers, relating to the 11.50% Senior Notes due 2018.	
 	 	
4.10	  	Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, among WM Holdings Finance Corp. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers, relating to the 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019.	
 	 	
4.11
	  	Joinder Agreement to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the subsidiary guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers, relating to the 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016.	

 	 	 	
4.12	  	Joinder Agreement to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the subsidiary guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers, relating to the 11.50% Senior Notes due 2018.	
 	 	
4.13	  	Joinder Agreement to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, among WMG Holdings Corp. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers, relating to the 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019.	
 	 	
4.14	  	Copyright Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, made by 615 Music Library, LLC in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
4.15	  	Copyright Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, made by The All Blacks, Inc. in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
4.16	  	Copyright Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, made by Ferret Music LLC in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
4.17	  	Copyright Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, made by Ferret Music Holdings LLC in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
4.18	  	Copyright Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, made by J. Ruby Productions, Inc. in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
4.19	  	Copyright Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, made by Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc. in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
4.20	  	Copyright Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, made by Summy-Birchard, Inc. in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
4.21	  	Trademark Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, made by Warner Music Nashville LLC in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
4.22	  	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture, dated as of July 21, 2011, relating to the Indenture, dated as of April 8, 2004, as amended, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.	
 	 	
4.23	  	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture, dated as of July 21, 2011, relating to the Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2004, among WMG Holdings Corp., Warner Music Group Corp. as guarantor and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.	
 	 	
4.24	  	Security Agreement Supplement, dated June 20, 2011, to the Security Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, among WMG Acquisition Corp., WMG Holdings Corp., the subsidiary guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent and notes authorized representative.	

 	 	 	
 	 	
4.25	  	Guarantee, dated July 25, 2011, issued by Warner Music Group Corp., relating to the 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019.	
 	 	
10.1	  	Credit Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, among WMG Acquisition Corp., each lender from time to time party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent.	
 	 	
10.2	  	Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of July 20, 2011 made by the Persons listed on the signature pages thereof under the caption “Subsidiary Guarantors” and the Additional Guarantors in favor of the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
10.3	  	Management Agreement, made as of July 20, 2011, by and among Warner Music Group Corp., WMG Holdings Corp., and Access Industries, Inc.	
 	 	
99.1	  	Press Release Announcing Expiration of Cash Tender Offers, dated July 26, 2011.	

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the co-registrants have duly caused this report to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.	
 	 	
BY:	 	/s/     PAUL ROBINSON        	
 	 	Paul Robinson	
 	 	EVP and General Counsel	
Date: July 26, 2011

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	  	Description	
 	 	
3.1	  	Third Amended and Restated By-Laws of Warner Music Group Corp. as adopted on July 20, 2011.	
 	 	
4.1	  	Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011, among WM Finance Corp. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016.	
 	 	
4.2	  	Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011, among WM Finance Corp. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018.	
 	 	
4.3	  	Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011, among WM Holdings Finance Corp. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019.	
 	 	
4.4	  	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011, among WMG Acquisition Corp. and the entities named in the signature pages thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016.	
 	 	
4.5	  	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011, among WMG Acquisition Corp. and the entities named in the signature pages thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 11.50% Senior Notes due 2018..	
 	 	
4.6	  	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011, among WMG Holdings Corp. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019.	
 	 	
4.7	  	Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011, among the subsidiary guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto, subsidiaries of WMG Acquisition Corp., WMG Acquisition Corp. and Well Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.	
 	 	
4.8	  	Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, among WM Finance Corp. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers, relating to the 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016.	
 	 	
4.9	  	Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, among WM Finance Corp. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers, relating to the 11.50% Senior Notes due 2018.	
 	 	
4.10	  	Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, among WM Holdings Finance Corp. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers, relating to the 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019.	
 	 	
4.11	  	Joinder Agreement to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the subsidiary guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers, relating to the 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016.	
 	 	
4.12	  	Joinder Agreement to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the subsidiary guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers, relating to the 11.50% Senior Notes due 2018.	
 	 	
4.13	  	Joinder Agreement to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, among WMG Holdings Corp. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers, relating to the 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019.	
 	 	
4.14	  	Copyright Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, made by 615 Music Library, LLC in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.	

 	 	 	
 	 	
4.15	  	Copyright Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, made by The All Blacks, Inc. in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
4.16	  	Copyright Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, made by Ferret Music LLC in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
4.17	  	Copyright Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, made by Ferret Music Holdings LLC in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
4.18	  	Copyright Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, made by J. Ruby Productions, Inc. in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
4.19	  	Copyright Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, made by Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc. in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
4.20	  	Copyright Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, made by Summy-Birchard, Inc. in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
4.21	  	Trademark Security Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, made by Warner Music Nashville LLC in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
4.22	  	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture, dated as of July 21, 2011, relating to the Indenture, dated as of April 8, 2004, as amended, among WMG Acquisition Corp., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.	
 	 	
4.23	  	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture, dated as of July 21, 2011, relating to the Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2004, among WMG Holdings Corp., Warner Music Group Corp. as guarantor and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.	
 	 	
4.24	  	Security Agreement Supplement, dated June 20, 2011, to the Security Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, among WMG Acquisition Corp., WMG Holdings Corp., the subsidiary guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent and notes authorized representative.	
 	 	
4.25	  	Guarantee, dated July 25, 2011, issued by Warner Music Group Corp., relating to the 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019.	
 	 	
10.1	  	Credit Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, among WMG Acquisition Corp., each lender from time to time party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent.	
 	 	
10.2	  	Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of July 20, 2011 made by the Persons listed on the signature pages thereof under the caption “Subsidiary Guarantors” and the Additional Guarantors in favor of the Secured Parties.	
 	 	
10.3	  	Management Agreement, made as of July 20, 2011, by and among Warner Music Group Corp., WMG Holdings Corp., and Access Industries, Inc.	
 	 	
99.1	  	Press Release Announcing Expiration of Cash Tender Offers, dated July 26, 2011.	

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
 
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

As Adopted on July 20, 2011

 

 

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
Table of Contents

 	  	 	  	Page	 	
ARTICLE I	  	MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS	  	 	1	  	
 	 	 	
Section 1.01.	  	Annual Meetings	  	 	1	  	
Section 1.02.	  	Special Meetings	  	 	1	  	
Section 1.03.	  	Participation in Meetings by Remote Communication	  	 	1	  	
Section 1.04.	  	Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice	  	 	1	  	
Section 1.05.	  	Proxies	  	 	2	  	
Section 1.06.	  	Voting Lists	  	 	3	  	
Section 1.07.	  	Quorum	  	 	3	  	
Section 1.08.	  	Voting	  	 	3	  	
Section 1.09.	  	Adjournment	  	 	3	  	
Section 1.10.	  	Organization; Procedure	  	 	4	  	
Section 1.11.	  	Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.	  	 	4	  	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE II	  	BOARD OF DIRECTORS	  	 	5	  	
 	 	 	
Section 2.01.	  	General Powers	  	 	5	  	
Section 2.02.	  	Number and Term of Office	  	 	5	  	
Section 2.03.	  	Election of Directors	  	 	5	  	
Section 2.04.	  	Regular Meetings	  	 	5	  	
Section 2.05.	  	Special Meetings	  	 	5	  	
Section 2.06.	  	Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice	  	 	5	  	
Section 2.07.	  	Quorum; Voting	  	 	6	  	
Section 2.08.	  	Action by Telephonic Communications	  	 	6	  	
Section 2.09.	  	Adjournment	  	 	6	  	
Section 2.10.	  	Action Without a Meeting	  	 	6	  	
Section 2.11.	  	Regulations	  	 	6	  	
Section 2.12.	  	Resignations of Directors	  	 	7	  	
Section 2.13.	  	Removal of Directors	  	 	7	  	
Section 2.14.	  	Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships	  	 	7	  	
Section 2.15.	  	Compensation	  	 	7	  	
Section 2.16.	  	Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc	  	 	7	  	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE III	  	COMMITTEES	  	 	8	  	
 	 	 	
Section 3.01.	  	Designation of Committees	  	 	8	  	
Section 3.02.	  	Members and Alternate Members	  	 	8	  	
Section 3.03.	  	Committee Procedures	  	 	8	  	
Section 3.04.	  	Meetings and Actions of Committees	  	 	8	  	
Section 3.05.	  	Resignations and Removals	  	 	9	  	
Section 3.06.	  	Vacancies	  	 	9	  	
 
i

Table of Contents
(continued)

 	  	 	  	Page	 	
ARTICLE IV	  	OFFICERS	  	 	9	  	
 	 	 	
Section 4.01.	  	Officers	  	 	9	  	
Section 4.02.	  	Election	  	 	9	  	
Section 4.03.	  	Compensation	  	 	10	  	
Section 4.04.	  	Removal and Resignation; Vacancies	  	 	10	  	
Section 4.05.	  	Authority and Duties of Officers	  	 	10	  	
Section 4.06.	  	President	  	 	10	  	
Section 4.07.	  	Vice Presidents	  	 	11	  	
Section 4.08.	  	Secretary	  	 	11	  	
Section 4.09.	  	Treasurer	  	 	12	  	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE V	  	CAPITAL STOCK	  	 	13	  	
 	 	 	
Section 5.01.	  	Certificates of Stock	  	 	13	  	
Section 5.02.	  	Facsimile Signatures	  	 	13	  	
Section 5.03.	  	Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates	  	 	13	  	
Section 5.04.	  	Transfer of Stock	  	 	13	  	
Section 5.05.	  	Registered Stockholders	  	 	13	  	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE VI	  	INDEMNIFICATION	  	 	14	  	
 	 	 	
Section 6.01.	  	Indemnification	  	 	14	  	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE VII	  	OFFICES	  	 	14	  	
 	 	 	
Section 7.01.	  	Registered Office	  	 	14	  	
Section 7.02.	  	Other Offices	  	 	14	  	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE VIII	  	GENERAL PROVISIONS	  	 	14	  	
 	 	 	
Section 8.01.	  	Dividends	  	 	14	  	
Section 8.02.	  	Reserves	  	 	15	  	
Section 8.03.	  	Execution of Instruments	  	 	15	  	
Section 8.04.	  	Voting as Stockholder	  	 	15	  	
Section 8.05.	  	Fiscal Year	  	 	15	  	
Section 8.06.	  	Seal	  	 	15	  	
Section 8.07.	  	Books and Records; Inspection	  	 	15	  	
Section 8.08.	  	Electronic Transmission	  	 	15	  	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE IX	  	AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS	  	 	16	  	
 	 	 	
Section 9.01.	  	Amendment	  	 	16	  	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE X	  	CONSTRUCTION	  	 	16	  	
 	 	 	
Section 10.01.	  	Construction	  	 	16	  	
 
ii

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
BYLAWS
As adopted on July 20, 2011
ARTICLE I
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1.01. Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as properly may come before such meeting shall be held each year either within or without the State of Delaware on such date and at such place and time as are designated by resolution of the corporation’s board of directors (the “ Board ”), unless the stockholders have acted by written consent to elect directors as permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time (the “ DGCL ”).
Section 1.02. Special Meetings. A special meeting of the stockholders for any purpose may be called at any time by the President (or, in the event of his or her absence or disability, by any Vice President) or by the Secretary pursuant to a resolution of the Board, to be held either within or without the State of Delaware on such date and at such time and place as are designated by such officer or in such resolution.
Section 1.03. Participation in Meetings by Remote Communication. The Board, acting in its sole discretion, may establish guidelines and procedures in accordance with applicable provisions of the DGCL and any other applicable law for the participation by stockholders and proxyholders in a meeting of stockholders by means of remote communications, and may determine that any meeting of stockholders will not be held at any place but will be held solely by means of remote communication. Stockholders and proxyholders complying with such procedures and guidelines and otherwise entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be deemed present in person and entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication.
Section 1.04. Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice.
(a) The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall cause notice of each meeting of stockholders to be given in writing in a manner permitted by the DGCL not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, subject to such exclusions as are then permitted by the DGCL. The notice shall specify ( i ) the place, if any, date and time of such meeting, ( ii ) the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, ( iii ) in

the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is called, and (iv) such other information as may be required by law or as may be deemed appropriate by the President, the Vice President calling the meeting, or the Board. If the stockholder list referred to in Section 1.06 of these bylaws is made accessible on an electronic network, the notice of meeting must indicate how the stockholder list can be accessed. If the meeting of stockholders is to be held solely by means of electronic communications, the notice of meeting must provide the information required to access such stockholder list during the meeting.
(b) A written waiver of notice of meeting signed by a stockholder or a waiver by electronic transmission by a stockholder, whether given before or after the meeting time stated in such notice, is deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting is a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business at the meeting on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
Section 1.05. Proxies.
(a) Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to or dissent from corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy.
(b) A stockholder may authorize a valid proxy by executing a written instrument signed by such stockholder, or by causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including but not limited to by facsimile signature, or by transmitting or authorizing an electronic transmission (as defined in Section 8.08 of these bylaws) setting forth an authorization to act as proxy to the person designated as the holder of the proxy, a proxy solicitation firm or a like authorized agent. Proxies by electronic transmission must either set forth, or be submitted with, information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of a writing or transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used if such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction is a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.
(c) No proxy may be voted or acted upon after the expiration of three years from the date of such proxy, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Every proxy is revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder executing it unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and applicable law makes it irrevocable. A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or by filing another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary.
 
2

Section 1.06. Voting Lists. The officer of the corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of the stockholders (and before any adjournment thereof for which a new record date has been set), a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. This list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder prior to and during the meeting for any purpose germane to the meeting as required by the DGCL or other applicable law. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled by this section to examine the list required by this section or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
Section 1.07. Quorum. Except as otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of record of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting.
Section 1.08. Voting. Every holder of record of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders is entitled to one vote for each share outstanding in his or her name on the books of the corporation ( x ) at the close of business on the record date for such meeting, or ( y ) if no record date has been fixed, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. All matters at any meeting at which a quorum is present, including the election of directors, shall be decided by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter in question, unless otherwise expressly provided by express provision of law or the certificate of incorporation. The stockholders do not have the right to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.
Section 1.09. Adjournment. Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from time to time, by the chairperson of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the place, if any, and date and time thereof (and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting) are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken unless the adjournment is for more than 30 days or a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting after the adjournment, in which case notice of the adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 1.04 of these bylaws shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.
 
3

Section 1.10. Organization; Procedure. The President shall preside over each meeting of stockholders. If the President is absent or disabled, the presiding officer shall be selected by the Board or, failing action by the Board, by a majority of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy. The Secretary, or in the event of his or her absence or disability, an appointee of the presiding officer, shall act as secretary of the meeting. The Board may make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to any such rules and regulations, the presiding officer of any meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe rules, regulations and procedures for such meeting and to take all such actions as in the judgment of the presiding officer are appropriate for the proper conduct of such meeting.
Section 1.11. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.
(a) Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote of stockholders, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, are ( i ) signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted (but not less than the minimum number of votes otherwise prescribed by law) and ( ii ) delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in this State, to its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded within 60 days of the earliest dated consent so delivered to the corporation.
(b) If a stockholder consent is to be given without a meeting of stockholders, and the Board has not fixed a record date for the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to participate in such consent, then: ( i ) if the DGCL does not require action by the Board prior to the proposed stockholder action, the record date shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation at any of the locations referred to in Section 1.11(a)(ii); and ( ii ) if the DGCL requires action by the Board prior to the proposed stockholder action, the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action. Every written consent to action without a meeting shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and shall be valid if timely delivered to the corporation at any of the locations referred to in Section 1.11(a)(ii).
(c) The Secretary shall give prompt notice of the taking of an action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action were delivered to the corporation in accordance with the DGCL.
 
4

ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 2.01. General Powers. Except as may otherwise be provided by law or by the certificate of incorporation, the affairs and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. The directors shall act only as a Board, and the individual directors shall have no power as such.
Section 2.02. Number and Term of Office. The corporation shall have two or more directors, the number of directors to be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, subject to any requirements of the certificate of incorporation. Each director (whenever elected) shall hold office until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
Section 2.03. Election of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 2.13 and 2.14 of these bylaws, the directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the stockholders.
Section 2.04. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held on such dates, and at such times and places as are determined from time to time by resolution of the Board.
Section 2.05. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board shall be held whenever called by the President or, in the event of his or her absence or disability, by any Vice President, or by a majority of the directors then in office, at such place, date and time as may be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. Any business may be conducted at a special meeting.
Section 2.06. Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice.
(a) Notices of special meetings shall be given to each director, and notice of each resolution or other action affecting the date, time or place of one or more regular meetings shall be given to each director not present at the meeting adopting such resolution or other action, subject to Section 2.09 of these bylaws. Notices shall be given personally, or by telephone confirmed by facsimile or email dispatched promptly thereafter, or by facsimile or email confirmed by a writing delivered by a recognized overnight courier service, directed to each director at the address from time to time designated by such director to the Secretary. Each such notice and confirmation must be given (received in the case of personal service or delivery of written confirmation) at least 24 hours prior to the time of a special meeting, and at least five days prior to the initial regular meeting affected by such resolution or other action, as the case may be.
 
5

(b) A written waiver of notice of meeting signed by a director or a waiver by electronic transmission by a director, whether given before or after the meeting time stated in such notice, is deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a director at a meeting is a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business at the meeting on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
Section 2.07. Quorum; Voting. At all meetings of the Board, the presence of a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.
Section 2.08. Action by Telephonic Communications. Members of the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 2.09. Adjournment. A majority of the directors present may adjourn any meeting of the Board to another date, time or place, whether or not a quorum is present. No notice need be given of any adjourned meeting unless ( a ) the date, time and place of the adjourned meeting are not announced at the time of adjournment, in which case notice conforming to the requirements of Section 2.06 of these bylaws applicable to special meetings shall be given to each director, or ( b ) the meeting is adjourned for more than 24 hours, in which case the notice referred to in clause (a) shall be given to those directors not present at the announcement of the date, time and place of the adjourned meeting.
Section 2.10. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.
Section 2.11. Regulations. To the extent consistent with applicable law, the certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, the Board may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings of the Board and for the management of the affairs and business of the corporation as the Board may deem appropriate. The Board may elect from among its members a chairperson and one or more vice-chairpersons to preside over meetings and to perform such other duties as may be designated by the Board.
 
6

Section 2.12. Resignations of Directors. Any director may resign at any time by submitting an electronic transmission or by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such director, to the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect upon delivery unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of a specified event.
Section 2.13. Removal of Directors. Any director may be removed at any time, either for or without cause, upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally for the election of directors, acting at a stockholder meeting or by written consent in accordance with the DGCL and these bylaws. Any vacancy in the Board caused by any such removal may be filled at such meeting (or in the written instrument effecting the removal, if the removal was effected by consent without a meeting) by the stockholders entitled to vote for the election of the director so removed.
Section 2.14. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Except as provided in Section 2.13, any vacancies or newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of the stockholders at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship shall hold office until his or her successor has been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
Section 2.15. Compensation. The directors shall be entitled to compensation for their services to the extent approved by the stockholders at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders. The Board may by resolution determine the expenses in the performance of such services for which a director is entitled to reimbursement.
Section 2.16. Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc. A director, as such or as a member of any committee designated by the Board, shall in the performance of his or her duties be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the corporation and upon information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the corporation by any of the corporation’s officers or employees, or committees designated by the Board, or by any other person as to the matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the corporation.
 
7

ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES
Section 3.01. Designation of Committees. The Board may designate one or more committees. Each committee shall consist of such number of directors as from time to time may be fixed by the Board, and shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation to the extent delegated to such committee by the Board but no committee shall have any power or authority as to ( a ) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, ( b ) adopting, amending or repealing any of these bylaws or ( c ) as may otherwise be excluded by law or by the certificate of incorporation, and no committee may delegate any of its power or authority to a subcommittee unless so authorized by the Board.
Section 3.02. Members and Alternate Members. The members of each committee and any alternate members shall be selected by the Board. The Board may provide that the members and alternate members serve at the pleasure of the Board. An alternate member may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. An alternate member shall be given all notices of committee meetings, may attend any meeting of the committee, but may count towards a quorum and vote only if a member for whom such person is an alternate is absent or disqualified. Each member (and each alternate member) of any committee shall hold office only until the time he or she shall cease for any reason to be a director, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
Section 3.03. Committee Procedures. A quorum for each committee shall be a majority of its members, unless the committee has only one or two members, in which case a quorum shall be one member, or unless a greater quorum is established by the Board. The vote of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the committee. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report to the Board when required. The Board may adopt other rules and regulations for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws, and each committee may adopt its own rules and regulations of government, to the extent not inconsistent with these bylaws or rules and regulations adopted by the Board.
Section 3.04. Meetings and Actions of Committees. Meetings and actions of each committee shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of the following sections of these bylaws, with such bylaws being deemed to refer to the committee and its members in lieu of the Board and its members:
(a) Section 2.04 (to the extent relating to place and time of regular meetings);
 
8

(b) Section 2.05 (relating to special meetings);
(c) Section 2.06 (relating to notice and waiver of notice);
(d) Sections 2.08 and 2.10 (relating to telephonic communication and action without a meeting); and
(e) Section 2.09 (relating to adjournment and notice of adjournment).
Special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board.
Section 3.05. Resignations and Removals. Any member (and any alternate member) of any committee may resign from such position at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such member, to the President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery. Any member (and any alternate member) of any committee may be removed from such position by the Board at any time, either for or without cause.
Section 3.06. Vacancies. If a vacancy occurs in any committee for any reason, the remaining members (and any alternate members) may continue to act if a quorum is present. A committee vacancy may be filled only by the Board.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 4.01. Officers. The Board shall elect a President and a Secretary as officers of the corporation. The Board may also elect a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers and agents as the Board may determine. In addition, the Board from time to time may delegate to any officer the power to appoint subordinate officers or agents and to prescribe their respective rights, terms of office, authorities and duties. Any action by an appointing officer may be superseded by action by the Board. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that one person may not hold both the office of President and the office of Secretary. No officer need be a director of the corporation.
Section 4.02. Election. The officers of the corporation elected by the Board shall serve at the pleasure of the Board. Officers and agents appointed pursuant to delegated authority as provided in Section 4.01 (or, in the case of agents, as provided in Section 4.06) shall hold their offices for such terms as may be determined from time to time by the appointing officer. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor has been elected or appointed and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
 
9

Section 4.03. Compensation. The salaries and other compensation of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board or in the manner established by the Board.
Section 4.04. Removal and Resignation; Vacancies. Any officer may be removed for or without cause at any time by the Board. Any officer granted the power to appoint subordinate officers and agents as provided in Section 4.01 may remove any subordinate officer or agent appointed by such officer, for or without cause. Any officer or agent may resign at any time by delivering notice of resignation, either in writing signed by such officer or by electronic transmission, to the Board or the President. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise, may be filled by the Board or by the officer, if any, who appointed the person formerly holding such office.
Section 4.05. Authority and Duties of Officers. An officer of the corporation shall have such authority and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties ( a ) as may be required by law, ( b ) to the extent not inconsistent with law, as are specified in these bylaws, ( c ) to the extent not inconsistent with law or these bylaws, as may be specified by resolution of the Board, and ( d ) to the extent not inconsistent with any of the foregoing, as may be specified by the appointing officer with respect to a subordinate officer appointed pursuant to delegated authority under Section 4.01.
Section 4.06. President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors at which he or she is present, shall be the chief executive officer and the chief operating officer of the corporation, shall have general control and supervision of the policies and operations of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. He or she shall manage and administer the corporation’s business and affairs and shall also perform all duties and exercise all powers usually pertaining to the office of a chief executive officer and a chief operating officer of a corporation. He or she shall have the authority to sign, in the name and on behalf of the corporation, checks, orders, contracts, leases, notes, drafts and all other documents and instruments in connection with the business of the corporation. He or she shall have the authority to cause the employment or appointment of such employees or agents of the corporation as the conduct of the business of the corporation may require, to fix their compensation, and to remove or suspend any employee or any agent employed or appointed by any officer or to suspend any agent appointed by the Board. The President shall have the duties and powers of the Treasurer if no Treasurer is elected and shall have such other duties and powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.
 
10

Section 4.07. Vice Presidents. If one or more Vice-Presidents have been elected, each Vice President shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board or the President. In the event of absence or disability of the President, the duties of the President shall be performed, and his or her powers may be exercised, by such Vice President as shall be designated by the Board or, failing such designation, by the Vice President in order of seniority of election to that office.
Section 4.08. Secretary. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Secretary shall have the following powers and duties:
(a) The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept a record of all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board and any committees thereof in books provided for that purpose.
(b) The Secretary shall cause all notices to be duly given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws and as required by law.
(c) Whenever any committee shall be appointed pursuant to a resolution of the Board, the Secretary shall furnish a copy of such resolution to the members of such committee.
(d) The Secretary shall be the custodian of the records and of the seal of the corporation and cause such seal (or a facsimile thereof) to be affixed to all certificates representing shares of the corporation prior to the issuance thereof and to all documents and instruments that the Board or any officer of the corporation has determined should be executed under seal, may sign (together with any other authorized officer) any such document or instrument, and when the seal is so affixed he or she may attest the same.
(e) The Secretary shall properly maintain and file all books, reports, statements, certificates and all other documents and records required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
(f) The Secretary shall have charge of the stock books and ledgers of the corporation and shall cause the stock and transfer books to be kept in such manner as to show at any time the number of shares of stock of the corporation of each class issued and outstanding, the names (alphabetically arranged) and the addresses of the holders of record of such shares, the number of shares held by each holder and the date as of which each such holder became a holder of record.
(g) The Secretary shall sign (unless the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary shall have signed) certificates representing shares of the corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by the Board.
 
11

(h) The Secretary shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may be specified in these bylaws or as may be assigned to the Secretary from time to time by the Board or the President.
Section 4.09. Treasurer. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Treasurer, if there be one, shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall have the following powers and duties:
(a) The Treasurer shall have charge and supervision over and be responsible for the moneys, securities, receipts and disbursements of the corporation, and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate records thereof.
(b) The Treasurer shall cause the moneys and other valuable effects of the corporation to be deposited in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such banks or trust companies or with such bankers or other depositaries as shall be determined by the Board or the President, or by such other officers of the corporation as may be authorized by the Board or the President to make such determinations.
(c) The Treasurer shall cause the moneys of the corporation to be disbursed by checks or drafts (signed by such officer or officers or such agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner, as the Board or the President may determine from time to time) upon the authorized depositaries of the corporation and cause to be taken and preserved proper vouchers for all moneys disbursed.
(d) The Treasurer shall render to the Board or the President, whenever requested, a statement of the financial condition of the corporation and of the transactions of the corporation, and render a full financial report at the annual meeting of the stockholders, if called upon to do so.
(e) The Treasurer shall be empowered from time to time to require from all officers or agents of the corporation reports or statements giving such information as he or she may desire with respect to any and all financial transactions of the corporation.
(f) The Treasurer may sign (unless an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall have signed) certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by the Board.
(g) The Treasurer shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as may be specified in these bylaws or as may be assigned to the Treasurer from time to time by the Board or the President.
 
12

ARTICLE V
CAPITAL STOCK
Section 5.01. Certificates of Stock. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, representing the number of shares registered in the name of such holder. Such certificate shall be in such form as the Board may determine, to the extent consistent with applicable law, the certificate of incorporation and these bylaws.
Section 5.02. Facsimile Signatures. Any or all signatures on the certificates referred to in Section 5.01 of these bylaws may be in facsimile form. If any officer who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon, a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer at the date of issue.
Section 5.03. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. A new certificate may be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed only upon delivery to the corporation of an affidavit of the owner or owners (or their legal representatives) of such certificate, setting forth such allegation, and a bond or other undertaking as may be satisfactory to a financial officer of the corporation designated by the Board to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.
Section 5.04. Transfer of Stock.
(a) Transfer of shares shall be made on the books of the corporation upon surrender to the corporation of a certificate for shares, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, and otherwise in compliance with applicable law. Subject to applicable law, the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, the Board may prescribe such additional rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate relating to the issue, transfer and registration of shares of the corporation.
(b) The corporation may enter into agreements with shareholders to restrict the transfer of stock of the corporation in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.
Section 5.05. Registered Stockholders. Prior to due surrender of a certificate for registration of transfer, the corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to receive dividends and other distributions, to vote, to receive notice and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of the
 
13

shares represented by such certificate, and the corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not the corporation shall have notice of such claim or interests. If a transfer of shares is made for collateral security, and not absolutely, this fact shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented to the corporation for transfer, both the transferor and transferee request the corporation to do so.
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 6.01. Indemnification. The corporation shall indemnify the Indemnitees (as that term is defined in the certificate of incorporation of the corporation) as specified in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation.
ARTICLE VII
OFFICES
Section 7.01. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at the location provided in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation.
Section 7.02. Other Offices. The corporation may maintain offices or places of business at such other locations within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to time determine or as the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 8.01. Dividends.
(a) Subject to any applicable provisions of law and the certificate of incorporation, dividends upon the shares of the corporation may be declared by the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board and any such dividend may be paid in cash, property, or shares of the corporation’s stock.
(b) A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the director reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or
 
14

on behalf of the corporation, as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities and/or net profits of the corporation, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of surplus or other funds from which dividends might properly be declared and paid.
Section 8.02. Reserves. There may be set apart out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board from time to time may determine proper as a reserve or reserves for meeting contingencies, equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation or for such other purpose or purposes as the Board may determine conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the Board may similarly modify or abolish any such reserve.
Section 8.03. Execution of Instruments. Except as otherwise required by law or the certificate of incorporation, the Board or any officer of the corporation authorized by the Board may authorize any other officer or agent of the corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the corporation. Any such authorization must be in writing or by electronic transmission and may be general or limited to specific contracts or instruments.
Section 8.04. Voting as Stockholder. Unless otherwise determined by resolution of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the corporation to attend any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the corporation may hold stock, and to act, vote (or execute proxies to vote) and exercise in person or by proxy all other rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock at any such meeting, or through action without a meeting. The Board may by resolution from time to time confer such power and authority (in general or confined to specific instances) upon any other person or persons.
Section 8.05. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall commence on the first day of October of each year and shall terminate in each case on September 30.
Section 8.06. Seal. The seal of the corporation shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal” and “Delaware”. The form of such seal shall be subject to alteration by the Board. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or reproduced, or may be used in any other lawful manner.
Section 8.07. Books and Records; Inspection. Except to the extent otherwise required by law, the books and records of the corporation shall be kept at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined from time to time by the Board.
 
15

Section 8.08. Electronic Transmission. “Electronic transmission”, as used in these bylaws, means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
Section 9.01. Amendment. These bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed by the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board without the assent or vote of the stockholders.
ARTICLE X
CONSTRUCTION
Section 10.01. Construction. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of these bylaws as in effect from time to time and the provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation as in effect from time to time, the provisions of such certificate of incorporation shall be controlling
 
16

Exhibit 4.1
EXECUTION VERSION
WM FINANCE CORP.,
as Issuer,
the Guarantors,
if any, from time to time party hereto
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

INDENTURE
Dated as of July 20, 2011

9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

TIA Section	 	Indenture Section	
310(a)(1) (a)(2) (a)(3) (a)(4) (a)(5)	 	7.10 7.10 N.A. N.A. 7.08; 7.10
7.08; 7.10; 12.02 N.A.	
311(a)	 	7.11	
(b)	 	7.11	
(c)	 	N.A.	
312(a)	 	2.05	
 	 	12.03	
 	 	12.03	
313(a)	 	7.06	
(b)(1)	 	7.06; 10.03	
(b)(2)	 	7.06	
(c)	 	7.06; 10.03; 12.02	
 	 	7.06	
314(a)	 	4.06; 4.17	
(b)	 	N.A.	
(c)(1)	 	7.02; 12.04; 12.05	
(c)(2)	 	7.02; 12.04; 12.05	
(c)(3)	 	N.A.	
(d)	 	10.03; 10.04; 10.05	
 	 	12.05	
 	 	N.A.	
315(a)	 	7.01(b)	
 	 	7.05	
 	 	7.01	
 	 	6.05; 7.01(c)	
 	 	6.11	
316(a)(last sentence)	 	2.09	
(a)(1)(A)	 	6.02	
(a)(1)(B)	 	6.04	
(a)(2)	 	9.02	
 	 	6.07	
 	 	9.05	
317(a)(1)	 	6.08	
(a)(2)	 	6.09	
 	 	2.04	
318(a)	 	12.01	
 	 	12.01	
N.A. means Not Applicable
Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 	  	Page	 	
 	 	
ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	 	1	  	
 	 	
SECTION 1.01.   Definitions.	  	 	1	  	
 	 	
SECTION 1.02.   Other Definitions.	  	 	33	  	
 	 	
SECTION 1.03.   Incorporation by Reference of TIA.	  	 	34	  	
 	 	
SECTION 1.04.   Rules of Construction.	  	 	35	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE TWO THE SECURITIES	  	 	36	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.01.   Amount of Notes.	  	 	36	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.02.   Form and Dating.	  	 	36	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.03.   Execution and Authentication.	  	 	37	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.04.   Registrar and Paying Agent.	  	 	37	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.05.   Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust.	  	 	38	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.06.   Holder Lists.	  	 	38	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.07.   Transfer and Exchange.	  	 	38	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.08.   Replacement Notes.	  	 	39	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.09.   Outstanding Notes.	  	 	39	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.10.   Treasury Notes.	  	 	40	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.11.   Temporary Notes.	  	 	40	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.12.   Cancellation.	  	 	40	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.13.   Defaulted Interest.	  	 	40	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.14.   CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.	  	 	41	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.15.   Deposit of Moneys.	  	 	41	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.16.   Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.	  	 	41	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.17.   Special Transfer Provisions.	  	 	43	  	
 
i

 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 2.18.   Computation of Interest.	  	 	45	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.19.   Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes.	  	 	45	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE THREE REDEMPTION	  	 	45	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.01.   Notices to Trustee.	  	 	45	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.02.   Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.	  	 	45	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.03.   Notice of Redemption.	  	 	46	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.04.   Effect of Notice of Redemption.	  	 	47	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.05.   Deposit of Redemption Price.	  	 	47	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.06.   Notes Redeemed in Part.	  	 	48	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.07.   Optional Redemption.	  	 	48	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.08.   Mandatory Redemption.	  	 	49	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE FOUR COVENANTS	  	 	49	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.01.   Payment of Notes.	  	 	49	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.02.   Maintenance of Office or Agency.	  	 	49	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.03.   Corporate Existence.	  	 	50	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.04.   Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.	  	 	50	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.05.   Maintenance of Properties and Insurance.	  	 	50	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.06.   Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.	  	 	50	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.07.   Compliance with Laws.	  	 	51	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.08.   Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.	  	 	51	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.09.   Change of Control.	  	 	51	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.10.   Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.	  	 	53	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.11.   Restricted Payments.	  	 	58	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.12.   Liens.	  	 	65	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.13.   Asset Sales.	  	 	66	  	
 
ii

 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 4.14.   Transactions with Affiliates.	  	 	70	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.15.   Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.	  	 	72	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.16.   Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.	  	 	74	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.17.   Reports to Holders.	  	 	74	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.18.   Limitation on Subordinated Debt.	  	 	75	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.19.   Business Activities.	  	 	75	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.20.   Payments for Consent.	  	 	75	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.21.   Restrictions on Music Publishing Sale.	  	 	75	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE FIVE SUCCESSOR CORPORATION	  	 	76	  	
 	 	
SECTION 5.01.   Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.	  	 	76	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE SIX DEFAULT AND REMEDIES	  	 	78	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.01.   Events of Default.	  	 	78	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.02.   Acceleration.	  	 	80	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.03.   Other Remedies.	  	 	81	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.04.   Waiver of Defaults.	  	 	81	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.05.   Control by Majority.	  	 	82	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.06.   Limitation on Suits.	  	 	82	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.07.   Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.	  	 	82	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.08.   Collection Suit by Trustee.	  	 	83	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.09.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.	  	 	83	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.10.   Priorities.	  	 	83	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.11.   Undertaking for Costs.	  	 	84	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE SEVEN TRUSTEE	  	 	84	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.01.   Duties of Trustee.	  	 	84	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.02.   Rights of Trustee.	  	 	85	  	
 
iii

 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 7.03.   Individual Rights of Trustee.	  	 	87	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.04.   Trustee’s Disclaimer.	  	 	87	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.05.   Notice of Default.	  	 	87	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.06.   Reports by Trustee to Holders.	  	 	87	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.07.   Compensation and Indemnity.	  	 	87	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.08.   Replacement of Trustee.	  	 	89	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.09.   Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.	  	 	89	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.10.   Eligibility; Disqualification.	  	 	90	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.11.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.	  	 	90	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE EIGHT DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE	  	 	90	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.01.   Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations.	  	 	90	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.02.   Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.	  	 	91	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.03.   Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.	  	 	93	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.04.   Application of Trust Money.	  	 	94	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.05.   Repayment to the Issuer.	  	 	94	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.06.   Reinstatement.	  	 	95	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE NINE AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS	  	 	95	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.01.   Without Consent of Holders.	  	 	95	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.02.   With Consent of Holders.	  	 	96	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.03.   Reserved.	  	 	98	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.04.   Compliance with TIA.	  	 	98	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.05.   Revocation and Effect of Consents.	  	 	98	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.06.   Notation on or Exchange of Notes.	  	 	98	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.07.   Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.	  	 	99	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE TEN COLLATERAL AND SECURITY	  	 	99	  	
 
iv

 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 10.01.   Security Documents.	  	 	99	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.02.   Reserved.	  	 	100	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.03.   Release of Collateral.	  	 	100	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.04.   Certificates of the Issuer.	  	 	101	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.05.   Certificates of the Trustee.	  	 	101	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.06.   Authorization of Actions to be Taken by the Trustee Under the Security Documents.	  	 	102	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.07.   Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents.	  	 	102	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.08.   Termination of Security Interest.	  	 	102	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.09.   Post-Collateral Obligations.	  	 	102	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE ELEVEN GUARANTEES	  	 	103	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.01.   Unconditional Guarantee.	  	 	103	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.02.   Reserved.	  	 	104	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.03.   Limitation on Guarantor Liability.	  	 	104	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.04.   Reserved.	  	 	104	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.05.   Release of a Guarantor.	  	 	104	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.06.   Waiver of Subrogation.	  	 	105	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.07.   Immediate Payment.	  	 	106	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.08.   No Setoff.	  	 	106	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.09.   Guarantee Obligations Absolute.	  	 	106	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.10.   Guarantee Obligations Continuing.	  	 	106	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.11.   Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced.	  	 	106	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.12.   Guarantee Obligations Reinstated.	  	 	107	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.13.   Guarantee Obligations Not Affected.	  	 	107	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.14.   Waiver.	  	 	108	  	
 
v

 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 11.15.   No Obligation To Take Action Against the Issuer.	  	 	108	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.16.   Dealing with the Issuer and Others.	  	 	108	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.17.   Default and Enforcement.	  	 	109	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.18.   Amendment, Etc.	  	 	109	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.19.   Acknowledgment.	  	 	109	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.20.   Costs and Expenses.	  	 	109	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.21.   No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.	  	 	109	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.22.   Survival of Guarantee Obligations.	  	 	110	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.23.   Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations.	  	 	110	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.24.   Severability.	  	 	110	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.25.   Successors and Assigns.	  	 	110	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE TWELVE MISCELLANEOUS	  	 	110	  	
 	 	
SECTION 12.01.   TIA Controls.	  	 	110	  	
 	 	
SECTION 12.02.   Notices.	  	 	111	  	
 	 	
SECTION 12.03.   Communications by Holders with Other Holders.	  	 	112	  	
 	 	
SECTION 12.04.   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.	  	 	113	  	
 	 	
SECTION 12.05.   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.	  	 	113	  	
 	 	
SECTION 12.06.   Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar.	  	 	113	  	
 	 	
SECTION 12.07.   Legal Holidays.	  	 	113	  	
 	 	
SECTION 12.08.   Governing Law.	  	 	114	  	
 	 	
SECTION 12.09.   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.	  	 	114	  	
 	 	
SECTION 12.10.   No Recourse Against Others.	  	 	114	  	
 	 	
SECTION 12.11.   Successors.	  	 	114	  	
 	 	
SECTION 12.12.   Duplicate Originals.	  	 	114	  	
 	 	
SECTION 12.13.   Severability.	  	 	114	  	
 	 	
SECTION 12.14.   Force Majeure.	  	 	114	  	
 
vi

INDENTURE, dated as of July 20, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Indenture ”), among WM FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation, as issuer, the Guarantors, if any, from time to time party hereto and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
Each party hereto agrees as follows for the benefit of each other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders.
ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
SECTION 1.01. Definitions.
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in this Indenture.
“2009 Indenture” means the indenture, dated as of May 28, 2009, among Warner Music, WMG Holdings Corp., the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
“2009 Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by (i) the Purchase Agreement, (ii) the Credit Agreement existing immediately prior to the Reference Date and (iii) the offering of the Existing Secured Notes.
“Access Investors” means, collectively: (i) Mr. Len Blavatnik; (ii) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of the Person described in clause (i); (iii) any trusts created for the benefit of the Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (iv) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clauses (i) and (ii), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Issuer; (v) any of his or their Affiliates (each of the Persons described in clauses (i) through (v), an “ Access Party ”); and (vi) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of which any of the Access Parties is a member;  provided  that in the case of clause (vi) and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Access Parties, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by such group.
“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar.
“amend” means amend, modify, supplement, restate or amend and restate, including successively; and “amending” and “ amended ” have correlative meanings.
“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable Redemption Date, the greater of:
(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Note; and
(2) the excess of:
(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at June 15, 2013 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(b)) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through June 15, 2013 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over
(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Note.
Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided that such calculation or the correctness thereof shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.
“asset” means any asset or property, whether real, personal or other, tangible or intangible.
“Asset Sale” means (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and leaseback) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in compliance with Section 4.10 (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:
(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
2

(2)(a) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to, and as defined in, Section 5.01 or (b) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture (other than a Change of Control triggered by a Recorded Music Sale);
(3) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 4.11 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 4.12;
(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;
(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;
(6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
(7) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to clause (11) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”);
(8) foreclosures on assets;
(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
(10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;
(11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing; and
(12) a Music Publishing Sale in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 4.21.
“Authorized Representative” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.
“Bank Obligations” means all Obligations pursuant to a Credit Agreement (other than the Notes or other notes or debt securities) and related documents incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(1).
 
3

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.
“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “ Beneficially Owns ” and “ Beneficially Owned ” have a corresponding meaning.
“Board of Directors” means:
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;
(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and
(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
“Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are required or authorized by law or other governmental action to be closed.
“Capital Stock” means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock;
(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.
 
4

“Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Issuer or any Guarantor described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”
“Cash Equivalents” means:
(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
(2) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States or any member nation of the European Union having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;
(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to any Credit Agreement or with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;
(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;
(5) commercial paper maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition and having a rating of at least P-1 from Moody’s or A-1 from S&P;
(6) investment funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition; and
(7) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition.
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
(1) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;
(2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations;
 
5

(3)(A) prior to the first public offering of common stock of either Holdings or the Issuer, the first day on which the Board of Directors of Holdings shall cease to consist of a majority of directors who (i) were members of the Board of Directors of Holdings on the Reference Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by the Board of Directors of Holdings, a majority of whom were directors on the Reference Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder (each of the directors selected pursuant to clauses (A)(i) and (A)(ii), “ Continuing Directors ”) and (B) after the first public offering of common stock of either Holdings or the Issuer, (i) if such public offering is of Holdings common stock, the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdings are not Continuing Directors or (ii) if such public offering is of the Issuer’s common stock, the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer are not Continuing Directors;
(4) a Recorded Music Sale (other than a Recorded Music Sale in connection with which a Redemption in Whole has been made pursuant to Section 3.07(d)); or
(5) a Music Publishing Sale.
“Cinram Adjustment” means cost savings and other adjustments to the Issuer from the disposition of its DVD and CD manufacturing, printing, packaging, physical distribution and merchandising businesses to Cinram International, Inc., which was consummated on October 24, 2003, and the associated long-term supply contract with Cinram International, Inc. for physical product and distribution.
“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect on the Reference Date, and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.
“Collateral” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.
“Collateral Agent” means initially the Trustee, or a successor thereto, in its capacity as collateral agent under the Security Agreement for the benefit of the holders of all First Lien Obligations, together with its successors in such capacity.
“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and other noncash charges (excluding any noncash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period), of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
6

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (including amortization of original issue discount, noncash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting), the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, but excluding amortization of deferred financing fees or expensing of any bridge or other financing fees relating to the Specified Financings) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income actually received in cash for such period;  provided ,  however , that Securitization Fees shall not be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.
“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP;  provided ,  however , that
(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains or losses (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs) (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) shall be excluded;
(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;
(3) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) shall be excluded;
(4) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;
(5) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a)(3), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived;  provided  that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;
 
7

(6) any noncash impairment charges resulting from the application of Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 and No. 144 and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, shall be excluded;
(7) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a)(3), an amount equal to any reduction in current taxes recognized during the applicable period by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a direct result of deductions arising from (A) the amortization allowed under Section 167 or 197 of the Code for the goodwill and other intangibles arising from the 2009 Transactions and (B) employee termination and related restructuring reserves established pursuant to purchase accounting for the two-year period commencing with the Reference Date, in each case, will be included in the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” so long as such addition will not result in double-counting;
(8) noncash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;
(9) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness shall be excluded; and
(10) any noncash charges resulting from mark-to-market accounting in accordance with Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and No. 150 and Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-19 relating to warrants owned by Time Warner Inc. shall be excluded.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.11 only (other than Section 4.11(a)(3)(d)), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.11(a)(3)(d).
“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the consolidated total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP,  less  all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, organization expense and other similar intangibles properly classified as intangibles in accordance with GAAP.
 
8

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
“Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Issuer or such Guarantor after April 1, 2009.
“Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee located at Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, MAC N9311-110, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, Attention: Corporate Trust Department, or such other office, designated by the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered.
“Credit Agreement” means one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or series of notes documented in one or more agreements or indentures, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new lenders or institutional investors), including any agreement extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof.
“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
“Depositary” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or a successor thereto registered under the Exchange Act or other applicable statute or regulation.
“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.
 
9

“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(3).
“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the final maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding;  provided, however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.
“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that was formed under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States.
“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication,
(1) provision for taxes based on income or profits, plus franchise or similar taxes of such Person for such period deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus
(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus
(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent such depreciation and amortization were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus
(4) any reasonable expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture or to the 2009 Transactions and, in each case, deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus
(5) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees) deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus
 
10

(6) without duplication, any other noncash charges (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period), plus
(7) any net gain or loss resulting from Hedging Obligations relating to currency exchange risk, plus
(8) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsors (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period; provided that such amount shall not exceed $10.0 million in any four-quarter period, plus
(9) Securitization Fees to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus
(10) the Cinram Adjustment, plus
(11) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations, plus
(12) without duplication, pension curtailment expenses, transaction costs and executive contract expenses incurred by affiliated entities of the Issuer (other than Holdings and its Subsidiaries) on behalf of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and reflected in the combined financial statements of the Issuer as capital contributions, less
(13) without duplication, noncash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges or asset valuation adjustments made in any prior period).
“Effective Date” means the effective date of the Merger.
“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than (i) public offerings with respect to common stock of the Issuer or of any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer registered on Form S-8, (ii) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (iii) an issuance to any Subsidiary.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
 
11

“Exchange Notes” means any Notes issued in exchange for Notes pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement.
“Excluded Assets” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.
“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:
(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and
(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),
in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(3).
“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement) in existence on the Reference Date, including the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes.
“Existing Secured Notes” means Warner Music’s 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 issued pursuant to the 2009 Indenture.
“Existing Senior Subordinated Notes” means collectively Warner Music’s existing 7.375% U.S. dollar senior subordinated notes due 2014 and Warner Music’s existing 8.125% Sterling denominated senior subordinated notes due 2014.
“First Lien Obligations” means collectively, obligations under the (a) the Existing Secured Notes, (b) the indenture governing the Existing Secured Notes, (c) Bank Obligations, (d) any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, including the Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Indenture, (e) interest rate or currency swaps, caps or collars or similar Hedging Obligations entered into to hedge the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s exposure with respect to Obligations not prohibited under this Indenture and (f) obligations in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds.
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness or issues or repays Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving  pro forma  effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or repayment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
 
12

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a  pro forma  basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and any restructuring initiatives referred to below (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition or commenced any restructuring initiative, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving  pro forma  effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation or initiative had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation or any restructuring initiatives and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the  pro forma  calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer and shall comply with the requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission,  except  that such  pro forma  calculations may include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from such transaction or initiative that is being given  pro forma  effect that have been realized or (A) for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken (or are taken concurrently with such transaction or initiative) or (B) for which the steps necessary for realization are reasonably expected to be taken within the six-month period following such transaction and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate and record label overhead;  provided  that, in either case, such adjustments are set forth in an Officers’ Certificate signed by the Issuer’s chief financial officer and another Officer which states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (ii) that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the Officers executing such Officers’ Certificate at the time of such execution and (iii) that any related incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to this Indenture. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given  pro forma  effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a  pro forma  basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.
 
13

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding all noncash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount in connection with the Specified Financings (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to the Issuer’s existing Indebtedness as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and (c) all cash dividends paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock.
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
“Freely Tradable” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States in effect on the date of this Indenture. For purposes of this Indenture, the term “ consolidated ” with respect to any Person means such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.
“guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
“Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. When used as a verb, “ Guarantee ” shall have a corresponding meaning.
“Guarantor” means any Person that incurs a Guarantee of the Notes; provided that upon the release and discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor.
“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:
(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and
(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.
 
14

“Holdings” means WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation and the direct parent of the Issuer.
“Holdings Notes” means Holdings’ 9.5% Senior Discount Notes due 2014.
“Holder” or “Noteholder” means the registered holder of any Note.
“incur” means to directly or indirectly create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and “ incurrence ” shall have a correlative meaning.
“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person,
(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent,
(i) in respect of borrowed money,
(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),
(iii) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business or
(iv) representing any Hedging Obligations,
if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,
(b) Disqualified Stock of such Person,
(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business) and
(d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person);
provided, however, that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.
“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in a Permitted Business of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
 
15

“Initial Purchasers” means with respect to the Initial Notes, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC.
“Interest” means, with respect to the Notes, interest and any Special Interest on the Notes.
“Interest Payment Date” means the stated maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes.
“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.
For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.11, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;  provided ,  however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer; and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.
“Issue Date” means July 20, 2011, the date of original issuance of the Notes.
“Issuer” means (a) WM Finance Corp. prior to the consummation of the Merger and (b) Warner Music, upon and following consummation of the Merger, and any successor in interest thereto.
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction;  provided  that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
 
16

“Major” means any significant competitor or participant in a Permitted Business, determined by the Issuer in its sole discretion.
“Major Music/Media Transaction” means (1) any disposition by the Issuer of all or substantially all of its assets or the assets of its Recorded Music Business to another Major, or any acquisition by another Major of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent entities; (2) any acquisition by the Issuer of all or substantially all the recorded music business, music publishing business or other Permitted Business of another Major; or (3) any merger, consolidation, joint venture or other combination of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s assets or its Recorded Music Business with all or substantially all of the assets of the recorded music business, music publishing business or other Permitted Business of another Major.
“Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement by and among Warner Music, Holdings and the Sponsors and/or their Affiliates as in effect on the Reference Date.
“Maturity Date” means June 15, 2016.
“Merger” means the merger of WM Finance Corp. with and into Warner Music.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
“Music Publishing Business” means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the music publishing segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Issuer. At any point in time in which music publishing is not a reported segment of the Issuer, Music Publishing Business shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.
“Music Publishing Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Music Publishing Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt may include assets constituting a portion of the Recorded Music Business not to exceed 10% of the total assets constituting the Recorded Music Business, as reflected on the most recent internally available balance sheet of the Issuer.
“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.
“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
 
17

“Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the acquisition, exploitation or development of assets (including directly or through the acquisition of entities holding such assets) not owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such acquisition, exploitation or development, which assets are used for the creation or development of Product for the benefit of the Issuer, and in respect of which the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed has no recourse whatsoever to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for the repayment of or payment of such Indebtedness other than recourse to the acquired assets or assets that are the subject of such exploitation or development for the purpose of enforcing any Lien given by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary over such assets, including the receivables, inventory, intangibles and other rights associated with such assets and the proceeds thereof.
“Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of financing (whether directly or through a partially-owned joint venture) the production, acquisition, exploitation, creation or development of items of Product produced, acquired, exploited, created or developed after the Issue Date (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the production, acquisition, creation or development of any such items of Product or secured by a Lien on any such items of Product prior to the production, acquisition, creation or development thereof) where the recourse of the creditor in respect of that Indebtedness is limited to Product revenues generated by such items of Product or any rights pertaining thereto and where the Indebtedness is unsecured save for Liens over such items of Product or revenues and such rights and any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of such Indebtedness. “Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” excludes, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness raised or secured against Product where the proceeds are used for any other purposes.
“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person that is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.
“Notes” means the 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 issued by the Issuer, including, without limitation, the Exchange Notes and the Additional Notes, treated as a single class of securities, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture.
“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
“Offering Circular” means the offering circular of the Issuer dated July 14, 2011 relating to the Notes.
 
18

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or General Counsel or Deputy General Counsel of the Issuer or of a Guarantor, as applicable.
“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by two Officers of the Issuer or on behalf of a Guarantor by two Officers of such Guarantor, one of whom is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, a Guarantor or the Trustee.
“Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” has the meaning assigned to Additional Secured Obligation in the Security Agreement.
“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Permitted Business assets or a combination of Permitted Business assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.13, provided further that the assets received are pledged as Collateral to the extent required by the Security Documents to the extent that the assets disposed of constituted Collateral.
“Permitted Business” means the media and entertainment business and any services, activities or businesses incidental or directly related or similar thereto, any line of business engaged in by the Issuer on the Reference Date (or the applicable party in the case of a Major Music/Media Transaction) or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.
“Permitted Holders” means (i) the Sponsors and their Affiliates (not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the Sponsors); (ii) Edgar Bronfman Jr.; (iii) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of the Person described in clause (ii); (iv) any trusts created for the benefit of the Person described in clause (ii) or (iii) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (v) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clauses (ii) and (iii), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Issuer; (vi) Time Warner Inc. if at such time as Time Warner Inc. owns 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and after giving  pro forma  effect to the acquisition of such Voting Stock and the incurrence of any Indebtedness used to finance the acquisition thereof, (x) Time Warner Inc. has a rating of at least “investment grade” status from S&P and Moody’s and (y) neither S&P, Moody’s nor any other nationally recognized rating agency shall have downgraded, or indicated an intention to downgrade, the corporate rating of Time Warner Inc. to a level below its then existing corporate rating by any such agency; (vii) the Access Investors; or (viii) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any of the Issuer, Holdings or any of their respective direct or indirect parents. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders.
 
19

“Permitted Investments” means
(1) any Investment by the Issuer in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in another Restricted Subsidiary;
(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents;
(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.13 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
(5) any Investment existing on the Reference Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Reference Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;
(6) loans and advances to employees and any guarantees not in excess of $15.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;
(7) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (B) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.10(b)(9);
(9) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
20

(10) any advance directly or indirectly related to royalties or future profits (whether or not recouped), directly or indirectly (including through capital contributions or loans to an entity or joint venture relating to such artist(s) or writer(s)), to one or more artists or writers pursuant to label and license agreements, agreements with artists/writers and related ventures, pressing and distribution agreements, publishing agreements and any similar contract or agreement entered into from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
(11) any Investment by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to (i) on and prior to the Effective Date, clause (11) of “Permitted Investments” in the 2009 Indenture and (ii) after the Effective Date, this clause (11) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 15.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations (exclusive of Disqualified Stock);
(13) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.10 and performance guarantees consistent with past practice;
(14) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 4.14 (except transactions described in Section 4.14(b)(2), (6) and (7));
(15) Investments by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to (i) on and prior to the Effective Date, clause (15) of “Permitted Investments” in the 2009 Indenture and (ii) after the Effective Date, this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding amount, not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 8.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
(16) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons; and
(17) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest.
 
21

“Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:
(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;
(2) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;
(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(4) Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;  provided ,  however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition;  provided ,  further ,  however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(5) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.10;
(6) Liens on cash deposits or property constituting Cash Equivalents securing Hedging Obligations not prohibited by this Indenture;
(7) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
(8) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(9) Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is (A) incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien existing on the Reference Date (other than the Existing Secured Notes or refinancings or replacements thereof) or (B) referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (19)(B) of this definition;  provided ,  however , that in each case, such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Holders and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;
 
22

(10) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;
(11) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted or for property taxes on property that the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;
(12) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
(13) pledges, deposits or security under workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(14) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or, if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;
(15) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;
(16) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not (x) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Issuer or any of its material Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) secure any Indebtedness;
 
23

(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution,  provided  that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Issuer in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;
(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(19)(A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $15.0 million at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person;  provided ,  however , that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations;  provided  that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;
(20) Liens to secure Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to (i) on and prior to the Effective Date, Section 4.10(b)(18) of the 2009 Indenture and (ii) after the Effective Date, Section 4.10(b)(18), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the items of Product acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and Liens to secure Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to (i) on and prior to the Effective Date, Section 4.10(b)(18) of the 2009 Indenture and (ii) after the Effective Date, Section 4.10(b)(18), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the assets acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;
(21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
 
24

(22) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(23) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(24) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture; and
(25) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to (i) on and prior to the Effective Date, Sections 4.10(b)(4) and 4.10(b)(20) of the 2009 Indenture and (ii) after the Effective Date, Sections 4.10(b)(4) and 4.10(b)(20).
“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.
“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
“Private Placement Legend” means the legends initially set forth on the Notes in the form set forth in Exhibit B.
“Product” means any music (including musical and audio visual recordings, musical performance, songs and compositions and also includes mail order music and activities relating or incidental to music such as touring, merchandising and artist management), music copyright, motion picture, television programming, film, videotape, digital file, video clubs, DVD manufactured or distributed or any other product produced for theatrical, non-theatrical or television release or for release in any other medium, in each case whether recorded on film, videotape, cassette, cartridge, disc or on or by any other means, method, process or device, whether now known or hereafter developed, with respect to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary:
(1) is an initial copyright owner; or
(2) acquires (or will acquire upon delivery) an equity interest, license, sublicense or administration or distribution right.
“Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement dated May 19, 2009, among Warner Music, the Guarantors party thereto (as defined therein) and Goldman, Sachs & Co., Banc of America Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
 
25

“Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).
“Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided  that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, except that in the event the value of any such assets or Capital Stock exceeds $50.0 million, the fair market value shall be determined by an Independent Financial Advisor.
“Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under a Credit Agreement or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.
“Record Date” means the applicable Record Date specified in the Notes; provided that if any such date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall be the first day immediately preceding such specified day that is a Business Day.
“Recorded Music Business” means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the recorded music segment, as defined in the financial statements of Warner Music. At any point in time in which recorded music is not a reported segment of Warner Music, Recorded Music Business shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.
 
26

“Recorded Music Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Recorded Music Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt may include assets constituting a portion of the Music Publishing Business not to exceed 10% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business, as reflected on the most recent internally available balance sheet of the Issuer.
“Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.
“Redemption in Whole” means a redemption of 100% of the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07(d).
“Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption, payable in immediately available funds, pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.
“Reference Date” means May 28, 2009.
“refinance” means to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund, including successively; and “refinancing” and “ refinanced ” shall have correlative meanings.
“Registration Rights Agreement” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer and the Initial Purchasers, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time and (b) any other similar registration rights agreement relating to Additional Notes.
“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
“Regulation S Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.
“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and shall also mean any officer who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
“Restricted Note” means a Note that constitutes a “Restricted Note” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act;  provided ,  however , that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Note.
“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary;  provided, however,  that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.
“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
 
27

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
“Securitization Assets” means any accounts receivable or catalog, royalty or other revenue streams from Product subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.
“Securitization Fees” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.
“Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by Holdings or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.
“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.
“Securitization Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings makes an Investment and to which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which Holdings reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings and (c) to which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
 
28

“Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement dated as of May 28, 2009, among Warner Music, Holdings, the Guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent, the Trustee, as Notes Authorized Representative for the Holders, and each additional Authorized Representative from time to time party thereto, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the provisions thereof.
“Security Documents” means the Security Agreement and all security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, collateral agency agreements, control agreements or other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by the Issuer or any Guarantor creating (or purporting to create) a Lien upon Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, restated or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time, in accordance with its terms and the terms of the Security Agreement.
“Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter plus the amount of any Indebtedness incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP, secured by Liens other than (i) Liens that are junior in priority to those securing the Notes, (ii) Liens on Excluded Assets and assets of Foreign Subsidiaries that do not constitute Collateral securing obligations of such Foreign Subsidiaries and (iii) Permitted Liens.
“Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio” means, with respect to the Issuer, the ratio of the Issuer’s Senior Secured Indebtedness to the Issuer’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur (the “Measurement Period”); provided, however, that: (i) in making such computation, Senior Secured Indebtedness shall include the greater of (x) the average daily balance outstanding under any revolving credit facility during the most recently ended fiscal quarter and (y) the actual amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any revolving credit facility as of the date for which such calculation is being made; and (ii) if the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and restructuring initiatives subsequent to the commencement of the Measurement Period but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio is made, then the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and restructuring initiatives, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period. Any pro forma calculations pursuant to this “Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio” shall be made in accordance with the provisions set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”
 
29

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.
“Special Interest” has the meaning assigned to Special Interest in any Registration Rights Agreement.
“Specified Financings” means the financings included in the 2009 Transactions, the offering of the Existing Secured Notes and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes.
“Sponsors” means Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (together with any limited partner thereof, whether or not such investment in the Issuer is made through the same entity), Bain Capital Partners, LLC, Providence Equity Partners and Music Capital Partners, L.P.
“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings which Holdings has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.
“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
“Stockholders Agreement” means the Stockholders Agreement by and among Warner Music, the Sponsors and/or their Affiliates and the other stockholders party thereto in effect on the Reference Date.
“Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Issuer, Indebtedness of the Issuer that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (b) with respect to any Guarantor of the Notes, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Notes.
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and
 
30

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.
“Tax” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto).
“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on the date of the execution of this Indenture until such time as this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, and thereafter as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.04.
“Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to June 15, 2013;  provided, however,  that if the period from such Redemption Date to June 15, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.
“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.
“Unrestricted Global Notes” means one or more Notes that do not and are not required to bear the legends in the form set forth in Exhibit B,  including, without limitation, the Exchange Notes.
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) WMG Kensington, Ltd. and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, as provided below) and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated),  provided  that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer, (b) such designation complies with Section 4.11 and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries does not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter,
 
31

(1) create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
(2) own assets constituting part of the Music Publishing Business in excess of 10% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business, as reflected on the most recent internally available balance sheet of the Issuer.
The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and (1) the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception, or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a  pro forma  basis taking into account such designation. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
“U.S. Government Securities” means securities that are:
(a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or
(b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
 
32

“U.S. Legal Tender” means such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.
“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
“Warner Music” means WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation.
“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:
(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by
(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.
“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.

Term	  	Defined in Section	  	 	
“Additional Notes”	  	2.01	  	 	
“Affiliate Transaction”	  	4.14	  	 	
“Agent Members”	  	2.16	  	 	
“Alternate Offer”	  	4.09	  	 	
“Asset Sale Offer”	  	4.13	  	 	
“Asset Sale Offer Amount”	  	4.13	  	 	
“Asset Sale Payment”	  	4.13	  	 	
“Asset Sale Payment Date”	  	4.13	  	 	
“Change of Control Offer”	  	4.09	  	 	
“Change of Control Payment”	  	4.09	  	 	
“Change of Control Payment Date”	  	4.09	  	 	
“Clearstream”	  	2.16	  	 	
“Covenant Defeasance”	  	8.02	  	 	
“Coverage Ratio Exception”	  	4.10	  	 	
“DTC”	  	2.04	  	 	
“Euroclear”	  	2.16	  	 	
“Event of Default”	  	6.01	  	 	
 
33

 	 	 	 	 	
Term	  	Defined in Section	  	 	
“Excess Proceeds”	  	4.13	  	 	
“Guarantee Obligations”	  	11.01	  	 	
“incur”	  	4.10	  	 	
“Initial Notes”	  	2.01	  	 	
“Legal Defeasance”	  	8.02	  	 	
“Other Notes”	  	2.02	  	 	
“Paying Agent”	  	2.04	  	 	
“Permitted Debt”	  	4.10	  	 	
“Physical Notes”	  	2.02	  	 	
“Refunding Capital Stock”	  	4.11	  	 	
“Registrar”	  	2.04	  	 	
“Regulation S Notes”	  	2.02	  	 	
“Regulation S Global Note”	  	2.16	  	 	
“Restricted Global Notes”	  	2.16	  	 	
“Restricted Payments”	  	4.11	  	 	
“Restricted Period”	  	2.16	  	 	
“Retired Capital Stock”	  	4.11	  	 	
“Rule 144A Notes”	  	2.02	  	 	
“Rule 144A Global Notes”	  	2.16	  	 	
“Successor MP Company”	  	4.21	  	 	
SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of TIA.
Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision of the TIA shall be incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture if, but only if, (a) this Indenture is qualified by the Issuer under the TIA (in which case each such provision shall be incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture, effective immediately upon such qualification) or (b) this Indenture expressly states that such provision of the TIA shall apply whether or not this Indenture is qualified under the TIA. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
“indenture securities” means the Notes.
“indenture security holder” means a Holder or a Noteholder.
“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.
“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.
“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer, any Guarantor, and any successor or any other obligor on the Notes.
All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.
 
34

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction.
Unless the context otherwise requires:
(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference;
(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
(3) “or” is not exclusive;
(4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;
(5) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;
(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
(7) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;
(8) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”;
(9) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;
(10) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;
(11) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP;
(12) “$” and “U.S. Dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;
(13) whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Special Interest, to the extent that, in such context, Special Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof.
 
35

ARTICLE TWO
THE SECURITIES
SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes.
The Trustee shall initially authenticate Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000 of Notes (the “ Initial Notes ”) upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer (other than as provided in Section 2.08). The Trustee shall authenticate Notes (the “ Additional Notes ”) thereafter in unlimited amount (so long as permitted by the terms of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.10) for original issue upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in aggregate principal amount as specified in such order (other than as provided in Section 2.08),  provided, however,  that if the Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for United States federal income tax purposes, the Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP number than the Initial Notes. Each such written order shall specify the principal amount of Additional Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Additional Notes are to be authenticated.
SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating.
The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is incorporated in and form a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rule or usage to which the Issuer is subject. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“ Rule 144A Notes ”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in  Exhibit B , Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“ Regulation S Notes ”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in  Exhibit B , and Notes offered and sold to Institutional Accredited Investors in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act not made in reliance on Rule 144A or Regulation S (“ Other Notes ”) may be represented by a Restricted Global Note or, if such an investor may not hold an interest in the Restricted Global Note, a Physical Note, in each case, bearing the Private Placement Legend. The Issuer shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and show the date of its authentication.
The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and agree to be bound thereby.
The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the Registrar.
Notes issued in exchange for interests in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.16 may be issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in  Exhibit A  (the “ Physical Notes ”).
 
36

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication.
One Officer, who shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions, shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual, facsimile or electronic image scan signature.
If the Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.
No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, and the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.12, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents with the consent of the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates of the Issuer. Each Paying Agent is designated as an authenticating agent for purposes of this Indenture.
The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.
SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent.
The Issuer will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.07. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
 
37

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust.
Each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Issuer, one or more of the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes), and the Issuer and each Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. Money held in trust by a Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by law and in no event shall a Paying Agent be liable for any interest on any money received by it hereunder. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2), upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith all money so held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon making such payment, such Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee
SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists.
The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.
SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange.
Subject to Sections 2.16 and 2.17, when Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall promptly register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transaction are met;  provided ,  however , that the Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar or co-Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s or co-Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.
The Registrar or co-Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (i) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article Three, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, and during a Change of Control Offer, an Alternate Offer or an Asset Sale Offer if such Note is tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or Asset Sale Offer and not withdrawn.
 
38

Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Notes may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry system.
SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes.
If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee, or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note (and the Guarantors, if any, shall execute the guarantee thereon) if the Holder of such Note furnishes to the Issuer and the Trustee evidence reasonably acceptable to them of the ownership and the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date of this Indenture are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond shall be posted, sufficient in the judgment of all to protect the Issuer, the Guarantors, if any, the Trustee or any Paying Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if such Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge such Holder for the Issuer’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing such Note and the Trustee may charge the Issuer for the Trustee’s expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in replacing such Note. Every replacement Note shall constitute a contractual obligation of the Issuer.
SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes.
The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except (a) those canceled by it, (b) those delivered to it for cancellation, (c) to the extent set forth in Sections 9.01 and 9.02, on or after the date on the conditions set forth in Section 9.01 or 9.02 have been satisfied and (d) these Notes theretofore authenticated by the Trustee hereunder and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or any of its Affiliates holds the Note (subject to the provisions of Section 2.10).
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a  bona fide  purchaser in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.
If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest ceases to accrue. If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.
 
39

SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes.
In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.
SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes.
Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such Global Note may be in typewritten form.
SECTION 2.12. Cancellation.
The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary), and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuer, shall dispose of all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in accordance with its customary procedures. Subject to Section 2.08, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuer or any Guarantor shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.12.
SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest.
If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall, unless the Trustee fixes another Record Date pursuant to Section 6.10, pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in accordance with the terms hereof. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Holders on a subsequent special Record Date, which special Record Date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before any such subsequent special Record Date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. The Issuer may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
 
40

SECTION 2.14. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.
The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers and ISINs (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use, as applicable, CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders;  provided ,  however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption, that reliance may be placed only on the other identification number(s) printed on the Notes. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers and ISINs.
SECTION 2.15. Deposit of Moneys.
Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on each Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, the Issuer shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds U.S. Legal Tender, sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, as the case may be. The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Global Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Physical Notes shall be payable, either in person or by mail, at the office of the applicable Paying Agent.
SECTION 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.
(a) Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ Rule 144A Global Notes ”). Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (the “ Regulation S Global Notes ”). The term “ Global Notes ” means, collectively, the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes. The Global Notes shall bear legends as set forth in  Exhibit D . The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of such Depositary, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as set forth in  Exhibit B  with respect to Restricted Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes.
Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Notes, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.
 
41

(b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.17. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Physical Notes if (i) in the case of a Global Note, the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Note and the Issuer thereupon fail to appoint a successor depository or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) pursuant to the procedures of the Depositary, the Issuer, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of such Physical Notes or (iii) in the case of any Global Note, there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note. In all cases, Physical Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary in accordance with its customary procedures.
(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in any Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon receipt of a written order from the Issuer authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.
(d) In connection with the transfer of Global Notes as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.
(e) Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b), (c) or (d) shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraphs (a)(i)(x) and (c) of Section 2.17, bear the Private Placement Legend, unless the Issuer determines otherwise in compliance with applicable law.
(f) On or prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Notes represented by the Regulation S Global Note and the issue date of such Notes (such period through and including such 40th day, the “ Restricted Period ”), a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the corresponding Restricted Global Note only upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made (i)(a) to a Person that the transferor reasonably believes is a Qualified Institutional Buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (b) pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act which is accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel regarding the availability of such exemption and (ii) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction. During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership in a Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear System (“ Euroclear ”) or Clearstream Banking, S.A. (“ Clearstream ”).
 
42

(g) Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144 (if available).
(h) Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note shall, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in such other Global Note and, accordingly, shall thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.
(i) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.
SECTION 2.17. Special Transfer Provisions.
(a) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors and Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB or to any Non-U.S. Person:
(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note constituting a Restricted Note, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the first anniversary of the date of original issuance thereof or such other date as such Note shall be freely transferable under Rule 144 as certified in an Officers’ Certificate or (y) (1) in the case of a transfer to an Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons), the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of  Exhibit E  hereto or (2) in the case of a transfer to a Non-U.S. Person (including a QIB), the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of  Exhibit F  hereto;  provided  that in the case of any transfer of a Note bearing the Private Placement Legend for a Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar has received an Officers’ Certificate authorizing such transfer; and
(ii) if the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the certificate, if any, required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, whereupon (a) the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and (if the transfer does not involve a transfer of outstanding Physical Notes) a decrease in the principal amount of a Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in a Global Note to be transferred, and (b) the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of a Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note transferred or the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.
 
43

(b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration or any proposed registration of transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons):
(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on such Holder’s Note stating, or to a transferee who has advised the Issuer and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and
(ii) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred.
(c) Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) it has received the Officers’ Certificate required by paragraph (a)(i)(y) of this Section 2.17, (ii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or (iii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the Registrar has received an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuer to such effect.
(d) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.
 
44

The Registrar shall retain for a period of two years copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.16 or this Section 2.17. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable notice to the Registrar.
SECTION 2.18. Computation of Interest.
Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
SECTION 2.19. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes.
The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes at such date of determination With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes (and not solely the Notes as provided for in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 9.02(a)), such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have so consented, by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and Section 2.09 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate.
ARTICLE THREE
REDEMPTION
SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee.
If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Sections 3.07(a)-(d), it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. For a redemption pursuant to Sections 3.07(a)-(c), the Issuer shall give notice of redemption to the Paying Agent and Trustee at least 31 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee in writing), together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained herein. For a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(d), the Issuer shall give written notice of such redemption by first class mail to each holder’s registered address and to the Paying Agent and Trustee at least 30 days before the Redemption Date (which notice shall state that the redemption is conditioned upon consummation and closing of such Major Music/Media Transaction), and provide the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained herein.
SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Sections 3.07(a), (b) or (d) at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:
(1) if the Notes are listed on a national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or
 
45

(2) if the Notes are not listed on any securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate.
No Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.
If a partial redemption is made with the proceeds of an Equity Offering in accordance with Section 3.07(c), the Trustee will select the applicable Notes on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to DTC procedures).
SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption.
At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date for a redemption pursuant to Sections 3.07(a)-(c), the Issuer shall mail a notice of redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall forward the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense;  provided  that in such case, the Trustee has received notice from the Issuer at least 31 days, but not more than 60 days, before a Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee). Unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 3.07, Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. Each notice of redemption shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP number) to be redeemed and shall state:
(1) the Redemption Date;
(2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid;
(3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(4) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price, plus accrued interest, if any;
(5) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 3.07, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;
(6) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;
 
46

(7) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;
(8) the CUSIP Number and/or ISIN number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed;
(9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number and/or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and
(10) the Section of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.
The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.
If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07(d), it shall provide notice pursuant to Section 3.01.
SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.
Unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 3.07, once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 or Section 3.01, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (which shall include accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date), but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates. On and after the Redemption Date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price.
With respect to the Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York time, on the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is a Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) U.S. Legal Tender and/or U.S. Government Securities sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes.
 
47

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.
If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.
SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption.
(a) The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to June 15, 2013, at the option of the Issuer upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
(b) On or after June 15, 2013, the Notes will be subject to redemption at any time at the option of the Issuer, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest thereon, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below:

Year	  	Percentage	  	 	
2013	  	104.750%	  	 	
2014	  	102.375%	  	 	
2015 and thereafter	  	100.000%	  	 	
(c) At any time on or prior to June 15, 2012, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a Redemption Price equal to 109.50% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering by the Issuer or a contribution to the Issuer’s common equity capital made with the net case proceeds of an Equity Offering by the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent;  provided  that (i) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the (excluding Notes held by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (ii) such redemption shall occur within 90 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such Equity Offering (disregarding the date of the closing of any over-allotment option with respect thereto).
 
48

(d) The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to June 15, 2013, upon the consummation and closing of a Major Music/Media Transaction, on not less than 30 days’ prior written notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address (which notice shall state that redemption is conditioned on consummation and closing of such Major Music/Media Transaction), at a redemption price equal to 104.750% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
SECTION 3.08. Mandatory Redemption.
The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
ARTICLE FOUR
COVENANTS
The Provisions set forth in this Article Four will apply after the Effective Date.
SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes.
(a) The Issuer shall pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds on that date U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
(b) The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal (including, without limitation, post petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the same rate  per annum  borne by the Notes.
SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.
(a) The Issuer shall maintain the offices or agencies required under Section 2.04. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such offices or agencies. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 12.02.
(b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
(c) The Issuer hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.04.
 
49

SECTION 4.03. Corporate Existence.
Except as otherwise permitted by Article Five, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence in accordance with its organizational documents and the rights (charter and statutory) and material franchises of the Issuer.
SECTION 4.04. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.
The Issuer shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (a) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon it or any of its respective Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of it or any of its respective Subsidiaries and (b) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, in each case, if unpaid, might by law become a material liability or Lien upon the property of it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;  provided ,  however , that the Issuer shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.
SECTION 4.05. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance.
(a) The Issuer shall cause all material properties owned by or leased by it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries used or useful to the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in normal condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and shall cause to be made all repairs, renewals, replacements, and betterments thereof, all as in its judgment may be necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times;  provided ,  however , that nothing in this Section 4.05 shall prevent the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties, or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary;  provided ,  further , that nothing in this Section 4.05 shall prevent the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing or disposing of any properties to the extent otherwise permitted by this Indenture.
(b) The Issuer shall maintain, and shall cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible carriers against such risks and in such amounts, and with such deductibles, retentions, self insured amounts and co-insurance provisions, as are appropriate for a business of this type and size as determined in good faith by the Issuer, including property and casualty loss, workers’ compensation and interruption of business insurance.
SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.
(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2011, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of such Officer’s knowledge, the Issuer during such preceding fiscal year has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every such covenant and no Default occurred during such year and at the date of such certificate there is no Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers do know of such Default, the certificate shall describe its status with particularity. The Officers’ Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Issuer elect to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year end.
 
50

(b) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee as soon as possible, and in any event within five days after the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Default and describing its status with particularity and the action proposed to be taken thereto.
(c) The Issuer’s fiscal years currently end on September 30. The Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of any change in its fiscal year.
SECTION 4.07. Compliance with Laws.
(a) The Issuer shall comply, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of the United States, all states and municipalities thereof, and of any governmental department, commission, board, regulatory authority, bureau, agency and instrumentality of the foregoing, in respect of the conduct of their respective businesses and the ownership of their respective properties, except, in any such case, to the extent the failure to so comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
SECTION 4.08. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.
The Issuer covenants (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Issuer from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) the Issuer hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
SECTION 4.09. Change of Control.
(a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will offer to pay an amount in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest thereon, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase.
 
51

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”) specified in such notice, which date shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. Such notice shall state:
(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.09 and that all Notes tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted for payment;
(2) the purchase price (including the amount of accrued interest) and the Change of Control Payment Date;
(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;
(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;
(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date;
(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the second Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;
(7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; and
(8) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control.
(c) On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:
(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(2) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities sufficient to pay the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and
 
52

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer.
(d) The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any;  provided  that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. However, if the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest Record Date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer, as provided above, if, in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control, it or a third party has made an offer to purchase (an “ Alternate Offer ”) any and all Notes validly tendered at a cash price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms of such Alternate Offer. The Alternate Offer must comply with all the other provisions applicable to the Change of Control Offer, shall remain, if commenced prior to the Change of Control, open for acceptance until the consummation of the Change of Control and must permit Holders to withdraw any tenders of Notes made into the Alternate Offer until the final expiration or consummation thereof.
(g) The Issuer will comply, and will cause any third party making a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer to comply, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. To the extent the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture relating to a Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of complying with such laws or regulations.
SECTION 4.10. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively “ incur ”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Issuer will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock;  provided, however , that the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a  pro forma  basis (including a  pro forma  application of the net proceeds therefrom) (the “ Coverage Ratio Exception ”), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.
 
53

(b) Section 4.10(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):
(1) the existence of Indebtedness under a Credit Agreement together with the incurrence of the guarantees thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) and other Indebtedness, up to an aggregate principal amount, together with (x) amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (17) below and (y) amounts incurred under the Existing Secured Notes, the Notes or the Exchange Notes incurred pursuant to clause (2) below, not in excess of $1,550 million outstanding at any one time, less the amount of all mandatory principal payments (with respect to revolving borrowings and letters of credit, only to the extent revolving commitments are correspondingly reduced) actually made by the borrower thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with Net Proceeds from Asset Sales;
(2) the Existing Secured Notes (including the guarantees thereof), and the incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes issued on the Issue Date or the Exchange Notes (including any Guarantee);
(3) Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.10(b));
(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 4.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;
(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims;  provided, however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
 
54

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;  provided, however , that (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (A)) and (B) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including noncash proceeds (the fair market value of such noncash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;
(7) Indebtedness of the Issuer owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;  provided, however,  that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Issuer is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Notes;
(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;
(9) Hedging Obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting (A) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding, (B) exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange or (C) commodity price risk;
(10) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
55

(11) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $250.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (11) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (11) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.10(a) from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock under Section 4.10(a) without reliance on this clause (11));
(12) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Guarantor of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture;  provided  that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;
(13) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock that serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness incurred as permitted by Section 4.10(a) and clauses (2), (3) and (4) above, this clause (13) and clause (14) below or any Indebtedness issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity;  provided, however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness, other than the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes, that is subordinated or  pari passu  to the Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or  pari passu  to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness is unsecured, (D) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (E) shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest on, and related fees and expenses of, the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (F) shall not have a stated maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced; and  provided ,  further , that subclauses (A), (B), (C) and (F) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Credit Agreement debt;
 
56

(14) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of (A) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition or (B) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;  provided , that after giving effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness either (x) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;
(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business,  provided  that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
(16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;
(17) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);
(18) the incurrence of (A) Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and (B) Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness;
(19) Contribution Indebtedness;
(20)(a) if the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception after giving effect to such borrowing, Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer not otherwise permitted hereunder or (b) if the Issuer could not incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception hereof after giving effect to such borrowing, Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer incurred for working capital purposes,  provided ,  however , that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (20) which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (20), does not exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 10% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries; and
(21) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuer or any Guarantor to current or former officers, directors and employees or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings permitted by Section 4.11.
 
57

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (21) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(a), the Issuer will be permitted to classify and later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.10, and such item of Indebtedness will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such categories. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.10. The maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Section 4.10 shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.
SECTION 4.11. Restricted Payments.
(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
(A) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (x) dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or (y) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its  pro rata  share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);
(B) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer;
(C) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, which, for the avoidance of doubt, means market value at the time of payment on or purchase of any such Indebtedness, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Indebtedness subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes (or, as applicable, any Guarantees) (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” in Section 4.10(b) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Indebtedness subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes, purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition); or
 
58

(D) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (A) through (D) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”),
unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;
(2) the Issuer would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; and
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Reference Date (excluding (i) on and prior to the Effective Date, Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (3), (4), (5), (6), (8), (10), (11), (12), (13) or (17) of Section 4.11(b) of the 2009 Indenture and (ii) after the Effective Date, Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (3), (4), (5), (6), (8), (10), (11), (12), (13) or (17) of Section 4.11(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of
(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after April 1, 2009, to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit),  provided  that at any time that the Issuer has not made at least $90 million in aggregate Restricted Payments in all fiscal years combined pursuant to clause (16) of Section 4.11(b) of the 2009 Indenture, the Consolidated Net Income calculation pursuant to this Section 4.11(a) shall be deemed to be $0.00, plus
(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer after April 1, 2009 from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Issuer (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below)) but excluding (i) cash proceeds and marketable securities received from the sale of Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries after April 1, 2009 to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with (I) on and prior to the Effective Date, clause (4) of Section 4.11(b) of the 2009 Indenture and (II) after the Effective Date, clause (4) of Section 4.11(b) and, to the extent actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent corporations, (ii) Designated Preferred Stock and (iii) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into such Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus
 
59

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Issuer after April 1, 2009 (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Designated Preferred Stock and (v) the Cash Contribution Amount), plus
(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash after April 1, 2009 and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to (i) on and prior to the Effective Date, clause (7) or (11) of Section 4.11(b) of the 2009 Indenture or to the extent such Investment constituted a “Permitted Investment” under the 2009 Indenture and (ii) after the Effective Date, clause (7) or (11) of Section 4.11(b) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus
(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to (i) on and prior to the Effective Date, clause (7) or (11) of Section 4.11(b) of the 2009 Indenture or to the extent such Investment constituted a “Permitted Investment” under the 2009 Indenture and (ii) after the Effective Date, clause (7) or (11) of Section 4.11(b) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment).
 
60

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in Section 4.11(a) do not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
(2) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent corporation (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes in exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer) of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof or contributions to the equity capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;
(3) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the borrower thereof, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.10 so long as (A) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value plus related fees and expenses and the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (B) such new Indebtedness is either unsecured or is subordinated to such Notes and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, (C) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;
(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of common Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement;  provided, however , that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed in any calendar year $20.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the two succeeding calendar years;  provided  that unused amounts available, pursuant to the parenthetical in the first proviso in Section 4.11(b)(4) of the 2009 Indenture, as of the Effective Date shall be carried over and available for the corresponding periods under this clause (4)); and  provided ,  further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations that occurs after April 1, 2009 plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations in connection with the 2009 Transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer pursuant to a deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after April 1, 2009 ( provided  that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to (i) on and prior to the Effective Date, clauses (A), (B) and (C) of Section 4.11(b)(4) of the 2009 Indenture and (ii) after the Effective Date, clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (4);
 
61

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with this Section 4.11 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges” for such entity;
(6) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after April 1, 2009 and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer issued after April 1, 2009;  provided ,  however , that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a  pro forma  basis, the Issuer would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (6) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Issuer from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after April 1, 2009;
(7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to (i) on and prior to the Effective Date, Section 4.11(b)(7) of the 2009 Indenture and (ii) after the Effective Date, this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 4.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
 
62

(8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
(9) Reserved;
(10) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions;
(11) other Restricted Payments taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to (i) on and prior to the Effective Date, Section 4.11(b)(11) of the 2009 Indenture and (ii) after the Effective Date this clause (11), in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million;
(12) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in amounts required for such party to pay or cause to be paid:
(A) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence;
(B) federal, state and local income taxes to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries,  provided ,  however , that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries to pay such taxes as a stand-alone taxpayer;
(C) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(D) general corporate overhead expenses (including professional expenses) for all direct or indirect parent corporations of the Issuer to the extent such expenses are solely attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
(E) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering permitted by this Indenture;
 
63

(13) cash dividends or other distributions on Holdings’, the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock used to, or the making of loans, the proceeds of which will be used to, fund the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the offering of the Notes or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.14;
(14) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;
(15) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.13;  provided  that a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, has been made and all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;
(16) other Restricted Payments taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to (i) on and prior to the Effective Date, Section 4.11(b)(16) of the 2009 Indenture and (ii) after the Effective Date this clause (16), not to exceed $90.0 million in any fiscal year of the Issuer; or
(17) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings, the proceeds of which are applied solely (A) to pay interest and principal when due on the Holdings Notes or (B) pursuant to clause (2) of Section 4.13(b);
provided, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (2), (5), (6), (7), (11), (14), (15) and (16) above, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding provisions of this Section 4.11, Restricted Payments to (A) repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Existing Senior Subordinated Notes or (B) pay dividends to Holdings the proceeds of which are applied to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Holdings Notes, may only be made pursuant to any of the preceding provisions of this Section 4.11 from the proceeds of secured Indebtedness incurred in contemplation of any such Restricted Payment, if immediately after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment pursuant to this paragraph and the incurrence of any such secured Indebtedness the net proceeds of which are used to finance such Restricted Payment, the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio of the Issuer would not have exceeded 2.00 to 1.00.
(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.11 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer. The Issuer’s determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an Independent Financial Advisor if the fair market value exceeds $50.0 million.
 
64

(d) As of the Effective Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries except WMG Kensington Ltd. and its Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 4.11 or the definition of “Permitted Investments” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants described in this Indenture.
SECTION 4.12. Liens.
(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien that secures obligations under any Indebtedness of the Issuer or of a Guarantor or any related Guarantee of a Guarantor, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 4.12(a) shall not apply to:
(i) Liens on the Collateral under the Security Documents securing Indebtedness (including the Notes and the Guarantees and any refinancings or replacements thereof) in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom), not exceeding the greater of (A) $1,325.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 3.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness and Liens had been incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period;
(ii) Liens on the Collateral under the Security Documents securing (A) interest rate or currency swaps, caps or collars or similar Hedging Obligations entered into to hedge the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s exposure with respect to activities not prohibited under this Indenture and (B) obligations in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;
(iii) Liens securing Indebtedness that are junior in priority to the Liens securing the Notes and related Guarantees;
(iv) Permitted Liens; and
 
65

(v) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries that do not constitute Collateral securing obligations of such Foreign Subsidiaries.
SECTION 4.13. Asset Sales.
(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
(1) the Issuer (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;
(2) in the case of Asset Sales involving consideration in excess of $50.0 million, the fair market value is determined by the Issuer’s Board of Directors and evidenced by a Board Resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and
(3) except for any Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.
For purposes of clause (2) above, the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and from which the Issuer and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (ii) any securities received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and (iii) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this paragraph and for no other purpose.
(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Issuer may apply those Net Proceeds at its option:
(1) to permanently reduce
(A) Bank Obligations under a Credit Agreement to the extent such Credit Agreement requires the reduction of such Bank Obligations;
 
66

(B) Obligations constituting First Lien Obligations (other than Hedging Obligations and Bank Obligations under a Credit Agreement) and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;  provided  that if the Issuer shall so reduce such Obligations, it will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer (as defined below)) to all Holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, the  pro rata  principal amount of Notes;
(C) Obligations under the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes if, at the time of, and after giving effect to, any repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other reduction of Obligations under the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes, the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds applied pursuant to this clause (1)(C) since the Reference Date, when taken together with the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds applied pursuant to clause (2) below, shall not exceed $250.0 million; provided that Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale may only be applied pursuant to this clause (1)(C) if the substantial majority of the assets sold in such Asset Sale are Recorded Music Business assets determined in good faith by the Issuer;
(D) Obligations under the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes; provided that Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale may only be applied pursuant to this clause (1)(D) if such Asset Sale is a Recorded Music Sale and the Change of Control Offer in connection therewith has been completed;
(E) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer;
(2) to make Restricted Payments to Holdings the proceeds of which are applied solely to repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise permanently reduce Obligations under the Holdings Notes (A) if, at the time of, and after giving effect to, any such Restricted Payment, the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds applied pursuant to this clause (2) since the Reference Date, when taken together with the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds applied pursuant to clause (1)(C) above, shall not exceed $250.0 million; provided that Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale may only be applied pursuant to this clause (2)(A) if the substantial majority of the assets sold in such Asset Sale consist of Recorded Music Business assets as determined in good faith by the Issuer and (B) in an unlimited amount if such Asset Sale is a Recorded Music Sale and the Change of Control Offer in connection therewith has been completed;
(3) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses (provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary), (B) capital expenditures or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), are used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or
 
67

(4) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale.
(c) When the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds not applied or invested in accordance with the preceding paragraph (“Excess Proceeds ”) exceeds $50.0 million, after taking into account any reductions of Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes made pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph, the Issuer will make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders and holders of Indebtedness that ranks  pari passu  with the Notes and contains provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase, on a  pro rata  basis, after taking into account any reductions of Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes made pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph, the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other  pari passu  Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds (the “ Asset Sale Offer Amount ”). The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “ Asset Sale Payment ”), and will be payable in cash.
(d) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Issuer may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.
(e) If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a  pro rata  basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.
(f) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and to each Holder at its registered address. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holder to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. Any Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:
(1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.13;
(2) the Asset Sale Offer Amount, the Asset Sale Payment and the date on which Notes tendered and accepted for payment shall be purchased, which date shall be at least 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Asset Sale Payment Date ”);
(3) that any Notes not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrete or accrue interest;
 
68

(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrete or accrue interest after the Asset Sale Payment Date;
(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer may only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may not elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased;
(6) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder To Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, or transfer such Note by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, a depository, if appointed by the Issuer, or the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Asset Sale Payment Date;
(7) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the Asset Sale Payment Date, a notice setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;
(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Asset Sale Offer Amount, the Issuer shall select the Notes to be purchased on a  pro rata  basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 shall be purchased); and
(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer);  provided  that such Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples $1,000 in excess thereof.
(g) On the Asset Sale Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful: (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer; (2) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities sufficient to pay the Asset Sale Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being repurchased by the Issuer. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Asset Sale Payment Date.
(h) The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder so tendered the Asset Sale Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate pursuant to an Authentication Order and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unrepurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any;  provided  that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. However, if the Asset Sale Payment Date is on or after an interest Record Date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.
 
69

(i) The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.13, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.13 by virtue of such conflict.
SECTION 4.14. Transactions with Affiliates.
(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $12.5 million, unless:
(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and
(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, a Board Resolution approving such Affiliate Transaction set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.14 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors.
(b) The restrictions set forth in Section 4.14(a) do not apply to:
(1) transactions between or among the Issuer and/or any Restricted Subsidiary or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;
(2) Restricted Payments (other than pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.11(b)) and Permitted Investments (other than pursuant to clauses (10), (11) and (15) of the definition thereof) permitted by this Indenture;
(3) the payment to the Sponsors and any of their Affiliates of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees pursuant to the Management Agreement in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed $10.0 million and related reasonable expenses;
 
70

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent corporations or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(5) the payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsors and any of their Affiliates made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;
(6) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;
(7) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Indenture;
(8) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Reference Date (other than the Management Agreement and Stockholders Agreement, but including, without limitation, each of the other agreements entered into in connection with the 2009 Transactions) or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not less advantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Reference Date);
(9) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, the Stockholders Agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto to which it is a party as of the Reference Date and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter);  provided ,  however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to the Stockholders Agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Reference Date shall only be permitted by this clause (9) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement, together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Reference Date;
(10) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
 
71

(11) the 2009 Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the 2009 Transactions and the prepayment of $10.0 million in management fees for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2004;
(12) if otherwise permitted hereunder, the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Issuer or Holdings or their Subsidiaries or of the Issuer to Holdings or to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Issuer or Holdings or their Subsidiaries; and
(13) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing.
SECTION 4.15. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
(b) However, the preceding restrictions in Section 4.15(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to the Credit Agreement or related documents or (y) on the Reference Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Existing Indebtedness and its related documentation;
(2) this Indenture and the Notes;
(3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.15(a) on the property so acquired;
(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;
 
72

(6) contracts for the sale of assets, including, without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
(7) secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to (i) on and prior to the Effective Date, Sections 4.10 and 4.12 of the 2009 Indenture and (ii) after the Effective Date, Sections 4.10 and 4.12, in each case that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(9) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (i) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Reference Date pursuant to (i) on and prior to the Effective Date, Section 4.10 of the 2009 Indenture and (ii) after the Effective Date, Section 4.10 or (ii) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer subsequent to the Reference Date pursuant to (i) on and prior to the Effective Date, clause (1), (4), (11) or (20) of Sections 4.10(b) of the 2009 Indenture and (ii) after the Effective Date, clause (1), (4), (11) or (20) of Section 4.10(b);
(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(11) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;
(12) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.15(a) imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (11) of this Section 4.15(b),  provided  that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer’s Board of Directors, no more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing;
(13) any encumbrance or restriction of a Securitization Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided, however,  that such restrictions apply only to such Securitization Subsidiary; or
(14) any encumbrance or restriction in connection with Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness.
 
73

SECTION 4.16. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.
(a) The Issuer will cause each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary (unless such Subsidiary is a Securitization Subsidiary) that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Notes, substantially in the form of  Exhibit H  hereto. Each Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
(b) Each Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Article Eleven.
SECTION 4.17. Reports to Holders.
(a) Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations:
(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants; and
(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports, provided, however , that the Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine if such filing or posting has occurred.
(b) In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, the Issuer will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuer has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
(c) In addition, if at any time any parent company of the Issuer becomes a Guarantor (there being no obligation of any parent company of the Issuer to do so) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to Holders pursuant to this Section 4.17 may, at the option of the Issuer, be filed by and be those of such parent company rather than the Issuer.
 
74

SECTION 4.18. Limitation on Subordinated Debt.
The Issuer will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Guarantees on substantially identical or more favorable terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis.
SECTION 4.19. Business Activities.
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
SECTION 4.20. Payments for Consent.
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
SECTION 4.21. Restrictions on Music Publishing Sale.
The Issuer may not consummate a Music Publishing Sale unless:
(1) the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Person being herein called the “Successor MP Company”);
(2) the Successor MP Company has assumed all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture, the Security Documents and Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
(3) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;
(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either
(a) the Successor MP Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; or
 
75

(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor MP Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and
(5) each Guarantor, unless it is not part of the Music Publishing Sale, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.
The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee prior to the consummation of a Music Publishing Sale an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the conditions set forth above are satisfied and an Opinion of Counsel, which opinion may contain customary exceptions and qualifications, that the Music Publishing Sale and the supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture.
This Section 4.21 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
ARTICLE FIVE
SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.
(a) The Issuer may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:
(1) either: (a) the Issuer is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);
(2) the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement;
(3) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;
(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either
(a) the Successor Company or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; or
 
76

(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and
(5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes;
provided, that for the purposes of this Section 5.01 only, neither a Music Publishing Sale nor Recorded Music Sale will be deemed to be a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. For the avoidance of doubt, (1) the Issuer may therefore consummate a Music Publishing Sale in accordance with Section 4.21 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.01, (2) the Issuer may therefore consummate a Recorded Music Sale in accordance with Section 4.13 without complying with this Section 5.01 (other than the preceding proviso) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.01 and (3) the determination in the preceding proviso shall not affect the determination of what constitutes all or substantially all the assets of the Issuer under any other contract to which the Issuer is a party.
This Section 5.01 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. The foregoing clauses (3) and (4) shall not apply to the Merger. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4), (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to the Merger.
In the event of any transaction described in and complying with the conditions listed in the preceding paragraph in which the Issuer is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed or remaining shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer and the Issuer will be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.
(b) The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee prior to the consummation of each proposed transaction an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the conditions set forth above are satisfied and an Opinion of Counsel, which opinion may contain customary exceptions and qualifications, that the proposed transaction and the supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture.
 
77

ARTICLE SIX
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
SECTION 6.01. Events of Default.
Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:
(1) the Issuer defaults in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
(2) the Issuer defaults in the payment when due of interest or Special Interest, if any, on or with respect to the Notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days;
(3) the Issuer defaults in the performance of, or breaches any covenant, warranty or other agreement contained in, this Indenture (other than a default in the performance or breach of a covenant, warranty or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clauses (1) or (2) above) and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 days after the notice specified below;
(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, if (A) such default either (1) results from the failure to pay any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or (2) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $25.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) or more at any one time outstanding;
(5) the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
(A) commences a voluntary case,
(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,
(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,
(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,
 
78

(E) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency,
(F) generally is not able to pay its debts as they become due, or
(G) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing;
(6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(A) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case,
(B) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, or
(C) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;
(7) the failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments (other than any judgments covered by insurance policies issued by reputable and creditworthy insurance companies) aggregating in excess of $25.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and, with respect to any judgments covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
(8) the Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days; or
(9) with respect to Collateral having a fair market value in excess of $25.0 million, individually, (A) the security interest under the Security Documents, at any time, ceases to be in full force and effect for any reason other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents (other than to the extent that any such failure to be in full force and effect results from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Security Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements and except, as to Collateral consisting of real property, to the extent that such failure is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the Collateral Agent is reasonably satisfied with the credit of such insurer), (B) any security interest created thereunder or under this Indenture is declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or (C) the Issuer or any Guarantor asserts, in any pleading or in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable.
 
79

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration.
If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(5) and (6) above occurs with respect to the Issuer and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall  ipso facto  become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of each Trustee or any Holder.
If any other Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes under this Indenture may declare the principal of and accrued interest on such Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “ Acceleration Notice ”), and the same:
(1) shall become immediately due and payable; or
(2) shall become immediately due and payable upon the first to occur of an acceleration under any Credit Agreement and five Business Days after receipt by the Issuer of such Acceleration Notice but only if such Event of Default is then continuing.
At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the two preceding paragraphs, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:
(1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;
(2) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration;
(3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, if interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid;
(4) if the Issuer has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and
(5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Sections 6.01(5) and (6), if the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
 
80

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.
(a) If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
(b) The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon a Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
(c) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.
(d) Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture and under the TIA, if provisions from the TIA are incorporated into this Indenture. Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to all provisions of this Indenture and applicable law, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.
SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Defaults.
Provided the Notes are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes at the time outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any Default with respect to such Notes and its consequences by providing written notice thereof to the Issuer and the Trustee, except a Default (1) in the payment of interest on or the principal of any Note or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected. In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, respectively;  provided  that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto. provided ,  however , that if any amendment, waiver or other modification will only affect the Securities, only the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (and not the consent of at least a majority of all Notes), as the case may be, shall be required.
 
81

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority.
The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. Subject to Section 7.01, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Noteholder, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability;  provided  that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.
In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction.
SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits.
A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:
(1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
(2) the Holder or Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(3) such Holder or Holders offer and provide to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;
(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 45 days after receipt of the request and the offer and the provision of indemnity; and
(5) during such 45-day period the Holder or Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request.
A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Holder.
SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.
 
82

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.
If a Default in payment of principal or interest specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest and fees remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate  per annum  borne by the Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Issuer, its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member of any officer committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable.
SECTION 6.10. Priorities.
Subject to the provisions of Article Ten, if the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:
FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;
SECOND: to Holders for interest accrued on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for interest;
THIRD: to Holders for principal amounts due and unpaid on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal; and
FOURTH: to the Issuer or, if applicable, the Guarantors, as their respective interests may appear.
 
83

The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Issuer, may fix a Record Date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.
In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE SEVEN
TRUSTEE
SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee.
(a) If a Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.
(b) Except during the continuance of a Default:
(1) The Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth herein or in the TIA and no duties, covenants, responsibilities or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee.
(2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officers’ Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel) furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01.
 
84

(2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.
(3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.
(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it.
(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.
(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
(g) In the absence of bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.
SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee.
Subject to Section 7.01:
(a) The Trustee may rely conclusively on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 12.05. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion.
(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care.
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers.
(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.
 
85

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.
(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate (including any Officers’ Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to the Issuer, to examine the books, records, and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer.
(h) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.
(i) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as duties.
(j) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.
(k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
(l) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage regardless of the form of action.
(m) The Trustee may request that the Issuer and any Guarantor deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers (with specimen signatures) authorized at such times to take specific actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.
 
86

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.
The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.
SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.
The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or any document issued in connection with the sale of Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee makes no representations with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture.
SECTION 7.05. Notice of Default.
If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee receives actual notice of such Default, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default within 60 days after such Default occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee, or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers, of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.
SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders.
Within 60 days after each June 1, beginning with June 1, 2012, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in TIA § 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §§ 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d).
A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the Commission and each securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed.
The Issuer shall notify the Trustee if the Notes become listed on any securities exchange or of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 313(d).
SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.
The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for its services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.
 
87

The Issuer shall indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors for, and hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), liability or expense incurred by them except for such actions to the extent caused by any negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on their part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or a Guarantee against the Issuer or a Guarantor (including this Section 7.07) and the reasonable costs and expenses of defending themselves against or investigating any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Trustee’s rights, powers or duties hereunder (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee or any of its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors for which it may seek indemnity. The Issuer may, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee and its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors subject to the claim may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel;  provided ,  however , that the Issuer will not be required to pay such fees and expenses if, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), it assumes the Trustee’s defense and there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Trustee and its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors subject to the claim in connection with such defense as reasonably determined by the Trustee. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
Notwithstanding Section 4.12 hereof, to secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee.
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after a Default specified in Section 6.01(5) or (6) occurs, such expenses and the compensation for such services shall be paid to the extent allowed under any Bankruptcy Law and are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
88

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.
The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuer and the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:
(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;
(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07, all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.07, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuer.
If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee;  provided  that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article Seven.
 
89

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.
This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirement of TIA §§ 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $150,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. In addition, if the Trustee is a corporation included in a bank holding company system, the Trustee, independently of the bank holding company, shall meet the capital requirements of TIA § 310(a)(2). The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b);  provided ,  however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuer are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. The provisions of TIA § 310 shall apply to the Issuer and any other obligor of the Notes.
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.
The Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder, shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.
ARTICLE EIGHT
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
SECTION 8.01. Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations.
The Issuer may terminate its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, except those obligations referred to in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 8.01, if all Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Notes which have been replaced or paid or Notes for whose payment U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amount as is, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, sufficient without consideration of reinvestment of such interest, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes to maturity or redemption, has theretofore been deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer, as provided in Section 8.05) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and the Issuer has paid all sums payable by it hereunder, or if:
(a) either (i) pursuant to Article Three, the Issuer shall have given notice to the Trustee and mailed a notice of redemption to each Holder of the redemption of all of the Notes in accordance with the provisions hereof or (ii) all Notes have otherwise become or will become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one (1) year hereunder;
(b) the Issuer shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee or a trustee satisfactory to the Trustee, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of that purpose, U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amount as is, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, sufficient without consideration of reinvestment of such interest, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes to maturity or redemption;  provided  that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, to the payment of said principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes;
 
90

(c) in respect of Section 8.01(b), no Default with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Credit Agreement or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it is bound;
(d) the Issuer shall have paid all other sums payable by it hereunder; and
(e) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent providing for or relating to the termination of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture have been complied with. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also state that such satisfaction and discharge does not result in a default under the Credit Agreement or any other material agreement or instrument then known to such counsel that binds or affects the Issuer.
Subject to the next sentence and notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.09. After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive.
After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.
Upon a satisfaction and discharge in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent will cease to be party to the Security Documents on behalf of the holders of the Notes and the Collateral will no longer secure the Notes.
SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.
(a) The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either paragraph (b) or (c) below applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 8.03.
(b) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.04 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) referred to in (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have satisfied all of their obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
(i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes issued hereunder to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Special Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;
 
91

(ii) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes issued thereunder concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
(iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and
(iv) this Article Eight.
Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02(b) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.02(c) hereof.
(c) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03 (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries only), 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07 and 4.09 through 4.20 and clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 hereof, clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) of Section 6.01 hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.
 
92

SECTION 8.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02(b) or 8.02(c) hereof to the outstanding Notes: In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:
(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the applicable Notes issued thereunder, cash in U.S. Legal Tender, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. Legal Tender and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Special Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes issued thereunder on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
(2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02(b) hereof, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the holders of the respective outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
(3) in the case of an election under Section 8.02(c) hereof, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the holders of the respective outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or insofar as Events of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit;
(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;
 
93

(6) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or others; and
(7) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
Upon a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent will cease to be party to the Security Documents on behalf of the holders of the Notes and the Collateral will no longer secure the Notes.
SECTION 8.04. Application of Trust Money.
The Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in trust U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities, deposited with it pursuant to this Article Eight, and shall apply the deposited U.S. Legal Tender and the money from U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to invest said U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities except as it may agree with the Issuer.
The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities, deposited pursuant to Section 8.03 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the Issuer’s request any U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities, held by it as provided in Section 8.03 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
SECTION 8.05. Repayment to the Issuer.
Subject to this Article Eight, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuer upon request any excess U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities, held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided  that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any payment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. After payment to the Issuer, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person.
 
94

SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement.
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Article Eight by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Eight until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Article Eight;  provided  that if the Issuer has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE NINE
AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders.
Subject to Section 9.03, the Issuer and the Trustee (and in the case of a Security Document, the Collateral Agent), together, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, or any of the Security Documents without notice to or consent of any Holder:
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
(3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s obligations to Holders in the case of (a) a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s assets or (b) a Music Publishing Sale in accordance with the Section 4.21.
(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder;
(5) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, if provisions from the TIA are incorporated into this Indenture;
(6) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Registration Rights Agreement or the Notes to any provision of the Description of Secured WMG Notes section of the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in such the Description of Notes was intended (as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate) to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Registration Rights Agreement or the Notes;
 
95

(7) to enter into additional or supplemental Security Documents;
(8) to release Collateral in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents or the TIA, if provisions from the TIA are incorporated into this Indenture;
(9) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any additional Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, as additional security for the payment and performance of all Obligations with respect to the Notes;
(10) to add a Guarantee of the Notes, including, without limitation, by any parent company of the Issuer;
(11) to add parties to Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations to any Security Documents;
(12) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes of the same series in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the Issue Date;
(13) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance, administration and book-entry transfer of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of holders to transfer the Notes;
(14) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment of a successor trustee so long as the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture; or
(15) to evidence and provide for the acceptance by appointment of a successor Collateral Agent so long as (i) such successor Collateral Agent is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and (ii) is otherwise qualified and eligible to serve as Collateral Agent under the terms provided in the Security Agreement.
provided that the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.01.
SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders.
(a) Subject to Sections 6.07 and 9.03, the Issuer and the Trustee (and in the case of a Security Document, the Collateral Agent), together, with the written consent of the Holder or Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes the Guarantees or any of the Security Documents without notice to any other Holders. Subject to Sections 6.07 and 9.03, the Holder or Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes may waive compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees or any of the Security Documents without notice to any other Holders.
 
96

(b) Notwithstanding Section 9.02(a), without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than provisions of Sections 4.09, 4.13 and 3.07);
(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, or interest or premium, or Special Interest, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
(5) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Special Interest, if any, on the Notes;
(6) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by one of the provisions of Section 4.09, Section 4.13 and Section 3.07);
(7) modify the Guarantees in any manner adverse to the Holders; or
(8) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.
(c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
(d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.
(e) In addition, without the consent of at least 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, an amendment, supplement or wavier may not have the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes, other than in connection with sales of the Collateral permitted hereunder, including a Recorded Music Sale or, in the case of a Music Publishing Sale, where the terms of Section 4.21 are being complied with.
 
97

SECTION 9.03. Reserved.
SECTION 9.04. Compliance with TIA.
From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, if it is so qualified, every amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.
SECTION 9.05. Revocation and Effect of Consents.
(a) Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of his Note by notice to the Trustee or the Issuer received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.
(b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver which record date shall be at least 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. The Issuer shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date if applicable.
(c) After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (8) of Section 9.02(b), in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note;  provided  that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 9.06. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuer may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Issuer shall provide the Trustee with an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and cause the Trustee to return it to the Holder at the Issuer’s expense. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
 
98

SECTION 9.07. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.
The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine; provided that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuer.
ARTICLE TEN
COLLATERAL AND SECURITY
SECTION 10.01. Security Documents.
The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any (to the extent permitted by law), on the Notes and performance of all other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes or the Trustee under this Indenture and the Notes (including, without limitation, the Note Guarantees), according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, are secured as provided in the Security Documents which the Issuer and the Guarantors have entered into simultaneously with the execution of this Indenture and which is attached as Exhibit H hereto. Each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms and authorizes and appoints the Trustee as the Collateral Agent and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. The Issuer and the Guarantors will deliver to the Trustee copies of all documents delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, and will do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be necessary or proper, or as may be required by the provisions of the Security Documents, to assure and confirm to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent the security interest in the Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Security Documents or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. The Issuer will take, and will cause its Subsidiaries to take, upon request of the Trustee, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Security Documents to create and maintain, as security for the Obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereunder, a valid and enforceable perfected first priority Lien in and on all the Collateral, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of Notes, superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons and subject to no other Liens than Permitted Liens.
 
99

SECTION 10.02. Reserved.
SECTION 10.03. Release of Collateral.
(a) Subject to subsections (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 10.03 and Section 9.02, Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Security Documents or as provided hereby. In addition, upon the request of the Issuer pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel certifying that all conditions precedent hereunder have been met and stating whether or not such release is in connection with an Asset Sale and (at the sole cost and expense of the Issuer) the Collateral Agent will release Collateral that is sold, conveyed or disposed of in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture;  provided  that if such sale, conveyance or disposition constitutes an Asset Sale, the Issuer will apply the Net Proceeds in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof. Upon receipt of such Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel the Collateral Agent shall execute, deliver or acknowledge any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Security Documents.
(b) No Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents pursuant to the provisions of the Security Documents unless the certificate required by this Section 10.03 has been delivered to the Collateral Agent.
(c) At any time when a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the maturity of the Notes has been accelerated (whether by declaration or otherwise) and the Trustee has delivered a notice of acceleration to the Collateral Agent, no release of Collateral pursuant to the provisions of the Security Documents will be effective as against the Holders of Notes.
(d) In the following circumstances, as applicable and as established by Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, either (i) the Collateral Agent will cease to be a party to the Security Documents on behalf of the Holders and the Collateral will cease to secure the Notes or (ii) the Liens securing the Notes will automatically and without the need for any further action by any Person be released:
(1) in whole or in part, as applicable, as to all or any portion of the Collateral which has been taken by eminent domain, condemnation or other similar circumstances;
(2) in whole upon (A) a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, (B) a Legal Defeasance or (C) Covenant Defeasance;
(3) in part, as to any property that (A) is sold transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Issuer or any Guarantor (other than to the Issuer or another Guarantor) in a transaction (other than a Music Publishing Sale, which is governed by the terms of Section 4.21) not prohibited by this Indenture, or any Credit Agreement or the Security Documents at the time of such transfer or disposition or (B) is owned or at any time acquired by a Guarantor that has been released from its Guarantee, concurrently with the release of such Guarantee;
 
100

(4) as to property that constitutes all or substantially all of the Collateral, in accordance with Section 9.02(e);
(5) as to property that constitutes less than all or substantially or substantially all of the Collateral, in accordance with Section 9.02(a); and
(6) in part, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents.
(e) The release of any Collateral from the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral is released pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents. To the extent applicable, the Issuer will cause TIA §313(b), relating to reports, and TIA §314(d), relating to the release of property or securities from the Lien and security interest of the Security Documents and relating to the substitution therefor of any property or securities to be subjected to the Lien and security interest of the Security Documents, to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by TIA §314(d) may be made by an Officer of the Issuer except in cases where TIA §314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected or approved by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in the exercise of reasonable care.
SECTION 10.04. Certificates of the Issuer.
If this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, The Issuer will furnish to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, prior to each proposed release of Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents:
(1) all documents required by TIA §314(d); and
(2) an Opinion of Counsel, which may be rendered by internal counsel to the Issuer, to the effect that such accompanying documents constitute all documents required by TIA §314(d).
The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such documents and such Opinion of Counsel.
SECTION 10.05. Certificates of the Trustee.
In the event that the Issuer wishes to release Collateral in accordance with the Security Documents and has delivered the certificates and documents required by the Security Documents and Sections 10.03 and 10.04 hereof, the Trustee will determine whether it has received all documentation required by TIA §314(d) in connection with such release and, based on such determination and the Opinion of Counsel delivered pursuant to Section 10.04(2) hereof, will deliver a certificate to the Collateral Agent setting forth such determination.
 
101

SECTION 10.06. Authorization of Actions to be Taken by the Trustee Under the Security Documents.
Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders of Notes, direct, on behalf of the Holders of Notes, the Collateral Agent to, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:
(1) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents; and
(2) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations of the Issuer hereunder.
The Trustee will have power to institute and maintain such suits and proceedings, at the expense of the Issuer, as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders of Notes in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders of Notes or of the Trustee).
SECTION 10.07. Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents.
The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders of Notes distributed under the Security Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture.
SECTION 10.08. Termination of Security Interest.
Upon the full and final payment and performance of all Obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and the Credit Agreement or upon Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 8 hereof, the Trustee will, at the request of the Issuer, deliver a certificate to the Collateral Agent stating that such Obligations have been paid in full, and instruct the Collateral Agent to, as applicable, either (a) release the Liens pursuant to this Indenture and the Security Documents or (b) cease to be a party to the Security Documents on behalf of the Trustee and the Holders.
SECTION 10.09. Post-Collateral Obligations.
Upon reasonable request by the Collateral Agent, the Issuer shall, within a reasonable amount of time after receipt of such request, use its commercially reasonable efforts (i) to correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any document or instrument relating to any Collateral, and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Collateral Agent, may reasonably require from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Security Documents.
 
102

ARTICLE ELEVEN
GUARANTEES
SECTION 11.01. Unconditional Guarantee.
Subject to the provisions of this Article Eleven, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, on a senior secured basis to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder: (a) (x) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any (to the extent permitted by law) on the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise, (y) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by law) interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes and (z) the due and punctual payment and performance of all other obligations of the Issuer and all other obligations of the Guarantors (including under the Guarantees), in each case, to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder (including amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof), all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof (collectively, the “ Guarantee Obligations ”); and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the due and punctual payment and performance of Guarantee Obligations in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed, or failing performance of any other obligation of the Issuer to the Holders under this Indenture or under the Notes, for whatever reason, each Guarantor shall be obligated to pay, or to perform or cause the performance of, the same immediately. An Event of Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors thereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the obligations of the Issuer.
Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same, whether or not a Guarantee is affixed to any particular Note, or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each of the Guarantors hereby waives the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and the Guarantee. The Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or to any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or such Guarantor, any amount paid by the Issuer or such Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, (a) subject to this Article Eleven, the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of the Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (b) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of the Guarantee.
 
103

SECTION 11.02. Reserved.
SECTION 11.03. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.
Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to such Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee and this Article Eleven shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article Eleven, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
SECTION 11.04. Reserved.
SECTION 11.05. Release of a Guarantor.
The Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:
(1)(a) upon the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of all of the Capital Stock (or any sale, disposition or other transfer of Capital Stock following which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), or all or substantially all the assets, of the applicable Guarantor if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;
(b) if the Issuer designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.11 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary,” or
 
104

(c) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary which after the Issue Date is required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to Section 4.16, upon the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, in each case, which resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes; and
(2) in the case of clause (1)(a) above, if such Guarantor is released from its Guarantee, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, in any case that any such termination shall occur only to the extent that all obligations of such Guarantor under all of its guarantees of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Indebtedness of any other Guarantor shall also terminate upon such release and none of its Equity Interests are pledged for the benefit of any holder of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer.
The Trustee shall execute an appropriate instrument prepared by the Issuer evidencing the release of a Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee upon receipt of a request by the Issuer or such Guarantor accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel certifying as to the compliance with this Section 11.05;  provided ,  however , that the legal counsel delivering such Opinion of Counsel may rely as to matters of fact on one or more Officers’ Certificates of the Issuer.
Except as set forth in Articles Four and Five and this Section 11.05, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Issuer or another Guarantor or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Issuer or another Guarantor.
SECTION 11.06. Waiver of Subrogation.
Until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Notes are discharged and paid in full, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to exercise any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Issuer that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes or this Indenture and such Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantee and this Indenture, in any such instance including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Holders against the Issuer, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Issuer, directly or indirectly, in cash or other assets or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and any amounts owing to the Trustee or the Holders under the Notes, this Indenture, or any other document or instrument delivered under or in connection with such agreements or instruments, shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Trustee or the Holders and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of itself or such Holders to be credited and applied to the obligations in favor of the Trustee or the Holders, as the case may be, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 11.06 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
 
105

SECTION 11.07. Immediate Payment.
Each Guarantor agrees to make immediate payment to the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of all Guarantee Obligations owing or payable to such Holders upon receipt of a demand for payment therefor by the Trustee to such Guarantor in writing.
SECTION 11.08. No Setoff.
Each payment to be made by a Guarantor hereunder in respect of the Guarantee Obligations shall be payable in the currency or currencies in which such Guarantee Obligations are denominated, and shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.
SECTION 11.09. Guarantee Obligations Absolute.
Subject to the provisions of Section 11.02, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any monies or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by each Guarantor hereunder which may not be recoverable from such Guarantor on the basis of a Guarantee shall be recoverable from such Guarantor as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof.
SECTION 11.10. Guarantee Obligations Continuing.
The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be continuing and shall remain in full force and effect until all such obligations have been paid and satisfied in full. Each Guarantor agrees with the Trustee that it will from time to time deliver to the Trustee suitable acknowledgments of this continued liability hereunder and under any other instrument or instruments in such form as counsel to the Trustee may advise and as will prevent any action brought against it in respect of any default hereunder being barred by any statute of limitations now or hereafter in force and, in the event of the failure of a Guarantor so to do, it hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee the attorney and agent of such Guarantor to make, execute and deliver such written acknowledgment or acknowledgments or other instruments as may from time to time become necessary or advisable, in the judgment of the Trustee on the advice of counsel, to fully maintain and keep in force the liability of such Guarantor hereunder.
SECTION 11.11. Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced.
The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be satisfied, reduced or discharged solely by the payment of such principal, premium, if any, interest, fees and other monies or amounts as may at any time prior to discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article Eight be or become owing or payable under or by virtue of or otherwise in connection with the Notes or this Indenture.
 
106

SECTION 11.12. Guarantee Obligations Reinstated.
The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment which would otherwise have reduced the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder (whether such payment shall have been made by or on behalf of the Issuer or by or on behalf of a Guarantor) is rescinded or reclaimed from any of the Holders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. If demand for, or acceleration of the time for, payment by the Issuer or any Guarantor is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or such Guarantor, all such Indebtedness otherwise subject to demand for payment or acceleration shall nonetheless be payable by each Guarantor as provided herein.
SECTION 11.13. Guarantee Obligations Not Affected.
The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected, impaired or diminished in any way by any act, omission, matter or thing whatsoever, occurring before, upon or after any demand for payment hereunder (and whether or not known or consented to by any Guarantor or any of the Holders) which, but for this provision, might constitute a whole or partial defense to a claim against any Guarantor hereunder or might operate to release or otherwise exonerate any Guarantor from any of its obligations hereunder or otherwise affect such obligations, whether occasioned by default of any of the Holders or otherwise, including, without limitation:
(a) any limitation of status or power, disability, incapacity or other circumstance relating to the Issuer or any other Person, including any insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, readjustment, composition, dissolution, winding-up or other proceeding involving or affecting the Issuer or any other Person;
(b) any irregularity, defect, unenforceability or invalidity in respect of any indebtedness or other obligation of the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other document or instrument;
(c) any failure of the Issuer or any other Guarantor, whether or not without fault on its part, to perform or comply with any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, or to give notice thereof to a Guarantor;
(d) the taking or enforcing or exercising or the refusal or neglect to take or enforce or exercise any right or remedy from or against the Issuer or any other Person or their respective assets or the release or discharge of any such right or remedy;
(e) the granting of time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the Issuer or any other Person;
 
107

(f) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, any of the Notes, or any other amendment, variation, supplement, replacement or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, any of the Notes or this Indenture, including, without limitation, any increase or decrease in the principal amount of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes;
(g) any change in the ownership, control, name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of the Issuer or a Guarantor;
(h) any merger or amalgamation of the Issuer or a Guarantor with any Person or Persons;
(i) the occurrence of any change in the laws, rules, regulations or ordinances of any jurisdiction by any present or future action of any governmental authority or court amending, varying, reducing or otherwise affecting, or purporting to amend, vary, reduce or otherwise affect, any of the Guarantee Obligations or the obligations of a Guarantor under its Guarantee; and
(j) any other circumstance, including release of a Guarantor pursuant to Section 11.05 (other than by complete, irrevocable payment) that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes or of a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee hereunder.
SECTION 11.14. Waiver.
Without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 11.01, each Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance hereof, notice of any liability of any Guarantor hereunder, notice or proof of reliance by the Holders upon the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, and diligence, presentment, demand for payment on the Issuer, protest, notice of dishonor or non-payment of any of the Guarantee Obligations, or other notice or formalities to the Issuer or any Guarantor of any kind whatsoever.
SECTION 11.15. No Obligation To Take Action Against the Issuer.
Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies against the Issuer or any other Person or any property of the Issuer or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Guarantors of their liabilities and obligations under their Guarantees or under this Indenture.
SECTION 11.16. Dealing with the Issuer and Others.
The Holders, without releasing, discharging, limiting or otherwise affecting in whole or in part the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor hereunder and without the consent of or notice to any Guarantor, may
(a) grant time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the Issuer or any other Person;
 
108

(b) take or abstain from taking security or collateral from the Issuer or from perfecting security or collateral of the Issuer;
(c) release, discharge, compromise, realize, enforce or otherwise deal with or do any act or thing in respect of (with or without consideration) any and all collateral, mortgages or other security given by the Issuer or any third party with respect to the obligations or matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes;
(d) accept compromises or arrangements from the Issuer;
(e) apply all monies at any time received from the Issuer or from any security upon such part of the Guarantee Obligations as the Holders may see fit or change any such application in whole or in part from time to time as the Holders may see fit; and
(f) otherwise deal with, or waive or modify their right to deal with, the Issuer and all other Persons and any security as the Holders or the Trustee may see fit.
SECTION 11.17. Default and Enforcement.
If any Guarantor fails to pay in accordance with Section 11.07 hereof, the Trustee may proceed in its name as trustee hereunder in the enforcement of the Guarantee of any such Guarantor and such Guarantor’s obligations thereunder and hereunder by any remedy provided by law, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, and to recover from such Guarantor the obligations.
SECTION 11.18. Amendment, Etc.
No amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Indenture relating to any Guarantor or consent to any departure by any Guarantor or any other Person from any such provision will in any event be effective unless it is signed by such Guarantor and the Trustee.
SECTION 11.19. Acknowledgment.
Each Guarantor, if any, hereby acknowledges communication of the terms of this Indenture and the Notes and consents to and approves of the same.
SECTION 11.20. Costs and Expenses.
Each Guarantor shall pay on demand by the Trustee any and all costs, fees and expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees on a solicitor and client basis) incurred by the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel or any of the Holders in enforcing any of their rights under any Guarantee.
SECTION 11.21. No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.
No Guarantee shall operate by way of merger of any of the obligations of a Guarantor under any other agreement, including, without limitation, this Indenture. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Holders, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges in the Guarantee and under this Indenture, the Notes and any other document or instrument between a Guarantor and/or the Issuer and the Trustee are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privilege provided by law.
 
109

SECTION 11.22. Survival of Guarantee Obligations.
Without prejudice to the survival of any of the other obligations of each Guarantor hereunder, the obligations of each Guarantor under Section 11.01 shall survive the payment in full of the Guarantee Obligations and shall be enforceable against such Guarantor without regard to and without giving effect to any defense, right of offset or counterclaim available to or which may be asserted by the Issuer or any Guarantor.
SECTION 11.23. Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations.
The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee and this Indenture are in addition to and not in substitution for any other obligations to the Trustee or to any of the Holders in relation to this Indenture or the Notes and any guarantees or security at any time held by or for the benefit of any of them.
SECTION 11.24. Severability.
Any provision of this Article Eleven which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction unless its removal would substantially defeat the basic intent, spirit and purpose of this Indenture and this Article Eleven.
SECTION 11.25. Successors and Assigns.
Each Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Guarantor and the Trustee and the Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that no Guarantor may assign any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder.
ARTICLE TWELVE
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 12.01. TIA Controls.
If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, if this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, such required or deemed provision shall control.
 
110

SECTION 12.02. Notices.
Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telex, by nationally recognized overnight courier service, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:
if to the Issuer (a) prior to the consummation of the Merger:
WM Finance Corp.
c/o Access Industries, Inc.
730 Fifth Avenue, 20th Floor
New York, NY 10019
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (212) 247-6400
Facsimile: (212) 977-8112
and (b) upon and following consummation of the Merger:
WMG Acquisition Corp.
c/o Warner Music Group Corp.
75 Rockefeller Plaza,
New York, NY 10019
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (212) 275-2030
Facsimile: (212) 258-3092
in each case, with a copy to:
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: David A. Brittenham
Telephone: (212) 909-6347
Facsimile: (212) 521-7347
if to WMG Holdings Corp.:
WMG Holdings Corp.
c/o Warner Music Group Corp.
75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY 10019
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (212) 275-2030
Facsimile: (212) 258-3092
with a copy to:
 
111

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: David A. Brittenham
Telephone: (212) 909-6347
Facsimile: (212) 521-7347
if to the Trustee:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue
MAC N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Telephone: (612) 667-8485
Facsimile: (612) 667-9825
with a copy to:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
45 Broadway – 14th Floor MAC N-2666-140
New York, NY 10006
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Telephone: (212) 515-5260
Facsimile: (212) 515-1589
Each of the Issuer and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or communication to the Issuer and the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when answered back; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee); and next Business Day if by nationally recognized overnight courier service.
Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to him by first class mail or other equivalent means at his address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
SECTION 12.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders.
If this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c) if this Indenture is qualified under the TIA.
 
112

SECTION 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:
(1) an Officers’ Certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to be performed or effected by the Issuer, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
(2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, any and all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
SECTION 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture, other than the Officers’ Certificate required by Section 4.06, shall include:
(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with or satisfied; and
(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.
SECTION 12.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar.
The Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions.
SECTION 12.07. Legal Holidays.
If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.
 
113

SECTION 12.08. Governing Law.
This Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, if any, will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York .
SECTION 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
SECTION 12.10. No Recourse Against Others.
No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent corporation or of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Security Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
SECTION 12.11. Successors.
All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.
SECTION 12.12. Duplicate Originals.
All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement.
SECTION 12.13. Severability.
In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.
SECTION 12.14. Force Majeure.
In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.
 
114

SECTION 12.15. USA Patriot Act.
In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Initial Purchasers are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Issuer, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Initial Purchasers to properly identify their respective clients.
 
115

SIGNATURES
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date first written above.

WM FINANCE CORP.	
 	
By: /s/ Donald A. Wagner                                	
Name: Donald A. Wagner	
Title: Vice President and Secretary	
 	
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee	
 	
By: /s/ Raymond Delli Colli                            	
Name: Raymond Delli Colli	
Title: Vice President	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Indenture (Secured)]

EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF INITIAL SECURITY]
WM FINANCE CORP.
9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016
CUSIP No.
ISIN No.

 	 	No.	  	$[        ]            	  	 	
WM FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [     ] dollars ($[        ]) on June 15, 2016.
Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing December 15, 2011. Record Dates: June 1 and December 1.
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
 
117

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

 	 	Dated:	 	WM FINANCE CORP.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Name:	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Title:	 	 	 	 	
 
118

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 	 	Dated:	 	WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Authorized Signatory	 	 	
 
119

(Reverse of Note)
WM Finance Corp.
9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016
[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the OID Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
SECTION 1. Interest. WM Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 9.50% per annum from July 20, 2011 until maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance;  provided  that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date;  provided, further , that the first Interest Payment Date shall be December 15, 2011. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30 day months.
SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts (“ U.S. Legal Tender ”). Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders;  provided  that all payments of principal, premium and interest with respect to Notes the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Company prior to the Record Date will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.
 
120

SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any Affiliate may act in any such capacity.
SECTION 4. Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 20, 2011 (“Indenture”) among the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and, subject to Section 1.03 of the Indenture and the Indenture being qualified under the TIA, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms (except as aforementioned), and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
SECTION 5. Optional Redemption. (a) The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to June 15, 2013, at the option of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
For purposes of the preceding paragraph, the following terms will have the following definitions:
“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:
 
 	(1)	1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Note; and	
 
 	(2)	the excess of:	
(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at June 15, 2013, as applicable (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing under paragraph (b)) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through June 15, 2013, as applicable (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over
(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Note.
Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided that such calculation or the correctness thereof shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.
 
121

“Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to June 15, 2013;  provided, however,  that if the period from such redemption date to June 15, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
(b) On or after June 15, 2013, the Notes will be subject to redemption at any time at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below:

Year	  	Percentage	 	 	
2013	  	104.750%	 	 	
2014	  	102.375%	 	 	
2015 and thereafter	  	100.000%	 	 	
(c) The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to June 15, 2013, upon the consummation and closing of a Major Music/Media Transaction, on not less than 30 days’ prior written notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address (which notice shall state that redemption is conditioned on consummation and closing of such Major Music/Media Transaction), at a redemption price equal to 104.750% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
SECTION 6. Optional Redemption upon Equity Offering. At any time on or prior to June 15, 2012, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 109.50% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering by the Issuer or a contribution to the Issuer’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering by the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent;  provided  that (i) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the (excluding Notes held by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (ii) such redemption shall occur within 90 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such Equity Offering (disregarding the date of the closing of any over-allotment option with respect thereto).
 
122

SECTION 7. Mandatory Redemption. For the avoidance of doubt, an offer to purchase pursuant to Section 8 hereof shall not be deemed a redemption. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
SECTION 8. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.
SECTION 9. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption pursuant to Section 5 and Section 6 will be mailed by first class mail in accordance with the terms of the Indenture Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
SECTION 10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company or the Registrar is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company or the Registrar is not required to transfer or exchange any Notes (1) for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or (2) tendered and not withdrawn in connection with a Change of Control or an Asset Sale Offer.
SECTION 11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
SECTION 12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, or make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of a Note.
 
123

SECTION 13. Defaults and Remedies. If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes generally may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of the Notes or in respect of certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.
SECTION 14. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make restricted payments, to incur indebtedness, to create liens, to sell assets, to permit restrictions on dividends and other payments by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets or to engage in transactions with affiliates. The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.
SECTION 15. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any direct or indirect parent corporation or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Security Documents, the Guarantors’ Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
SECTION 16. Trustee Dealings with the Company. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.
SECTION 17. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
SECTION 18. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
 
124

SECTION 19. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. Pursuant to, but subject to the exceptions in, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors, if any, will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Initial Note for a 9.50% Senior Secured Note due 2016 of the Company which shall have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects to this Initial Note (except that such note shall not be entitled to Special Interest). The Holders shall be entitled to receive certain Special Interest in the event the Notes are not Freely Tradable or such exchange offer is not consummated or the Notes are not offered for resale and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. a
SECTION 20. Guarantees. The Notes will be entitled to the benefits of certain Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders.
SECTION 21. CUSIP Numbers and ISINs. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
SECTION 22. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.
 
(a) 	This Section not to appear on Exchange Securities.	
 
125

ASSIGNMENT FORM
I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 	 	 	
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)	 	 	

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)	 	 	
 	 	 	
and irrevocably appoint:
Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

 	 	Date:                                                                      	 	 	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	Your Signature:            	 	 	 	 	
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
126

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:
Section 4.09 [    ]                Section 4.13 [    ]
If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount: $

 	 	Dated:                                                               	 	Signed:                                                               	  	 	
(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)
 
127

EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF LEGEND FOR RESTRICTED SECURITIES]
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER
(1) REPRESENTS THAT
(A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, OR
(B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND
(2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN [ONE YEAR FOR NOTES ISSUED PURSUANT TO RULE 144A] [40 DAYS – FOR NOTES ISSUED IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S] AFTER THE LATER OF THE DATE OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE AND THE DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OWNED THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR NOTE) OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY
(A) TO WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.,
(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE),
(F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
 
128

(3) REPRESENTS THAT EITHER (A) IT IS NOT, AND IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF, A PLAN (WHICH TERM INCLUDES (I) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), (II) PLANS, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR TO PROVISIONS UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”) AND (III) ENTITIES THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF SUCH PLANS, ACCOUNTS AND ARRANGEMENTS) AND IT IS NOT PURCHASING THE NOTES ON BEHALF OF, OR WITH “PLAN ASSETS” OF, ANY PLAN; OR (B) ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF SUCH SECURITIES SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NONEXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA, SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY PROVISION OF SIMILAR LAW.
PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR (2)(F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
 
129

[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR REGULATION S SECURITY]
I or we assign and transfer this Note to:
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)
(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)
and irrevocably appoint:
Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.
[Check One]
¨ (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Regulation S thereunder.
or
¨ (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.
If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.
Date: Your Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
130

TO BE COMPLETED BY TRANSFEROR IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED
The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed Transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the restricted period under Regulation S, the Transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an initial purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Transferred beneficial interest or certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated on the Regulation S Notes and/or the certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
Dated:
NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer
 
131

EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL SECURITY]
Any Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Note) in substantially the following form:
THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY. THIS SECURITY IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (A NEW YORK CORPORATION) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
 
132

EXHIBIT E
Form of Certificate To Be
Delivered in Connection with 
Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors
[             ], [             ]
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue MAC N9311-110 Minneapolis, MN 55479 Attn: Corporate Trust Services
With a copy to:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 45 Broadway – 14th Floor
MAC N-2666-140
New York, NY 10006
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with our proposed purchase of 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 of WM FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation (“the Issuer”), we confirm that:
1. We have received a copy of the Offering Circular (the “Offering Circular”), dated July 14, 2011, relating to the Notes and such other information as we deem necessary in order to make our investment decision. We acknowledge that we have read and agreed to the matters stated in the section entitled “Notice to Investors” of such Offering Circular, including the restrictions on duplication and circulation of the Offering Circular.
2. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”) as described in the Offering Circular and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and all applicable State securities laws.
3. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell any Notes, we will do so only (i) to Warner Music Group Corp. or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) inside the United States in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), (iii) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the Trustee (as defined in the Indenture) a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Trustee), (iv) outside the United States in accordance with Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act to non-U.S. persons, (v) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), (vi) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and based upon an opinion of counsel if the Issuer so requests) or (vii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein.
 
133

4. We are not acquiring the Notes for or on behalf of, and will not transfer the Notes to, any pension or welfare plan (as defined in Section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or plan (as defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), except as permitted in the section entitled “Notice to Investors” of the Offering Circular.
5. We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we will be required to furnish to the Trustee and the Issuer such certification, legal opinions and other information as the Trustee and the Issuer may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.
6. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or their investment, as the case may be.
7. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.
You, the Issuer, the Trustee and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

Very truly yours, [Name of Transferee]	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	 	
Name:	 	 	 	 	
Title:	 	 	 	 	
 
134

EXHIBIT F
Form of Certificate To Be Delivered
in Connection with Transfers 
Pursuant to Regulation S
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue MAC N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attn: Corporate Trust Services
With a copy to:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 45 Broadway – 14th Floor
MAC N-2666-140
New York, NY 10006
 
 	Re:	WM Finance Corp. (the “Issuer”) 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”)	
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with our proposed sale of $[    ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:
(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
(2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;
(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;
(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and
(5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.
In addition, if the sale is made during a Restricted Period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.
 
135

You, the Issuer and counsel for the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

Very truly yours,	
[Name of Transferor]	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	Authorized Signature	
 
136

EXHIBIT G
SECURITY DOCUMENTS

 
137

EXHIBIT H
[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of , among (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of WMG Acquisition Corp. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Company, WMG Holdings Corp., solely to the extent set forth in Article X and as set forth in the Security Documents and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of July 20, 2011 providing for the issuance of 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “ Notes ”);
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Note Guarantee ”); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 11 thereof.
4. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
 
138

5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
8. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written. Dated: ,

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
Name:	 	 	
Title:	 	 	
 	
WMG ACQUISITION CORP.	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
Name:	 	 	
Title:	 	 	
 	
Solely to the extent set forth in Article X and as set forth in the Security Documents:	
 
139

 	 	 	
WMG HOLDINGS CORP.	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
Name:	 	 	
Title:	 	 	
 	
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	Authorized Signatory	
 
140

Exhibit 4.2
EXECUTION VERSION
WM FINANCE CORP., as Issuer
and
the Guarantors, if any, from time to time parties hereto
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee

INDENTURE
DATED AS OF JULY 20, 2011

11.5% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 	  	Page	 	
 	 	
ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	 	1	  	
 	 	
SECTION 1.01.   Definitions.	  	 	1	  	
 	 	
SECTION 1.02.   Other Definitions.	  	 	40	  	
 	 	
SECTION 1.03.   Incorporation by Reference of TIA.	  	 	41	  	
 	 	
SECTION 1.04.   Rules of Construction.	  	 	42	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE TWO THE NOTES	  	 	43	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.01.   Amount of Notes.	  	 	43	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.02.   Form and Dating.	  	 	43	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.03.   Execution and Authentication.	  	 	44	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.04.   Registrar and Paying Agent.	  	 	45	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.05.   Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust.	  	 	45	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.06.   Holder Lists.	  	 	45	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.07.   Transfer and Exchange.	  	 	46	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.08.   Replacement Notes.	  	 	46	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.09.   Outstanding Notes.	  	 	47	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.10.   Treasury Notes.	  	 	47	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.11.   Temporary Notes.	  	 	47	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.12.   Cancellation.	  	 	47	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.13.   Defaulted Interest.	  	 	48	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.14.   CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.	  	 	48	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.15.   Deposit of Moneys.	  	 	48	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.16.   Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.	  	 	49	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.17.   Special Transfer Provisions.	  	 	51	  	
 
i

 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 2.18.   Computation of Interest.	  	 	52	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.19.   Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes.	  	 	52	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE THREE REDEMPTION	  	 	53	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.01.   Notices to Trustee.	  	 	53	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.02.   Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.	  	 	53	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.03.   Notice of Redemption.	  	 	53	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.04.   Effect of Notice of Redemption.	  	 	55	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.05.   Deposit of Redemption Price.	  	 	55	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.06.   Notes Redeemed in Part.	  	 	55	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.07.   Optional Redemption.	  	 	55	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.08.   Mandatory Redemption.	  	 	56	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE FOUR COVENANTS	  	 	56	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.01.   Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.	  	 	56	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.02.   Maintenance of Office or Agency.	  	 	57	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.03.   [RESERVED].	  	 	57	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.04.   [RESERVED].	  	 	57	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.05.   [RESERVED].	  	 	57	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.06.   Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.	  	 	57	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.07.   [RESERVED].	  	 	58	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.08.   Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.	  	 	58	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.09.   Change of Control.	  	 	58	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.10.   Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.	  	 	60	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.11.   Restricted Payments.	  	 	65	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.12.   Liens.	  	 	73	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.13.   Asset Sales.	  	 	73	  	
 
ii

 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 4.14.   Transactions with Affiliates.	  	 	78	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.15.   Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.	  	 	80	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.16.   Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.	  	 	83	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.17.   Reports to Holders of the Notes.	  	 	83	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.18.   Restriction on Certain Major Music/Media Transactions.	  	 	84	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.19.   [RESERVED].	  	 	84	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.20.   Payments for Consent.	  	 	84	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.21.   Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade.	  	 	84	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE FIVE SUCCESSOR CORPORATION	  	 	86	  	
 	 	
SECTION 5.01.   Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.	  	 	86	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE SIX DEFAULT AND REMEDIES	  	 	87	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.01.   Events of Default.	  	 	87	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.02.   Acceleration.	  	 	89	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.03.   Other Remedies.	  	 	90	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.04.   Waiver of Past Defaults.	  	 	91	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.05.   Control by Majority.	  	 	91	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.06.   Limitation on Suits.	  	 	91	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.07.   Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.	  	 	92	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.08.   Collection Suit by Trustee.	  	 	92	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.09.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.	  	 	92	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.10.   Priorities.	  	 	93	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.11.   Undertaking for Costs.	  	 	93	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE SEVEN THE TRUSTEE	  	 	93	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.01.   Duties of Trustee.	  	 	93	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.02.   Certain Rights of Trustee.	  	 	95	  	
 
iii

 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 7.03.   Individual Rights of Trustee.	  	 	96	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.04.   Trustee’s Disclaimer.	  	 	96	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.05.   Notice of Default.	  	 	96	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.06.   Reports by Trustee to Holders.	  	 	97	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.07.   Compensation and Indemnity.	  	 	97	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.08.   Replacement of Trustee.	  	 	98	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.09.   Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.	  	 	99	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.10.   Eligibility; Disqualification.	  	 	99	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.11.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.	  	 	99	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE EIGHT DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE	  	 	99	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.01.   Satisfaction and Discharge.	  	 	99	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.02.   Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.	  	 	101	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.03.   Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.	  	 	102	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.04.   Application of Trust Money.	  	 	103	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.05.   Repayment to the Issuer.	  	 	104	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.06.   Reinstatement.	  	 	104	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE NINE AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS	  	 	104	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.01.   Without Consent of Holders.	  	 	104	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.02.   With Consent of Holders.	  	 	105	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.03.   Reserved.	  	 	106	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.04.   Compliance with TIA.	  	 	106	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.05.   Revocation and Effect of Consents.	  	 	107	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.06.   Notation on or Exchange of Notes.	  	 	107	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.07.   Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.	  	 	107	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE TEN GUARANTEES	  	 	108	  	
 
iv

 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 10.01.   Unconditional Guarantee.	  	 	108	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.02.   Reserved.	  	 	109	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.03.   Limitation on Guarantor Liability.	  	 	109	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.04.   Reserved.	  	 	109	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.05.   Release of a Guarantor.	  	 	109	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.06.   Waiver of Subrogation.	  	 	110	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.07.   Immediate Payment.	  	 	111	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.08.   No Setoff.	  	 	111	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.09.   Guarantee Obligations Absolute.	  	 	111	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.10.   Guarantee Obligations Continuing.	  	 	111	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.11.   Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced.	  	 	111	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.12.   Guarantee Obligations Reinstated.	  	 	112	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.13.   Guarantee Obligations Not Affected.	  	 	112	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.14.   Waiver.	  	 	113	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.15.   No Obligation To Take Action Against the Issuer.	  	 	113	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.16.   Dealing with the Issuer and Others.	  	 	113	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.17.   Default and Enforcement.	  	 	114	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.18.   Amendment, Etc.	  	 	114	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.19.   Acknowledgment.	  	 	114	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.20.   Costs and Expenses.	  	 	114	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.21.   No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.	  	 	114	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.22.   Survival of Guarantee Obligations.	  	 	115	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.23.   Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations.	  	 	115	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.24.   Severability.	  	 	115	  	
 	 	
SECTION 10.25.   Successors and Assigns.	  	 	115	  	
 
v

 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	
ARTICLE ELEVEN MISCELLANEOUS	  	 	115	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.01.   TIA Controls.	  	 	115	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.02.   Notices.	  	 	115	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.03.   Communications by Holders with Other Holders.	  	 	117	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.04.   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.	  	 	117	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.05.   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.	  	 	118	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.06.   Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar.	  	 	118	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.07.   Legal Holidays.	  	 	118	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.08.   Governing Law.	  	 	118	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.09.   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.	  	 	118	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.10.   No Recourse Against Others.	  	 	119	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.11.   Successors.	  	 	119	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.12.   Duplicate Originals.	  	 	119	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.13.   Severability.	  	 	119	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.14.   Force Majeure.	  	 	119	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.15.   USA Patriot Act.	  	 	119	  	
 
vi

 	 	 	
Exhibit A	  	Form of Initial Note	
Exhibit B	  	Form of Legend for Restricted Notes	
Exhibit C	  	[RESERVED]	
Exhibit D	  	Form of Legend for Global Note	
Exhibit E	  	Form of Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors Certificate	
Exhibit F	  	Form of Regulation S Certificate	
Exhibit G	  	Form of OID Legend	
Exhibit H	  	Form of Merger Supplemental Indenture	
CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

Trust Indenture Act Section	  	Indenture Section	
 	 	 	
§ 310	  	(a)(1)	  	709	
 	  	(a)(2)	  	709	
 	  	(a)(3)	  	Not Applicable	
 	  	(a)(4)	  	Not Applicable	
 	  	(b)	  	708	
§ 311	  	(a)	  	713	
 	  	(b)	  	713	
 	  	(b)(2)	  	803	
§ 312	  	(a)	  	801, 802	
 	  	(b)	  	802	
 	  	(c)	  	802	
§ 313	  	(a)	  	803	
 	  	(b)	  	803	
 	  	(c)	  	803	
 	  	(d)	  	803	
§ 314	  	(a)	  	405	
 	  	(a)(4)	  	106, 406	
 	  	(b)	  	Not Applicable	
 	  	(c)(1)	  	106	
 	  	(c)(2)	  	106	
 	  	(c)(3)	  	Not Applicable	
 	  	(d)	  	Not Applicable	
 	  	(e)	  	106	
§ 315	  	(a)	  	701	
 	  	(b)	  	702, 803	
 	  	(c)	  	701	
 	  	(d)	  	701	
 	  	(d)(1)	  	701	
 	  	(d)(2)	  	701	
 	  	(d)(3)	  	612	
 	  	(e)	  	614	
§ 316	  	(a)	  	612, 613	
 	  	(a)(1)(A)	  	602, 612	
 	  	(a)(1)(B)	  	613	
 	  	(a)(2)	  	Not Applicable	
 	  	(b)	  	608	
 	  	(c)	  	104	
§ 317	  	(a)(1)	  	603	
 	  	(a)(2)	  	604	
 	  	(b)	  	403	
§ 318	  	(a)	  	107	
 
This cross-reference table shall not for any purpose be deemed to be part of this Indenture.
 
vii

INDENTURE, dated as of July 20, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Indenture ”), among WM FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation, as issuer, the Guarantors, if any, from time to time party hereto and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
Each party hereto agrees as follows for the benefit of each other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders.
ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
SECTION 1.01. Definitions.
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in this Indenture.
“Access Investors” means, collectively: (i) Mr. Len Blavatnik; (ii) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of the Person described in clause (i); (iii) any trusts created for the benefit of the Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (iv) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clauses (i) and (ii), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer; (v) any of his or their Affiliates (each of the Persons described in clauses (i) through (v), an “ Access Party ”); and (vi) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of which any of the Access Parties is a member;  provided  that in the case of clause (vi) and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Access Parties, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by such group.
“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and
(2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar.
“amend” means amend, modify, supplement, restate or amend and restate, including successively; and “amending” and “ amended ” have correlative meanings.
“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable Redemption Date, the greater of:
(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Note; and
(2) the excess, if any, of:
(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at October 1, 2014 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(b)) plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on the Note through October 1, 2014 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to such Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 75.0 basis points; over
(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Note.
Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided that such calculation or the correctness thereof shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.
“Asset Sale” means (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and leaseback) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in compliance with Section 4.10 (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:
(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business, dispositions of property or assets no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and dispositions of Equity Interests received as consideration under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business with digital service providers and other service providers;
(2)(a) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to, and as defined in, Section 5.01 or (b) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;
 
2

(3) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 4.11 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 4.12;
(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;
(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;
(6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
(7) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to clause (11) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”);
(8) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar actions with respect to assets;
(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
(10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;
(11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing;
(12) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business;
(13) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date, including sale and lease-back transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;
(14) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;
(15) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;
 
3

(16) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;
(17) the unwinding or termination of any Hedging Obligations;
(18) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(19) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and
(20) any sale, transfer or other disposition necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Issuer in order to consummate any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary).
“Bank Obligations” means all Obligations pursuant to a Credit Agreement and related documents incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(1).
“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.
“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.
“Board of Directors” means:
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;
(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and
(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are required or authorized by law or other governmental action to be closed.
“Capital Stock” means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock;
 
4

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.
“Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Issuer or any Guarantor described in (and applied pursuant to) the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”
“Cash Equivalents” means:
(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
(2) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States or any member nation of the European Union having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;
(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to any Credit Agreement or with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;
(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;
(5) commercial paper maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition and having a rating of at least P-1 from Moody’s or A-1 from S&P;
(6) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;
 
5

(7) investment funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition; and
(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition.
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
(1) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;
(2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer;  provided  that (x) so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no Person or group shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer unless such Person or group shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such Person is the “beneficial owner”; or
(3) the first day on which the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall cease to consist of a majority of directors who (i) were members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer on the Effective Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, a majority of whom were directors on the Effective Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder.
For the purpose of this definition, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.
 
6

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including (x) amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting and any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, but excluding (y) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees, penalties and interest relating to taxes, any Special Interest and any “special interest” or “additional interest” with respect to other securities, and any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income of such Person for such period;  provided, however,  that Securitization Fees shall not be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.
“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP;  provided ,  however , that
(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses or charges (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs, and any fees, expenses or charges associated with the Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Effective Date) shall be excluded;
(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;
(3) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;
(4) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such Person) shall be excluded;
 
7

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the referent Person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded;  provided  that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of the referent Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;
(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a)(3), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived;  provided  that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;
(7) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a)(3), the amount equal to any reduction in current taxes recognized during the applicable period by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a direct result of deductions arising from (A) the amortization allowed under Section 167 or 197 of the Code for the goodwill and other intangibles arising from the Transactions and (B) employee termination and related restructuring reserves established pursuant to purchase accounting for the two-year period commencing with the Effective Date, in each case, will be included in the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” so long as such addition will not result in double-counting;
(8) any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising from the application of ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141), shall be excluded;
(9) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;
(10) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;
 
8

(11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Effective Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded;
(12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Effective Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions (or within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;
(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable event (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365-day period), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;
(14) any non-cash gain or loss resulting from mark-to-market accounting relating to Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; and
(15) any unrealized currency translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.11(a)(3)(a), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.11(a)(3)(d).
In addition, for purposes of Section 4.11(a)(3), (x) the fiscal quarter in which the Effective Date occurs shall be deemed to be that quarterly period without regard to any “break” in accounting period as of the Effective Date (if any) resulting from the Transactions (including from any application of purchase accounting to the Transactions) and (y) Consolidated Net Income of any Person for any period ending on or prior to, or commencing from, the Effective Date shall be determined based upon the consolidated financial statements of such Person for such period, and each other Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary thereof upon giving effect to the Transactions shall be deemed to be a Restricted Subsidiary thereof for any such period ending on or prior to the Effective Date.
 
9

“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the consolidated total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP,  less  all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, organization expense and other similar intangibles properly classified as intangibles in accordance with GAAP. Unless the context otherwise requires, “Consolidated Tangible Assets” shall mean the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer.
“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
“Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Issuer or such Guarantor after the Effective Date.
“Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee located at Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, MAC N9311-110, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, Attention: Corporate Trust Department, or such other office, designated by the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered.
“Credit Agreement” means (a) the Revolving Credit Facility and (b) if so designated by the Issuer, and so long as Indebtedness incurred thereunder does not constitute Subordinated Indebtedness, one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or series of notes documented in one or more agreements or indentures, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (in whole or in part) from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new lenders or institutional investors or otherwise, and except for any such agreement or indenture that expressly provides that it is not a Credit Agreement), including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof.
“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
 
10

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
“Depositary” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or a successor thereto registered under the Exchange Act or other applicable statute or regulation.
“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Noncash Consideration.
“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(3).
“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the final maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding;  provided, however,  that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations;  provided, further,  that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or their respective estates, spouses and former spouses, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.
“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that was formed under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.
“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period
 
11

(x) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:
(1) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, plus franchise or similar taxes of such Person,
(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person, plus amounts excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in subclause (y) of clause (a) in the definition thereof,
(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period,
(4) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees),
(5) without duplication, any other non-cash charges (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) (provided that, in the case of any such that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA),
(6) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary,
(7) any net loss resulting from Hedging Obligations,
(8) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor and its Affiliates (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses), and any Restricted Payment made to any direct or indirect parent company of such Person intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid such amount during such period,
(9) Securitization Fees,
(10) without duplication, pension curtailment expenses, transaction costs and executive contract expenses incurred by affiliated entities of such Person (other than such Person and its Subsidiaries) on behalf of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and reflected in the combined financial statements of such Person as capital contributions,
(11) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement), and
 
12

(12) any costs or expenses incurred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(3);
(y) increased by the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by such Person in good faith to result from actions taken or expected to be taken no later than twelve (12) months after the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the period for which EBITDA is being determined), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) for any period that ends prior to the Effective Date or includes one or more of the first three fiscal quarters of such Person ended after the Effective Date (the latest such period, the “ Initial Period ”), the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed $65.0 million plus any applicable Historical Adjustments, and (C) for any other period ended after the end of the Initial Period, the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall be certified by management of such Person and shall not exceed the greater of (1) $40.0 million and (2) 10.0% of EBITDA for such period (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (y)); and
(z) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:
(1) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges or asset valuation adjustments made in any prior period), and
(2) any net gain resulting from Hedging Obligations.
“Effective Date” means the effective date of the Merger.
“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer), other than (i) public offerings with respect to common stock of the Issuer or of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer registered on Form S-8, (ii) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (iii) an issuance to any Subsidiary.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
 
13

“Exchange Notes” means any Notes issued in exchange for Notes pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement.
“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:
(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and
(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),
in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(3).
“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility) in existence on the Effective Date, including the Existing Secured Notes and the New Secured Notes.
“Existing Secured Notes” means WMG Acquisition Corp.’s 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016, issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of May 28, 2009, outstanding on the Effective Date or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes.
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof incurs, issues, assumes, enters into any guarantee of, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or repays Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or concurrently with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the date of such event, the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving  pro forma  effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or repayment of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
For purposes of making the computation referred to above with respect to any specified Person, if any Specified Transaction has been made by such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a  pro forma  basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period, any other Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or was merged with or into such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such period, such other Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by such specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof since the beginning of such period, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving  pro forma  effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
 
14

For purposes of this definition with respect to any specified Person, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions), the  pro forma  calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions) which is being given  pro forma  effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable period). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given  pro forma  effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a  pro forma  basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as such specified Person may designate.
“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding all non-cash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount in connection with the Specified Financings (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to existing Indebtedness as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid, during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and (c) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock.
“Fixed GAAP Date” means the Effective Date, provided that at any time after the Effective Date, the Issuer may, by prior written notice to the Trustee, elect to change the Fixed GAAP Date to be the date specified in such notice, and upon the date of such notice, the Fixed GAAP Date shall be such date for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice.
“Fixed GAAP Terms” means (a) the definitions of the terms “Capitalized Lease Obligation,” “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Tangible Assets,” “EBITDA,” “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” “Fixed Charges,” “Indebtedness,” “Investments,” “Net Income,” “Senior Secured Indebtedness” and “Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio,” (b) all defined terms in this Indenture to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions, and (c) any other term or provision of this Indenture or the Notes that, at the Issuer’s election, may be specified by the Issuer by written notice to the Trustee from time to time.
 
15

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
“Freely Tradable” means Notes that are freely tradable pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without the need for current public information or compliance with other requirements of Rule 144 and with respect to which the Issuer has enabled Holders of the Initial Notes to have the restrictive legend removed from the Initial Notes and which no longer bear a restricted CUSIP number.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Fixed GAAP Date (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Indenture), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and subject to the following sentence. If at any time the Commission permits or requires U.S.-domiciled companies subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP for financial reporting purposes, the Issuer may elect, by written notice to the Trustee, to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such notice, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean (a) for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice, IFRS as in effect on the date specified in such notice (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Indenture) and (b) for prior periods, GAAP as defined in the first sentence of this definition. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.
“Government Securities” means securities that are
(a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or
(b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,
which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt;  provided  that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
 
16

“guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
“Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. When used as a verb, “ Guarantee ” shall have a corresponding meaning.
“Guarantor” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that incurs a Guarantee of the Notes; provided that upon the release and discharge of such Subsidiary from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Subsidiary shall cease to be a Guarantor.
“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:
(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and
(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.
“Historical Adjustments” means, for any period, the aggregate amount of all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA” with respect to actions described in notes (a) and (b) to footnote 5 of “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” contained in the Offering Circular to the extent such adjustments continue to be applicable for such period.
“Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.
“Holdings” means WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation and the direct parent of the Issuer, and any successor in interest thereto.
“Holdings Notes” means the 13.75 % Senior Notes due 2019 issued on the Issue Date by WM Holdings Finance Corp. and assumed by Holdings following the merger of WM Holdings Finance Corp. with and into Holdings, or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes (the “ Initial Holdings Notes ”), and any Indebtedness that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Initial Holdings Notes, provided that such Indebtedness extending, replacing, refunding, refinancing, renewing or defeasing such Initial Holdings Notes shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Initial Holdings Notes plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.
 
17

“IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards and applicable accounting requirements set by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto (or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or any successor to either such Board, or the Commission, as the case may be), as in effect from time to time.
“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person,
(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent,
(i) in respect of borrowed money,
(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),
(iii) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is acquired, except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case, accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and if not paid, after becoming due and payable; or
(iv) representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations,
if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,
(b) Disqualified Stock of such Person,
(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business) and
(d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person);  provided  that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by such Person) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;
provided, however, that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.
 
18

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
“Initial Purchasers” means with respect to the Initial Notes, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC.
“Interest” with respect to the Notes, means interest on the Notes and, except for the purposes of Article 9, Special Interest on the Notes.
“Interest Payment Date” means the stated maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes.
“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
“Investment Grade Securities” means:
(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;
(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and
(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees, directors and consultants in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.
For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.11, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;  provided ,  however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer; and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.
 
19

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.
“Issue Date” means July 20, 2011, the date of original issuance of the Notes.
“Issuer” means (a) WM Finance Corp. prior to the consummation of the Merger and (b) WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, upon and following consummation of the Merger, and any successor in interest thereto.
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction;  provided  that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
“Major” means any material competitor with the Issuer that operates a recorded music business substantially similar to the Recorded Music Business or a music publishing business substantially similar to the Music Publishing Business.
“Major Music/Media Transaction” means (1) any acquisition by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of all or substantially all the recorded music business and/or music publishing business of a Major; or (2) any merger, consolidation, joint venture or other transaction the effect of which is an acquisition by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the recorded music business and/or music publishing business of a Major; provided, in each case, that the aggregate cash consideration payable by Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such acquisition or other transaction (net of any such cash consisting of proceeds of contributions to the common equity capital of the Issuer or proceeds from the issuance of Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock)) plus the aggregate principal amount (or, if lower, the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of any Indebtedness assumed by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such acquisition or other transaction exceeds $1.0 billion.
 
20

“Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, by and among Warner Music Group Corp., Holdings and the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, provided  that the Management Agreement as so amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified (other than in the case of an amendment to effect the Issuer becoming a party to or otherwise bound by the Management Agreement) is not materially less advantageous to the Holders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer than the Management Agreement as in effect on the Effective Date.
“Maturity Date” means October 1, 2018.
“Maximum Management Fee Amount” means the greater of (x) $6.0 million plus, in the event that the Issuer acquires (including by consolidation or merger), directly or indirectly, any business, entity or operations following the Effective Date, an amount equal to 1.5% of the positive EBITDA of such acquired business, entity or operations (as determined by the Sponsor in its sole discretion) for the most recent four fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition for which internal financial statements are available as at the date of such acquisition and (y) 1.5% of EBITDA of the Issuer for the most recently completed fiscal year.
“Merger” means the merger of WM Finance Corp. with and into WMG Acquisition Corp.
“Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 6, 2011, among Airplanes Music LLC, Airplanes Merger Sub, Inc. and Warner Music Group Corp., as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
“Music Publishing Business” means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the music publishing segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Issuer. At any point in time in which music publishing is not a reported segment of the Issuer, “Music Publishing Business” shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.
“Music Publishing Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Music Publishing Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt may include assets constituting a portion of the Recorded Music Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Recorded Music Business.
“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.
“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, net of the costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts applied or required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale (including in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest) or that is required to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
 
21

“New Secured Notes” means the Issuer’s 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 issued pursuant to an indenture to be dated as of the Issue Date.
“Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the acquisition, exploitation or development of assets (including directly or through the acquisition of entities holding such assets) not owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such acquisition, exploitation or development, which assets are used for the creation or development of Product for the benefit of the Issuer, and in respect of which the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed has no recourse whatsoever to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for the repayment of or payment of such Indebtedness other than recourse to the acquired assets or assets that are the subject of such exploitation or development for the purpose of enforcing any Lien given by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary over such assets, including the receivables, inventory, intangibles and other rights associated with such assets and the proceeds thereof.
“Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of financing (whether directly or through a partially-owned joint venture) the production, acquisition, exploitation, creation or development of items of Product produced, acquired, exploited, created or developed after the Effective Date (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the production, acquisition, creation or development of any such items of Product or secured by a Lien on any such items of Product prior to the production, acquisition, creation or development thereof) where the recourse of the creditor in respect of that Indebtedness is limited to Product revenues generated by such items of Product or any rights pertaining thereto and where the Indebtedness is unsecured save for Liens over such items of Product or revenues and such rights and any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of such Indebtedness. “Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” excludes, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness raised or secured against Product where the proceeds are used for any other purposes.
“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person that is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.
 
22

“Notes” means the 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 issued by the Issuer, including, without limitation, the Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes, treated as a single class of securities, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture.
“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
“Offering Circular” means the offering circular of the Issuer dated July 14, 2011 relating to the offering of the Notes.
“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of the Issuer or of a Guarantor, as applicable.
“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer or on behalf of a Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor, who is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.
“OID Legend” means the legend set forth in Exhibit G to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture that have more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes.
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, a Guarantor or the Trustee.
“Parent” means any of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto), any Other Parent, and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of Holdings, Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto) or any Other Parent and of which the Issuer is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “ Other Parent ” means a Person of which the Issuer becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date,  provided  that either  (x)  immediately after the Issuer first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50.0% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50.0% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Issuer immediately prior to the Issuer first becoming such Subsidiary or  (y)  such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Issuer first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.
“Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Permitted Business Assets or a combination of Permitted Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.13.
 
23

“Permitted Business” means the media and entertainment business and any services, activities or businesses incidental or directly related or similar thereto, any line of business engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Effective Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.
“Permitted Business Assets” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Permitted Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
“Permitted Holders” means (i) the Access Investors; (ii) Edgar Bronfman Jr.; (iii) any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries; (iv) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of a Person described in clause (ii) or (iii); (v) any trusts created for the benefit of a Person or Persons described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (vi) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case, who, at any particular date, shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer; or (vii) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any of the Issuer, Holdings or any of their respective direct or indirect parents. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders.
“Permitted Investments” means
(1) any Investment by the Issuer in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in another Restricted Subsidiary;
(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person;  provided  that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer, conveyance or liquidation;
 
24

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described in Section 4.13 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
(5) any Investment existing on the Effective Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Effective Date or an Investment consisting of any modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Investment or binding commitment existing on the Effective Date; provided  that the amount of any such Investment or binding commitment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Effective Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;
(6) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $15.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;
(7) any investment acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (B) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons or (C) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.10(b)(9);
(9) (1) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees (x) for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (y) to fund such Person’s purchases of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in an aggregate principal amount (net of any proceeds of such loans and advances used to purchase Equity Interests of the Issuer or contributed to the equity capital thereof) not to exceed, in the case of this clause (y), $20.0 million outstanding at any time and (2) promissory notes of any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries acquired (other than for cash) in connection with the issuance of Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) to such Person;
(10) any advance directly or indirectly related to royalties or future profits (whether or not recouped), directly or indirectly (including through capital contributions or loans to an entity or joint venture relating to such artist(s) or writer(s)), to one or more artists or writers pursuant to label and license agreements, agreements with artists/writers and related ventures, pressing and distribution agreements, publishing agreements and any similar contract or agreement entered into from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
 
25

(11) any Investment by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 12.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;
(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (exclusive of Disqualified Stock);
(13) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.10 and performance guarantees consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Issuer or any restricted subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.12;
(14) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 4.14 (except transactions described in Sections 4.14(b)(2), (6) and (7));
(15) Investments by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 8.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;
(16) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;
(17) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness;  provided, however,  that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest;
(18) additional Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $75.0 million and (b) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;
(19) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;
 
26

(20) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into in the ordinary course of business; and
(21) repurchases of the Notes, the Existing Secured Notes or the New Secured Notes.
“Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:
(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;
(2) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;
(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(4) Liens existing on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Issuer (or at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary);  provided ,  however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided ,  further ,  however , that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;  provided ,  further , that for purposes of this clause (4), if a Person other than the Issuer is the Successor Company with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed to become a Subsidiary of the Issuer, and any property or assets of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Company;
(5) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.10;
(6) Liens on cash deposits or property constituting Cash Equivalents securing Hedging Obligations not prohibited by this Indenture;
(7) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
 
27

(8) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(9) Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien (A) existing on the Effective Date (other than the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Existing Secured Notes and the New Secured Notes) or (B) referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (19)(B) of this definition;  provided ,  however , that in each case, such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Holders and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;
(10) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;
(11) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent for a period of more than 30 days, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted or for property taxes on property that the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;
(12) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
(13) pledges, deposits or security under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(14) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or, if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;
(15) survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;
 
28

(16) any lease, license, sublease or sublicense granted to any Person in the ordinary course of business that is not granted for the purpose of securing any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to such lessee, licensee, sublessee or sublicensee;
(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution,  provided  that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Issuer in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;
(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(19)(A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $15.0 million at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person;  provided ,  however , that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations;  provided  that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;
(20) Liens to secure Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(18), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the items of Product acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and Liens to secure Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(18), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the assets acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;
 
29

(21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
(22) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(23) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(24) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;
(25) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.10(b)(4) and 4.10(b)(20);
(26) Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma  effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving  pro forma  effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $1,550.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 3.00 to 1.00;
(27) Liens securing (A) interest rate or currency swaps, caps or collars or other Hedging Obligations entered into to hedge the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s exposure with respect to activities not prohibited under this Indenture and (B) obligations in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;
(28) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;
 
30

(29) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(30) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;
(31) Liens on the assets of a non-guarantor Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of such non-Guarantor Subsidiary;
(32) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Indenture to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; and
(33) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 3.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding.
“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.
“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
“Private Placement Legend” means the legends initially set forth on the Notes in the form set forth in Exhibit B.
“Product” means any music (including musical and audio visual recordings, musical performance, songs and compositions and also includes mail order music and activities relating or incidental to music such as touring, merchandising and artist management), music copyright, motion picture, television programming, film, videotape, digital file, video clubs, DVD manufactured or distributed or any other product produced for theatrical, non-theatrical or television release or for release in any other medium, in each case whether recorded on film, videotape, cassette, cartridge, disc or on or by any other means, method, process or device, whether now known or hereafter developed, with respect to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary:
(1) is an initial copyright owner; or
(2) acquires (or will acquire upon delivery) an equity interest, license, sublicense or administration or distribution right.
“Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).
 
31

“Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided  that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith.
“Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Securitization Subsidiary, all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under a Credit Agreement or any permitted additional Pari Passu Indebtedness and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.
“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P, or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.
“Record Date” means the applicable Record Date specified in the Notes; provided that if any such date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall be the first day immediately preceding such specified day that is a Business Day.
“Recorded Music Business” means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the recorded music segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Issuer. At any point in time in which recorded music is not a reported segment of the Issuer, Recorded Music Business shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.
“Recorded Music Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Recorded Music Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Music Publishing Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.
“Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.
 
32

“Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption, payable in immediately available funds, pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.
“Registration Rights Agreement” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement to be dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer and the Initial Purchasers, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time and (b) any other similar registration rights agreement relating to Additional Notes.
“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
“Regulation S Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.
“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and shall also mean any officer who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
“Restricted Note” means a Note that constitutes a “Restricted Note” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act;  provided ,  however , that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Note.
“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary;  provided, however,  that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.
“Revolving Credit Agreement” means that certain credit agreement, to be dated on or about the Effective Date, by and among the Issuer, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, as the administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Revolving Credit Facility” means the revolving credit facility under the Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith.
“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, and its successors.
“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
33

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
“Securitization Assets” means any accounts receivable or catalog, royalty or other revenue streams from Product subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.
“Securitization Fees” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.
“Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by Holdings or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.
“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.
“Securitization Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings makes an Investment and to which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which Holdings reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings and (c) to which neither Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
 
34

“Senior Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than Subordinated Indebtedness.
“Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter plus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter and minus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries redeemed, repaid, retired or extinguished subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP, secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens (excluding Permitted Liens incurred pursuant to clause (26) of the definition thereof).
In the event that any calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be made as of the date of the initial borrowing of any applicable Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness (as contemplated by Section 4.10(b)(1) and by clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), such committed amount may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without further compliance with such ratio, provided that such committed amount shall be included as outstanding Indebtedness in any subsequent calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, to the extent the commitment therefor then remains outstanding.
“Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio” means, with respect to the Issuer, the ratio of (x) the Issuer’s Senior Secured Indebtedness to (y) the Issuer’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur (the “ Measurement Period ”).
For purposes of making the computation referred to above, if any Specified Transaction has been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Measurement Period or subsequent to the Measurement Period and on or prior to the date of determination of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated on a  pro forma  basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period. If, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, such Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such Measurement Period, then the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving  pro forma  effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of such Measurement Period.
 
35

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions) which is being given  pro forma  effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period).
“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.
“Special Interest” has the meaning assigned to Special Interest in any Registration Rights Agreement.
“Specified Financings” means the financings included in the Transactions and the offering of the Initial Notes and the Existing Secured Notes.
“Specified Transaction” means (v) any designation of operations or assets of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as discontinued operations (as defined under GAAP), (w) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (x) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Indenture, (y) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person, of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of any Person or (z) any Asset Sale or other disposition (i) that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Issuer or (ii) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise.
“Sponsor” means Access Industries, Inc. and any successor in interest thereto.
“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings which Holdings has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.
 
36

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
“Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Issuer, indebtedness of the Issuer that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (b) with respect to any Guarantor of the Notes, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee of the Notes.
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and
(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.
“Tax” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto).
“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on the date of the execution of this Indenture until such time as this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, and thereafter as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.04.
“Total Senior Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter plus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter and minus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries redeemed, repaid, retired or extinguished subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Total Senior Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (x) such Person’s Total Senior Indebtedness, minus the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of determination, to (y) such Person’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur (the “Measurement Period”).
 
37

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, with respect to any specified Person, if any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and any Major Music/Media Transaction) has been made by such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Measurement Period or subsequent to the Measurement Period and on or prior to the date of determination of the Total Senior Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, the Total Senior Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period. If, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, such Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by such specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such Measurement Period, then the Total Senior Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of such Measurement Period.
For purposes of this definition, with respect to any specified Person, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and any Major Music/Media Transaction), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and any Major Music/Media Transaction) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period).
“Transactions” means, collectively, any or all of the following: (i) the entry into the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the merger contemplated thereby, (ii) the Merger, (iii) the merger of WM Holdings Finance Corp. with and into WMG Holdings Corp., (iv) the entry into this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement and the offer and issuance of the Notes, (v) the entry into the indenture governing the New Secured Notes and the related registration rights agreement and the offer and issuance of New Secured Notes issued on the Issue Date, or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes, (vi) the entry into the indenture governing the Initial Holdings Notes and the related registration rights agreement and the offer and issuance of the Initial Holdings Notes, (vii) the entry into the Revolving Credit Agreement and incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder, (viii) the repayment of certain existing Indebtedness of Holdings and the Issuer, and (ix) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing).
“Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to October 1, 2014;  provided, however,  that if the period from such Redemption Date to October 1, 2014 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
 
38

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.
“Unrestricted Global Notes” means one or more Notes that do not and are not required to bear the legends in the form set forth in Exhibit B , including, without limitation, the Exchange Notes.
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) WMG Kensington, Ltd. and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, as provided below) and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated),  provided  that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer, (b) such designation complies with Section 4.11 and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries does not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter,
(1) create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
(2) own assets constituting part of the Music Publishing Business in excess of 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.
The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (1) the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a  pro forma  basis taking into account such designation. Any such designation by such Board of Directors shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
 
39

“U.S. Legal Tender” means such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.
“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:
(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by
(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.
“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares of Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.

Term	  	Defined in Section	
“Acceleration Notice”	  	6.02	
“Additional Notes”	  	2.01	
“Affiliate Transaction”	  	4.14	
“Agent Members”	  	2.16	
“Alternate Offer”	  	4.09	
“Amendment”	  	4.15	
“Asset Sale Offer”	  	4.13	
“Asset Sale Offer Amount”	  	4.13	
“Asset Sale Payment”	  	4.13	
“Asset Sale Payment Date”	  	4.13	
“Change of Control Offer”	  	4.09	
“Change of Control Payment”	  	4.09	
“Change of Control Payment Date”	  	4.09	
“Clearstream”	  	2.16	
“Covenant Defeasance”	  	8.02	
“Covenant Suspension Event”	  	4.20	
“Coverage Ratio Exception”	  	4.10	
“DTC”	  	2.04	
“Euroclear”	  	2.16	
 
40

 	 	 	
“Event of Default”	  	6.01	
“Excess Proceeds”	  	4.13	
“Global Notes”	  	2.16	
“Guarantee Obligations”	  	10.01	
“incur”	  	4.10	
“Initial Agreement”	  	4.15	
“Initial Notes”	  	2.01	
“Legal Defeasance”	  	8.02	
“Other Notes”	  	2.02	
“Pari Passu Indebtedness”	  	4.13	
“Paying Agent”	  	2.04	
“Permitted Debt”	  	4.10	
“Physical Notes”	  	2.02	
“Refinancing Agreement”	  	4.15	
“Refunding Capital Stock”	  	4.11	
“Registrar”	  	2.04	
“Regulation S Global Notes”	  	2.16	
“Regulation S Notes”	  	2.02	
“Restricted Global Notes”	  	2.16	
“Restricted Payments”	  	4.11	
“Restricted Period”	  	2.16	
“Retired Capital Stock”	  	4.11	
“Reversion Date”	  	4.20	
“Rule 144A Global Notes”	  	2.02	
“Rule 144A Notes”	  	2.02	
“Successor Company”	  	5.01	
“Suspended Covenants”	  	4.20	
“Suspension Date”	  	4.20	
SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of TIA.
Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision of the TIA shall be incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture if, but only if, (a) this Indenture is qualified by the Issuer under the TIA (in which case each such provision shall be incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture, effective immediately upon such qualification) or (b) this Indenture expressly states that such provision of the TIA shall apply whether or not this Indenture is qualified under the TIA. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
“indenture securities” means the Notes.
“indenture security holder” means a Holder or a Noteholder.
“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.
“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.
 
41

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer, any Guarantor, and any successor or any other obligor on the Notes.
All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.
SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction.
Unless the context otherwise requires:
(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference;
(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
(3) “or” is not exclusive;
(4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;
(5) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;
(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
(7) “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;
(8) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”;
(9) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;
(10) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;
(11) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP;
 
42

(12) “$” and “U.S. Dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;
(13) whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Special Interest, to the extent that, in such context, Special Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof;
(14) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time;
(15) any reference to a Section, Article or clause refers to such Section, Article or clause of this Indenture.
ARTICLE TWO
THE NOTES
SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes.
The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and outstanding under this Indenture is not limited. The Trustee shall initially authenticate Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $765,000,000 of Notes (“ Initial Notes ”) upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer (other than as provided in Section 2.08). The Trustee shall authenticate Notes (the “ Additional Notes ”) thereafter in unlimited amount (so long as permitted by the terms of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.10) for original issue upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate in aggregate principal amount as specified in such order (other than as provided in Section 2.08),  provided, however,  that if the Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for United States federal income tax purposes, the Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP number than the Initial Notes. Each such written order shall specify the principal amount of Additional Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Additional Notes are to be authenticated.
SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating.
The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is incorporated in and form a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rule or usage to which the Issuer is subject. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“ Rule 144A Notes ”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in  Exhibit B,  Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“ Regulation S Notes ”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in  Exhibit B,  and Notes offered and sold to Institutional Accredited Investors in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act not made in reliance on Rule 144A or Regulation S (“ Other Notes ”) may be represented by a Restricted Global Note or, if such an investor may not hold an interest in the Restricted Global Notes, a Physical Note, in each case, bearing the Private Placement Legend. The Issuer shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and show the date of its authentication.
 
43

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and agree to be bound thereby.
The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the Registrar.
Notes issued in exchange for interests in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.16 may be issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in  Exhibit A  (the “ Physical Notes ”).
SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication.
One Officer, who shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions, shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual, facsimile or electronic image scan signature.
If the Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.
No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, and the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.12, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents with the consent of the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates of the Issuer. Each Paying Agent is designated as an authenticating agent for purposes of this Indenture.
The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.
 
44

SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent.
The Issuer will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.07. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust.
Each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Issuer, one or more of the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes), and the Issuer and each Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. Money held in trust by a Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by law and in no event shall a Paying Agent be liable for any interest on any money received by it hereunder. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2), upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith all money so held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon making such payment, such Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee
SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists.
The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of the Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.
 
45

SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange.
Subject to Sections 2.16 and 2.17, when Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall promptly register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transaction are met;  provided ,  however , that the Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar or co-Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s or co-Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.
The Registrar or co-Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes (i) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article Three, except the unredeemed portion of any Notes being redeemed in part, and during a Change of Control Offer, an Alternate Offer or an Asset Sale Offer if such Note is tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or Asset Sale Offer and not withdrawn.
Any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Notes shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry system.
SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes.
If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee, or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note (and the Guarantors, if any, shall execute the guarantee thereon) if the Holder of such Note furnishes to the Issuer and the Trustee evidence reasonably acceptable to them of the ownership and the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date of this Indenture are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond shall be posted, sufficient in the judgment of all to protect the Issuer, the Guarantors, if any, the Trustee or any Paying Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if such Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge such Holder for the Issuer’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing such Note and the Trustee may charge the Issuer for the Trustee’s expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in replacing such Note. Every replacement Note shall constitute a contractual obligation of the Issuer.
 
46

SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes.
The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except (a) those canceled by it, (b) those delivered to it for cancellation, (c) to the extent set forth in Sections 9.01 and 9.02, on or after the date on the conditions set forth in Section 9.01 or 9.02 have been satisfied and (d) these Notes theretofore authenticated by the Trustee hereunder and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or any of its Affiliates holds the Note (subject to the provisions of Section 2.10).
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a  bona fide  purchaser in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.
If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest ceases to accrue. If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds U.S. Legal Tender or Government Securities sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.
SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes.
In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.
SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes.
Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such Global Note may be in typewritten form.
SECTION 2.12. Cancellation.
The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary), and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuer, shall dispose of all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in accordance with its customary procedures. Subject to Section 2.08, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuer or any Guarantor shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.12.
 
47

SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest.
If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall, unless the Trustee fixes another Record Date pursuant to Section 6.10, pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in accordance with the terms hereof. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Holders on a subsequent special Record Date, which special Record Date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before any such subsequent special Record Date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. The Issuer may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
SECTION 2.14. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.
The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers and ISINs (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use, as applicable, CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders;  provided ,  however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption, that reliance may be placed only on the other identification number(s) printed on the Notes. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers and ISINs.
SECTION 2.15. Deposit of Moneys.
Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on each Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, the Issuer shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds U.S. Legal Tender, sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, as the case may be. The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Global Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Physical Notes shall be payable, either in person or by mail, at the office of the applicable Paying Agent.
 
48

SECTION 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.
(a) Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ Rule 144A Global Notes ”). Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (the “ Regulation S Global Notes ”). The term “ Global Notes ” means, collectively, the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes. The Global Notes shall bear legends as set forth in  Exhibit D . The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of such Depositary, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as set forth in  Exhibit B  with respect to Restricted Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes.
Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Notes held on their behalf by the Depositary or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Notes, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder.
(b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.17. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Physical Note if (i) in the case of a Global Note, the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Note and the Issuer thereupon fail to appoint a successor depository or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) pursuant to the procedures of the Depositary, the Issuer, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of such Physical Notes or (iii) in the case of any Global Note, there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note. In all cases, Physical Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary in accordance with its customary procedures.
(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in any Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon receipt of a written order from the Issuer authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.
 
49

(d) In connection with the transfer of Global Notes as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.
(e) Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b), (c) or (d) shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraphs (a)(i)(x) and (c) of Section 2.17, bear the Private Placement Legend unless the Issuer determines otherwise in compliance with applicable law.
(f) On or prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Notes represented by the Regulation S Global Note and the issue date of such Notes (such period through and including such 40th day, the “ Restricted Period ”), a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the corresponding Restricted Global Note only upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made (i)(a) to a Person that the transferor reasonably believes is a Qualified Institutional Buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (b) pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act which is accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel regarding the availability of such exemption and (ii) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction. During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership in a Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear System (“ Euroclear ”) or Clearstream Banking, S.A. (“ Clearstream ”).
(g) Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the Regulation S Global Notes, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144 (if available).
(h) Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note shall, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in such other Global Note and, accordingly, shall thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.
(i) The holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.
 
50

SECTION 2.17. Special Transfer Provisions.
(a) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors and Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB or to any Non-U.S. Person:
(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note constituting a Restricted Note, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the first anniversary of the date of original issuance thereof or such other date as such Note shall be freely transferable under Rule 144 as certified in an Officer’s Certificate or (y) (1) in the case of a transfer to an Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons), the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of  Exhibit E  hereto or (2) in the case of a transfer to a Non-U.S. Person (including a QIB), the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of  Exhibit F  hereto;  provided  that in the case of any transfer of a Note bearing the Private Placement Legend for a Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar has received an Officer’s Certificate authorizing such transfer; and
(ii) if the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the certificate, if any, required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, whereupon (a) the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and (if the transfer does not involve a transfer of outstanding Physical Notes) a decrease in the principal amount of a Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in a Global Note to be transferred, and (b) the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of a Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note transferred or the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.
(b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration or any proposed registration of transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons):
(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on such Holder’s Note stating, or to a transferee who has advised the Issuer and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and
 
51

(ii) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred.
(c) Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) it has received the Officer’s Certificate required by paragraph (a)(i)(y) of this Section 2.17, (ii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or (iii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the Registrar has received an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer to such effect.
(d) OID Legend. Each Note issued hereunder that has more than a de minimis about of original issue discount for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes shall bear a legend substantially in the form of  Exhibit G  hereto.
(e) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.
The Registrar shall retain for a period of two years copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.16 or this Section 2.17. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable notice to the Registrar.
SECTION 2.18. Computation of Interest.
Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
SECTION 2.19. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes.
The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes (and not solely the Notes as provided for in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 9.02(a)), such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have so consented, by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and Section 2.09 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate.
 
52

ARTICLE THREE
REDEMPTION
SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee.
If the Issuer elects to redeem the Notes pursuant to Sections 3.07(a), (b) or (c), it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. For a redemption pursuant to Sections 3.07(a), (b) or (c), the Issuer shall give notice of redemption to the Paying Agent and Trustee at least 31 days but not more than 65 days before the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee in writing), together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained herein.
SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Sections 3.07(a), (b) or (c) at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes for redemption as follows:
(1) if the Notes are listed on a national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or
(2) if the Notes are not listed on any securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot, by such method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate or by a method in accordance with the procedures of DTC.
No Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.
If a partial redemption is made with the proceeds of an Equity Offering in accordance with Section 3.07(c), the Trustee will select the applicable Notes on a  pro rata  basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to DTC procedures).
SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption.
At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date for a redemption pursuant to Sections 3.07(a), (b) or (c), the Issuer shall mail or electronically transmit a notice of redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed or electronically transmitted more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall forward the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense;  provided  that in such case, the Trustee has received notice from the Issuer at least 31 days, but not more than 65 days, before a Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee). Unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 3.07, Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. Each notice of redemption shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP number) to be redeemed and shall state:
(1) the Redemption Date;
 
53

(2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid;
(3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(4) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price, plus accrued interest, if any;
(5) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 3.07, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;
(6) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;
(7) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;
(8) the CUSIP Number and/or ISIN number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed;
(9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number and/or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and
(10) the Section of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.
The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided or transmitted electronically, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or electronically or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.
 
54

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.
Unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 3.07, once notice of redemption is mailed or transmitted electronically in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (which shall include accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date), but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates. On and after the Redemption Date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price.
With respect to the Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York time, on the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is a Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) U.S. Legal Tender and/or Government Securities sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes.
SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.
If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.
SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption.
(a) The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 1, 2014, at the option of the Issuer, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
 
55

(b) On or after October 1, 2014, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 1 of the years indicated below:

Year	  	Percentage	 	
2014	  	 	108.625	% 	
2015	  	 	105.750	% 	
2016	  	 	102.875	% 	
2017 and thereafter	  	 	100.000	% 	
(c) At any time prior to October 1, 2014, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 111.500% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer or any contribution to the Issuer’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent; provided that:
(i) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and
(ii) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such Equity Offering.
(d) The Issuer may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture.
(e) Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or other corporate transactions or events. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.
SECTION 3.08. Mandatory Redemption.
The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
ARTICLE
FOUR COVENANTS
The provisions set forth in this Article Four will apply after the Effective Date.
SECTION 4.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.
The Issuer shall duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. Principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date due if the Issuer shall have deposited with the applicable Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer) as of 12:00 p.m. New York City time on the due date money in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest then due.
 
56

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.
(a) The Issuer shall maintain in the United States an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
(b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Note may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations.
The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as such office or agency of the Issuer where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment or for transfer or exchange for so long as such Corporate Trust Office remains a Place of Payment, in accordance with Section 2.04.
SECTION 4.03. [RESERVED].
SECTION 4.04. [RESERVED].
SECTION 4.05. [RESERVED].
SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.
(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2011, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and further stating that to the best of such Officer’s knowledge, the Issuer during such preceding fiscal year has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every such covenant and no Default occurred during such year and at the date of such certificate there is no Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers do know of such Default, the certificate shall describe its status with particularity. The Officer’s Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Issuer elect to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year end.
(b) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee as soon as possible, and in any event within five days after the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying the Default and describing its status with particularity and the action proposed to be taken thereto.
 
57

(c) The Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of any change in its fiscal year.
SECTION 4.07. [RESERVED].
SECTION 4.08. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.
The Issuer covenants (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Issuer from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) the Issuer hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
SECTION 4.09. Change of Control.
(a) If, following the Effective Date, a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 (and has not rescinded such exercise), each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will offer a payment (a “ Change of Control Payment ”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase.
(b) On or prior to the date that is 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail or deliver by electronic transmission a notice to each Holder stating that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”) specified in such notice, which date shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. Such notice shall state:
(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.09 and that Notes tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted for payment;
(2) the purchase price (including the amount of accrued interest) and the Change of Control Payment Date;
(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;
 
58

(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;
(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date;
(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the second Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; and
(7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.
(c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:
(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer.
(d) The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any;  provided  that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. However, if the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest Record Date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.
 
59

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.09 (an “ Alternate Offer ”) and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.
(g) The Issuer will comply, and will cause any third party making a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer to comply, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. To the extent the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture relating to a Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of complying with such laws or regulations.
SECTION 4.10. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, enter into any guarantee of, or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, for (collectively, “ incur ”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Issuer will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock;  provided, however , that the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a  pro forma  basis (including a  pro forma  application of the net proceeds therefrom) (the “ Coverage Ratio Exception ”), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.
(b) Section 4.10(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):
(1) Indebtedness under the Existing Secured Notes, the New Secured Notes and one or more Credit Agreements together with the incurrence of the guarantees thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) and other Indebtedness, up to an aggregate principal amount, together with amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (17) below, not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (A) $1,550.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 3.00 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (1), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) (whether or not secured) will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio);
 
60

(2) the incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes issued on the Issue Date or the Exchange Notes (including any Guarantee);
(3) Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in Sections 4.10(b)(1), (2) and (7);
(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness and/or Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 4.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;
(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property casualty or liability insurance or self insurance;  provided  that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;  provided  that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause);
 
61

(7) Indebtedness of the Issuer owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;  provided, however,  that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Issuer is the obligor on such Indebtedness (other than any Existing Indebtedness) owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Notes;
(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;
(9) Hedging Obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting (A) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Indenture, (B) exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange or (C) commodity price risk;
(10) obligations in respect of self insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(11) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of $250.0 million and 15.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (11) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (11) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.10(a) from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock under Section 4.10(a) without reliance on this clause (11));
(12)(a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as (in the case of any such Indebtedness) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer;  provided  that (in the case of any such guarantee of Indebtedness) such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.16;
 
62

(13) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness incurred as permitted by Section 4.10(a) and Section 4.10(b)(2), (3), (4), (13) and (14) or any Indebtedness issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”);  provided  that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, and (E) shall not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased and provided, further, that subclauses (A), (B) and (E) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement;
(14) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of (A) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person or (B) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;  provided , that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation (including the incurrence of such Indebtedness) either (x) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;
(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;  provided  that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
 
63

(16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Agreement in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;
(17) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);
(18)(A) Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and (B) Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness;
(19) Contribution Indebtedness;
(20) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer, provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (20), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (20), does not exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 8.5% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries;
(21) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former, employees, directors and consultants and their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests permitted by Section 4.11.
(22) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
(23) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business.
(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10 (a) in the event that an item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (23) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.10 and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or portion thereof) in one of the above clauses or paragraphs; provided that Indebtedness outstanding on the Effective Date under the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Existing Secured Notes and the New Secured Notes shall be classified as incurred under Section 4.10(b), and not under the Coverage Ratio Exception; and (b) at the time of incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.
 
64

(d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.10.
(e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt;  provided  that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.
(f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.
SECTION 4.11. Restricted Payments.
(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
(A) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (x) dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or (y) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its  pro rata  share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);
 
65

(B) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer;
(C) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Subordinated Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.10(b)(7) and (8) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition); or
(D) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (A) through (D) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”),
unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;
(2) the Issuer would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; and
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Effective Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.11(b)(1), (6)(C), (9), (15) and (18), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.11(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of
(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the Effective Date occurs to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus
(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer after the Effective Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Issuer (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds and marketable securities received from the sale of Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries after the Effective Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.11(b)(4) and, to the extent actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, (ii) Designated Preferred Stock and (iii) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus
 
66

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Issuer after the Effective Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Designated Preferred Stock and (v) the Cash Contribution Amount), plus
(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash after the Effective Date and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(7) or (11) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus
(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(7) or (11) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment).
 
67

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in Section 4.11(a) do not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
(2)(A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer) of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof to the extent contributed to the equity capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) or any contributions to the equity capital of the Issuer, (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock and (C) if, immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 4.11(b)(6)(A) or (B), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
(3) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the incurrence of, new Indebtedness which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.10 so long as (A) the principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, the issue price) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, (B) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to such Notes and any Guarantees thereof at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired or retired for value, (C) such new Indebtedness does not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value and (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value;
 
68

(4) any Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with the Transactions;  provided, however,  that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed in any calendar year $30.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the two succeeding calendar years); and  provided, further,  that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Effective Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests or the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer pursuant to deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Effective Date ( provided  that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (4); and  provided, further,  that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer from any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.11 or any other provision of this Indenture;
(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 4.10 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges” for such entity;
(6)(A) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Effective Date, (B) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer issued after the Effective Date,  provided  that the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (B) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock, and (C) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;  provided, however,  that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Issuer would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;
 
69

(7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 6.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
(8) payments made or expected to be made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses and repurchases or withholding of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or the vesting of equity awards (including restricted stock and restricted stock units) if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligation with respect to, such options, warrants or equity awards and any related payment in respect of such obligation;
(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer after the Effective Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering;
(10) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions;
(11) any other Restricted Payment in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11), at any one time outstanding not to exceed $100.0 million;
 
70

(12) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans or any other payments to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in amounts intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid:
(A) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate or other legal existence;
(B) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes with respect to any period for which the Issuer is a member of a consolidated, combined or unitary group of which such direct or indirect parent company is a member; provided that the amount of such payments shall not exceed the tax liability that the Issuer and its Subsidiaries would have incurred were such taxes determined as if such entities were a stand-alone group; and provided that Restricted Payments under this clause in respect of any taxes attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries may be made only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries have made cash payments to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(C) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, directors, and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(D) general corporate overhead costs and expenses (including professional expenses) for any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(E) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Indenture;
(F) taxes arising by virtue of (i) having capital stock outstanding or being a direct or indirect holding company parent of the Issuer, any Subsidiary of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, (ii) having guaranteed any obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer, (iii) having made a payment in respect of any of the payments permitted to be made to it under this Section 4.11, (iv) any actions taken with respect to any intellectual property and associated rights relating to the business of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer and (v) the receipt of, or entitlement to, any payment permitted to be made under this Section 4.11 or any payment in connection with the Transactions, including any payment received after the Effective Date pursuant to any agreement related to the Transactions;
 
71

(G) payments made or expected to be made to cover social security, medicare, withholding and other taxes payable in connection with any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or to make any other payment that would, if made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, be permitted pursuant to clause (8) above; and
(H) annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;
(13) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case with respect to any Restricted Payment made or owed to an Affiliate, to the extent permitted by Section 4.14;
(14) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;
(15) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to provisions similar to Section 4.09 and Section 4.13;  provided  that a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, has been made and all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed, defeased or acquired or retired for value;
(16) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings in an amount not exceeding the amount of Excess Proceeds remaining after the consummation of any Asset Sale Offer, the proceeds of which are applied solely to the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Holdings Notes;
(17) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, Holdings the proceeds of which are applied solely to pay interest and principal when due on the Holdings Notes;
(18) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Issuer, in each case, permitted under this Indenture; and
(19) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);
 
72

provided that at the time of, and immediately after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (7), (11) and (16) above, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
(a) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.11 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.
(b) As of the Effective Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries except WMG Kensington Ltd and its Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of Investments. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 4.11 or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants contained in this Indenture.
SECTION 4.12. Liens.
(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness of the Issuer or of a Guarantor, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless the Notes (or a Guarantee in the case of Liens of a Guarantor) are equally and ratably secured with (or, in the event the Lien relates to Subordinated Indebtedness, are secured on a senior basis to) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.
(b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the Section 4.12(a) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes.
 
73

SECTION 4.13. Asset Sales.
(a) Following the Effective Date, the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined, as of the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale, in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Issuer, whose determination shall be conclusive,  provided  that in the case of any Asset Sale involving consideration in excess of $50.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and
(2) except for any Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.
For purposes of clause (2) above, the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on such balance sheet or in the notes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale), if such liabilities are not Indebtedness, or the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has been released from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and (iii) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 8.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this paragraph and for no other purpose.
(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply an amount equal to those Net Proceeds at its option:
(1) to permanently reduce
(A) Bank Obligations under a Credit Agreement, and to correspondingly reduce any outstanding commitments with respect thereto, if applicable;
 
74

(B) Obligations constituting Secured Indebtedness, and to correspondingly reduce any outstanding commitments with respect thereto, if applicable;
(C) Obligations under the Notes or any other Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of other Senior Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce any outstanding commitments with respect thereto, if applicable); provided that if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall so repay any such other Senior Indebtedness, the Issuer will reduce Obligations under the Notes on a  pro rata basis by, at its option, (A) redeeming Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, (B) making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer (as defined below)) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase or (C) purchasing Notes through open market purchases, at a price equal to or higher than 100% of the principal amount thereof; or
(D) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer;
(2) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses (provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary), (B) capital expenditures or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), are used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or
(3) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;
provided that the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to have complied with clause (2) or (3) above if and to the extent that, within 365 days after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Proceeds, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any such investment described in clause (2) or (3) above, and such investment is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period.
 
75

(c) When the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds or equivalent amount not applied or invested in accordance with the preceding paragraph (“ Excess Proceeds ”) exceeds $50.0 million, the Issuer will make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders and, if required under the terms of any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, on a pro rata basis, to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, or, in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness that is issued or sold at a discount, the amount of the accreted value thereof at such time, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase (or such lesser price, if any, as may be provided under the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness).
(d) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds or equivalent amount, the Issuer may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.
(e) If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds allotted to purchase Notes in such Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a  pro rata  basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.
(f) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and to each Holder at its registered address. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holder to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. Any Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:
(1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.13;
(2) the Asset Sale Offer Amount, the Asset Sale Payment and the date on which Notes tendered and accepted for payment shall be purchased, which date shall be at least 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Asset Sale Payment Date ”);
(3) that any Notes not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrete or accrue interest;
(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrete or accrue interest after the Asset Sale Payment Date;
(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer may only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may not elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased;
(6) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder To Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, or transfer such Notes by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, a depository, if appointed by the Issuer, or the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Asset Sale Payment Date;
 
76

(7) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the Asset Sale Payment Date, a notice setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased;
(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Asset Sale Offer Amount, the Issuer shall select the Notes to be purchased on a  pro rata  basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 shall be purchased); and
(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer);  provided  that such Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples $1,000 in excess thereof.
(g) On the Asset Sale Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful: (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer; (2) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender or Government Securities sufficient to pay the Asset Sale Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being repurchased by the Issuer. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Asset Sale Payment Date.
(h) The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder so tendered the Asset Sale Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate pursuant to an Authentication Order and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unrepurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any;  provided  that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. However, if the Asset Sale Payment Date is on or after an interest Record Date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.
(i) The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.13, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.13 by virtue of such conflict.
 
77

SECTION 4.14. Transactions with Affiliates.
(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, unless:
(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and
(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.
(b) The restrictions set forth in Section 4.14(a) do not apply to:
(1) transactions between or among the Issuer and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;
(2) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments permitted by this Indenture;
(3) the payment to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;
(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(5) the payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor and any of its Affiliates made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;
 
78

(6) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;
(7) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Indenture;
(8) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Effective Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions) or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Holders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer than the applicable agreement as in effect on the Effective Date);
(9) payments made or performance under any agreement to which Warner Music Group Corp. and/or Holdings is a party as of the Effective Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions, but excluding the indenture governing the Holdings Notes) and to or by which the Issuer becomes a party or otherwise bound after the Effective Date, any amendment thereto by which the Issuer becomes a party thereto or otherwise bound thereby, and any other amendment thereto (so long as any such other amendment (other than an amendment to effect the Issuer becoming a party to or otherwise bound by such agreement) taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Holders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer than such agreement as in effect on the Effective Date);
(10) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
(11) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any reimbursement on or after the Effective Date of fees and expenses related to the Transactions paid by the Sponsor and its Affiliates;
(12) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Parent, any Permitted Holder or any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;
 
79

(13) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing;
(14) investments by any of the Permitted Holders in securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as (a) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (b) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;
(15) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto);
(16) entering into, and performing the obligations under, any tax sharing agreement, consistent with the limitations imposed on Restricted Payments under Section 4.11; and
(17) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business.
SECTION 4.15. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;
(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors; or
(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;
provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Capital Stock, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.
 
80

(b) However, Section 4.15(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions consisting of, or existing under or by reason of:
(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to any Credit Agreement, the Existing Secured Notes, the New Secured Notes, any Hedging Obligations, or any related documents or (y) on the Effective Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Existing Indebtedness and related documentation;
(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;
(3) purchase money obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on a property so acquired;
(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition from such Person, or any other transaction entered into in connection with any such acquisition, merger or consolidation, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction);  provided  that, for purposes of this clause (5), if a Person other than the Issuer is the Successor Company with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Company;
(6) any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.10 and 4.12 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(9) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (i) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Effective Date pursuant to Section 4.10 or (ii) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer subsequent to the Effective Date pursuant to Section 4.10;
(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
81

(11) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;
(12) any encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to any agreement, instrument or obligation (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting an extension, renewal, increase, refunding, replacement or refinancing of any contract, instrument or obligation referred to in 4.15(b)(1) through (11) (an “ Initial Agreement ”) or that is, or is contained in, any amendment, supplement, restatement or other modification to an Initial Agreement or Refinancing Agreement (an “ Amendment ”); provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Issuer);
(13) any encumbrance or restriction of a Securitization Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided, however,  that such restrictions apply only to any Securitization Subsidiary;
(14) any encumbrance or restriction in connection with Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness;
(15) any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business;  provided  that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;
(16) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary;
(17) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(18) any encumbrances or restrictions arising in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 4.12;
(19) any encumbrance or restriction that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary;
(20) customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
82

(21) an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness incurred subsequent to the Effective Date (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in agreements in effect on the Effective Date (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and either (x) the Issuer determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness.
SECTION 4.16. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.
(a) The Issuer will cause each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary (unless such Subsidiary is a Securitization Subsidiary) that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Existing Secured Notes or the New Secured Notes (or any refinancings of the Existing Secured Notes or the New Secured Notes) to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Notes, substantially in the form of  Exhibit H  hereto. Each Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
(b) Each Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Article Ten.
SECTION 4.17. Reports to Holders of the Notes.
(a) Whether or not required by the Commission, from and after the Effective Date, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the note register, or make available on the Issuer’s website, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations:
(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file such Forms including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants; and
(b) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports, provided, however,  that the Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine if such filing or posting has occurred.
 
83

(c) In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, the Issuer will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities and analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuer has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.17, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above to the Trustee and the Holders if the Issuer has filed such reports with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available.
(e) In addition, if at any time any parent company of the Issuer incurs a guarantee of the Notes (there being no obligation of any parent company of the Issuer to do so) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to Holders pursuant to this Section 4.17 may, at the option of the Issuer, be filed by and be those of such parent company rather than the Issuer.
SECTION 4.18. Restriction on Certain Major Music/Media Transactions.
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate any Major Music/Media Transaction, unless the Total Senior Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio of the Issuer immediately after giving effect to the consummation of such Major Music/Media Transaction would be less than or equal to 4.60:1.00.
SECTION 4.19. [RESERVED].
SECTION 4.20. Payments for Consent.
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
SECTION 4.21. Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade.
(a) If on any date following the Effective Date, (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ” and the date thereof being referred to as the “ Suspension Date ”) then the covenants listed under Sections 4.10, 4.11, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 5.01(a)(4) and 5.01(a)(5) will not be applicable to the Notes (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”).
 
84

Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset to zero. During any period that the Suspended Covenants have been suspended, the Board of Directors of the Issuer may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries unless such designation would have complied with Section 4.11 as if Section 4.11 would have been in effect during such period. The Guarantees of the Guarantors will be suspended during the Suspension Period.
(b) In the event that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is the “ Suspension Period .”
(c) In the event of any reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants on a Reversion Date, (i) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments will be calculated as though Section 4.11 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period; (ii) all Indebtedness incurred, or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(3); (iii) any Affiliate Transaction entered into after such reinstatement pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.14(b)(8); and (iv) any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to take any action described in Section 4.15(a)(1) through (3) that becomes effective during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.15(b)(1).
(d) During the Suspension Period, any reference in the definitions of “Permitted Liens” and “Unrestricted Subsidiary” to Section 4.10 or any provision thereof shall be construed as if such covenant were in effect during the Suspension Period.
(e) Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, (1) no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind will be deemed to exist or have occurred as a result of any failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary to comply with the Suspended Covenants during any Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time arising out of actions taken or events that occurred during the Suspension Period), and (2) following a Reversion Date the Issuer and any Subsidiary will be permitted, without causing a Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind, to honor, comply with or otherwise perform any contractual commitments or obligations arising prior to such Reversion Date and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, and shall have no liability for any actions taken or events that occurred during the Suspension Period, or for any actions taken or events occurring at any time pursuant to any such commitment or obligation.
 
85

ARTICLE FIVE
SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.
(a) The Issuer may not (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to another Person; unless:
(1) either: (a) the Issuer is the surviving Person; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);
(2) the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture, and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
(3) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;
(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either
(a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; or
(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and
(5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes;
provided that, for the purposes of this Section 5.01 only, neither a Music Publishing Sale nor a Recorded Music Sale will be deemed to be a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. For the avoidance of doubt, (1) the Issuer may therefore consummate a Music Publishing Sale in accordance with Section 4.13 without complying with this Section 5.01 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.01, (2) the Issuer may therefore consummate a Recorded Music Sale in accordance with Section 4.13 without complying with this Section 5.01 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.01 and (3) the determination in the preceding proviso shall not affect the determination of what constitutes all or substantially all the assets of the Issuer under any other contract to which the Issuer is a party.
 
86

For the purpose of this Section 5.01, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a  pro forma  basis giving effect to such acquisition.
This Section 5.01 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. The foregoing clauses (3) and (4) shall not apply to the Merger. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4), (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to the Merger.
In the event of any transaction described in and complying with the conditions listed in the preceding paragraph in which the Issuer is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed or remaining shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer and the Issuer will be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.
(b) The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee prior to the consummation of each proposed transaction an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the conditions set forth above are satisfied and an Opinion of Counsel, which opinion may contain customary exceptions and qualifications, that the proposed transaction and the supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture.
ARTICLE SIX
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
SECTION 6.01. Events of Default.
Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:
(1) the Issuer defaults in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
(2) the Issuer defaults in the payment when due of interest or Special Interest, if any, on or with respect to the Notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days;
 
87

(3) the Issuer defaults in the performance of, or breaches any covenant, warranty or other agreement contained in, this Indenture (other than a default in the performance or breach of a covenant, warranty or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clauses (1) or (2) above) and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 days after the notice specified below;
(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, if (A) such default either (1) results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or (2) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its Stated Maturity and (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) or more at any one time outstanding;
(5) the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law;
(A) commences a voluntary case,
(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,
(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,
(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,
(E) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency,
(F) generally is not able to pay its debts as they become due, or
(G) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing;
(6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(A) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case,
 
88

(B) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, or
(C) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;
(7) the failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments (net of amounts covered by insurance policies issued by reputable and creditworthy insurance companies) aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and, with respect to any judgments covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; or
(8) the Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Guarantee, other than by reason of the discharge of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, and such Default continues for 10 days.
SECTION 6.02. Acceleration.
If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(5) or (6) occurs with respect to the Issuer and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall  ipso facto  become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of each Trustee or any Holder.
If any other Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes under this Indenture may declare the principal of and accrued interest on such Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “ Acceleration Notice ”), and the same:
(1) shall become immediately due and payable; or
(2) shall become immediately due and payable upon the first to occur of an acceleration under any Credit Agreement and five Business Days after receipt by the Issuer of such Acceleration Notice but only if such Event of Default is then continuing.
At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the two preceding paragraphs, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:
(1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;
 
89

(2) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration; and
(3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid.
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.
(a) If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
(b) The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon a Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
(c) In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(4), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
(d) Holders of the Notes may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture and under the TIA, if provisions from the TIA are incorporated into this Indenture. Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to all provisions of this Indenture and applicable law, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.
 
90

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.
The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past Default hereunder and its consequences, except a Default;
(a) in the payment of interest on or the principal of any Note (which may only be waived with the consent of each Holder affected), or
(b) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that pursuant to Section 9.02(b) cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.
(c) In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, respectively; provided that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto;  provided ,  however , that if any amendment, waiver or other modification will only affect the Notes then outstanding, only the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (and not the consent of at least a majority of all Notes), as the case may be, shall be required. This paragraph of this Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.
SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority.
The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. Subject to Section 7.01, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Noteholder, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability;  provided  that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.
In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction.
SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits.
Subject to Section 6.07, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:
(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy;
 
91

(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;
(4) the Trustee has not complied with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it; and
(5) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request.
A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder, to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).
SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of and all interest on such Note on or after the respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates expressed in such Note and to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.
If an Event of Default in payment of principal or interest specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest and fees remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate  per annum  borne by the Notes and such further amounts provided for in Section 7.07.
SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Issuer, its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.
 
92

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member of any officer committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable.
SECTION 6.10. Priorities.
Subject to the provisions of Article Ten, if the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:
FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;
SECOND: to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and
THIRD: to the Issuer.
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.
In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Notes, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE SEVEN
THE TRUSTEE
SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee.
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.
 
93

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture or in the TIA, and no duties, covenants, responsibilities or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officer’s Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel) furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b).
(2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.
(3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.
(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it.
(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.
(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
(g) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01 and Section 7.02. In the absence of bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.
 
94

SECTION 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee.
Subject to Section 7.01:
(a) the Trustee may rely conclusively on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document;
(b) before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 12.05. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion;
(c) the Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care;
(d) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers;
(e) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;
(f) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;
(g) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, (including any Officer’s Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to the Issuer, to examine the books, records, and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer;
(h) the Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder;
(i) the permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as duties;
(j) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture;
 
95

(k) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;
(l) in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage regardless of the form of action; and
(m) the Trustee may request that the Issuer and any Guarantor deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers (with specimen signatures) authorized at such times to take specific actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.
SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.
The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.
SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.
The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee makes no representations with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture.
SECTION 7.05. Notice of Default.
If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee receives actual notice of such Default, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default within 60 days after such Default occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee, or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers, of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.
 
96

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders.
Within 60 days after each June 1, beginning with June 1, 2012, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in TIA § 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §§ 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d).
A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the Commission and each securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed.
The Issuer shall notify the Trustee if the Notes become listed on any securities exchange or of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 313(d).
SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.
(1) The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for its services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in accordance with any provision of this Indenture, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.
(2) The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense incurred by them except for such actions to the extent caused by any negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the Trustee’s part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or a Guarantee against the Issuer or a Guarantor (including this Section 7.07) and the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigating any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its rights, powers or duties hereunder (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other Person)). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity. The Issuer may, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel with respect to such claim and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Issuer will not be required to pay such fees and expenses if, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), it assumes the Trustee’s defense and there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Trustee subject to the claim in connection with such defense as reasonably determined by the Trustee. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
 
97

Notwithstanding Section 4.12, to secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except with respect to funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Notes.
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (5) or (6), such expenses and the compensation for such services shall be paid to the extent allowed under any Bankruptcy Law and are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the appointment of a successor Trustee.
SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.
The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuer and the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:
(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;
(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee resigns or is removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07, all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.07, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.
 
98

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuer.
If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article Seven.
SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.
This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirement of TIA §§ 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $150,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. In addition, if the Trustee is a corporation included in a bank holding company system, the Trustee, independently of the bank holding company, shall meet the capital requirements of TIA § 310(a)(2). The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuer are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. The provisions of TIA § 310 shall apply to the Issuer and any other obligor of the Notes.
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.
The Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder, shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.
ARTICLE EIGHT
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
SECTION 8.01. Satisfaction and Discharge.
This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when:
(a) either:
(i) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
 
99

(ii) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing or delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable by reason of the mailing or delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;
(b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture;
(c) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be; and
(d) the Issuer has delivered an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which opinion of counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
Subject to the next sentence and notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.09. After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive.
After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.
 
100

SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.
(a) The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either paragraph (b) or (c) below applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 8.03.
(b) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) above of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.04 and the other Sections of this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) referred to in (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have satisfied all of their obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Special Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;
(2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and
(4) this Article Eight.
Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02(b) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.02(c).
(c) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) above of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03 (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries only), 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07 and 4.09 through 4.20 and clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) above of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) of Section 6.01 shall not constitute Events of Default.
 
101

SECTION 8.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance described in Section 8.02 to the outstanding Notes:
(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. Legal Tender, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. Legal Tender and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Special Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any deficit as of the date of redemption (any such amount, the “ Applicable Premium Deficit ”) only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;
(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the holders of the respective outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
 
102

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the holders of the respective outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
(6) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the holders of the Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or others; and
(7) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which opinion of counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
SECTION 8.04. Application of Trust Money.
All U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to this Article Eight shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities, deposited pursuant to Section 8.03 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the holders of the outstanding Notes.
Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the Issuer’s request any U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities, held by it as provided in Section 8.03 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
 
103

SECTION 8.05. Repayment to the Issuer.
The Trustee shall pay to the Issuer upon an Issuer request any excess U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities held by it for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to the Issuer, Holders entitled to money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person and all liability of the Trustee or Paying Agent with respect to such money shall thereupon cease.
SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement.
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender or Government Securities in accordance with this Article Eight, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors, if any, under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Eight, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities in accordance with this Article Eight;  provided, however,  that if the Issuer or any Guarantor make any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer or Guarantors, if any, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE NINE
AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders.
Subject to Section 9.03, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee without notice to or consent of any Holder:
(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
(3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s obligations to Holders in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s assets;
 
104

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder;
(5) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;
(6) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the Description of Unsecured WMG Notes section of the Offering Circular;
(7) to add a Guarantee of the Notes, including, without limitation, by any parent company of the Issuer;
(8) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes of the same series in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the Issue Date, or to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes;
(9) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance, administration and book-entry transfer of the Notes;  provided, however,  that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes; or
(10) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment of a successor trustee so long as the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture.
provided that the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.01.
SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders.
(a) Except as provided for in Section 9.01 and 9.02(b), the Notes or any Guarantee may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).
(b) Notwithstanding Section 9.02(a), without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver of this Indenture, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
 
105

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than provisions of Sections 4.09 and 4.13);
(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest, premium, or Special Interest, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
(5) impair the right of any Holder of the Notes to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;
(6) modify the Guarantees of Significant Subsidiaries in any manner adverse to the Holders; or
(7) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions;
(c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
(d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.
SECTION 9.03. Reserved.
SECTION 9.04. Compliance with TIA.
From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, if it is so qualified, every amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.
 
106

SECTION 9.05. Revocation and Effect of Consents.
(a) Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of his Note by notice to the Trustee or the Issuer received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.
(b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. The Issuer shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date if applicable.
(c) After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of Section 9.02(b)(1) through (7), in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note;  provided  that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 9.06. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee shall (if required by the Issuer and in accordance with the specific direction of the Issuer) request the holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee shall (if required by the Issuer and in accordance with the specific direction of the Issuer) place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
SECTION 9.07. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.
The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine; provided that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuer.
 
107

ARTICLE TEN
GUARANTEES
SECTION 10.01. Unconditional Guarantee.
Subject to the provisions of this Article Ten, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer or any other Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder: (a) (x) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise, (y) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by law) interest, if any, on the Notes and (z) the due and punctual payment and performance of all other obligations of the Issuer and all other obligations of the other Guarantors (including under the Guarantees), in each case, to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder (including amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07), all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof (collectively, the “ Guarantee Obligations ”); and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the due and punctual payment and performance of Guarantee Obligations in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed, or failing performance of any other obligation of the Issuer to the Holders under this Indenture or under the Notes, for whatever reason, each Guarantor shall be obligated to pay, or to perform or cause the performance of, the same immediately. An Event of Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors thereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the obligations of the Issuer.
Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same, whether or not a Guarantee is affixed to any particular Note, or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each of the Guarantors hereby waives the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and the Guarantee. The Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or to any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or such Guarantor, any amount paid by the Issuer or such Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (a) subject to this Article Ten, the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of the Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (b) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of the Guarantee.
 
108

SECTION 10.02. Reserved.
SECTION 10.03. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.
Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee and this Article Ten shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article Ten, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
SECTION 10.04. Reserved.
SECTION 10.05. Release of a Guarantor.
The Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released in the event that:
(a) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of all of the Capital Stock (or any sale, disposition or other transfer of Capital Stock or other transaction following which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), or all or substantially all the assets, of the applicable Guarantor if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;
(b) the Issuer designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.11 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;
 
109

(c) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Existing Secured Notes and the New Secured Notes (and any refinancings of the Existing Secured Notes or the New Secured Notes), or the guarantee that resulted in the obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee the Notes;
(d) the exercise of the Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance by the Issuer pursuant to Section 8.02 or the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with Section 8.01; or
(e) during the Suspension Period, upon the merger or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into another Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor with such other Subsidiary being the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon liquidation of such Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.
The Trustee shall execute an appropriate instrument prepared by the Issuer evidencing the release of a Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee upon receipt of a request by the Issuer or such Guarantor accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel certifying as to the compliance with this Section 10.05;  provided ,  however , that the legal counsel delivering such Opinion of Counsel may rely as to matters of fact on one or more Officer’s Certificates of the Issuer.
Except as set forth in Articles Four and Five and this Section 10.05, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Issuer or another Guarantor or shall prevent any Guarantor from consolidating with or merging into or selling its assets to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary without limitation, or with other Persons.
SECTION 10.06. Waiver of Subrogation.
Until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Notes are discharged and paid in full, each Guarantor, if any, hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights that it may now or hereafter acquire against the Issuer that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture or such Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee and this Indenture, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder against the Issuer, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Issuer, directly or indirectly, in cash or other assets or by set off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied to the obligations in favor of the Trustee or the Holders, as the case may be, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this
 
110

Section 10.06 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
SECTION 10.07. Immediate Payment.
Each Guarantor agrees to make immediate payment to the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of all Guarantee Obligations owing or payable to the respective Holders upon receipt of a demand for payment therefor by the Trustee to such Guarantor in writing.
SECTION 10.08. No Setoff.
Each payment to be made by a Guarantor hereunder in respect of the Guarantee Obligations shall be payable in the currency or currencies in which such Guarantee Obligations are denominated, and shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.
SECTION 10.09. Guarantee Obligations Absolute.
Subject to the provisions of Section 10.02, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any monies or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by each Guarantor hereunder which may not be recoverable from such Guarantor on the basis of a Guarantee shall be recoverable from such Guarantor as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof.
SECTION 10.10. Guarantee Obligations Continuing.
The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be continuing and shall remain in full force and effect until all such obligations have been paid and satisfied in full. Each Guarantor agrees with the Trustee that it will from time to time deliver to the Trustee suitable acknowledgments of this continued liability hereunder and under any other instrument or instruments in such form as counsel to the Trustee may advise and as will prevent any action brought against it in respect of any default hereunder being barred by any statute of limitations now or hereafter in force and, in the event of the failure of a Guarantor so to do, it hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee the attorney and agent of such Guarantor to make, execute and deliver such written acknowledgment or acknowledgments or other instruments as may from time to time become necessary or advisable, in the judgment of the Trustee on the advice of counsel, to fully maintain and keep in force the liability of such Guarantor hereunder.
SECTION 10.11. Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced.
The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be satisfied, reduced or discharged solely by the payment of such principal, premium, if any, interest, fees and other monies or amounts as may at any time prior to discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article Eight be or become owing or payable under or by virtue of or otherwise in connection with the Notes or this Indenture.
 
111

SECTION 10.12. Guarantee Obligations Reinstated.
The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment which would otherwise have reduced the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder (whether such payment shall have been made by or on behalf of the Issuer or by or on behalf of a Guarantor) is rescinded or reclaimed from any of the Holders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. If demand for, or acceleration of the time for, payment by the Issuer or any other Guarantor is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or such Guarantor, all such Indebtedness otherwise subject to demand for payment or acceleration shall nonetheless be payable by each Guarantor as provided herein.
SECTION 10.13. Guarantee Obligations Not Affected.
The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected, impaired or diminished in any way by any act, omission, matter or thing whatsoever, occurring before, upon or after any demand for payment hereunder (and whether or not known or consented to by any Guarantor or any of the Holders) which, but for this provision, might constitute a whole or partial defense to a claim against any Guarantor hereunder or might operate to release or otherwise exonerate any Guarantor from any of its obligations hereunder or otherwise affect such obligations, whether occasioned by default of any of the Holders or otherwise, including, without limitation:
(a) any limitation of status or power, disability, incapacity or other circumstance relating to the Issuer or any other Person, including any insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, readjustment, composition, dissolution, winding-up or other proceeding involving or affecting the Issuer or any other Person;
(b) any irregularity, defect, unenforceability or invalidity in respect of any indebtedness or other obligation of the Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other document or instrument;
(c) any failure of the Issuer or any other Guarantor, whether or not without fault on its part, to perform or comply with any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, or to give notice thereof to a Guarantor;
(d) the taking or enforcing or exercising or the refusal or neglect to take or enforce or exercise any right or remedy from or against the Issuer or any other Person or their respective assets or the release or discharge of any such right or remedy;
(e) the granting of time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the Issuer or any other Person;
(f) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, any of the Notes, or any other amendment, variation, supplement, replacement or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, any of the Notes or this Indenture, including, without limitation, any increase or decrease in the principal amount of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes;
 
112

(g) any change in the ownership, control, name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of the Issuer or a Guarantor;
(h) any merger or amalgamation of the Issuer or a Guarantor with any Person or Persons;
(i) the occurrence of any change in the laws, rules, regulations or ordinances of any jurisdiction by any present or future action of any governmental authority or court amending, varying, reducing or otherwise affecting, or purporting to amend, vary, reduce or otherwise affect, any of the Guarantee Obligations or the obligations of a Guarantor under its Guarantee; and
(j) any other circumstance, including release of the Guarantor pursuant to Section 10.05 (other than by complete, irrevocable payment) that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes or of a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee hereunder.
SECTION 10.14. Waiver.
Without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance hereof, notice of any liability of any Guarantor hereunder, notice or proof of reliance by the Holders upon the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, and diligence, presentment, demand for payment on the Issuer, protest, notice of dishonor or non-payment of any of the Guarantee Obligations, or other notice or formalities to the Issuer or any Guarantor of any kind whatsoever.
SECTION 10.15. No Obligation To Take Action Against the Issuer.
Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies against the Issuer or any other Person or any property of the Issuer or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Guarantors of their liabilities and obligations under their Guarantees or under this Indenture.
SECTION 10.16. Dealing with the Issuer and Others.
The Holders, without releasing, discharging, limiting or otherwise affecting in whole or in part the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor hereunder and without the consent of or notice to any Guarantor, may
(a) grant time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the Issuer or any other Person;
(b) release, discharge, compromise, realize, enforce or otherwise deal with or do any act or thing in respect of (with or without consideration) any and all collateral, mortgages or other security given by the Issuer or any third party with respect to the obligations or matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes;
 
113

(c) accept compromises or arrangements from the Issuer;
(d) apply all monies at any time received from the Issuer or from any security upon such part of the Guarantee Obligations as the Holders may see fit or change any such application in whole or in part from time to time as the Holders may see fit; and
(e) otherwise deal with, or waive or modify their right to deal with, the Issuer and all other Persons and any security as the Holders or the Trustee may see fit.
SECTION 10.17. Default and Enforcement.
If any Guarantor fails to pay in accordance with Section 10.07, the Trustee may proceed in its name as trustee hereunder in the enforcement of the Guarantee of any such Guarantor and such Guarantor’s obligations thereunder and hereunder by any remedy provided by law, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, and to recover from such Guarantor the obligations.
SECTION 10.18. Amendment, Etc.
No amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Indenture relating to any Guarantor or consent to any departure by any Guarantor or any other Person from any such provision will in any event be effective unless it is signed by such Guarantor and the Trustee.
SECTION 10.19. Acknowledgment.
Each Guarantor, if any, hereby acknowledges communication of the terms of this Indenture and the Notes and consents to and approves of the same.
SECTION 10.20. Costs and Expenses.
Each Guarantor shall pay on demand by the Trustee any and all costs, fees and expenses (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel or any of the Holders in enforcing any of their rights under any Guarantee.
SECTION 10.21. No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.
No Guarantee shall operate by way of merger of any of the obligations of a Guarantor under any other agreement, including, without limitation, this Indenture. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Holders, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges in the Guarantee and under this Indenture, the Notes and any other document or instrument between a Guarantor and/or the Issuer and the Trustee are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privilege provided by law.
 
114

SECTION 10.22. Survival of Guarantee Obligations.
Without prejudice to the survival of any of the other obligations of each Guarantor hereunder, the obligations of each Guarantor under Section 10.01 shall survive the payment in full of the Guarantee Obligations and shall be enforceable against such Guarantor without regard to and without giving effect to any defense, right of offset or counterclaim available to or which may be asserted by the Issuer or any Guarantor.
SECTION 10.23. Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations.
The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee and this Indenture are in addition to and not in substitution for any other obligations to the Trustee or to any of the Holders in relation to this Indenture or the Notes and any guarantees or security at any time held by or for the benefit of any of them.
SECTION 10.24. Severability.
Any provision of this Article Ten which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction unless its removal would substantially defeat the basic intent, spirit and purpose of this Indenture and this Article Ten.
SECTION 10.25. Successors and Assigns.
Each Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Guarantor and the Trustee and the other Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that no Guarantor may assign any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder.
ARTICLE ELEVEN
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 11.01. TIA Controls.
If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, if this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, such required or deemed provision shall control.
SECTION 11.02. Notices.
Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telex, by nationally recognized overnight courier service, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:
 
115

if to the Issuer (a) prior to the consummation of the Merger:
WM Finance Corp.
c/o Access Industries, Inc.
730 Fifth Avenue, 20th Floor
New York, NY 10019
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (212) 247-6400
Facsimile: (212) 977-8112
and (b) upon and following consummation of the Merger:
WMG Acquisition Corp.
c/o Warner Music Group Corp.
75 Rockefeller Plaza,
New York, NY 10019
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (212) 275-2030
Facsimile: (212) 258-3092
in each case, with a copy to:
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: David A. Brittenham
Telephone: (212) 909-6347
Facsimile: (212) 521-7347
if to WMG Holdings Corp.:
WMG Holdings Corp.
c/o Warner Music Group Corp.
75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY 10019
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (212) 275-2030
Facsimile: (212) 258-3092
with a copy to:
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: David A. Brittenham
Telephone: (212) 909-6347
Facsimile: (212) 521-7347
 
116

if to the Trustee:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue MAC N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Telephone: (612) 667-8485
Facsimile: (612) 667-9825
with a copy to:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
45 Broadway – 14th Floor
MAC N-2666-140
New York, NY 10006
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Telephone: (212) 515-5260
Facsimile: (212) 515-1589
Each of the Issuer and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or communication to the Issuer and the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when answered back; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee); and next Business Day if by nationally recognized overnight courier service.
Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to him by first class mail or other equivalent means at his address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
SECTION 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders.
If this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c) if this Indenture is qualified under the TIA.
SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:
(1) an Officer’s Certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to be performed or effected by the Issuer, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
 
117

(2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, any and all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture, other than the Officer’s Certificate required by Section 4.06, shall include:
(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with or satisfied; and
(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.
SECTION 11.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar.
The Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions.
SECTION 11.07. Legal Holidays.
If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.
SECTION 11.08. Governing Law.
This Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, if any, will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York .
SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
 
118

SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others.
No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent corporation or of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
SECTION 11.11. Successors.
All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.
SECTION 11.12. Duplicate Originals.
All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement.
SECTION 11.13. Severability.
In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.
SECTION 11.14. Force Majeure.
In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.
SECTION 11.15. USA Patriot Act.
In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Initial Purchasers are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Issuer, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Initial Purchasers to properly identify their respective clients.
 
119

SIGNATURES
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date first written above.

 	
WM FINANCE CORP.	
 	
By: /s/ Donald A. Wagner                                	
Name: Donald A. Wagner	
Title: Vice President and Secretary	
 	
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee	
 	
By: /s/ Raymond Delli Colli                            	
Name: Raymond Delli Colli	
Title: Vice President	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Indenture (Unsecured)]

EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF INITIAL NOTE]
WM FINANCE CORP.
11.50% Senior Notes due 2018
CUSIP No.
ISIN No.

    No.	  	$[            ]	
WM FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [    ] dollars ($[    ]) on October 1, 2018.
Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1, commencing October 1, 2011. Record Dates: March 15 and September 15.
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
 
121

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

   Dated:	 	WM FINANCE CORP	
 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	By:                                                  	
 	 	 	 	Name:	
 	 	 	 	Title:	
 
122

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the 11.50% Senior Notes due 2018 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

   Dated:	 	WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee	
 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	By:                                                  	
 	 	 	 	Authorized Signatory	

123

(Reverse of Note)
WM Finance Corp.
11.50% Senior Notes due 2018
[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the OID Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
SECTION 1. Interest. WM Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 11.50% per annum from July 20, 2011 until maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance;  provided  that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date;  provided, further , that the first Interest Payment Date shall be October 1, 2011. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30 day months.
SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 15 or September 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts (“ U.S. Legal Tender ”). Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders;  provided  that all payments of principal, premium and interest with respect to Notes the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Company prior to the Record Date will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.
 
124

SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any Affiliate may act in any such capacity.
SECTION 4. Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 20, 2011 (“Indenture”) among the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and, subject to Section 1.03 of the Indenture and the Indenture being qualified under the TIA, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms (except as aforementioned), and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
SECTION 5. Optional Redemption. (a) The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 1, 2014, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
For purposes of the preceding paragraph, the following terms will have the following definitions:
“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:
(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Note; and
(2) the excess of:
(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at October 1, 2014, as applicable (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing under paragraph (b) of this Section 5) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through October 1, 2014, as applicable (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 75.0 basis points; over
(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Note.
Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided that such calculation or the correctness thereof shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.
 
125

“Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to October 1, 2014;  provided, however,  that if the period from such Redemption Date to October 1, 2014 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
(b) On or after October 1, 2014, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 1 of the years indicated below:

Year	  	Percentage	 	
2014	  	 	108.625	% 	
2015	  	 	105.750	% 	
2016	  	 	102.875	% 	
2017 and thereafter	  	 	100.000	% 	
(c) The Issuer may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.
SECTION 6. Optional Redemption upon Equity Offering. At any time prior to October 1, 2014, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 111.500% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer or any contribution to the Issuer’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent; provided that:
(i) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and
(ii) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such Equity Offering.
SECTION 7. Mandatory Redemption. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
 
126

SECTION 8. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.
SECTION 9. Notice of Redemption.
(a) Notice of redemption pursuant to Section 5 and Section 6 will be mailed by first class mail in accordance with the terms of the Indenture Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
(b) Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or other corporate transaction or event. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.
SECTION 10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company or the Registrar is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company or the Registrar is not required to transfer or exchange any Notes (1) for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or (2) tendered and not withdrawn in connection with a Change of Control or an Asset Sale Offer.
SECTION 11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
SECTION 12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, or make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of a Note.
 
127

SECTION 13. Defaults and Remedies. If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes generally may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of the Notes or in respect of certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.
SECTION 14. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make restricted payments, to incur indebtedness, to create liens, to sell assets, to permit restrictions on dividends and other payments by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets or to engage in transactions with affiliates. The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.
SECTION 15. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company or any Subsidiary of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees, the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
SECTION 16. Trustee Dealings with the Company. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.
SECTION 17. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
SECTION 18. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
 
128

SECTION 19. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. Pursuant to, but subject to the exceptions in, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors, if any, will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Initial Note for a 11.5% Senior Note due 2018 of the Company which shall have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects to this Initial Note (except that such note shall not be entitled to Special Interest). The Holders shall be entitled to receive certain Special Interest in the event the Notes are not Freely Tradable or such exchange offer is not consummated or the Notes are not offered for resale and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. a
SECTION 20. Guarantees. The Notes will be entitled to the benefits of certain Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders.
SECTION 21. CUSIP Numbers and ISINs. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
SECTION 22. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.
 
a 	This Section not to appear on Exchange Notes.	
 
129

ASSIGNMENT FORM
I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 	 	 	
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)	 	 	

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)	 	 	
and irrevocably appoint:
Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:                                                                                       
Your Signature:                                                                                       
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
130

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:
Section 4.09 [    ]                  Section 4.13 [    ]
If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount: $            

  Dated:                                     	  	Signed:                                                  	
(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)
 
131

EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF LEGEND FOR RESTRICTED NOTES]
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER
(1) REPRESENTS THAT
(A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, OR
(B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND
(2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN [ONE YEAR FOR NOTES ISSUED PURSUANT TO RULE 144A] [40 DAYS – FOR NOTES ISSUED IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S] AFTER THE LATER OF THE DATE OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE AND THE DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OWNED THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR NOTE) OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY
(A) TO WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.,
(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE),
(F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
 
132

(3) REPRESENTS THAT EITHER (A) IT IS NOT, AND IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF, A PLAN (WHICH TERM INCLUDES (I) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), (II) PLANS, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR TO PROVISIONS UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”) AND (III) ENTITIES THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF SUCH PLANS, ACCOUNTS AND ARRANGEMENTS) AND IT IS NOT PURCHASING THE NOTES ON BEHALF OF, OR WITH “PLAN ASSETS” OF, ANY PLAN; OR (B) ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF SUCH SECURITIES SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NONEXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA, SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY PROVISION OF SIMILAR LAW.
PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR (2)(F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
 
133

[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR REGULATION S NOTE]
I or we assign and transfer this Note to:
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)
(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)
and irrevocably appoint:
Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.
[Check One]
¨ (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Regulation S thereunder.
or
¨ (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.
If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the holder of the Note hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.
Date: Your Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
134

TO BE COMPLETED BY TRANSFEROR IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED
The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed Transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the restricted period under Regulation S, the Transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an initial purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Transferred beneficial interest or certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated on the Regulation S Notes and/or the certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
Dated:
NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer
 
135

EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTE]
Any Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Security) in substantially the following form:
THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY. THIS SECURITY IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (A NEW YORK CORPORATION) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
 
136

EXHIBIT E
Form of Certificate To Be
Delivered in Connection with 
Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors
[            ], [            ]
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue MAC N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attn: Corporate Trust Services
With a copy to:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 45 Broadway – 14th Floor
MAC N-2666-140
New York, NY 10006
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with our proposed purchase of 11.50% Senior Notes due 2018 of WM FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), we confirm that:
1. We have received a copy of the Offering Circular (the “Offering Circular”), dated July 14, 2011, relating to the Notes and such other information as we deem necessary in order to make our investment decision. We acknowledge that we have read and agreed to the matters stated in the section entitled “Notice to Investors” of such Offering Circular, including the restrictions on duplication and circulation of the Offering Circular.
2. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture relating to the Notes (the “ Indenture ”) as described in the Offering Circular and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and all applicable State securities laws.
3. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell any Notes, we will do so only (i) to Warner Music Group Corp. or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) inside the United States in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), (iii) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the Trustee (as defined in the Indenture) a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Trustee), (iv) outside the United States in accordance with Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act to non-U.S. persons, (v) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), (vi) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and based upon an opinion of counsel if the Issuer so requests) or (vii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein.
 
137

4. We are not acquiring the Notes for or on behalf of, and will not transfer the Notes to, any pension or welfare plan (as defined in Section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or plan (as defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), except as permitted in the section entitled “Notice to Investors” of the Offering Circular.
5. We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we will be required to furnish to the Trustee and the Issuer such certification, legal opinions and other information as the Trustee and the Issuer may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.
6. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or their investment, as the case may be.
7. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.
You, the Issuer, the Trustee and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
Very truly yours, [Name of Transferee]

By:	 	 	
Name:	
Title:	
 
138

EXHIBIT F
Form of Certificate To Be Delivered
in Connection with Transfers 
Pursuant to Regulation S
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue MAC N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attn: Corporate Trust Services
With a copy to:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 45 Broadway – 14th Floor
MAC N-2666-140
New York, NY 10006
Re: WM Finance Corp. (the “Issuer”) 11.50% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with our proposed sale of $[    ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, we represent that:
(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
(2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;
(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;
(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and
(5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.
In addition, if the sale is made during a Restricted Period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.
 
139

You, the Issuer and counsel for the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.
Very truly yours,
[Name of Transferor]

By:	 	 	
 	 	Authorized Signature	
 
140

EXHIBIT G
[FORM OF OID LEGEND]
THIS SECURITY WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT UNDER SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. YOU MAY CONTACT STEVEN MACRI, THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF THE ISSUER, AT 75 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA, NEW YORK, NY 10019 OR BY PHONE AT (212) 275-2030, WHO WILL PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY REQUIRED INFORMATION REGARDING THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT.
 
141

EXHIBIT H
[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of , among (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of WMG Acquisition Corp. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 of the Company (the “ Notes ”);
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Note Guarantee ”); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.
4. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company or Subsidiary of the Company, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees, the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
 
142

5. RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.
6. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
7. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
8. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
9. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written. Dated:            ,

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
Name:	
Title:	
 	
WMG ACQUISITION CORP.	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
Name:	
Title:	
 
143

 	 	 	
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	Authorized Signatory	
 
144

EXHIBIT I
Form of Merger Supplemental Indenture
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of [                    ] (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among [Name of Successor Company] (the “ Company ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, [Name of Predecessor Company or Companies] (the “Predecessor Company”) and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 of the Company (the “ Notes ”);
WHEREAS, the Company is the successor by merger to the Predecessor Company and Section 5.01 of the Indenture contemplates that the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture;
WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders as follows:
1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2. ASSUMPTION. The Company hereby expressly assumes and agrees promptly to pay, perform and discharge when due each and every debt, obligation, covenant and agreement incurred, made or to be paid, performed or discharged by the Predecessor Company under the Indenture and the Notes. The Company hereby agrees to be bound by all the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture and the Notes and agrees that it shall be the successor Company and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Predecessor Company, as the predecessor Company, under the Indenture and the Notes.
3. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
 
145

4. RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.
5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
6. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
 
146

Exhibit 4.3
EXECUTION VERSION
WM HOLDINGS FINANCE CORP.,
as Issuer
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee

INDENTURE
DATED AS OF JULY 20, 2011

13.75% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  	  	Page	 	
 	 	
ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 1.01.   Definitions.	  	 	1	  	
 	 	
SECTION 1.02.   Other Definitions.	  	 	39	  	
 	 	
SECTION 1.03.   Incorporation by Reference of TIA.	  	 	40	  	
 	 	
SECTION 1.04.   Rules of Construction.	  	 	40	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE TWO
THE NOTES	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 2.01.   Amount of Notes.	  	 	42	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.02.   Form and Dating.	  	 	42	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.03.   Execution and Authentication.	  	 	43	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.04.   Registrar and Paying Agent.	  	 	43	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.05.   Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust.	  	 	44	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.06.   Holder Lists.	  	 	44	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.07.   Transfer and Exchange.	  	 	44	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.08.   Replacement Notes.	  	 	45	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.09.   Outstanding Notes.	  	 	45	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.10.   Treasury Notes.	  	 	45	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.11.   Temporary Notes.	  	 	46	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.12.   Cancellation.	  	 	46	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.13.   Defaulted Interest.	  	 	46	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.14.   CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.	  	 	47	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.15.   Deposit of Moneys.	  	 	47	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.16.   Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.	  	 	47	  	
 
i

 	 	 	 	 	
SECTION 2.17.   Special Transfer Provisions.	  	 	49	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.18.   Computation of Interest.	  	 	51	  	
 	 	
SECTION 2.19.   Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes.	  	 	51	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE THREE
REDEMPTION	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 3.01.   Notices to Trustee.	  	 	51	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.02.   Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.	  	 	51	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.03.   Notice of Redemption.	  	 	52	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.04.   Effect of Notice of Redemption.	  	 	53	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.05.   Deposit of Redemption Price.	  	 	53	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.06.   Notes Redeemed in Part.	  	 	53	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.07.   Optional Redemption.	  	 	54	  	
 	 	
SECTION 3.08.   Mandatory Redemption.	  	 	55	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE FOUR
COVENANTS	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 4.01.   Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.	  	 	55	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.02.   Maintenance of Office or Agency.	  	 	55	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.03.   [RESERVED].	  	 	56	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.04.   [RESERVED].	  	 	56	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.05.   [RESERVED].	  	 	56	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.06.   Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.	  	 	56	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.07.   [RESERVED].	  	 	56	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.08.   Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.	  	 	56	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.09.   Change of Control.	  	 	56	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.10.   Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.	  	 	58	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.11.   Restricted Payments.	  	 	64	  	
 
ii

 	 	 	 	 	
SECTION 4.12.   Liens.	  	 	72	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.13.   Asset Sales.	  	 	72	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.14.   Transactions with Affiliates.	  	 	76	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.15.   Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.	  	 	78	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.16.   [RESERVED].	  	 	81	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.17.   Reports to Holders of the Notes.	  	 	81	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.18.   [RESERVED].	  	 	82	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.19.   [RESERVED].	  	 	82	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.20.   Payments for Consent.	  	 	82	  	
 	 	
SECTION 4.21.   Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade.	  	 	82	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE FIVE
SUCCESSOR CORPORATION	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 5.01.   Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.	  	 	83	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE SIX
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 6.01.   Events of Default.	  	 	85	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.02.   Acceleration.	  	 	87	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.03.   Other Remedies.	  	 	87	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.04.   Waiver of Past Defaults.	  	 	88	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.05.   Control by Majority.	  	 	88	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.06.   Limitation on Suits.	  	 	89	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.07.   Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.	  	 	89	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.08.   Collection Suit by Trustee.	  	 	90	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.09.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.	  	 	90	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.10.   Priorities.	  	 	90	  	
 	 	
SECTION 6.11.   Undertaking for Costs.	  	 	91	  	
 
iii

 	 	 	 	 	
ARTICLE SEVEN
THE TRUSTEE	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 7.01.   Duties of Trustee.	  	 	91	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.02.   Certain Rights of Trustee.	  	 	92	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.03.   Individual Rights of Trustee.	  	 	93	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.04.   Trustee’s Disclaimer.	  	 	94	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.05.   Notice of Default.	  	 	94	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.06.   Reports by Trustee to Holders.	  	 	94	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.07.   Compensation and Indemnity.	  	 	94	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.08.   Replacement of Trustee.	  	 	95	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.09.   Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.	  	 	96	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.10.   Eligibility; Disqualification.	  	 	96	  	
 	 	
SECTION 7.11.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.	  	 	97	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE EIGHT
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 8.01.   Satisfaction and Discharge.	  	 	97	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.02.   Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.	  	 	98	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.03.   Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.	  	 	99	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.04.   Application of Trust Money.	  	 	101	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.05.   Repayment to the Issuer.	  	 	101	  	
 	 	
SECTION 8.06.   Reinstatement.	  	 	101	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE NINE
AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 9.01.   Without Consent of Holders.	  	 	102	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.02.   With Consent of Holders.	  	 	103	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.03.   Reserved.	  	 	104	  	
 
iv

 	 	 	 	 	
SECTION 9.04.   Compliance with TIA.	  	 	104	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.05.   Revocation and Effect of Consents.	  	 	104	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.06.   Notation on or Exchange of Notes.	  	 	104	  	
 	 	
SECTION 9.07.   Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.	  	 	105	  	
 	 	
ARTICLE TEN
[RESERVED]	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
ARTICLE ELEVEN
MISCELLANEOUS	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
SECTION 11.01.   TIA Controls.	  	 	105	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.02.   Notices.	  	 	105	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.03.   Communications by Holders with Other Holders.	  	 	107	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.04.   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.	  	 	107	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.05.   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.	  	 	107	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.06.   Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar.	  	 	108	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.07.   Legal Holidays.	  	 	108	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.08.   Governing Law.	  	 	108	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.09.   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.	  	 	108	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.10.   No Recourse Against Others.	  	 	108	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.11.   Successors.	  	 	108	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.12.   Duplicate Originals.	  	 	108	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.13.   Severability.	  	 	108	  	
 	 	
SECTION 11.14.   Force Majeure.	  	 	109	  	
 
v

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exhibit A	  	Form of Initial Note	
Exhibit B	  	Form of Legend for Restricted Notes	
Exhibit C	  	[RESERVED]	
Exhibit D	  	Form of Legend for Global Note	
Exhibit E	  	Form of Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors Certificate	
Exhibit F	  	Form of Regulation S Certificate	
Exhibit G	  	[RESERVED]	
Exhibit H	  	Form of Merger Supplemental Indenture	
CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

Trust Indenture Act Section	  	Indenture Section	
 	 	 	
§310	  	(a)(1)	  	709	
 	  	(a)(2)	  	709	
 	  	(a)(3)	  	Not Applicable	
 	  	(a)(4)	  	Not Applicable	
 	  	(b)	  	708	
§311	  	(a)	  	713	
 	  	(b)	  	713	
 	  	(b)(2)	  	803	
§312	  	(a)	  	801, 802	
 	  	(b)	  	802	
 	  	(c)	  	802	
§313	  	(a)	  	803	
 	  	(b)	  	803	
 	  	(c)	  	803	
 	  	(d)	  	803	
§314	  	(a)	  	405	
 	  	(a)(4)	  	106, 406	
 	  	(b)	  	Not Applicable	
 	  	(c)(1)	  	106	
 	  	(c)(2)	  	106	
 	  	(c)(3)	  	Not Applicable	
 	  	(d)	  	Not Applicable	
 	  	(e)	  	106	
§315	  	(a)	  	701	
 	  	(b)	  	702, 803	
 	  	(c)	  	701	
 	  	(d)	  	701	
 	  	(d)(1)	  	701	
 	  	(d)(2)	  	701	
 	  	(d)(3)	  	612	
 	  	(e)	  	614	
§316	  	(a)	  	612, 613	
 	  	(a)(1)(A)	  	602, 612	
 	  	(a)(1)(B)	  	613	
 	  	(a)(2)	  	Not Applicable	
 	  	(b)	  	608	
 	  	(c)	  	104	
§317	  	(a)(1)	  	603	
 	  	(a)(2)	  	604	
 	  	(b)	  	403	
§318	  	(a)	  	107	
 
This cross-reference table shall not for any purpose be deemed to be part of this Indenture.
 
vi

INDENTURE, dated as of July 20, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Indenture ”), between WM HOLDINGS FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation, as issuer and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
Each party hereto agrees as follows for the benefit of each other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders.
ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
SECTION 1.01. Definitions.
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in this Indenture.
“Access Investors” means, collectively: (i) Mr. Len Blavatnik; (ii) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of the Person described in clause (i); (iii) any trusts created for the benefit of the Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (iv) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clauses (i) and (ii), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer; (v) any of his or their Affiliates (each of the Persons described in clauses (i) through (v), an “ Access Party ”); and (vi) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of which any of the Access Parties is a member;  provided  that, in the case of clause (vi) and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Access Parties, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by such group.
“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and
(2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar.
“amend” means amend, modify, supplement, restate or amend and restate, including successively; and “amending” and “ amended ” have correlative meanings.
“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable Redemption Date, the greater of:
(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Note; and
(2) the excess, if any, of:
(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at October 1, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(b)) plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on the Note through October 1, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to such Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 75.0 basis points; over
(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Note.
Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided that such calculation or the correctness thereof shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.
“Asset Sale” means (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and leaseback) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in compliance with Section 4.10 (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:
(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business, dispositions of property or assets no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and dispositions of Equity Interests received as consideration under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business with digital service providers and other service providers;
(2)(a) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to, and as defined in, Section 5.01 or (b) any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;
 
2

(3) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 4.11 or the granting of a Lien permitted by Section 4.12;
(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;
(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;
(6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
(7) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to clause (11) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”);
(8) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar actions with respect to assets;
(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
(10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;
(11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing;
(12) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business;
(13) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date, including sale and lease-back transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;
(14) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;
(15) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;
 
3

(16) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;
(17) the unwinding or termination of any Hedging Obligations;
(18) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(19) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and
(20) any sale, transfer or other disposition necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Issuer in order to consummate any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary).
“Bank Obligations” means all Obligations pursuant to a Credit Agreement and related documents incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(1).
“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.
“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.
“Board of Directors” means:
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;
(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and
(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are required or authorized by law or other governmental action to be closed.
“Capital Stock” means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock;
 
4

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.
“Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary described in (and applied pursuant to) the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”
“Cash Equivalents” means:
(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
(2) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States or any member nation of the European Union having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;
(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to any Credit Agreement or with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;
(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;
(5) commercial paper maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition and having a rating of at least P-1 from Moody’s or A-1 from S&P;
(6) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;
 
5

(7) investment funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition; and
(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition.
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
(1) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;
(2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer;  provided  that (x) so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no Person or group shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer unless such Person or group shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such Person is the “beneficial owner”; or
(3) the first day on which the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall cease to consist of a majority of directors who (i) were members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer on the Effective Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, a majority of whom were directors on the Effective Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder.
For the purpose of this definition, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.
 
6

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including (x) amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting and any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, but excluding (y) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees, penalties and interest relating to taxes, any Special Interest and any “special interest” or “additional interest” with respect to other securities, and any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income of such Person for such period;  provided, however,  that Securitization Fees shall not be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.
“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP;  provided ,  however , that
(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses or charges (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs, and any fees, expenses or charges associated with the Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Effective Date) shall be excluded;
(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;
(3) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;
(4) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions, other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such Person), shall be excluded;
 
7

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the referent Person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded;  provided  that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of the referent Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;
(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a)(3), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than OpCo or an OpCo Notes Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless (x) such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived or (y) as permitted by Section 4.15; provided  that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;
(7) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a)(3), the amount equal to any reduction in current taxes recognized during the applicable period by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a direct result of deductions arising from (A) the amortization allowed under Section 167 or 197 of the Code for the goodwill and other intangibles arising from the Transactions and (B) employee termination and related restructuring reserves established pursuant to purchase accounting for the two-year period commencing with the Effective Date, in each case, will be included in the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” so long as such addition will not result in double-counting;
(8) any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising from the application of ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141), shall be excluded;
(9) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;
(10) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;
 
8

(11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Effective Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded;
(12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Effective Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions (or within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;
(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable event (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365-day period), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;
(14) any non-cash gain or loss resulting from mark-to-market accounting relating to Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; and
(15) any unrealized currency translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.11(a)(3)(a), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.11(a)(3)(d).
In addition, for purposes of Section 4.11(a)(3), (x) the fiscal quarter in which the Effective Date occurs shall be deemed to be that quarterly period without regard to any “break” in accounting period as of the Effective Date (if any) resulting from the Transactions (including from any application of purchase accounting to the Transactions) and (y) Consolidated Net Income of any Person for any period ending on or prior to, or commencing from, the Effective Date shall be determined based upon the consolidated financial statements of such Person for such period, and each other Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary thereof upon giving effect to the Transactions shall be deemed to be a Restricted Subsidiary thereof for any such period ending on or prior to the Effective Date.
 
9

“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the consolidated total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP,  less  all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, organization expense and other similar intangibles properly classified as intangibles in accordance with GAAP. Unless the context otherwise requires, “Consolidated Tangible Assets” shall mean the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer; provided that such amount shall not be less than the Consolidated Tangible Assets of OpCo.
“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
“Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date.
“Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee located at Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, MAC N9311-110, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, Attention: Corporate Trust Department, or such other office, designated by the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered.
“Credit Agreement” means (a) the Revolving Credit Facility and (b) if so designated by the Issuer, and so long as Indebtedness incurred thereunder does not constitute Subordinated Indebtedness, one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or series of notes documented in one or more agreements or indentures, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (in whole or in part) from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new lenders or institutional investors or otherwise, and except for any such agreement or indenture that expressly provides that it is not a Credit Agreement), including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof.
 
10

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
“Depositary” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or a successor thereto registered under the Exchange Act or other applicable statute or regulation.
“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Noncash Consideration.
“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(3).
“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the final maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding;  provided, however,  that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations;  provided, further,  that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or their respective estates, spouses and former spouses, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.
“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that was formed under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.
 
11

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period
(x) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:
(1) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, plus franchise or similar taxes of such Person,
(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person, plus amounts excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in subclause (y) of clause (a) in the definition thereof,
(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period,
(4) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees),
(5) without duplication, any other non-cash charges (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) (provided that, in the case of any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA),
(6) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary,
(7) any net loss resulting from Hedging Obligations,
(8) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor and its Affiliates (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses), and any Restricted Payment made to any direct or indirect parent company of such Person intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid such amount during such period,
(9) Securitization Fees,
(10) without duplication, pension curtailment expenses, transaction costs and executive contract expenses incurred by affiliated entities of such Person (other than such Person and its Subsidiaries) on behalf of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and reflected in the combined financial statements of such Person as capital contributions,
 
12

(11) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement), and
(12) any costs or expenses incurred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(3);
(y) increased by the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by such Person in good faith to result from actions taken or expected to be taken no later than twelve (12) months after the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the period for which EBITDA is being determined), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) for any period that ends prior to the Effective Date or includes one or more of the first three fiscal quarters of such Person ended after the Effective Date (the latest such period, the “ Initial Period ”), the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed $65.0 million plus any applicable Historical Adjustments, and (C) for any other period ended after the end of the Initial Period, the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall be certified by management of such Person and shall not exceed the greater of (1) $40.0 million and (2) 10.0% of EBITDA for such period (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (y)); and
(z) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:
(1) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges or asset valuation adjustments made in any prior period), and
(2) any net gain resulting from Hedging Obligations.
“Effective Date” means the effective date of the Merger.
“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer), other than (i) public offerings with respect to common stock of the Issuer or of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer registered on Form S-8, (ii) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (iii) an issuance to any Subsidiary.
 
13

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
“Exchange Notes” means any Notes issued in exchange for Notes pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement.
“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:
(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and
(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),
in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(3).
“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility) in existence on the Effective Date, including the Existing Secured OpCo Notes, Unsecured OpCo Notes and the New Secured OpCo Notes.
“Existing Secured OpCo Notes” means WMG Acquisition Corp.’s 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016, issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of May 28, 2009, outstanding on the Effective Date or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes.
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof incurs, issues, assumes, enters into any guarantee of, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or repays Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or concurrently with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the date of such event, the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving  pro forma  effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or repayment of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
For purposes of making the computation referred to above with respect to any specified Person, if any Specified Transaction has been made by such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a  pro forma  basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period, any other Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or was merged with or into such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such period, such other Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by such specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof since the beginning of such period, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving  pro forma  effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
 
14

For purposes of this definition with respect to any specified Person, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions), the  pro forma  calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions) which is being given  pro forma  effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable period). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given  pro forma  effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a  pro forma  basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as such specified Person may designate.
“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding all non-cash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount in connection with the Specified Financings (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to existing Indebtedness as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid, during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and (c) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock.
“Fixed GAAP Date” means the Effective Date, provided that at any time after the Effective Date, the Issuer may, by prior written notice to the Trustee, elect to change the Fixed GAAP Date to be the date specified in such notice, and upon the date of such notice, the Fixed GAAP Date shall be such date for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice.
 
15

“Fixed GAAP Terms” means (a) the definitions of the terms “Capitalized Lease Obligation,” “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Tangible Assets,” “EBITDA,” “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” “Fixed Charges,” “Indebtedness,” “Investments,” “Net Income,” “Senior Secured Indebtedness” and “Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio,” (b) all defined terms in this Indenture to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions, and (c) any other term or provision of this Indenture or the Notes that, at the Issuer’s election, may be specified by the Issuer by written notice to the Trustee from time to time.
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
“Freely Tradable” means Notes that are freely tradable pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without the need for current public information or compliance with other requirements of Rule 144 and with respect to which the Issuer has enabled Holders of the Initial Notes to have the restrictive legend removed from the Initial Notes and which no longer bear a restricted CUSIP number.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Fixed GAAP Date (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Indenture), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and subject to the following sentence. If at any time the Commission permits or requires U.S.-domiciled companies subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP for financial reporting purposes, the Issuer may elect, by written notice to the Trustee, to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such notice, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean (a) for all periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice, IFRS as in effect on the date specified in such notice (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Indenture) and (b) for prior periods, GAAP as defined in the first sentence of this definition. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.
“Government Securities” means securities that are
(a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or
(b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,
which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt;  provided  that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
 
16

“guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:
(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and
(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.
“Historical Adjustments” means, for any period, the aggregate amount of all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA” with respect to actions described in notes (a) and (b) to footnote 5 of “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” contained in the Offering Circular to the extent such adjustments continue to be applicable for such period.
“Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.
“IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards and applicable accounting requirements set by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto (or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or any successor to either such Board, or the Commission, as the case may be), as in effect from time to time.
“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person,
(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent,
(i) in respect of borrowed money,
(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),
 
17

(iii) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is acquired, except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case, accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and if not paid, after becoming due and payable; or
(iv) representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations,
if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,
(b) Disqualified Stock of such Person,
(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business) and
(d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person);  provided  that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by such Person) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;
provided, however, that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.
“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
“Initial Purchasers” means with respect to the Initial Notes, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC.
“Interest” with respect to the Notes, means interest on the Notes and, except for the purposes of Article 9, Special Interest on the Notes.
“Interest Payment Date” means the stated maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes.
“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
“Investment Grade Securities” means:
(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
 
18

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;
(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and
(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees, directors and consultants in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.
For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.11, (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;  provided ,  however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer; and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.
The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.
 
19

“Issue Date” means July 20, 2011, the date of original issuance of the Notes.
“Issuer” means (a) WM Holdings Finance Corp. prior to the consummation of the Merger and (b) WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, upon and following consummation of the Merger, and any successor in interest thereto.
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction;  provided  that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
“Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, by and among Warner Music Group Corp., the Issuer and the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, provided  that the Management Agreement as so amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified (other than in the case of an amendment to effect OpCo becoming a party to or otherwise bound by the Management Agreement) is not materially less advantageous to the Holders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of OpCo than the Management Agreement as in effect on the Effective Date.
“Maturity Date” means October 1, 2019.
“Maximum Management Fee Amount” means the greater of (x) $6.0 million plus, in the event that the Issuer acquires (including by consolidation or merger), directly or indirectly, any business, entity or operations following the Effective Date, an amount equal to 1.5% of the positive EBITDA of such acquired business, entity or operations (as determined by the Sponsor in its sole discretion) for the most recent four fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition for which internal financial statements are available as at the date of such acquisition and (y) 1.5% of EBITDA of OpCo for the most recently completed fiscal year.
“Merger” means the merger of WM Holdings Finance Corp. with and into WMG Holdings Corp.
“Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 6, 2011, among Airplanes Music LLC, Airplanes Merger Sub, Inc. and Warner Music Group Corp., as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
“Music Publishing Business” means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the music publishing segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Issuer or OpCo. At any point in time in which music publishing is not a reported segment of the Issuer or OpCo, “Music Publishing Business” shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.
 
20

“Music Publishing Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Music Publishing Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt may include assets constituting a portion of the Recorded Music Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Recorded Music Business.
“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.
“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, net of the costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts applied or required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale (including in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest) or that is required to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
“New Secured OpCo Notes” means OpCo’s 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 issued pursuant to an indenture to be dated as of the Issue Date.
“Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the acquisition, exploitation or development of assets (including directly or through the acquisition of entities holding such assets) not owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such acquisition, exploitation or development, which assets are used for the creation or development of Product for the benefit of the Issuer, and in respect of which the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed has no recourse whatsoever to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for the repayment of or payment of such Indebtedness other than recourse to the acquired assets or assets that are the subject of such exploitation or development for the purpose of enforcing any Lien given by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary over such assets, including the receivables, inventory, intangibles and other rights associated with such assets and the proceeds thereof.
“Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of financing (whether directly or through a partially-owned joint venture) the production, acquisition, exploitation, creation or development of items of Product produced, acquired, exploited, created or developed after the Effective Date (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the production, acquisition, creation or development of any such items of Product or secured by a Lien on any such items of Product prior to the production, acquisition, creation or development thereof) where the recourse of the creditor in respect of that Indebtedness is limited to Product revenues generated by such items of Product or any rights pertaining thereto and where the Indebtedness is unsecured save for Liens over such items of Product or revenues and such rights and any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of such Indebtedness. “Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” excludes, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness raised or secured against Product where the proceeds are used for any other purposes.
 
21

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person that is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.
“Notes” means the 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 issued by the Issuer, including, without limitation, the Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes, treated as a single class of securities, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture.
“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
“Offering Circular” means the offering circular of the Issuer dated July 14, 2011 relating to the offering of the Notes.
“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of the Issuer.
“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or the Trustee.
“OpCo” means WM Finance Corp. prior to the OpCo Merger and WMG Acquisition Corp. as the surviving corporation after the OpCo Merger, and any successor in interest thereto.
“OpCo Merger” means the merger of WM Finance Corp. with and into WMG Acquisition Corp.
“OpCo Notes Guarantor” means any Subsidiary of OpCo that has provided a guarantee of the Existing Secured OpCo Notes, the Unsecured OpCo Notes or the New Secured OpCo Notes.
 
22

“Parent” means any of Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto), any Other Parent, and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of Warner Music Group Corp. (and any successor in interest thereto), Airplanes Music LLC (and any successor in interest thereto) or any Other Parent and of which the Issuer is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “ Other Parent ” means a Person of which the Issuer becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date,  provided  that either  (x)  immediately after the Issuer first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50.0% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50.0% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Issuer immediately prior to the Issuer first becoming such Subsidiary or  (y)  such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Issuer first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.
“Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Permitted Business Assets or a combination of Permitted Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.13.
“Permitted Business” means the media and entertainment business and any services, activities or businesses incidental or directly related or similar thereto, any line of business engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Effective Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.
“Permitted Business Assets” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Permitted Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
“Permitted Holders” means (i) the Access Investors; (ii) Edgar Bronfman Jr.; (iii) any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries; (iv) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of a Person described in clause (ii) or (iii); (v) any trusts created for the benefit of a Person or Persons described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (vi) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case, who, at any particular date, shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer; or (vii) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any of the Issuer or any of their respective direct or indirect parents. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders.
 
23

“Permitted Investments” means
(1) any Investment by the Issuer in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in another Restricted Subsidiary;
(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person;  provided  that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer, conveyance or liquidation;
(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described in Section 4.13 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
(5) any Investment existing on the Effective Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Effective Date or an Investment consisting of any modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Investment or binding commitment existing on the Effective Date; provided  that the amount of any such Investment or binding commitment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Effective Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;
(6) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $15.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;
(7) any investment acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (B) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons or (C) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.10(b)(9);
(9)(1) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees (x) for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (y) to fund such Person’s purchases of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in an aggregate principal amount (net of any proceeds of such loans and advances used to purchase Equity Interests of the Issuer or contributed to the equity capital thereof) not to exceed, in the case of this clause (y), $20.0 million outstanding at any time and (2) promissory notes of any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries acquired (other than for cash) in connection with the issuance of Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) to such Person;
 
24

(10) any advance directly or indirectly related to royalties or future profits (whether or not recouped), directly or indirectly (including through capital contributions or loans to an entity or joint venture relating to such artist(s) or writer(s)), to one or more artists or writers pursuant to label and license agreements, agreements with artists/writers and related ventures, pressing and distribution agreements, publishing agreements and any similar contract or agreement entered into from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
(11) any Investment by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 12.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;
(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (exclusive of Disqualified Stock);
(13) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.10 and performance guarantees consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Issuer or any restricted subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.12;
(14) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 4.14 (except transactions described in Sections 4.14(b)(2), (6) and (7));
(15) Investments by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 8.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;
(16) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;
(17) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness;  provided, however,  that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest;
 
25

(18) additional Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $75.0 million and (b) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;
(19) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;
(20) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into in the ordinary course of business; and
(21) repurchases of the Notes, the Existing Secured OpCo Notes, the Unsecured OpCo Notes or the New Secured OpCo Notes.
“Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:
(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;
(2) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;
(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(4) Liens existing on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Issuer (or at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary);  provided ,  however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided ,  further ,  however , that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;  provided ,  further , that for purposes of this clause (4), if a Person other than the Issuer is the Successor Company with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed to become a Subsidiary of the Issuer, and any property or assets of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Company;
 
26

(5) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.10;
(6) Liens on cash deposits or property constituting Cash Equivalents securing Hedging Obligations not prohibited by this Indenture;
(7) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
(8) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(9) Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien (A) existing on the Effective Date (other than the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Existing Secured OpCo Notes and the New Secured OpCo Notes) or (B) referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (19)(B) of this definition;  provided ,  however , that in each case, such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the Holders and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Issuer not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;
(10) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;
(11) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent for a period of more than 30 days, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted or for property taxes on property that the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;
(12) judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
(13) pledges, deposits or security under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
 
27

(14) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or, if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;
(15) survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;
(16) any lease, license, sublease or sublicense granted to any Person in the ordinary course of business that is not granted for the purpose of securing any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to such lessee, licensee, sublessee or sublicensee;
(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution,  provided  that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Issuer in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;
(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(19)(A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $15.0 million at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person;  provided ,  however , that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations;  provided  that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;
 
28

(20) Liens to secure Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(18), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the items of Product acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and Liens to secure Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(18), which Liens may not secure Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and which Liens may not attach to assets other than the assets acquired, exploited, created or developed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;
(21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
(22) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(23) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(24) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;
(25) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.10(b)(4) and 4.10(b)(20);
(26) Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma  effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving  pro forma  effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)), not exceeding the greater of (A) $1,550.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred without exceeding (x) a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 3.00 to 1.00 or (y) in the case of Liens incurred pursuant to this subclause (B) securing Indebtedness of OpCo or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for OpCo of 3.00 to 1.00;
 
29

(27) Liens securing (A) interest rate or currency swaps, caps or collars or other Hedging Obligations entered into to hedge the Issuer’s or OpCo’s or any OpCo Guarantor’s exposure with respect to activities not prohibited under this Indenture and (B) obligations in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;
(28) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;
(29) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(30) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;
(31) Liens on the assets of a Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of such Subsidiary;
(32) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Indenture to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; and
(33) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 3.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding.
“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.
“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
“Private Placement Legend” means the legends initially set forth on the Notes in the form set forth in Exhibit B.
“Product” means any music (including musical and audio visual recordings, musical performance, songs and compositions and also includes mail order music and activities relating or incidental to music such as touring, merchandising and artist management), music copyright, motion picture, television programming, film, videotape, digital file, video clubs, DVD manufactured or distributed or any other product produced for theatrical, non-theatrical or television release or for release in any other medium, in each case whether recorded on film, videotape, cassette, cartridge, disc or on or by any other means, method, process or device, whether now known or hereafter developed, with respect to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary:
(1) is an initial copyright owner; or
(2) acquires (or will acquire upon delivery) an equity interest, license, sublicense or administration or distribution right.
 
30

“Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).
“Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business; provided  that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith.
“Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Securitization Subsidiary, all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under a Credit Agreement or any permitted additional Pari Passu Indebtedness and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.
“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P, or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.
 
31

“Record Date” means the applicable Record Date specified in the Notes; provided that if any such date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall be the first day immediately preceding such specified day that is a Business Day.
“Recorded Music Business” means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the recorded music segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Issuer or OpCo. At any point in time in which recorded music is not a reported segment of the Issuer or OpCo, Recorded Music Business shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.
“Recorded Music Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Recorded Music Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Music Publishing Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.
“Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.
“Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption, payable in immediately available funds, pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.
“Registration Rights Agreement” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement to be dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer and the Initial Purchasers, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time and (b) any other similar registration rights agreement relating to Additional Notes.
“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
“Regulation S Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.
“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and shall also mean any officer who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
“Restricted Note” means a Note that constitutes a “Restricted Note” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act;  provided ,  however , that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Note.
“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (or, in the case of OpCo, of OpCo) (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary thereof;  provided, however,  that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.
 
32

“Revolving Credit Agreement” means that certain credit agreement, to be dated on or about the Effective Date, by and among OpCo, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, as the administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Revolving Credit Facility” means the revolving credit facility under the Revolving Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith.
“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, and its successors.
“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
“Securitization Assets” means any accounts receivable or catalog, royalty or other revenue streams from Product subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.
“Securitization Fees” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.
“Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Issuer or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.
“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.
 
33

“Securitization Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer makes an Investment and to which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Issuer nor any other Subsidiary of the Issuer has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Issuer reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer and (c) to which neither the Issuer nor any other Subsidiary of the Issuer has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
“Senior Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Subordinated Indebtedness.
“Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount, without duplication, of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter plus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter and minus the amount of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries redeemed, repaid, retired or extinguished subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, as determined in accordance with GAAP, secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens (excluding Permitted Liens incurred pursuant to clause (26) of the definition thereof).
In the event that any calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be made as of the date of the initial borrowing of any applicable Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness (as contemplated by Section 4.10(b)(1) and by clause (26) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), such committed amount may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without further compliance with such ratio, provided that such committed amount shall be included as outstanding Indebtedness in any subsequent calculation of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, to the extent the commitment therefor then remains outstanding.
 
34

“Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (x) such Person’s Senior Secured Indebtedness to (y) such Person’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur (the “ Measurement Period ”).
For purposes of making the computation referred to above, with respect to any specified Person, if any Specified Transaction has been made by such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Measurement Period or subsequent to the Measurement Period and on or prior to the date of determination of the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio, the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma  basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period. If, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, such Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by such specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such Measurement Period, then the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving  pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of such Measurement Period.
For purposes of this definition, with respect to any specified Person, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions), the  pro forma  calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such specified Person and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions) which is being given  pro forma  effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period).
“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.
“Special Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in any Registration Rights Agreement.
“Specified Financings” means the financings included in the Transactions and the offering of the Initial Notes and the Existing Secured OpCo Notes.
 
35

“Specified Transaction” means (v) any designation of operations or assets of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as discontinued operations (as defined under GAAP), (w) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (x) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Indenture, (y) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person, of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of any Person or (z) any Asset Sale or other disposition (i) that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Issuer or (ii) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise.
“Sponsor” means Access Industries, Inc. and any successor in interest thereto.
“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.
“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
“Subordinated Indebtedness” means indebtedness of the Issuer that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes.
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and
(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.
“Tax” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto).
 
36

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on the date of the execution of this Indenture until such time as this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, and thereafter as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.04.
“Transactions” means, collectively, any or all of the following: (i) the entry into the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the merger contemplated thereby, (ii) the Merger, (iii) the OpCo Merger, (iv) the entry into this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement and the offer and issuance of the Notes, (v) the entry into the indenture governing the New Secured OpCo Notes and the related registration rights agreement and the offer and issuance of New Secured OpCo Notes issued on the Issue Date, or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes, (vi) the entry into the Unsecured OpCo Notes Indenture and the related registration rights agreement and the offer and issuance of the Unsecured OpCo Notes issued on the Issue Date, or subsequently issued in exchange for or in respect of any such notes, (vii) the entry into the Revolving Credit Agreement and incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder, (viii) the repayment of certain existing Indebtedness of the Issuer and OpCo, and (ix) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing).
“Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to October 1, 2015;  provided, however,  that if the period from such Redemption Date to October 1, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.
“Unrestricted Global Notes” means one or more Notes that do not and are not required to bear the legends in the form set forth in Exhibit B , including, without limitation, the Exchange Notes.
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) WMG Kensington, Ltd. and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, as provided below) and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated),  provided  that (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer, (b) such designation complies with Section 4.11 and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries does not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter,
(1) create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
(2) own assets constituting part of the Music Publishing Business in excess of 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Music Publishing Business.
 
37

The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (x)(1) the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, or (y) in the case of a Subsidiary of OpCo (1) OpCo could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception, or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for OpCo and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a  pro forma  basis taking into account such designation. Any such designation by such Board of Directors shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
“Unsecured OpCo Notes” means OpCo’s 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018.
“Unsecured OpCo Notes Indenture” means the indenture, dated as of the Issue Date, among OpCo, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, relating to the Unsecured OpCo Notes.
“U.S. Legal Tender” means such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.
“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:
(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by
 
38

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.
“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares of Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.

Term	 	Defined in Section	
“Acceleration Notice”	 	6.02	
“Additional Notes”	 	2.01	
“Affiliate Transaction”	 	4.14	
“Agent Members”	 	2.16	
“Alternate Offer”	 	4.09	
“Amendment”	 	4.15	
“Asset Sale Offer”	 	4.13	
“Asset Sale Offer Amount”	 	4.13	
“Asset Sale Payment”	 	4.13	
“Asset Sale Payment Date”	 	4.13	
“Change of Control Offer”	 	4.09	
“Change of Control Payment”	 	4.09	
“Change of Control Payment Date”	 	4.09	
“Clearstream”	 	2.16	
“Covenant Defeasance”	 	8.02	
“Covenant Suspension Event”	 	4.20	
“Coverage Ratio Exception”	 	4.10	
“DTC”	 	2.04	
“Euroclear”	 	2.16	
“Event of Default”	 	6.01	
“Excess Proceeds”	 	4.13	
“Global Notes”	 	2.16	
“incur”	 	4.10	
“Initial Agreement”	 	4.15	
“Initial Notes”	 	2.01	
“Legal Defeasance”	 	8.02	
“Other Notes”	 	2.02	
“Pari Passu Indebtedness”	 	4.13	
“Paying Agent”	 	2.04	
“Permitted Debt”	 	4.10	
“Physical Notes”	 	2.02	
“Refinancing Agreement”	 	4.15	
“Refunding Capital Stock”	 	4.11	
 
39

 	 	 	
“Registrar”	  	2.04	
“Regulation S Global Notes”	  	2.16	
“Regulation S Notes”	  	2.02	
“Restricted Global Notes”	  	2.16	
“Restricted Payments”	  	4.11	
“Restricted Period”	  	2.16	
“Retired Capital Stock”	  	4.11	
“Reversion Date”	  	4.20	
“Rule 144A Global Notes”	  	2.02	
“Rule 144A Notes”	  	2.02	
“Successor Company”	  	5.01	
“Suspended Covenants”	  	4.20	
“Suspension Date”	  	4.20	
SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of TIA.
Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision of the TIA shall be incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture if, but only if, (a) this Indenture is qualified by the Issuer under the TIA (in which case each such provision shall be incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture, effective immediately upon such qualification) or (b) this Indenture expressly states that such provision of the TIA shall apply whether or not this Indenture is qualified under the TIA. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
“indenture securities” means the Notes.
“indenture security holder” means a Holder or a Noteholder.
“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.
“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.
“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any successor or any other obligor on the Notes.
All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.
SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction.
Unless the context otherwise requires:
(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference;
(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
 
40

(3) “or” is not exclusive;
(4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;
(5) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;
(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
(7) “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;
(8) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”;
(9) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;
(10) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;
(11) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP;
(12) “$” and “U.S. Dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;
(13) whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Special Interest, to the extent that, in such context, Special Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof;
(14) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time;
(15) any reference to a Section, Article or clause refers to such Section, Article or clause of this Indenture.
 
41

ARTICLE TWO
THE NOTES
SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes.
The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and outstanding under this Indenture is not limited. The Trustee shall initially authenticate Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000 of Notes (“ Initial Notes ”) upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer (other than as provided in Section 2.08). The Trustee shall authenticate Notes (the “ Additional Notes ”) thereafter in unlimited amount (so long as permitted by the terms of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.10) for original issue upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate in aggregate principal amount as specified in such order (other than as provided in Section 2.08),  provided, however,  that if the Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for United States federal income tax purposes, the Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP number than the Initial Notes. Each such written order shall specify the principal amount of Additional Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Additional Notes are to be authenticated.
SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating.
The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is incorporated in and form a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rule or usage to which the Issuer is subject. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“ Rule 144A Notes ”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in  Exhibit B,  Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“ Regulation S Notes ”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in  Exhibit B,  and Notes offered and sold to Institutional Accredited Investors in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act not made in reliance on Rule 144A or Regulation S (“ Other Notes ”) may be represented by a Restricted Global Note or, if such an investor may not hold an interest in the Restricted Global Notes, a Physical Note, in each case, bearing the Private Placement Legend. The Issuer shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and show the date of its authentication.
The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and agree to be bound thereby.
The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the Registrar.
Notes issued in exchange for interests in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.16 may be issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in  Exhibit A  (the “ Physical Notes ”).
 
42

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication.
One Officer, who shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions, shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual, facsimile or electronic image scan signature.
If the Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.
No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, and the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.12, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents with the consent of the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates of the Issuer. Each Paying Agent is designated as an authenticating agent for purposes of this Indenture.
The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.
SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent.
The Issuer will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.07. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent with respect to the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
 
43

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust.
Each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes), and the Issuer and each Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. Money held in trust by a Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by law and in no event shall a Paying Agent be liable for any interest on any money received by it hereunder. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2), upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith all money so held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon making such payment, such Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee
SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists.
The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of the Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.
SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange.
Subject to Sections 2.16 and 2.17, when Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall promptly register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transaction are met;  provided ,  however , that the Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar or co-Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s or co-Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.
The Registrar or co-Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes (i) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article Three, except the unredeemed portion of any Notes being redeemed in part, and during a Change of Control Offer, an Alternate Offer or an Asset Sale Offer if such Note is tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or Asset Sale Offer and not withdrawn.
 
44

Any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Notes shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry system.
SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes.
If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee, or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Holder of such Note furnishes to the Issuer and the Trustee evidence reasonably acceptable to them of the ownership and the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date of this Indenture are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond shall be posted, sufficient in the judgment of all to protect the Issuer, the Trustee or any Paying Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if such Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge such Holder for the Issuer’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing such Note and the Trustee may charge the Issuer for the Trustee’s expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in replacing such Note. Every replacement Note shall constitute a contractual obligation of the Issuer.
SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes.
The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except (a) those canceled by it, (b) those delivered to it for cancellation, (c) to the extent set forth in Sections 9.01 and 9.02, on or after the date on the conditions set forth in Section 9.01 or 9.02 have been satisfied and (d) these Notes theretofore authenticated by the Trustee hereunder and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or any of its Affiliates holds the Note (subject to the provisions of Section 2.10).
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a  bona fide  purchaser in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.
If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest ceases to accrue. If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds U.S. Legal Tender or Government Securities sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.
SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes.
In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.
 
45

SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes.
Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such Global Note may be in typewritten form.
SECTION 2.12. Cancellation.
The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary), and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuer, shall dispose of all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in accordance with its customary procedures. Subject to Section 2.08, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuer shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.12.
SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest.
If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall, unless the Trustee fixes another Record Date pursuant to Section 6.10, pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in accordance with the terms hereof. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Holders on a subsequent special Record Date, which special Record Date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before any such subsequent special Record Date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. The Issuer may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
 
46

SECTION 2.14. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.
The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers and ISINs (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use, as applicable, CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders;  provided ,  however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption, that reliance may be placed only on the other identification number(s) printed on the Notes. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers and ISINs.
SECTION 2.15. Deposit of Moneys.
Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on each Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, the Issuer shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds U.S. Legal Tender, sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, as the case may be. The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Global Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Physical Notes shall be payable, either in person or by mail, at the office of the applicable Paying Agent.
SECTION 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.
(a) Rule 144A Notes may initially be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ Rule 144A Global Notes ”). Regulation S Notes may initially be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (the “ Regulation S Global Notes ”). The term “ Global Notes ” means, collectively, the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes. The Global Notes shall bear legends as set forth in  Exhibit D . The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of such Depositary, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as set forth in  Exhibit B  with respect to Restricted Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes.
Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Notes held on their behalf by the Depositary or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Notes, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder.
 
47

(b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.17. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Physical Note if (i) in the case of a Global Note, the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Note and the Issuer thereupon fail to appoint a successor depository or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) pursuant to the procedures of the Depositary, the Issuer, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of such Physical Notes or (iii) in the case of any Global Note, there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note. In all cases, Physical Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary in accordance with its customary procedures.
(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in any Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon receipt of a written order from the Issuer authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.
(d) In connection with the transfer of Global Notes as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.
(e) Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b), (c) or (d) shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraphs (a)(i)(x) and (c) of Section 2.17, bear the Private Placement Legend unless the Issuer determines otherwise in compliance with applicable law.
(f) On or prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Notes represented by the Regulation S Global Note and the issue date of such Notes (such period through and including such 40th day, the “ Restricted Period ”), a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the corresponding Restricted Global Note only upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made (i)(a) to a Person that the transferor reasonably believes is a Qualified Institutional Buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (b) pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act which is accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel regarding the availability of such exemption and (ii) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction. During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership in a Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear System (“ Euroclear ”) or Clearstream Banking, S.A. (“ Clearstream ”).
 
48

(g) Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the Regulation S Global Notes, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144 (if available).
(h) Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note shall, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in such other Global Note and, accordingly, shall thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.
(i) The holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.
SECTION 2.17. Special Transfer Provisions.
(a) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors and Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB or to any Non-U.S. Person:
(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note constituting a Restricted Note, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the first anniversary of the date of original issuance thereof or such other date as such Note shall be freely transferable under Rule 144 as certified in an Officer’s Certificate or (y) (1) in the case of a transfer to an Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons), the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of  Exhibit E  hereto or (2) in the case of a transfer to a Non-U.S. Person (including a QIB), the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of  Exhibit F  hereto;  provided  that in the case of any transfer of a Note bearing the Private Placement Legend for a Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar has received an Officer’s Certificate authorizing such transfer; and
(ii) if the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the certificate, if any, required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, whereupon (a) the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and (if the transfer does not involve a transfer of outstanding Physical Notes) a decrease in the principal amount of a Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in a Global Note to be transferred, and (b) the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of a Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note transferred or the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.
 
49

(b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration or any proposed registration of transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons):
(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on such Holder’s Note stating, or to a transferee who has advised the Issuer and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and
(ii) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred.
(c) Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) it has received the Officer’s Certificate required by paragraph (a)(i)(y) of this Section 2.17, (ii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or (iii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the Registrar has received an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer to such effect.
(d) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.
The Registrar shall retain for a period of two years copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.16 or this Section 2.17. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable notice to the Registrar.
 
50

SECTION 2.18. Computation of Interest.
Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
SECTION 2.19. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes.
The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes (and not solely the Notes as provided for in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 9.02(a)), such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have so consented, by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and Section 2.09 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate.
ARTICLE THREE
REDEMPTION
SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee.
If the Issuer elects to redeem the Notes pursuant to Sections 3.07(a), (b) or (c), it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. For a redemption pursuant to Sections 3.07(a), (b) or (c), the Issuer shall give notice of redemption to the Paying Agent and Trustee at least 31 days but not more than 65 days before the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee in writing), together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained herein.
SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Sections 3.07(a), (b) or (c) at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes for redemption as follows:
(1) if the Notes are listed on a national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or
(2) if the Notes are not listed on any securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot, by such method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate or by a method in accordance with the procedures of DTC.
 
51

No Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.
If a partial redemption is made with the proceeds of an Equity Offering in accordance with Section 3.07(c), the Trustee will select the applicable Notes on a  pro rata  basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to DTC procedures).
SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption.
At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date for a redemption pursuant to Sections 3.07(a), (b) or (c), the Issuer shall mail or electronically transmit a notice of redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed or electronically transmitted more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall forward the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense;  provided  that in such case, the Trustee has received notice from the Issuer at least 31 days, but not more than 65 days, before a Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee). Unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 3.07, Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. Each notice of redemption shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP number) to be redeemed and shall state:
(1) the Redemption Date;
(2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid;
(3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(4) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price, plus accrued interest, if any;
(5) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 3.07, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;
(6) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;
(7) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;
 
52

(8) the CUSIP Number and/or ISIN number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed;
(9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number and/or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and
(10) the Section of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.
The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided or transmitted electronically, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or electronically or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.
SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.
Unless the redemption is conditioned on the happening of an event in accordance with Section 3.07, once notice of redemption is mailed or transmitted electronically in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (which shall include accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date), but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates. On and after the Redemption Date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price.
With respect to the Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York time, on the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is a Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) U.S. Legal Tender and/or Government Securities sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes.
SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.
If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.
 
53

SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption.
(a) The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 1, 2015, at the option of the Issuer, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
(b) On or after October 1, 2015, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 1 of the years indicated below:

Year	 	Percentage	
2015	 	106.875%	
2016	 	103.438%	
2017 and thereafter	 	100.000%	
(c) At any time prior to October 1, 2015, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 113.750% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer or any contribution to the Issuer’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent; provided that:
(i) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and
(ii) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such Equity Offering.
(d) The Issuer may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture.
(e) Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or other corporate transactions or events. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.
 
54

SECTION 3.08. Mandatory Redemption.
The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
ARTICLE FOUR
COVENANTS
The provisions of set forth in this Article Four will apply after the Effective Date.
SECTION 4.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.
The Issuer shall duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. Principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date due if the Issuer shall have deposited with the applicable Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer) as of 12:00 p.m. New York City time on the due date money in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest then due.
SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.
(a) The Issuer shall maintain in the United States an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
(b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Note may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations.
The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as such office or agency of the Issuer where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment or for transfer or exchange for so long as such Corporate Trust Office remains a Place of Payment, in accordance with Section 2.04.
 
55

SECTION 4.03. [RESERVED].
SECTION 4.04. [RESERVED].
SECTION 4.05. [RESERVED].
SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.
(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2011, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and further stating that to the best of such Officer’s knowledge, the Issuer during such preceding fiscal year has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every such covenant and no Default occurred during such year and at the date of such certificate there is no Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers do know of such Default, the certificate shall describe its status with particularity. The Officer’s Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Issuer elect to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year end.
(b) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee as soon as possible, and in any event within five days after the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying the Default and describing its status with particularity and the action proposed to be taken thereto.
(c) The Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of any change in its fiscal year.
SECTION 4.07. [RESERVED].
SECTION 4.08. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.
The Issuer covenants (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Issuer from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) the Issuer hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
SECTION 4.09. Change of Control.
(a) If, following the Effective Date, a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 (and has not rescinded such exercise), each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will offer a payment (a “ Change of Control Payment ”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase.
 
56

(b) On or prior to the date that is 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail or deliver by electronic transmission a notice to each Holder stating that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”) specified in such notice, which date shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. Such notice shall state:
(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.09 and that Notes tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted for payment;
(2) the purchase price (including the amount of accrued interest) and the Change of Control Payment Date;
(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;
(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;
(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date;
(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the second Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; and
(7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.
(c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:
(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and
 
57

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer.
(d) The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any;  provided  that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. However, if the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest Record Date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.09 (an “ Alternate Offer ”) and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.
(g) The Issuer will comply, and will cause any third party making a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer to comply, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer. To the extent the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture relating to a Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of complying with such laws or regulations.
SECTION 4.10. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, enter into any guarantee of, or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, for (collectively, “ incur ”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Issuer will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock;  provided, however , that
(1) the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer for the Issuer’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00,
 
58

or
(2) OpCo and any Restricted Subsidiary of OpCo may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Restricted Subsidiary of OpCo may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of OpCo for OpCo’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00,
in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom) (the “Coverage Ratio Exception ”), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.
(b) Section 4.10(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):
(1) Indebtedness under the Existing Secured OpCo Notes, the New Secured OpCo Notes and one or more Credit Agreements together with the incurrence of the guarantees thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) and other Indebtedness, up to an aggregate principal amount, together with amounts outstanding under a Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (17) below, not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (A) $1,550.0 million and (B) the maximum aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom (or as of the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness)) that can be incurred without exceeding (x) a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for the Issuer of 3.00 to 1.00 or (y) in the case of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this subclause (B) by OpCo and its Restricted Subsidiaries, a Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio for OpCo of 3.00 to 1.00 (it being understood that for purposes of determining compliance under this clause (1), any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) (whether or not secured) will be included in the amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio);
(2) the incurrence by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by the Notes issued on the Issue Date or the Exchange Notes;
(3) Existing Indebtedness, including the Unsecured OpCo Notes (other than Indebtedness described in Sections 4.10(b)(1), (2) and (7));
 
59

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness and/or Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 4.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;
(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property casualty or liability insurance or self insurance;  provided  that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;  provided  that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause);
(7) Indebtedness of the Issuer owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;  provided, however,  that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Issuer is the obligor on such Indebtedness (other than any Existing Indebtedness) owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not OpCo or an OpCo Notes Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Notes;
(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;
 
60

(9) Hedging Obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting (A) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by the terms of this Indenture, (B) exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange or (C) commodity price risk;
(10) obligations in respect of self insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(11) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of $250.0 million and 15.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (11) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (11) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.10(a) from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock under Section 4.10(a) without reliance on this clause (11));
(12)(a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as (in the case of any such Indebtedness) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer;
(13) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness incurred as permitted by Section 4.10(a) and Section 4.10(b)(2), (3), (4), (13) and (14) or any Indebtedness issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”);  provided  that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include (x) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not OpCo or an OpCo Notes Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or (y) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, and (E) shall not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased and provided, further, that subclauses (A), (B) and (E) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement;
 
61

(14) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of (A) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person or (B) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;  provided , that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation (including the incurrence of such Indebtedness) (x) either (1) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation or (y) in the case of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred by OpCo or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into OpCo or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, either (1) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of OpCo would be equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation or (2) OpCo would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception;
(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;  provided  that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
(16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Agreement in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;
(17) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);
(18)(A) Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness and (B) Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness;
(19) Contribution Indebtedness;
 
62

(20) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer, provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (20), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (20), does not exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 8.5% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries;
(21) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former, employees, directors and consultants and their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests permitted by Section 4.11.
(22) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
(23) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business.
(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10 (a) in the event that an item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (23) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.10 and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or portion thereof) in one of the above clauses or paragraphs; provided that Indebtedness outstanding on the Effective Date under the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Existing Secured OpCo Notes and the New Secured OpCo Notes shall be classified as incurred under Section 4.10(b), and not under the Coverage Ratio Exception; and (b) at the time of incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.
(d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.10.
(e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt;  provided  that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses relating to such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.
 
63

(f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.
SECTION 4.11. Restricted Payments.
(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
(A) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (x) dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or (y) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its  pro rata  share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);
(B) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer;
(C) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Subordinated Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.10(b)(7) and (8) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition); or
(D) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (A) through (D) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”),
unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;
 
64

(2) the Issuer would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception ( provided  that, in the case of any Restricted Payment by OpCo, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, this clause (2) shall not apply if, at the time OpCo or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto, OpCo could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception); and
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Effective Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.11(b)(1), (6)(C), (9), (15) and (18), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.11(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of
(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the Effective Date occurs to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus
(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer after the Effective Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Issuer (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds and marketable securities received from the sale of Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries after the Effective Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.11(b)(4) and, to the extent actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, (ii) Designated Preferred Stock and (iii) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus
(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Issuer after the Effective Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Designated Preferred Stock and (v) the Cash Contribution Amount), plus
 
65

(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash after the Effective Date and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of property and marketable securities received by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(7) or (11) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus
(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(7) or (11) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment).
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in Section 4.11(a) do not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
(2)(A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for or out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer) of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof to the extent contributed to the equity capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) or any contributions to the equity capital of the Issuer, (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock and (C) if, immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 4.11(b)(6)(A) or (B), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
 
66

(3) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the incurrence of, new Indebtedness which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.10 so long as (A) the principal amount (or, if issued with original issue discount, the issue price) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value plus any fees, premiums, underwriting discounts, costs and expenses related to such redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, (B) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired or retired for value, (C) such new Indebtedness does not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value and (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value;
(4) any Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with the Transactions;  provided, however,  that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed in any calendar year $30.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the two succeeding calendar years); and  provided, further,  that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Effective Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests or the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer pursuant to deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Effective Date ( provided  that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (4); and  provided, further,  that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer from any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.11 or any other provision of this Indenture;
 
67

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 4.10 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges” for such entity;
(6)(A) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Effective Date, (B) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer issued after the Effective Date,  provided  that the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (B) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock, and (C) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;  provided, however,  that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, (x) the Issuer would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00 or (y) in the case of any such declaration or payment of dividends or distributions by OpCo or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, OpCo would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;
 
68

(7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 6.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
(8) payments made or expected to be made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses and repurchases or withholding of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or the vesting of equity awards (including restricted stock and restricted stock units) if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligation with respect to, such options, warrants or equity awards and any related payment in respect of such obligation;
(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer after the Effective Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering;
(10) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions;
(11) any other Restricted Payment in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11), at any one time outstanding not to exceed $100.0 million;
(12) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans or any other payments to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in amounts intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid:
(A) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate or other legal existence;
(B) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes with respect to any period for which the Issuer is a member of a consolidated, combined or unitary group of which such direct or indirect parent company is a member; provided that the amount of such payments shall not exceed the tax liability that the Issuer and its Subsidiaries would have incurred were such taxes determined as if such entities were a stand-alone group; and provided that Restricted Payments under this clause in respect of any taxes attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries may be made only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries have made cash payments to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
69

(C) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, directors, and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(D) general corporate overhead costs and expenses (including professional expenses) for any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(E) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Indenture;
(F) taxes arising by virtue of (i) having capital stock outstanding or being a direct or indirect holding company parent of the Issuer, any Subsidiary of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, (ii) having guaranteed any obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer, (iii) having made a payment in respect of any of the payments permitted to be made to it under this Section 4.11, (iv) any actions taken with respect to any intellectual property and associated rights relating to the business of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer and (v) the receipt of, or entitlement to, any payment permitted to be made under this Section 4.11 or any payment in connection with the Transactions, including any payment received after the Effective Date pursuant to any agreement related to the Transactions;
(G) payments made or expected to be made to cover social security, medicare, withholding and other taxes payable in connection with any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or to make any other payment that would, if made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, be permitted pursuant to clause (8) above; and
(H) annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;
(13) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case with respect to any Restricted Payment made or owed to an Affiliate, to the extent permitted by Section 4.14;
 
70

(14) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;
(15) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to provisions similar to Section 4.09 and Section 4.13;  provided  that a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, has been made and all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed, defeased or acquired or retired for value;
(16) [RESERVED];
(17) [RESERVED];
(18) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Issuer, in each case, permitted under this Indenture;
(19) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); and
(20) any Investment by OpCo or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof permitted under Section 4.11(a)(3) of the Unsecured OpCo Notes Indenture, to the extent such Investment is not then permitted by Section 4.11(a)(3);
provided that at the time of, and immediately after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (7) and (11) above, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
(a) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.11 will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.
(b) As of the Effective Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries except WMG Kensington Ltd and its Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of Investments. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 4.11 or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants contained in this Indenture.
 
71

SECTION 4.12. Liens.
(a) The Issuer will not directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness of the Issuer, on any asset or property of the Issuer, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or, in the event the Lien relates to Subordinated Indebtedness, are secured on a senior basis to) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.
(b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to Section 4.12(a) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes.
SECTION 4.13. Asset Sales.
(a) Following the Effective Date, the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined, as of the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale, in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Issuer, whose determination shall be conclusive,  provided  that in the case of any Asset Sale involving consideration in excess of $50.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and
(2) except for any Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.
For purposes of clause (2) above, the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on such balance sheet or in the notes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale), if such liabilities are not Indebtedness, or the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has been released from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and (iii) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 8.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this paragraph and for no other purpose.
 
72

(b) Within 395 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply an amount equal to those Net Proceeds at its option:
(1) to permanently reduce
(A) Bank Obligations under a Credit Agreement, and to correspondingly reduce any outstanding commitments with respect thereto, if applicable;
(B) Obligations constituting Secured Indebtedness, and to correspondingly reduce any outstanding commitments with respect thereto, if applicable;
(C) Obligations under the Notes or any other Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer (and, in the case of other Senior Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce any outstanding commitments with respect thereto, if applicable);  provided  that if the Issuer shall so repay any such other Senior Indebtedness, the Issuer will reduce Obligations under the Notes on a  pro rata  basis by, at its option, (A) redeeming Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, (B) making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer (as defined below)) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase or (C) purchasing Notes through open market purchases, at a price equal to or higher than 100% of the principal amount thereof; or
(D) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer, provided that, if an offer to purchase any Indebtedness of OpCo or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is made in accordance with the terms of such Indebtedness, the obligation to permanently reduce Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the offer, whether or not accepted by the holders thereof, and no Excess Proceeds in the amount of such offer will be deemed to exist following such offer;
 
73

(2) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses (provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary), (B) capital expenditures or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), are used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or
(3) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) other assets that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;
provided that the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to have complied with clause (2) or (3) above if and to the extent that, within 395 days after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Proceeds, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any such investment described in clause (2) or (3) above, and such investment is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 395-day period.
(c) When the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds or equivalent amount not applied or invested in accordance with the preceding paragraph (“ Excess Proceeds ”) exceeds $50.0 million, the Issuer will make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders and, if required under the terms of any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, on a pro rata basis, to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, or, in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness that is issued or sold at a discount, the amount of the accreted value thereof at such time, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase (or such lesser price, if any, as may be provided under the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness).
(d) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds or equivalent amount, the Issuer may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.
(e) If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds allotted to purchase Notes in such Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a  pro rata  basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.
(f) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and to each Holder at its registered address. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holder to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. Any Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:
(1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.13;
 
74

(2) the Asset Sale Offer Amount, the Asset Sale Payment and the date on which Notes tendered and accepted for payment shall be purchased, which date shall be at least 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Asset Sale Payment Date ”);
(3) that any Notes not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrete or accrue interest;
(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrete or accrue interest after the Asset Sale Payment Date;
(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer may only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may not elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased;
(6) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder To Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, or transfer such Notes by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, a depository, if appointed by the Issuer, or the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Asset Sale Payment Date;
(7) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the Asset Sale Payment Date, a notice setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased;
(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Asset Sale Offer Amount, the Issuer shall select the Notes to be purchased on a  pro rata  basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 shall be purchased); and
(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer);  provided  that such Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples $1,000 in excess thereof.
(g) On the Asset Sale Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful: (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer; (2) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender or Government Securities sufficient to pay the Asset Sale Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being repurchased by the Issuer. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Asset Sale Payment Date.
 
75

(h) The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder so tendered the Asset Sale Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate pursuant to an Authentication Order and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unrepurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any;  provided  that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. However, if the Asset Sale Payment Date is on or after an interest Record Date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.
(i) The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.13, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.13 by virtue of such conflict.
SECTION 4.14. Transactions with Affiliates.
(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, unless:
(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and
(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.
(b) The restrictions set forth in Section 4.14(a) do not apply to:
(1) transactions between or among the Issuer and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;
 
76

(2) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments permitted by this Indenture;
(3) the payment to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Management Agreement or otherwise;
(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(5) the payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor and any of its Affiliates made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;
(6) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;
(7) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Indenture;
(8) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Effective Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions) or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Holders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer than the applicable agreement as in effect on the Effective Date);
(9) payments made or performance under any agreement to which Warner Music Group Corp. is a party as of the Effective Date (including, without limitation, each of the agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions) and to or by which the Issuer becomes a party or otherwise bound after the Effective Date, any amendment thereto by which the Issuer becomes a party thereto or otherwise bound thereby, and any other amendment thereto (so long as any such other amendment (other than an amendment to effect the Issuer becoming a party to or otherwise bound by such agreement) taken as a whole is not materially less advantageous to the Holders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer than such agreement as in effect on the Effective Date);
 
77

(10) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
(11) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any reimbursement on or after the Effective Date of fees and expenses related to the Transactions paid by the Sponsor and its Affiliates;
(12) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Parent, any Permitted Holder or any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;
(13) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing;
(14) investments by any of the Permitted Holders in securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as (a) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (b) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;
(15) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto);
(16) entering into, and performing the obligations under, any tax sharing agreement, consistent with the limitations imposed on Restricted Payments under Section 4.11; and
(17) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business.
SECTION 4.15. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Issuer, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer;
 
78

(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer; or
(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer;
provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Capital Stock, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.
(b) However, Section 4.15(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions consisting of, or existing under or by reason of:
(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to any Credit Agreement, the Existing Secured OpCo Notes, Unsecured OpCo Notes, the New Secured OpCo Notes, any Hedging Obligations, or any related documents or (y) on the Effective Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Existing Indebtedness and related documentation;
(2) this Indenture and the Notes;
(3) purchase money obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on a property so acquired;
(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition from such Person, or any other transaction entered into in connection with any such acquisition, merger or consolidation, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction);  provided  that, for purposes of this clause (5), if a Person other than the Issuer is the Successor Company with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Company;
(6) any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
 
79

(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.10 and 4.12 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(9) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (i) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is OpCo or an OpCo Notes Guarantor that is incurred subsequent to the Effective Date pursuant to Section 4.10 or (ii) that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer subsequent to the Effective Date pursuant to Section 4.10;
(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(11) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;
(12) any encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to any agreement, instrument or obligation (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting an extension, renewal, increase, refunding, replacement or refinancing of any contract, instrument or obligation referred to in 4.15(b)(1) through (11) (an “ Initial Agreement ”) or that is, or is contained in, any amendment, supplement, restatement or other modification to an Initial Agreement or Refinancing Agreement (an “ Amendment ”); provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Issuer);
(13) any encumbrance or restriction of a Securitization Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided, however,  that such restrictions apply only to any Securitization Subsidiary;
(14) any encumbrance or restriction in connection with Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness;
(15) any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business;  provided  that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;
(16) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
80

(17) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(18) any encumbrances or restrictions arising in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 4.12;
(19) any encumbrance or restriction that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary;
(20) customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
(21) an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness incurred subsequent to the Effective Date (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in agreements in effect on the Effective Date (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and either (x) the Issuer determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness.
SECTION 4.16. [RESERVED].
SECTION 4.17. Reports to Holders of the Notes.
(a) Whether or not required by the Commission, from and after the Effective Date, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the note register, or make available on the Issuer’s website, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations:
(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file such Forms including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants; and
(b) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports.
(c) In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, the Issuer will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities and analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuer has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
 
81

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.17, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above to the Trustee and the Holders if the Issuer has filed such reports with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available,  provided, however,  that the Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine if such filing or posting has occurred.
(e) In addition, if at any time any parent company of the Issuer incurs a guarantee of the Notes (there being no obligation of any parent company of the Issuer to do so) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to Holders pursuant to this Section 4.17 may, at the option of the Issuer, be filed by and be those of such parent company rather than the Issuer.
SECTION 4.18. [RESERVED].
SECTION 4.19. [RESERVED].
SECTION 4.20. Payments for Consent.
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
SECTION 4.21. Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade.
(a) If on any date following the Effective Date, (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ” and the date thereof being referred to as the “ Suspension Date ”) then the covenants listed under Sections 4.10, 4.11, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 5.01(a)(4) and 5.01(a)(5) will not be applicable to the Notes (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”).
Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset to zero. During any period that the Suspended Covenants have been suspended, the Board of Directors of the Issuer may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries unless such designation would have complied with Section 4.11 as if Section 4.11 would have been in effect during such period.
 
82

(b) In the event that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is the “ Suspension Period .”
(c) In the event of any reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants on a Reversion Date, (i) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments will be calculated as though Section 4.11 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period; (ii) all Indebtedness incurred, or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(3); (iii) any Affiliate Transaction entered into after such reinstatement pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.14(b)(8); and (iv) any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to take any action described in Section 4.15(a)(1) through (3) that becomes effective during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.15(b)(1).
(d) During the Suspension Period, any reference in the definitions of “Permitted Liens” and “Unrestricted Subsidiary” to Section 4.10 or any provision thereof shall be construed as if such covenant were in effect during the Suspension Period.
(e) Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, (1) no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind will be deemed to exist or have occurred as a result of any failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary to comply with the Suspended Covenants during any Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time arising out of actions taken or events that occurred during the Suspension Period), and (2) following a Reversion Date the Issuer and any Subsidiary will be permitted, without causing a Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind, to honor, comply with or otherwise perform any contractual commitments or obligations arising prior to such Reversion Date and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, and shall have no liability for any actions taken or events that occurred during the Suspension Period, or for any actions taken or events occurring at any time pursuant to any such commitment or obligation.
ARTICLE FIVE
SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.
(a) The Issuer may not (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions to another Person; unless:
(1) either: (a) the Issuer is the surviving Person; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);
 
83

(2) the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer) assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture, and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
(3) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and
(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either
(a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; or
(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;
provided that, for the purposes of this Section 5.01 only, neither a Music Publishing Sale nor a Recorded Music Sale will be deemed to be a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. For the avoidance of doubt, (1) the Issuer may therefore consummate a Music Publishing Sale in accordance with Section 4.13 without complying with this Section 5.01 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.01, (2) the Issuer may therefore consummate a Recorded Music Sale in accordance with Section 4.13 without complying with this Section 5.01 notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.01 and (3) the determination in the preceding proviso shall not affect the determination of what constitutes all or substantially all the assets of the Issuer under any other contract to which the Issuer is a party.
For the purpose of this Section 5.01, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of properties or assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a  pro forma  basis giving effect to such acquisition.
This Section 5.01 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. The foregoing clauses (3) and (4) shall not apply to the Merger. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4), (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to the Merger.
 
84

In the event of any transaction described in and complying with the conditions listed in the preceding paragraph in which the Issuer is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed or remaining shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer and the Issuer will be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.
(b) The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee prior to the consummation of each proposed transaction an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the conditions set forth above are satisfied and an Opinion of Counsel, which opinion may contain customary exceptions and qualifications, that the proposed transaction and the supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture.
ARTICLE SIX
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
SECTION 6.01. Events of Default.
Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:
(1) the Issuer defaults in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
(2) the Issuer defaults in the payment when due of interest or Special Interest, if any, on or with respect to the Notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days;
(3) the Issuer defaults in the performance of, or breaches any covenant, warranty or other agreement contained in, this Indenture (other than a default in the performance or breach of a covenant, warranty or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clauses (1) or (2) above) and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 days after the notice specified below;
(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, if (A) such default either (1) results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or (2) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its Stated Maturity and (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) or more at any one time outstanding;
 
85

(5) the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law;
(A) commences a voluntary case,
(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,
(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,
(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,
(E) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency,
(F) generally is not able to pay its debts as they become due, or
(G) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing;
(6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(A) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case,
(B) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, or
(C) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or
(7) the failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments (net of amounts covered by insurance policies issued by reputable and creditworthy insurance companies) aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and, with respect to any judgments covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed.
 
86

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration.
If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(5) or (6) occurs with respect to the Issuer and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall  ipso facto  become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of each Trustee or any Holder.
If any other Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes under this Indenture may declare the principal of and accrued interest on such Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “ Acceleration Notice ”), and the same:
(1) shall become immediately due and payable; or
(2) shall become immediately due and payable upon the first to occur of an acceleration under any Credit Agreement and five Business Days after receipt by the Issuer of such Acceleration Notice but only if such Event of Default is then continuing.
At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the two preceding paragraphs, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:
(1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;
(2) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration; and
(3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid.
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.
(a) If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
(b) The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon a Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
 
87

(c) In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(4), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
(d) Holders of the Notes may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture and under the TIA, if provisions from the TIA are incorporated into this Indenture. Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to all provisions of this Indenture and applicable law, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.
SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.
The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past Default hereunder and its consequences, except a Default;
(a) in the payment of interest on or the principal of any Note (which may only be waived with the consent of each Holder affected), or
(b) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that pursuant to Section 9.02(b) cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.
(c) In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, respectively; provided that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto;  provided ,  however , that if any amendment, waiver or other modification will only affect the Notes then outstanding, only the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (and not the consent of at least a majority of all Notes), as the case may be, shall be required. This paragraph of this Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.
SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority.
The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. Subject to Section 7.01, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Noteholder, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability;  provided  that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.
 
88

In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction.
SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits.
Subject to Section 6.07, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:
(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy;
(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;
(4) the Trustee has not complied with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it; and
(5) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request.
A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder, to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).
SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of and all interest on such Note on or after the respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates expressed in such Note and to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.
 
89

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.
If an Event of Default in payment of principal or interest specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest and fees remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate  per annum  borne by the Notes and such further amounts provided for in Section 7.07.
SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Issuer, its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member of any officer committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable.
SECTION 6.10. Priorities.
If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:
FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;
SECOND: to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and
THIRD: to the Issuer.
 
90

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.
In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Notes, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE SEVEN
THE TRUSTEE
SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee.
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture or in the TIA, and no duties, covenants, responsibilities or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officer’s Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel) furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b).
(2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.
 
91

(3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.
(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it.
(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.
(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
(g) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01 and Section 7.02. In the absence of bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.
SECTION 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee.
Subject to Section 7.01:
(a) the Trustee may rely conclusively on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document;
(b) before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 12.05. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion;
(c) the Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care;
(d) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers;
(e) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;
 
92

(f) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;
(g) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, (including any Officer’s Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to the Issuer, to examine the books, records, and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer;
(h) the Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder;
(i) the permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as duties;
(j) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture;
(k) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;
(l) in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage regardless of the form of action; and
(m) the Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers (with specimen signatures) authorized at such times to take specific actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.
SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.
The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.
 
93

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.
The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee makes no representations with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture.
SECTION 7.05. Notice of Default.
If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee receives actual notice of such Default, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default within 60 days after such Default occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee, or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers, of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.
SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders.
Within 60 days after each June 1, beginning with June 1, 2012, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in TIA § 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §§ 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d).
A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the Commission and each securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed.
The Issuer shall notify the Trustee if the Notes become listed on any securities exchange or of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 313(d).
SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.
(1) The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for its services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in accordance with any provision of this Indenture, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.
 
94

(2) The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense incurred by them except for such actions to the extent caused by any negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the Trustee’s part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer (including this Section 7.07) and the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigating any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its rights, powers or duties hereunder (whether asserted by the Issuer or any other Person)). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity. The Issuer may, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel with respect to such claim and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Issuer will not be required to pay such fees and expenses if, subject to the approval of the Trustee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), it assumes the Trustee’s defense and there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Trustee subject to the claim in connection with such defense as reasonably determined by the Trustee. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
Notwithstanding Section 4.12, to secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except with respect to funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Notes.
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (5) or (6), such expenses and the compensation for such services shall be paid to the extent allowed under any Bankruptcy Law and are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the appointment of a successor Trustee.
SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.
The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuer and the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:
(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;
 
95

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee resigns or is removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07, all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.07, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuer.
If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article Seven.
SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.
This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirement of TIA §§ 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $150,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. In addition, if the Trustee is a corporation included in a bank holding company system, the Trustee, independently of the bank holding company, shall meet the capital requirements of TIA § 310(a)(2). The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuer are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. The provisions of TIA § 310 shall apply to the Issuer and any other obligor of the Notes.
 
96

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.
The Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder, shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.
ARTICLE EIGHT
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
SECTION 8.01. Satisfaction and Discharge.
This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when:
(a) either:
(i) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
(ii) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing or delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable by reason of the mailing or delivery of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation of principal, premium and Special Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;
(b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture;
 
97

(c) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be; and
(d) the Issuer has delivered an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which opinion of counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
Subject to the next sentence and notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.09. After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive.
After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.
SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.
(a) The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either paragraph (b) or (c) below applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 8.03.
(b) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) above of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.04 and the other Sections of this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) referred to in (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Special Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;
(2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and
 
98

(4) this Article Eight.
Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02(b) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.02(c).
(c) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) above of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03 (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries only), 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07 and 4.09 through 4.20 and clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) above of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) of Section 6.01 shall not constitute Events of Default.
SECTION 8.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance described in Section 8.02 to the outstanding Notes:
(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. Legal Tender, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. Legal Tender and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Special Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any deficit as of the date of redemption (any such amount, the “ Applicable Premium Deficit ”) only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;
 
99

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the holders of the respective outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the holders of the respective outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
(6) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the holders of the Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or others; and
(7) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which opinion of counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
 
100

SECTION 8.04. Application of Trust Money.
All U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to this Article Eight shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities, deposited pursuant to Section 8.03 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the holders of the outstanding Notes.
Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the Issuer’s request any U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities, held by it as provided in Section 8.03 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
SECTION 8.05. Repayment to the Issuer.
The Trustee shall pay to the Issuer upon an Issuer request any excess U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities held by it for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to the Issuer, Holders entitled to money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person and all liability of the Trustee or Paying Agent with respect to such money shall thereupon cease.
SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement.
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender or Government Securities in accordance with this Article Eight, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Eight, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities in accordance with this Article Eight; provided, however,  that if the Issuer makes any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
 
101

ARTICLE NINE
AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders.
Subject to Section 9.03, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Holder:
(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
(3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s obligations to Holders in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s assets;
(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder;
(5) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;
(6) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the Description of Holdings Notes section of the Offering Circular;
(7) to add a guarantee of the Notes, including, without limitation, by any parent company of the Issuer;
(8) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes of the same series in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the Issue Date, or to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes;
(9) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance, administration and book-entry transfer of the Notes;  provided, however,  that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes; or
(10) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment of a successor trustee so long as the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture.
provided that the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.01.
 
102

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders.
(a) Except as provided for in Section 9.01 and 9.02(b), the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).
(b) Notwithstanding Section 9.02(a), without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver of this Indenture, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than provisions of Sections 4.09 and 4.13);
(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest, premium, or Special Interest, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
(5) impair the right of any Holder of the Notes to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; or
(6) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions;
(c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
(d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.
 
103

SECTION 9.03. Reserved.
SECTION 9.04. Compliance with TIA.
From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, if it is so qualified, every amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.
SECTION 9.05. Revocation and Effect of Consents.
(a) Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of his Note by notice to the Trustee or the Issuer received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.
(b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. The Issuer shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date if applicable.
(c) After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of Section 9.02(b)(1) through (6), in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note;  provided  that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 9.06. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee shall (if required by the Issuer and in accordance with the specific direction of the Issuer) request the holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee shall (if required by the Issuer and in accordance with the specific direction of the Issuer) place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
 
104

SECTION 9.07. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.
The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine; provided that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuer.
ARTICLE TEN
[RESERVED]
ARTICLE ELEVEN
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 11.01. TIA Controls.
If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, if this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, such required or deemed provision shall control.
SECTION 11.02. Notices.
Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telex, by nationally recognized overnight courier service, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:
if to the Issuer (a) prior to the consummation of the Merger:
WM Holdings Finance Corp.
c/o Access Industries, Inc.
730 Fifth Avenue, 20th Floor
New York, NY 10019
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (212) 247-6400
Facsimile: (212) 977-8112
and (b) upon and following consummation of the Merger:
WMG Holdings Corp.
c/o Warner Music Group Corp.
75 Rockefeller Plaza,
 
105

New York, NY 10019
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (212) 275-2030
Facsimile: (212) 258-3092
in each case, with a copy to:
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: David A. Brittenham
Telephone: (212) 909-6347
Facsimile: (212) 521-7347
if to the Trustee:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue MAC N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Telephone: (612) 667-8485
Facsimile: (612) 667-9825
with a copy to:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
45 Broadway – 14th Floor
MAC N-2666-140
New York, NY 10006
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Telephone: (212) 515-5260
Facsimile: (212) 515-1589
Each of the Issuer and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or communication to the Issuer and the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when answered back; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee); and next Business Day if by nationally recognized overnight courier service.
Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to him by first class mail or other equivalent means at his address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed.
 
106

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
SECTION 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders.
If this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c) if this Indenture is qualified under the TIA.
SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:
(1) an Officer’s Certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to be performed or effected by the Issuer, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
(2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, any and all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture, other than the Officer’s Certificate required by Section 4.06, shall include:
(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with or satisfied; and
(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.
 
107

SECTION 11.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar.
The Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions.
SECTION 11.07. Legal Holidays.
If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.
SECTION 11.08. Governing Law.
This Indenture and the Notes will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others.
No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company or Subsidiary of the Issuer, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any other obligation under the Notes, this Indenture or any Registration Rights Agreement, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
SECTION 11.11. Successors.
All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.
SECTION 11.12. Duplicate Originals.
All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement.
SECTION 11.13. Severability.
In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.
 
108

SECTION 11.14. Force Majeure.
In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.
SECTION 11.15. USA Patriot Act.
In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Initial Purchasers are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Issuer, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Initial Purchasers to properly identify their respective clients.
 
109

SIGNATURES
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date first written above.

WM HOLDINGS FINANCE CORP.	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Donald A. Wagner	
Name:	 	Donald A. Wagner	
Title:	 	Vice President and Secretary	
 	
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Raymond Delli Colli	
Name:	 	Raymond Delli Colli	
Title:	 	Vice President	
[Signature Page to the WM Holdings Finance Corp. Indenture]

EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF INITIAL NOTE]
WM HOLDINGS FINANCE CORP.
13.75% Senior Notes due 2019
CUSIP No.
ISIN No.

No.	  	 	  	$[            ]	  	 	
WM HOLDINGS FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [    ] dollars ($[    ]) on October 1, 2019.
Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1, commencing October 1, 2011. Record Dates: March 15 and September 15.
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
 
111

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.
Dated:

WM HOLDINGS FINANCE CORP.	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
Name:	
Title:	
 
112

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:	 	 	 	 	 	WELLS FARGO BANK,	
 	 	 	 	 	 	NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	By:	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Authorized Signatory	

113

(Reverse of Note)
WM Holdings Finance Corp.
13.75% Senior Notes due 2019
[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] [Insert the OID Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
SECTION 1. Interest. WM Holdings Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 13.75% per annum from July 20, 2011 until maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance;  provided  that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date;  provided, further , that the first Interest Payment Date shall be October 1, 2011. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30 day months.
SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 15 or September 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts (“ U.S. Legal Tender ”). Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders;  provided  that all payments of principal, premium and interest with respect to Notes the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Company prior to the Record Date will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.
 
114

SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any Affiliate may act in any such capacity.
SECTION 4. Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 20, 2011 (“Indenture”) between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and, subject to Section 1.03 of the Indenture and the Indenture being qualified under the TIA, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms (except as aforementioned), and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
SECTION 5. Optional Redemption. (a) The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 1, 2015, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
For purposes of the preceding paragraph, the following terms will have the following definitions:
“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:
(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Note; and
(2) the excess of:
(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at October 1, 2015, as applicable (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing under paragraph (b) of this Section 5) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through October 1, 2015, as applicable (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 75.0 basis points; over
(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Note.
Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided that such calculation or the correctness thereof shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.
 
115

“Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to October 1, 2015;  provided, however,  that if the period from such Redemption Date to October 1, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
(b) On or after October 1, 2015, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 1 of the years indicated below:

Year	 	Percentage	
2015	 	106.875%	
2016	 	103.438%	
2017 and thereafter	 	100.000%	
(c) The Issuer may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.
SECTION 6. Optional Redemption upon Equity Offering. At any time prior to October 1, 2015, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 113.75% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer or any contribution to the Issuer’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent; provided that:
(i) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (including the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and
(ii) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such Equity Offering.
SECTION 7. Mandatory Redemption. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
 
116

SECTION 8. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.
SECTION 9. Notice of Redemption.
(a) Notice of redemption pursuant to Section 5 and Section 6 will be mailed by first class mail in accordance with the terms of the Indenture Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
(b) Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or other corporate transaction or event. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.
SECTION 10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company or the Registrar is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company or the Registrar is not required to transfer or exchange any Notes (1) for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or (2) tendered and not withdrawn in connection with a Change of Control or an Asset Sale Offer.
SECTION 11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
SECTION 12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, or make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of a Note.
 
117

SECTION 13. Defaults and Remedies. If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes generally may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of the Notes or in respect of certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.
SECTION 14. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make restricted payments, to incur indebtedness, to create liens, to sell assets, to permit restrictions on dividends and other payments by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets or to engage in transactions with affiliates. The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.
SECTION 15. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company or any Subsidiary of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture, or the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
SECTION 16. Trustee Dealings with the Company. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.
SECTION 17. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
SECTION 18. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
 
118

SECTION 19. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. Pursuant to, but subject to the exceptions in, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Company if any, will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Initial Note for a 13.75% Senior Note due 2019 of the Company which shall have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects to this Initial Note (except that such note shall not be entitled to Special Interest). The Holders shall be entitled to receive certain Special Interest in the event the Notes are not Freely Tradable or such exchange offer is not consummated or the Notes are not offered for resale and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. a
SECTION 20. [RESERVED].
SECTION 21. CUSIP Numbers and ISINs. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
SECTION 22. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.
 
a 	Section not to appear on Exchange Notes.	
 
119

ASSIGNMENT FORM
I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 	 	 	
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)	 	 	

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)	 	 	
and irrevocably appoint:
Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:                                                              
Your Signature:                                                                      
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
120

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:
Section 4.09 [    ]        Section 4.13 [    ]
If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount: $
Dated:                                                        Signed:                                                      
(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)
 
121

EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF LEGEND FOR RESTRICTED NOTES]
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER
(1) REPRESENTS THAT
(A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, OR
(B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND
(2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN [ONE YEAR FOR NOTES ISSUED PURSUANT TO RULE 144A] [40 DAYS – FOR NOTES ISSUED IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S] AFTER THE LATER OF THE DATE OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE AND THE DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OWNED THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR NOTE) OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY
(A) TO WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.,
(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE),
(F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
 
122

(3) REPRESENTS THAT EITHER (A) IT IS NOT, AND IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF, A PLAN (WHICH TERM INCLUDES (I) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), (II) PLANS, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR TO PROVISIONS UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”) AND (III) ENTITIES THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF SUCH PLANS, ACCOUNTS AND ARRANGEMENTS) AND IT IS NOT PURCHASING THE NOTES ON BEHALF OF, OR WITH “PLAN ASSETS” OF, ANY PLAN; OR (B) ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF SUCH SECURITIES SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NONEXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA, SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY PROVISION OF SIMILAR LAW.
PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR (2)(F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
 
123

[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR REGULATION S NOTE]
I or we assign and transfer this Note to:
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)
(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)
and irrevocably appoint:
Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.
[Check One]
¨ (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Regulation S thereunder.
or
¨ (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.
If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the holder of the Note hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.
Date: Your Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
124

TO BE COMPLETED BY TRANSFEROR IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED
The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed Transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the restricted period under Regulation S, the Transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an initial purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Transferred beneficial interest or certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated on the Regulation S Notes and/or the certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
Dated:
NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer
 
125

EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTE]
Any Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Security) in substantially the following form:
THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY. THIS SECURITY IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (A NEW YORK CORPORATION) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
 
126

EXHIBIT E
Form of Certificate To Be
Delivered in Connection with
Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors
[             ], [         ]
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue MAC N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attn: Corporate Trust Services
With a copy to:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 45 Broadway – 14th Floor
MAC N-2666-140
New York, NY 10006
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with our proposed purchase of 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 of WM HOLDINGS FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), we confirm that:
1. We have received a copy of the Offering Circular (the “Offering Circular”), dated July 14, 2011, relating to the Notes and such other information as we deem necessary in order to make our investment decision. We acknowledge that we have read and agreed to the matters stated in the section entitled “Notice to Investors” of such Offering Circular, including the restrictions on duplication and circulation of the Offering Circular.
2. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture relating to the Notes (the “ Indenture ”) as described in the Offering Circular and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and all applicable State securities laws.
3. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell any Notes, we will do so only (i) to Warner Music Group Corp. or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) inside the United States in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), (iii) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the Trustee (as defined in the Indenture) a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Trustee), (iv) outside the United States in accordance with Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act to non-U.S. persons, (v) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), (vi) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and based upon an opinion of counsel if the Issuer so requests) or (vii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein.
 
127

4. We are not acquiring the Notes for or on behalf of, and will not transfer the Notes to, any pension or welfare plan (as defined in Section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or plan (as defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), except as permitted in the section entitled “Notice to Investors” of the Offering Circular.
5. We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we will be required to furnish to the Trustee and the Issuer such certification, legal opinions and other information as the Trustee and the Issuer may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.
6. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or their investment, as the case may be.
7. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.
You, the Issuer, the Trustee and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

Very truly yours, [Name of Transferee]	
 	
By:                                                            	
 	 	
Name:	 	 	
Title:	 	 	
 
128

EXHIBIT F
Form of Certificate To Be Delivered
in Connection with Transfers 
Pursuant to Regulation S
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue MAC N9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attn: Corporate Trust Services
With a copy to:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 45 Broadway – 14th Floor
MAC N-2666-140
New York, NY 10006
 
 	Re:	WM Holdings Finance Corp. (the “Issuer”) 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”)	
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with our proposed sale of $[ ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, we represent that:
(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
(2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;
(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;
(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and
(5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.
In addition, if the sale is made during a Restricted Period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.
 
129

You, the Issuer and counsel for the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

Very truly yours,	
[Name of Transferor]	
 	
By:                                                                      	
          Authorized Signature	
 
130

EXHIBIT H
Form of Merger Supplemental Indenture
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of [                    ] (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among [Name of Successor Company] (the “ Company ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, [Name of Predecessor Company or Companies] (the “Predecessor Company”) and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 of the Company (the “ Notes ”);
WHEREAS, the Company is the successor by merger to the Predecessor Company and Section 5.01 of the Indenture contemplates that the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture;
WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders as follows:
1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2. ASSUMPTION. The Company hereby expressly assumes and agrees promptly to pay, perform and discharge when due each and every debt, obligation, covenant and agreement incurred, made or to be paid, performed or discharged by the Predecessor Company under the Indenture and the Notes. The Company hereby agrees to be bound by all the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture and the Notes and agrees that it shall be the successor Company and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Predecessor Company, as the predecessor Company, under the Indenture and the Notes.
3. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
 
131

4. RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.
5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
6. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
 
132

Exhibit 4.4
Execution Copy
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of July 20, 2011 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among WMG Acquisition Corp. (the “ Company ”), and the entities named in the signature pages hereto (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiaries ” and each, a “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ” of the Company), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, WM Finance Corp. (the “Predecessor Company”) and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 of the Predecessor Company (the “ Notes ”);
WHEREAS, the Company is the successor by merger to the Predecessor Company and Section 5.01 of the Indenture contemplates that the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture;
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances certain subsidiaries of the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such subsidiaries shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Note Guarantee ”);
WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, each Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders as follows:
1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2. ASSUMPTION. The Company hereby expressly assumes and agrees promptly to pay, perform and discharge when due each and every debt, obligation, covenant and agreement incurred, made or to be paid, performed or discharged by the Predecessor Company under the Indenture and the Notes. The Company hereby agrees to be bound by all the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture and the Notes and agrees that it shall be the successor Company and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Predecessor Company, as the predecessor Company, under the Indenture and the Notes.
 
1

3. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.
4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
5. RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.
6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
 
2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Executive Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Secured)]

 	
Guarantors:	
 	
ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.	
T.Y.S., INC.	
THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.	
A. P. SCHMIDT CO.	
ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION	
ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.	
BERNA MUSIC, INC.	
BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.	
CAFE AMERICANA INC.	
CHAPPELL & INTERSONG MUSIC GROUP (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED	
CHAPPELL AND INTERSONG MUSIC GROUP (GERMANY) INC.	
CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.	
COTA MUSIC, INC.	
COTILLION MUSIC, INC.	
CRK MUSIC INC.	
E/A MUSIC, INC.	
ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.	
ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.	
ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.	
ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.	
EN ACQUISITION CORP.	
FHK, INC.	
FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.	
FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.	
INSIDE JOB, INC.	
INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.	
INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.	
JADAR MUSIC CORP.	
LEM AMERICA, INC.	
LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.	
MAVERICK PARTNER INC.	
MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.	
MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Secured)]

 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	
 	
MM INVESTMENT INC.	
NC HUNGARY HOLDINGS INC.	
NEW CHAPPELL INC.	
NONESUCH RECORDS INC.	
NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.	
NVC INTERNATIONAL INC.	
OCTA MUSIC, INC.	
PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.	
REP SALES, INC.	
RESTLESS ACQUISITION CORP.	
REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION	
RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY	
RICK’S MUSIC INC.	
RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.	
RODRA MUSIC, INC.	
RYKO CORPORATION	
RYKODISC, INC.	
RYKOMUSIC, INC.	
SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.	
SR/MDM VENTURE INC.	
SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.	
THE RHYTHM METHOD INC.	
TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.	
TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.	
TW MUSIC HOLDINGS INC.	
UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.	
W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.	
WALDEN MUSIC INC.	
WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.	
WARNER BRETHREN INC.	
WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.	
WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.	
WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.	
WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.	
WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.	
WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.	
WARNER MUSIC SP INC.	
WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.	
WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Secured)]

 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	
 	
WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.	
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.	
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.	
WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.	
WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION	
WARNERSONGS, INC.	
WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.	
WARPRISE MUSIC INC.	
WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.	
WB MUSIC CORP.	
WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.	
WBR MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.	
WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.	
WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.	
WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.	
WEA EUROPE INC.	
WEA INC.	
WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.	
WEA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.	
WIDE MUSIC, INC.	
WMG MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.	
ASYLUM RECORDS LLC	
ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC	
ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC	
ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC	
ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.	
BB INVESTMENTS LLC	
BULLDOG ENTERTAINMENT GROUP LLC	
BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC	
BUTE SOUND LLC	
CHORUSS LLC	
CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC	
EAST WEST RECORDS LLC	
FBR INVESTMENTS LLC	
FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC	
FUELED BY RAMEN LLC	
LAVA RECORDS LLC	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Secured)]

 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	
 	
LAVA TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC	
MADE OF STONE LLC	
PENALTY RECORDS, LLC	
PERFECT GAME RECORDING COMPANY LLC	
RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC	
RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC	
T-BOY MUSIC, LLC	
T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC	
THE BIZ LLC	
UPPED.COM LLC	
WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC	
WMG TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC	
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE	
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY	
J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.	
SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.	
SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.	
ARTIST ARENA LLC	
ATLANTIC PIX LLC	
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC	
FERRET MUSIC LLC	
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC	
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC	
P & C PUBLISHING LLC	
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC	

By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Secured)]

 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	
 	
SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.	
ARTIST ARENA LLC	
ATLANTIC PIX LLC	
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC	
FERRET MUSIC LLC	
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC	
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC	
P & C PUBLISHING LLC	
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC	

By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Secured)]

 	 	 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	
 	
WARNER MUSIC INC.	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Executive Vice President
& Secretary	

615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC	
 	
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	

ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC	
 	
By: Artist Arena LLC, its Member	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Secured)]

 	 	 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	
 	
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC	
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL	
PUBLISHING, LLC	
 	
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its
Manager	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, LC	
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC	
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC	
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC	
 	
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc.,	
their Manager	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
WMG ARTIST BRAND LLC	
 	
By: Warner Music Inc., its Member	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Executive Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Secured)]

 	 	 	
WELLS FARGO BANK,	
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Raymond Delli Colli	
 	 	Authorized Person	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Secured)]

Exhibit 4.5
Execution Copy
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of July 20, 2011 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among WMG Acquisition Corp. (the “ Company ”), and the entities named in the signature pages hereto (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiaries ” and each, a “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ” of the Company), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, WM Finance Corp. (the “Predecessor Company”) and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 11.500% Senior Notes due 2018 of the Predecessor Company (the “ Notes ”);
WHEREAS, the Company is the successor by merger to the Predecessor Company and Section 5.01 of the Indenture contemplates that the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture;
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances certain subsidiaries of the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such subsidiaries shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Note Guarantee ”);
WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, each Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders as follows:
1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2. ASSUMPTION. The Company hereby expressly assumes and agrees promptly to pay, perform and discharge when due each and every debt, obligation, covenant and agreement incurred, made or to be paid, performed or discharged by the Predecessor Company under the Indenture and the Notes. The Company hereby agrees to be bound by all the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture and the Notes and agrees that it shall be the successor Company and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Predecessor Company, as the predecessor Company, under the Indenture and the Notes.
 
1

3. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.
4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
5. RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.
6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
 
2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware
corporation	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                     	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Executive Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Unsecured)]

 	
Guarantors:	
 	
ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.	
T.Y.S., INC.	
THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.	
A. P. SCHMIDT CO.	
ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION	
ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.	
BERNA MUSIC, INC.	
BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.	
CAFE AMERICANA INC.	
CHAPPELL & INTERSONG MUSIC GROUP (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED	
CHAPPELL AND INTERSONG MUSIC GROUP (GERMANY) INC.	
CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.	
COTA MUSIC, INC.	
COTILLION MUSIC, INC.	
CRK MUSIC INC.	
E/A MUSIC, INC.	
ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.	
ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.	
ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.	
ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.	
EN ACQUISITION CORP.	
FHK, INC.	
FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.	
FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.	
INSIDE JOB, INC.	
INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.	
INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.	
JADAR MUSIC CORP.	
LEM AMERICA, INC.	
LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.	
MAVERICK PARTNER INC.	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Unsecured)]

 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	
 	
MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.	
MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.	
MM INVESTMENT INC.	
NC HUNGARY HOLDINGS INC.	
NEW CHAPPELL INC.	
NONESUCH RECORDS INC.	
NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.	
NVC INTERNATIONAL INC.	
OCTA MUSIC, INC.	
PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.	
REP SALES, INC.	
RESTLESS ACQUISITION CORP.	
REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION	
RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY	
RICK’S MUSIC INC.	
RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.	
RODRA MUSIC, INC.	
RYKO CORPORATION	
RYKODISC, INC.	
RYKOMUSIC, INC.	
SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.	
SR/MDM VENTURE INC.	
SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.	
THE RHYTHM METHOD INC.	
TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.	
TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.	
TW MUSIC HOLDINGS INC.	
UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.	
W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.	
WALDEN MUSIC INC.	
WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.	
WARNER BRETHREN INC.	
WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.	
WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.	
WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.	
WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.	
WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.	
WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.	
WARNER MUSIC SP INC.	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Unsecured)]

 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	
 	
WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.	
WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.	
WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.	
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.	
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.	
WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.	
WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION	
WARNERSONGS, INC.	
WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.	
WARPRISE MUSIC INC.	
WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.	
WB MUSIC CORP.	
WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.	
WBR MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.	
WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.	
WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.	
WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.	
WEA EUROPE INC.	
WEA INC.	
WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.	
WEA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.	
WIDE MUSIC, INC.	
WMG MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.	
ASYLUM RECORDS LLC	
ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC	
ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC	
ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC	
ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.	
BB INVESTMENTS LLC	
BULLDOG ENTERTAINMENT GROUP LLC	
BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC	
BUTE SOUND LLC	
CHORUSS LLC	
CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC	
EAST WEST RECORDS LLC	
FBR INVESTMENTS LLC	
FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC	
FUELED BY RAMEN LLC	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Unsecured)]

 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	
 	
LAVA RECORDS LLC	
LAVA TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC	
MADE OF STONE LLC	
PENALTY RECORDS, LLC	
PERFECT GAME RECORDING COMPANY LLC	
RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC	
RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC	
T-BOY MUSIC, LLC	
T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC	
THE BIZ LLC	
UPPED.COM LLC	
WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC	
WMG TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC	
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE	
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY	
J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.	
SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.	
SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.	
ARTIST ARENA LLC	
ATLANTIC PIX LLC	
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC	
FERRET MUSIC LLC	
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC	
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC	
P & C PUBLISHING LLC	
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                              	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Unsecured)]

 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	
 	
SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.	
ARTIST ARENA LLC	
ATLANTIC PIX LLC	
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC	
FERRET MUSIC LLC	
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC	
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC	
P & C PUBLISHING LLC	
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                                  	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Unsecured)]

 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	
 	
WARNER MUSIC INC.	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Executive Vice President & Secretary	
 	
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC	
 	
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC	
 	
By: Artist Arena LLC, its Member	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Unsecured)]

 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	
 	
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC	
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC	
 	
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Manager	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, LC	
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC	
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC	
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC	
 	
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Manager	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
WMG ARTIST BRAND LLC	
 	
By: Warner Music Inc., its Member	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Executive Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Unsecured)]

 	 	 	
WELLS FARGO BANK,	
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Raymond Delli Colli	
 	 	Authorized Person	
[Signature Page to the WM Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture (Unsecured)]

Exhibit 4.6
Execution Copy
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of July 20, 2011 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among WMG Holdings Corp. (the “ Company ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, WM Holdings Finance Corp. (the “Predecessor Company”) and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 13.750% Senior Notes due 2019 of the Predecessor Company (the “ Notes ”);
WHEREAS, the Company is the successor by merger to the Predecessor Company and Section 5.01 of the Indenture contemplates that the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture;
WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders as follows:
1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2. ASSUMPTION. The Company hereby expressly assumes and agrees promptly to pay, perform and discharge when due each and every debt, obligation, covenant and agreement incurred, made or to be paid, performed or discharged by the Predecessor Company under the Indenture and the Notes. The Company hereby agrees to be bound by all the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture and the Notes and agrees that it shall be the successor Company and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Predecessor Company, as the predecessor Company, under the Indenture and the Notes.
3. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
 
1

4. RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.
5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
6. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
 
2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

WMG HOLDINGS CORP., a Delaware
corporation	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Steven Macri	
Name:	 	Steven Macri	
Title:	 	Executive Vice President &
Chief Financial Officer	
 
[Signature Page to the WM Holdings Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture]

 	 	 	
WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Raymond Delli Colli	
 	 	Authorized Person	
 
[Signature Page to the WM Holdings Finance Corp. Supplemental Indenture]

Exhibit 4.7
EXECUTION VERSION

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.,
as the Issuer,
the Guarantors party hereto
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of July 20, 2011

9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016

 

EXECUTION VERSION
SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of July 20, 2011, among the subsidiary guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiaries”), subsidiaries of WMG Acquisition Corp. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company, WMG Holdings Corp., solely to the extent set forth in Article X and as set forth in the Security Documents and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).
WITNESSETH
WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended prior to the date hereof, the “Indenture”), dated as of May 28, 2009 providing for the issuance of 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”);
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiaries hereby each agree to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 11 thereof.
3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
6. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
7. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Company.
[Remainder of the page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Executive Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to the Supplemental Indenture to the Existing WMG Acquisition Corp. Indenture]

 	
WMG HOLDINGS CORP.	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Executive Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to the Supplemental Indenture to the Existing WMG Acquisition Corp. Indenture]

 	
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee	
 	
By: /s/ Raymond Delli Colli                                        	
  Authorized Signatory	
[Signature Page to the Supplemental Indenture to the Existing WMG Acquisition Corp. Indenture]

 	
ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS:	
 	
J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.	
SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.	
SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.
ARTIST ARENA LLC	
ATLANTIC PIX LLC	
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC	
FERRET MUSIC LLC	
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC	
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC	
P & C PUBLISHING LLC	
ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.	
THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.	
T.Y.S., INC.	
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                     	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Additional Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity	
[Signature Page to the Supplemental Indenture to the Existing WMG Acquisition Corp. Indenture]

 	
ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS (cont-d):	
 	
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC	
 	
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions Inc., its Sole Member	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC	
 	
By: Artist Arena LLC, its Member	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
WMG ARTIST BRAND LLC	
 	
By: Warner Music Inc., its Member	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Executive Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to the Supplemental Indenture to the Existing WMG Acquisition Corp. Indenture]

Exhibit 4.8
EXECUTION COPY
$150,000,000
WM Finance Corp.
9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
July 20, 2011
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
UBS SECURITIES LLC,
As Representatives of the Several Initial Purchasers,
c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
       Eleven Madison Avenue,
       New York, New York 10010-3629
Dear Sirs:
WM Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Issuer”), proposes to issue and sell to Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers (collectively, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement dated July 14, 2011 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), U.S.$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “ Initial Securities ”) to be unconditionally guaranteed (the “ Guarantees ”) on a senior secured basis from and after the Completion Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) by the several guarantors listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Guarantors ”). On the Completion Date, Initial Issuer will be merged with and into WMG Acquisition Corp. (“ WMG ”). WMG and each Guarantor will become a party hereto by execution of a joinder agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ Joinder Agreement” ) on the Completion Date. References to the “ Company ” refer to (i) prior to the execution of the Joinder Agreement on the Completion Date, the Initial Issuer and (ii) from and after the execution of the Joinder Agreement on the Completion Date, WMG and the Guarantors. The Initial Securities will be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”). As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers, the Company agrees with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders of the Initial Securities (including, without limitation, the Initial Purchasers), the Exchange Securities (as defined below) and the Private Exchange Securities (as defined below)(collectively the “ Holders ”), as follows:
1. Registered Exchange Offer. The Company shall, at its own cost, use its reasonable best efforts to (i) prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement (the “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), with respect to a proposed offer (the “ Registered Exchange Offer ”) to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6(d) hereof), who are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities (the “ Exchange Securities ”) of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects to the Initial Securities (except for the removal of transfer restrictions relating to the Initial Securities and the provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) that would be registered under the Securities Act, (ii) cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act and (iii) consummate the Registered Exchange Offer (other than with respect to Initial Securities that are freely tradable pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without the need for current public information or compliance with other requirements of Rule 144 and with respect to which the Company has enabled Holders of the Initial Securities to have the restrictive legend removed from the Initial Securities and which no longer bear a restricted CUSIP number (“ Freely Tradable ”)) as of the 450th day following the later of the Closing Date and the Completion Date (the “ Exchange Date ”). The Company agrees to hold the Registered Exchange Offer open for the period required by applicable law (including pursuant to any applicable interpretation by the staff of the Commission), but in any event for at least 20 business days after the date that notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is furnished to Holders of the Initial Securities, and exchange the Exchange Securities for all Initial Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Registered Exchange Offer.

If the Company commences the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company will be entitled to close the Registered Exchange Offer 20 business days after such commencement provided that the Company has accepted all the Initial Securities theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer.
The Company acknowledges that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in the absence of an applicable exemption therefrom, (i) each Holder which is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Initial Securities, acquired for its own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Securities (an “ Exchanging Dealer ”), is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information set forth in (a) Annex A hereto on the cover, (b) Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section, and (c) Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of such prospectus in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) an Initial Purchaser that elects to sell Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for Initial Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in connection with such sale.
The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus contained therein, in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities; provided, however, that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer or an Initial Purchaser, such period shall be the lesser of 90 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers and the Initial Purchasers have sold all Exchange Securities held by them (unless such period is extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) and (ii) the Company shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Securities for a period of not less than 90 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer.
If, upon consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, any Initial Purchaser holds Initial Securities acquired by it as part of its initial distribution, the Company, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser upon the written request of such Initial Purchaser, in exchange (the “ Private Exchange ”) for the Initial Securities held by such Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects (including the existence of restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act and the securities laws of the several states of the United States, but excluding provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) to the Initial Securities (the “ Private Exchange Securities ”). The Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities are herein collectively called the “ Securities ”.
 
2

In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:
(a) furnish each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;
(b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice thereof is furnished to the Holders;
(c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer, which may be the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee;
(d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and
(e) otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission.
As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:
(x) accept for exchange all the Initial Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange;
(y) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all the Initial Securities so accepted for exchange; and
(z) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of the Initial Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Initial Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.
The Indenture provides that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that all the Securities will vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter.
Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Initial Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Initial Securities, from the date of original issue of the Initial Securities.
Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) at the time of commencement or consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer such Holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Initial Securities or the Exchange Securities (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the applicable Exchange Securities in violation of the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Securities and (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.
 
3

Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company will ensure that (i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
2. Shelf Registration. If the Initial Securities are not Freely Tradable as of the Exchange Date, and if (i) any changes in law or the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission do not permit the Company to effect the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) for any other reason the Registered Exchange Offer has not been consummated by the Exchange Date, (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Initial Securities (or the Private Exchange Securities) not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or (iv) any Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be, and shall notify the Company that such Holder is, prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, or such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, or such Holder is a broker-dealer and acquired Initial Securities directly from the Company or one of its affiliates, and any such Holder so requests, the Company shall at its expense in lieu of (or, in the case of clauses (iii) and (iv), in addition to) conducting the Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1:
(a) use its reasonable best efforts to file under the Securities Act within 30 days after such filing obligation arises (but not earlier than 451 days after the Completion Date), a “shelf” registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the Holders of, all of the Initial Securities (or, in the case of clause (iii), the Initial Securities held by the Initial Purchasers, or, in the case of clause (iv), by the Holders referred to in clause (iv), as the case may be), pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the “ Shelf Registration ” and such registration statement, the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective within 30 days of the filing date of the Shelf Registration Statement;
(b) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective for a period ending on the earlier of the first anniversary following the effective date of such registration statement or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Initial Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have either been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or become Freely Tradable;
(c) supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, as and when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its respective effective date, (i) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
4

3. Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration contemplated by Section 2 hereof and, to the extent applicable, any Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1 hereof, the following provisions shall apply:
(a) The Company shall (i) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and, in the event that an Initial Purchaser (with respect to any portion of an unsold allotment from the original offering) is participating in the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as such Initial Purchaser reasonably may propose; (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and include the information set forth in Annex D hereto in the Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; (iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; (iv) include within the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the Commission with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) of Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (a “ Participating Broker-Dealer ”), whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the Commission or such positions or policies, in the reasonable judgment of the Initial Purchasers based upon advice of counsel (which may be in-house counsel), represent the prevailing views of the staff of the Commission; and (v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include in the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement (or, if permitted by Commission Rule 430B(b), in a prospectus supplement that becomes a part thereof pursuant to Commission Rule 430B(f)) that is delivered to any Holder pursuant to Section 3(d) and (f), the names of the Holders, who propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as selling security holders.
(b) The Company shall give notice to the Initial Purchasers and any Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the Company has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):
(i) when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;
(ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;
 
5

(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, of the issuance by the Commission of a notification of objection to the use of the form on which the Registration Statement has been filed, and of the happening of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Commission Rule 405;
(iv) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and
(v) of the happening of any event that requires the Company to make changes in the Registration Statement or the prospectus in order that the Registration Statement or the prospectus do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
(c) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time, of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.
(d) The Company shall furnish to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference). The Company shall not, without the prior consent of the Initial Purchasers, make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 405.
(e) The Company shall deliver to each Exchanging Dealer and each Initial Purchaser, and to any other Holder who so requests, in writing, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if any Initial Purchaser or any such Holder requests, all exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by reference).
(f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such person may reasonably request, in writing. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of the Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement.
(g) The Company shall deliver to each Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably request, in writing. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, if necessary, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
 
6

(h) Prior to any public offering of the Securities, pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company shall register or qualify or cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such states of the United States as any Holder of the Securities reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject, or (iii) make any changes to their certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents.
(i) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of the Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may reasonably request in writing a reasonable period of time prior to sales of the Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.
(j) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly prepare and file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus and any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Holders of the Securities or purchasers of Securities, the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company notifies the Initial Purchasers and any known Participating Broker-Dealer in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made, then the Initial Purchasers and any such Participating Broker-Dealers shall suspend use of such prospectus, and the period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 2(b) above and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 1 above shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers and any known Participating Broker-Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to this Section 3(j). The Initial Purchasers and any Participating Broker-Dealers agree that upon receipt of any such notice from the Company, they will not distribute copies of the prospectus that are the subject of such notice.
(k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and provide the applicable trustee with printed certificates for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.
(l) The Company will comply with all rules and regulations of the Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration and will make generally available to its security holders (or otherwise provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which statement shall cover such 12-month period.
 
7

(m) The Company shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in a timely manner and containing such changes, if any, as shall be necessary for such qualification. In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.
(n) The Company may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (i) to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of the Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) to provide comments on the Shelf Registration Statement within a reasonable time after receiving such request, and the Company may exclude from such registration the Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.
(o) The Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as any Holder of the Securities shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration.
(p) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of the Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company customarily inspected by underwriters in primary underwritten offerings of securities and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, as shall be reasonably necessary to enable such persons, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the Initial Purchasers by you and on behalf of the other parties, by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such other parties as described in Section 4 hereof.
(q) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company, if requested by Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Securities covered thereby, shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver an opinion relating to the Securities in customary form addressed to such Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof and dated the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (it being agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion shall include, without limitation, the due incorporation and good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries; the due authorization, execution and delivery of the relevant agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(o) hereof; the due authorization, execution, authentication and issuance, and the validity and enforceability, of the applicable Securities; the absence of material legal or governmental proceedings involving the Company and its subsidiaries; the absence of governmental approvals required to be obtained in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the offering and sale of the applicable Securities, or any agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(o) hereof; the compliance as to form of such Shelf Registration Statement and any documents incorporated by reference therein and of the Indenture with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, respectively; as of the date of the opinion and as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or most recent post-effective amendment thereto or most recent prospectus supplement thereto that is deemed to establish a new effective date, as the case may be, the absence from such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus and any prospectus supplement included therein, as then amended or supplemented and including any documents incorporated by reference therein, of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of an applicable time identified by such Holders or managing underwriters, the absence from the prospectus included in the Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented at such applicable time and including any documents incorporated by reference therein, taken together with any other documents identified by such Holders or managing underwriters, of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (ii) its officers to execute and deliver such customary documents and certificates and updates thereof reasonably requested by any underwriters of the applicable Securities and (iii) its independent public accountants and the independent public accountants with respect to any other entity for which financial information is provided in the Shelf Registration Statement to provide to the selling Holders of the applicable Securities and any underwriter therefor a comfort letter in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72.
 
8

(r) If a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Initial Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall mark, or cause to be marked, on the Initial Securities so exchanged that such Initial Securities are being canceled in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be; in no event shall the Initial Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.
(s) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to (a) if the Initial Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Initial Securities, confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities covered by a Registration Statement, or (b) if the Initial Securities were not previously rated, cause the Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, in each case, if so requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered by such Registration Statement.
(t) In the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the “ Rules ”) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”)) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to assist such broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules, including, without limitation, by (i) if such Rules, including Rule 5121, shall so require, engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in Rule 5121) to participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement relating to such Securities, to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities, (ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 5 hereof and (iii) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Rules.
 
9

(u) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.
4. Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 1 through 3 hereof, whether or not the Registered Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration is filed or becomes effective, and, in the event of a Shelf Registration, shall bear or reimburse the Holders of the Securities covered thereby for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of counsel designated by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Initial Securities covered thereby to act as counsel for the Holders of the Initial Securities in connection therewith.
5. Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder of Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) any Participating Broker-Dealer whose Securities are included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and (iii) each person, if any, who controls such Holder or such Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (each Holder, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such controlling persons are referred to collectively as the “ Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and sales of the Securities) to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 433 (“ Issuer FWP ”), relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of, or are based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; provided further, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to such Indemnified Party. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, their officers and directors and each person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders of the Securities if requested by such Holders.
(b) The Company may require as a condition to including any securities in any Shelf Registration Statement, that, each Holder of the Securities, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to which the Company or any such controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Holder may otherwise have to the Company or any of its controlling persons.
 
10

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including a governmental investigation), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 5, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 5 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the exchange of the Securities, pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, or (ii) if the allocation provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on the other, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5(d), the Holders of the Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the amount of damages which such Holders have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls such indemnified party within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.
 
11

(e) The agreements contained in this Section 5 shall survive the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
6. Additional Interest Under Certain Circumstances. (a) In the event that the Initial Securities are not Freely Tradable as of the Exchange Date; and either:
(i) the Registered Exchange Offer has not been consummated;
(ii) if a Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed under Section 2 hereof, such Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective; or
(iii) any Registration Statement has been declared effective but ceases to be effective during the period the Company is required to use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to remain effective
(each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii), a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a “ Registration Default Period ”), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, additional interest shall accrue on the Initial Securities for the Registration Default Period (but only with respect to one Registration Default at any particular time) until the restrictive legend has been removed and the Initial Securities are Freely Tradable or such time as all Registration Defaults have been cured at a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first 90 days of the Registration Default Period, which rate shall increase by an additional 0.25% during each subsequent 90-day period, up to a maximum of 1.00% regardless of the number of Registration Defaults that shall have occurred and be continuing (any such additional interest, “ Special Interest ”). Any such Special Interest will be paid in the same manner and on the same dates as interest payments in respect of Initial Securities. Immediately following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Special Interest will cease and the interest rate borne by the Initial Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate;  provided ,  however , that if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration Default occurs, the Special Interest may again commence to accrue pursuant to the foregoing provisions.
(b) A Registration Default referred to in Section 6(a)(iii) hereof shall be deemed not to have occurred and be continuing in relation to a Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus if (i) such Registration Default has occurred solely as a result of (x) the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual audited financial information with respect to the Company where such post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related prospectus or (y) other material events, with respect to the Company that would need to be described in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus and (ii) in the case of clause (y), the Company is proceeding promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement such Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus to describe such events; provided, however, that in any case if such Registration Default occurs for a continuous period in excess of 30 days, Special Interest shall be payable in accordance with the above paragraph from the day such Registration Default occurs until such Registration Default is cured or the Initial Securities become Freely Tradable.
 
12

(c) Any amounts of Special Interest due pursuant to Section 6(a) above will be payable in cash on the regular interest payment dates with respect to the Initial Securities. The amount of Special Interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable Special Interest rate by the principal amount of the Initial Securities on which it is to be paid, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Special Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months), and the denominator of which is 360.
(d) “Transfer Restricted Securities” means each Security until (i) the date on which such Transfer Restricted Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a freely transferable Exchange Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement, or (iii) the date on which such Initial Security is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act or is Freely Tradable.
7. Rules 144 and 144A. To the extent it shall be required to do so, the Company shall use its best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of their securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company covenants that it will take such further action as any Holder of Initial Securities may reasonably request in writing, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Initial Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). The Company will provide a copy of this Agreement to prospective purchasers of Initial Securities identified to the Company by the Initial Purchasers upon request. Upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act. If at any time any parent company of the Company becomes a Guarantor (there being no obligation of any parent company of the Company to do so) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to Holders of the Initial Securities pursuant to the foregoing requirements, may at the option of the Company, be filed by and be those of such parent company rather than the Company.
8. Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering (“ Managing Underwriter s”) will be selected by the Company, subject to the consent of the Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities to be included in such offering and such Holders shall be responsible for all underwriting discounts and commissions in connection therewith.
No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
 
13

9. Miscellaneous.
(a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, except by the Company and the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consents.
(b) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail, facsimile transmission, or air courier which guarantees overnight delivery:
(1) if to a Holder of the Securities, at the address of such Holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company.
(2) if to the Initial Purchasers;
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10010-3629
Fax No.: (212) 325-4296
Attention: LCD-IBD Group
and
UBS Securities LLC
677 Washington Boulevard
Stamford, CT 06901
Facsimile No.: (212) 719-3667
Attention: Leveraged Capital Markets
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Richard D. Truesdell, Jr., Esq.
(3) if to the Company, at its address as follows:
WM Finance Corp.
c/o Warner Music Group Corp.
75 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, New York 10019
Facsimile No.: (212) 275-3601
Attention: General Counsel
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Facsimile No.: 212-521-7334
Attention: Matthew E. Kaplan, Esq.
 
14

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by recipient’s facsimile machine operator, if sent by facsimile transmission; and on the day delivered, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
(c) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.
(d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
(f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
(g) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.
(h) Severability. If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
(i) Securities Held by the Company. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities is required hereunder, Securities held by the Company or its affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.
(j) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.
 
15

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the several Initial Purchasers and the Company in accordance with its terms.

Very truly yours,	 	 	
 	 	
WM FINANCE CORP.	 	 	
 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Donald Wagner	 	 	
 	 	Name:	 	Donald Wagner	 	 	
 	 	Title:	 	Vice President and Secretary	 	 	
[Signature Page to Secured OpCo Notes Registration Rights Agreement]

The foregoing Registration
Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first
above written.

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC	
 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	/s/ Chris Cottrell	
 	 	Name:	 	Chris Cottrell	
 	 	Title:	 	Director	

UBS SECURITIES LLC	
 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	/s/ Chris Becker	
 	 	Name:	 	Chris Becker	
 	 	Title:	 	Executive Director	

 	 	By:	 	/s/ John C. Duggen	
 	 	Name:	 	John C. Duggen	
 	 	Title:	 	Managing Director	

 	 	Acting on behalf of themselves
     and as the Representatives of
     the Several Initial Purchasers	
[Signature Page to Secured OpCo Notes Registration Rights Agreement]

SCHEDULE A
Delaware and New York Guarantors

Guarantor	  	Jurisdiction of Organization	  	Type of Organization	
A.P. Schmidt Co.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Atlantic Recording Corporation	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Atlantic/143 L.L.C.	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Atlantic Mobile LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Atlantic/MR Ventures Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Atlantic Productions LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Atlantic Scream LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Alternative Distribution Alliance	  	New York	  	GP	
Artist Arena International, LLC	  	New York	  	LLC	
Artist Arena LLC	  	New York	  	LLC	
Asylum Records LLC (f/k/a WEA Urban LLC)	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Atlantic Pix LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
BB Investments LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Big Beat Records Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Bulldog Entertainment Group LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Bulldog Island Events LLC	  	New York	  	LLC	
Bute Sound LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Cafe Americana Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Chappell & Intersong Music Group (Australia) Limited	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Chappell & Intersong Music Group (Germany) Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Chappell Music Company, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	

 
19
 	 	 	 	 	
Guarantor	  	Jurisdiction of Organization	  	Type of Organization	
Chorus LLC (f/k/a Network Licensing Collection LLC)	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Cordless Recordings LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Cota Music, Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
Cotillion Music, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
CRK Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
E/A Music, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
East West Records LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Eleksylum Music, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Elektra/Chameleon Ventures Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Elektra Entertainment Group Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Elektra Group Ventures Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
EN Acquisition Corp.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
FBR Investments LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Ferret Music Holdings LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Fiddleback Music Publishing Company, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Foz Man Music LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Fueled By Ramen LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Inside Job, Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
Insound Acquisition Inc. (f/k/a Atlantic/MR II Inc.)	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Intersong U.S.A., INC.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Jadar Music Corp.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Lava Records LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Lava Trademark Holding Company LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
LEM America, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	

 
20
 	 	 	 	 	
Guarantor	  	Jurisdiction of Organization	  	Type of Organization	
London-Sire Records Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Made of Stone LLC (f/k/a Griffen Corp.)	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Maverick Partner Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
McGuffin Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Mixed Bag Music, Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
MM Investment Inc. (f/k/a Warner Music Bluesky Holding Inc.)	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
NC Hungary Holdings Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
New Chappell Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Nonesuch Records Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
NVC International Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Octa Music, Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
P & C Publishing LLC	  	New York	  	LLC	
Penalty Records, L.L.C.	  	New York	  	LLC	
Pepamar Music Corp.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
Perfect Game Recording Company LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Restless Acquisition Corp.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Revelation Music Publishing Corporation	  	New York	  	Corporation	
Rhino Entertainment Company	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Rhino/FSE Holdings LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Rhino Name & Likeness Holdings LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Rick’s Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Rightsong Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Roadrunner Records, Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
Ryko Corporation	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	

 
21
 	 	 	 	 	
Guarantor	  	Jurisdiction of Organization	  	Type of Organization	
SR/MDM Venture Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Super Hype Publishing, Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
T-Boy Music, L.L.C.	  	New York	  	LLC	
T-Girl Music, L.L.C.	  	New York	  	LLC	
The All Blacks USA Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
The Biz LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
The Rhythm Method Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Tommy Boy Music, Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
Tommy Valando Publishing Group, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
TW Music Holdings Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
T.Y.S., Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
Unichappell Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Upped.com LLC (f/k/a Big Tree Recording Corporation)	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
Walden Music Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
Warner Alliance Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Warner Brethren Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Warner Bros. Music International Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Warner Bros. Records Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Warner/Chappell Music, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Warner/Chappell Production Music Inc (f/k/a/ Tri-Chappell Music Inc.)	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Warner Domain Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation	  	New York	  	Corporation	
Warner Music Discovery Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Warner Music Distribution Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	

 
22
 	 	 	 	 	
Guarantor	  	Jurisdiction of Organization	  	Type of Organization	
Warner Music Inc. (f/k/a Warner Music Group Inc.)	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Warner Music Latina Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Warner Music SP Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Warner Sojourner Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
WarnerSongs, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Warner Special Products Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Warner Strategic Marketing Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
Warprise Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
WB Gold Music Corp.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
WBM/House of Gold Music, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
W.B.M. Music Corp.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
WBR Management Services Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
WBR/QRI Venture, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
WBR/Ruffuation Ventures, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
WBR/Sire Ventures Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
WEA Europe Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
WEA Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
WEA International Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
WEA Management Services Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
WMG Artist Brand LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
WMG Management Services Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
WMG Trademark Holding Company LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	

 
23
Non-Delaware or New York Guarantors

Guarantor	  	Jurisdiction of Organization	  	Type of Organization	
615 Music Library, LLC	  	Tennessee	  	LLC	
Berna Music, Inc.	  	California	  	Corporation	
Ferret Music LLC	  	New Jersey	  	LLC	
Ferret Music Management LLC	  	New Jersey	  	LLC	
Ferret Music Touring LLC	  	New Jersey	  	LLC	
FHK, Inc.	  	Tennessee	  	Corporation	
Foster Frees Music, Inc.	  	California	  	Corporation	
J. Ruby Productions, Inc.	  	California	  	Corporation	
Maverick Recording Company	  	California	  	GP	
Non-Stop Cataclysmic Music, LLC	  	Utah	  	LLC	
Non-Stop International Publishing, LLC	  	Utah	  	LLC	
Non-Stop Music Library, LC	  	Utah	  	LC	
Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC	  	Utah	  	LLC	
Non-Stop Outrageous Publishing, LLC	  	Utah	  	LLC	
Non-Stop Productions, LLC	  	Utah	  	LLC	
Rep Sales, Inc.	  	Minnesota	  	Corporation	
Revelation Music Publishing Corporation	  	New York	  	Corporation	
Rodra Music, Inc.	  	California	  	Corporation	
Rykodisc, Inc.	  	Minnesota	  	Corporation	
Rykomusic, Inc.	  	Minnesota	  	Corporation	
Sea Chime Music, Inc.	  	California	  	Corporation	
Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc.	  	Tennessee	  	Corporation	
Summy-Birchard, Inc.	  	Wyoming	  	Corporation	
Warner/Chappell Music (Services), Inc.	  	New Jersey	  	Corporation	
Warner Custom Music Corp.	  	California	  	Corporation	

 
24
 	 	 	 	 	
Guarantor	  	Jurisdiction of Organization	  	Type of Organization	
Warner Music Nashville LLC	  	Tennessee	  	LLC	
Warner-Tamerlane Publishing Corp.	  	California	  	Corporation	
WB Music Corp.	  	California	  	Corporation	
Wide Music, Inc.	  	California	  	Corporation	

ANNEX A
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

ANNEX B
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, where such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

ANNEX C
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until             , 20         all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus. (1)
The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
For a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
(1) In addition, the legend required by Item 502(e) of Regulation S-K will appear on the back cover page of the Exchange Offer prospectus.

ANNEX D
¨        CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

 	 	Name:	 	 	  	 	
 	 	Address:	 	 	 	 	  	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	
If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Exhibit A
FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT
WHEREAS, WM Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Issuer”) and the representatives of the several initial purchasers (the “ Initial Purchasers ”) heretofore executed and delivered a Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011 (the “ Agreement ”); and
WHEREAS, each of WMG Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) and each of the Company’s subsidiaries party hereto as Guarantors (as defined in the Agreement), that was originally not a party thereto, has agreed to join in the Agreement on the Completion Date.
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, each of the Company and each Guarantor hereby agrees for the benefit of the Purchasers, as follows:
1. Joinder. The undersigned hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Agreement and all other documents it deems fit in order to enter into this Joinder Agreement (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), and acknowledges and agrees (i) to join and become a party to the Agreement as indicated by its signature below as of the date hereof and shall have the same rights and obligations thereunder as if it had been an original signatory to the Agreement; (ii) to be bound by all covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments attributable the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable, in the Agreement as if made by, and with respect to, the undersigned in accordance with the terms of the Agreement; and (iii) to perform all obligations and duties required of the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable pursuant to the Agreement and that it has complied with all covenants as of the date hereof.
2. Representations and Warranties and Agreements of the Company and the Guarantors. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to and agrees with the Purchasers that it has all requisite corporate, partnership or limited liability company power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Joinder Agreement and it has duly and validly taken all necessary action for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Agreement and that it has duly authorized, executed and delivered this Joinder Agreement and it is a valid and legally binding agreement enforceable against the undersigned in accordance with its terms.
3. Representations and Warranties and Agreements in the Agreement. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Initial Purchasers that (i) each representation, warranty and acknowledgment applicable to the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable, contained in the Agreement, is true and correct as if made by such party on the dates made and the date hereof, and (ii) that it has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the date hereof.
4. Counterparts. This Joinder Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or a facsimile or “pdf” file thereof), each of which shall constitute an original when so executed and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
5. Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Joinder Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties thereto.
6. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
7. Severability of Provisions. If any term or other provision of this Joinder Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other provisions of this Joinder Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the agreements contained herein is not affected in any manner adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Joinder Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the agreements contained herein may be performed as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

8. Applicable Law. This Joinder Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Exhibit 4.9
EXECUTION COPY
$765,000,000
WM Finance Corp.
11.50% Senior Notes due 2018
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
July 20, 2011
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
UBS SECURITIES LLC,
As Representatives of the Several Initial Purchasers,

c/o	  	Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC	
 	  	Eleven Madison Avenue,	
 	  	New York, New York 10010-3629	
Dear Sirs:
WM Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Issuer”), proposes to issue and sell to Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers (collectively, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement dated July 14, 2011 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), U.S. $765,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 11.50% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Initial Securities ”) to be unconditionally guaranteed (the “ Guarantees ”) from and after the Completion Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) by the several guarantors listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Guarantors ”). On the Completion Date, Initial Issuer will be merged with and into WMG Acquisition Corp. (“ WMG ”). WMG and each Guarantor will become a party hereto by execution of a joinder agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ Joinder Agreement ”) on the Completion Date. References to the “ Company ” refer to (i) prior to the execution of the Joinder Agreement on the Completion Date, the Initial Issuer and (ii) from and after the execution of the Joinder Agreement on the Completion Date, WMG and the Guarantors. The Initial Securities will be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers, the Company agrees with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders of the Initial Securities (including, without limitation, the Initial Purchasers), the Exchange Securities (as defined below) and the Private Exchange Securities (as defined below)(collectively the “ Holders ”), as follows:
1. Registered Exchange Offer. The Company shall, at its own cost, use its commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement (the “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), with respect to a proposed offer (the “ Registered Exchange Offer ”) to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6(d) hereof), who are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities (the “ Exchange Securities ”) of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects to the Initial Securities (except for the removal of transfer restrictions relating to the Initial Securities and the provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) that would be registered under the Securities Act. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act. The Company further agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to commence the Registered Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement becomes effective, to hold the Registered Exchange Offer open for the period required by applicable law (including pursuant to any applicable interpretation by the staff of the Commission), but in any event for at least 20 business days, and exchange the Exchange Securities for all Initial Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Registered Exchange Offer.

If the Company commences the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company will be entitled to close the Registered Exchange Offer 20 business days after such commencement provided that the Company has accepted all the Initial Securities theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer.
The Company acknowledges that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in the absence of an applicable exemption therefrom, (i) each Holder which is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Initial Securities, acquired for its own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Securities (an “ Exchanging Dealer ”), is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information set forth in (a) Annex A hereto on the cover, (b) Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section, and (c) Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of such prospectus in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) an Initial Purchaser that elects to sell Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for Initial Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in connection with such sale.
The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus contained therein, in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities; provided, however, that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer or an Initial Purchaser, such period shall be the lesser of 90 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers and the Initial Purchasers have sold all Exchange Securities held by them (unless such period is extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) and (ii) the Company shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Securities for a period of not less than 90 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer.
If, upon consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, any Initial Purchaser holds Initial Securities acquired by it as part of its initial distribution, the Company, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser upon the written request of such Initial Purchaser, in exchange (the “ Private Exchange ”) for the Initial Securities held by such Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects (including the existence of restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act and the securities laws of the several states of the United States, but excluding provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) to the Initial Securities (the “ Private Exchange Securities ”). The Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities are herein collectively called the “ Securities ”.
In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:
(a) furnish each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;
 
2

(b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice thereof is furnished to the Holders;
(c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer, which may be the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee;
(d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and
(e) otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission.
As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:
(x) accept for exchange all the Initial Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange;
(y) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all the Initial Securities so accepted for exchange; and
(z) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of the Initial Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Initial Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.
The Indenture provides that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that all the Securities will vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter.
Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Initial Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Initial Securities, from the date of original issue of the Initial Securities.
Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) at the time of commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer such Holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Initial Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Securities, (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer, that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities and (vi) such Holder is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations.
Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company will ensure that (i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
3

2. Shelf Registration. If (i) on or prior to the time the Registered Exchange Offer is consummated, existing Commission interpretations are changed such that the Exchange Securities received by Holders are not or would not in general be, upon receipt, freely transferable by each such Holder under the Securities Act, (ii) the Registered Exchange Offer has not been completed within 365 days following the Completion Date, (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Initial Securities (or the Private Exchange Securities) not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or (iv) any Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be, and shall notify the Company that such Holder is, prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, or such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not available for such resales by such Holder (other than, in either case, (x) due solely to the status of such Holder as an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or (y) due to such Holder’s inability to make the representations set forth in the second to last paragraph of Section 1 hereof) and any such Holder so requests, the Company shall in lieu of (or, in the case of clauses (iii) and (iv), in addition to) conducting the Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1:
(a) use its commercially reasonable efforts to file under the Securities Act as promptly as reasonably practicable, a “shelf” registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the Holders of, all of the Initial Securities (or, in the case of clause (iii), the Initial Securities held by the Initial Purchasers, or, in the case of clause (iv), by the Holders referred to in clause (iv), as the case may be), pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the “ Shelf Registration ” and such registration statement, the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”);
(b) use its commercially reasonable efforts (i) to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become effective within 90 days after the date on which the obligation to file such Shelf Registration Statement arises and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective for a period ending on the earlier of 365 days following the effective date of such registration statement or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Initial Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or are distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 or, after the 90th day following the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement, would be eligible for resale (if held by a non-affiliate of the Company) pursuant to Rule 144 without restriction on volume or manner of sale, if any; and
(c) supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, as and when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its respective effective date, (i) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
4

3. Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration contemplated by Section 2 hereof and, to the extent applicable, any Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1 hereof, the following provisions shall apply:
(a) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and, in the event that an Initial Purchaser (with respect to any portion of an unsold allotment from the original offering) is participating in the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as such Initial Purchaser reasonably may propose; (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and include the information set forth in Annex D hereto in the Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; (iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; (iv) include within the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the Commission with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) of Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (a “ Participating Broker-Dealer ”), whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the Commission or such positions or policies, in the reasonable judgment of the Initial Purchasers based upon advice of counsel (which may be in-house counsel), represent the prevailing views of the staff of the Commission; and (v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include in the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement (or, if permitted by Commission Rule 430B(b), in a prospectus supplement that becomes a part thereof pursuant to Commission Rule 430B(f)) that is delivered to any Holder pursuant to Section 3(d) and (f), the names of the Holders, who propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as selling security holders.
(b) The Company shall give notice to the Initial Purchasers and any Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the Company has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):
(i) when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;
(ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;
(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, of the issuance by the Commission of a notification of objection to the use of the form on which the Registration Statement has been filed, and of the happening of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Commission Rule 405;
 
5

(iv) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and
(v) of the happening of any event that requires the Company to make changes in the Registration Statement or the prospectus in order that the Registration Statement or the prospectus do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
(c) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time, of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.
(d) The Company shall furnish to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference). The Company shall not, without the prior consent of the Initial Purchasers, make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 405.
(e) The Company shall deliver to each Exchanging Dealer and each Initial Purchaser, and to any other Holder who so requests in writing, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if any Initial Purchaser or any such Holder requests, all exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by reference).
(f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such person may reasonably request in writing. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of the Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement.
(g) The Company shall deliver to each Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably request in writing. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, if necessary, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
 
6

(h) Prior to any public offering of the Securities, pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company shall register or qualify or cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such states of the United States as any Holder of the Securities reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or (iii) make any changes to their certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents.
(i) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of the Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may reasonably request in writing a reasonable period of time prior to sales of the Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.
(j) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly prepare and file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus and any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Holders of the Securities or purchasers of Securities, the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company notifies the Initial Purchasers and any known Participating Broker-Dealer in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made, then the Initial Purchasers and any such Participating Broker-Dealers shall suspend use of such prospectus, and the period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 2(b) above and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 1 above shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers and any known Participating Broker-Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to this Section 3(j). The Initial Purchasers and any Participating Broker-Dealers agree that upon receipt of any such notice from the Company, they will not distribute copies of the prospectus that are the subject of such notice.
(k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and provide the applicable trustee with printed certificates for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.
(l) The Company will comply with all rules and regulations of the Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration and will make generally available to its security holders (or otherwise provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which statement shall cover such 12-month period.
 
7

(m) The Company shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in a timely manner and containing such changes, if any, as shall be necessary for such qualification. In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.
(n) The Company may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of the Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement and the Company may exclude from such registration the Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.
(o) The Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as any Holder of the Securities shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration.
(p) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of the Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company customarily inspected by underwriters in primary underwritten offerings of securities and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, as shall be reasonably necessary to enable such persons, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the Initial Purchasers by you and on behalf of the other parties, by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such other parties as described in Section 4 hereof.
(q) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company, if requested by Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Securities covered thereby, shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver an opinion relating to the Securities in customary form addressed to such Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof and dated the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (it being agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion shall include, without limitation, the due incorporation and good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries; the due authorization, execution and delivery of the relevant agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(o) hereof; the due authorization, execution, authentication and issuance, and the validity and enforceability, of the applicable Securities; the absence of material legal or governmental proceedings involving the Company and its subsidiaries; the absence of governmental approvals required to be obtained in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the offering and sale of the applicable Securities, or any agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(o) hereof; the compliance as to form of such Shelf Registration Statement and any documents incorporated by reference therein and of the Indenture with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, respectively; as of the date of the opinion and as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or most recent post-effective amendment thereto or most recent prospectus supplement thereto that is deemed to establish a new effective date, as the case may be, the absence from such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus and any prospectus supplement included therein, as then amended or supplemented and including any documents incorporated by reference therein, of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of an applicable time identified by such Holders or managing underwriters, the absence from the prospectus included in the Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented at such applicable time and including any documents incorporated by reference therein, taken together with any other documents identified by such Holders or managing underwriters, of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (ii) its officers to execute and deliver such customary documents and certificates and updates thereof reasonably requested by any underwriters of the applicable Securities and (iii) its independent public accountants and the independent public accountants with respect to any other entity for which financial information is provided in the Shelf Registration Statement to provide to the selling Holders of the applicable Securities and any underwriter therefor a comfort letter in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72.
 
8

(r) If a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Initial Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall mark, or cause to be marked, on the Initial Securities so exchanged that such Initial Securities are being canceled in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be; in no event shall the Initial Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.
(s) The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to (a) if the Initial Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Initial Securities, confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities covered by a Registration Statement, or (b) if the Initial Securities were not previously rated, cause the Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, in each case, if so requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered by such Registration Statement.
(t) In the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the “ Rules ”) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”)) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to assist such broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules, including, without limitation, by (i) if such Rules, including Rule 5121, shall so require, engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in Rule 5121) to participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement relating to such Securities, to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities, (ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 5 hereof and (iii) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Rules.
 
9

(v) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.
4. Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 1 through 3 hereof, whether or not the Registered Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration is filed or becomes effective, and, in the event of a Shelf Registration, shall bear or reimburse the Holders of the Securities covered thereby for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of counsel designated by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Initial Securities covered thereby to act as counsel for the Holders of the Initial Securities in connection therewith.
5. Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder of Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) any Participating Broker-Dealer whose Securities are included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and (iii) each person, if any, who controls such Holder or such Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (each Holder, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such controlling persons are referred to collectively as the “ Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and sales of the Securities) to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 433 (“ Issuer FWP ”), relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of, or are based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; provided further, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to such Indemnified Party. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, their officers and directors and each person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders of the Securities if requested by such Holders.
(b) The Company may require as a condition to including any securities in any Shelf Registration Statement, that, each Holder of the Securities, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to which the Company or any such controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Holder may otherwise have to the Company or any of its controlling persons.
 
10

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including a governmental investigation), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 5, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 5 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the exchange of the Securities, pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, or (ii) if the allocation provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on the other, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5(d), the Holders of the Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the amount of damages which such Holders have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls such indemnified party within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.
 
11

(e) The agreements contained in this Section 5 shall survive the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
6. Additional Interest Under Certain Circumstances. (a) In the event that:
(i) the Registered Exchange Offer has not been consummated within 365 days after the Completion Date;
(ii) if a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed under Section 2 hereof, such Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective within 90 days following the date on which the obligation to file the Shelf Registration Statement arises; or
(iii) if any Shelf Registration Statement is required by Section 2 hereof is filed and declared effective, and during the period the Company is required to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective, (x) the Company shall have suspended the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2 hereof for more than 60 days in the aggregate in any consecutive 12 month period and be continuing to suspend the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement or (y) the Shelf Registration Statement shall cease to be effective without being replaced within 90 days by a Shelf Registration Statement that is filed and declared effective
(each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii), a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a “ Registration Default Period ”), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, additional interest shall accrue on the Transfer Restricted Securities for the Registration Default Period (but only with respect to one Registration Default at any particular time) until such time as all Registration Defaults have been cured at a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first 90 days of the Registration Default Period, which rate shall increase by an additional 0.25% during each subsequent 90-day period, up to a maximum of 0.50% regardless of the number of Registration Defaults that shall have occurred and be continuing (any such additional interest, “ Special Interest ”). Any such Special Interest will be paid in the same manner and on the same dates as interest payments in respect of Transfer Restricted Securities. Immediately following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Special Interest will cease. A Registration Default under clause (ii) or (iii) will be deemed cured upon consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed due to a failure to consummate the Registered Exchange Offer within the required time period.
(b) A Registration Default referred to in Section 6(a)(iii)(y) hereof shall be deemed not to have occurred and be continuing in relation to a Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus if (i) such Registration Default has occurred solely as a result of (x) the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual audited financial information with respect to the Company where such post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related prospectus or (y) other material events, with respect to the Company that would need to be described in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus and (ii) in the case of clause (y), the Company is proceeding promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement such Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus to describe such events; provided, however, that in any case if such Registration Default occurs for a continuous period in excess of 30 days, Special Interest shall be payable in accordance with the above paragraph from the day such Registration Default occurs until such Registration Default is cured.
 
12

(c) Any amounts of Special Interest due pursuant to Section 6(a) above will be payable in cash on the regular interest payment dates with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. The amount of Special Interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable Special Interest rate by the principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities on which it is to be paid, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Special Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months), and the denominator of which is 360.
(d) “Transfer Restricted Securities” means each Security until (i) the date on which such Transfer Restricted Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a freely transferable Exchange Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement, or (iii) the date on which such Initial Security is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Initial Security relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed pursuant to the Indenture.
7. Rules 144 and 144A. To the extent it shall be required to do so, the Company shall use its best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of their securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company covenants that it will take such further action as any Holder of Initial Securities may reasonably request in writing, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Initial Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). The Company will provide a copy of this Agreement to prospective purchasers of Initial Securities identified to the Company by the Initial Purchasers upon request. Upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act. If at any time any parent company of the Company becomes a Guarantor (there being no obligation of any parent company of the Company to do so) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to Holders of the Initial Securities pursuant to the foregoing requirements, may at the option of the Company, be filed by and be those of such parent company rather than the Company.
8. Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering (“ Managing Underwriter s”) will be selected by the Company, subject to the consent of the Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities to be included in such offering and such Holders shall be responsible for all underwriting discounts and commissions in connection therewith.
 
13

No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
9. Miscellaneous.
(a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, except by the Company and the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consents.
(b) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail, facsimile transmission, or air courier which guarantees overnight delivery:
(1) if to a Holder of the Securities, at the address of such Holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company.
(2) if to the Initial Purchasers;

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC	
Eleven Madison Avenue	
New York, New York 10010-3629	
Fax No.: (212) 325-4296	
Attention: LCD-IBD Group	
 	
and	
 	
UBS Securities LLC	
677 Washington Boulevard	
Stamford, CT 06901	
Facsimile No.: (212) 719-3667	
Attention: Leveraged Capital Markets	
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

 	  	Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP	
 	  	450 Lexington Avenue	
 	  	New York, New York 10017	
 	  	Attention: Richard D. Truesdell, Jr., Esq.	
 	 	
(3)	  	if to the Company, at its address as follows:	
 	 	
 	  	WM Finance Corp.	
 	  	c/o Warner Music Group Corp.	
 	  	75 Rockefeller Plaza	
 	  	New York, New York 10019	
 	  	Facsimile No.: (212) 275-3601	
 	  	Attention: General Counsel	
 
14

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP	
919 Third Avenue	
New York, New York 10022	
Facsimile No.: 212-521-7334	
Attention: Matthew E. Kaplan, Esq.	
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by recipient’s facsimile machine operator, if sent by facsimile transmission; and on the day delivered, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
(c) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.
(d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
(f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
(g) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.
(h) Severability. If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
(i) Securities Held by the Company. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities is required hereunder, Securities held by the Company or its affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.
(j) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.
 
15

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the several Initial Purchasers and the Company in accordance with its terms.

Very truly yours,	
 	
WM FINANCE CORP.	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Donald Wagner	
 	 	Name:	 	Donald Wagner	
 	 	Title:	 	Vice President and Secretary	
[Signature Page to Unsecured OpCo Notes Registration Rights Agreement]

The foregoing Registration
Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first
above written.
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

 	 	By:	 	/s/ Chris Cottrell	
 	 	Name:	 	Chris Cottrell	
 	 	Title:	 	Director	
UBS SECURITIES LLC

 	 	By:	 	/s/ Chris Becker	
 	 	Name:	 	Chris Becker	
 	 	Title:	 	Executive Director	
 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	/s/ John C. Duggen	
 	 	Name:	 	John C. Duggen	
 	 	Title:	 	Managing Director	
 	 	
 	 	Acting on behalf of themselves	
 	 	 	 	and as the Representatives of	
 	 	 	 	the Several Initial Purchasers	
[Signature Page to Unsecured OpCo Notes Registration Rights Agreement]

SCHEDULE A
Delaware and New York Guarantors

Guarantor	  	Jurisdiction of Organization	  	Type of Organization	
A.P. Schmidt Co.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Atlantic Recording Corporation	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Atlantic/143 L.L.C.	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Atlantic Mobile LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Atlantic/MR Ventures Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Atlantic Productions LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Atlantic Scream LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Alternative Distribution Alliance	  	New York	  	GP	
 	 	 	
Artist Arena International, LLC	  	New York	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Artist Arena LLC	  	New York	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Asylum Records LLC (f/k/a WEA Urban LLC)	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Atlantic Pix LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
BB Investments LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Big Beat Records Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Bulldog Entertainment Group LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Bulldog Island Events LLC	  	New York	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Bute Sound LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Cafe Americana Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Chappell & Intersong Music Group (Australia) Limited	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Chappell & Intersong Music Group (Germany) Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Chappell Music Company, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	

 
19

Guarantor	  	Jurisdiction of Organization	  	Type of Organization	
 	 	 	
Chorus LLC (f/k/a Network Licensing Collection LLC)	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Cordless Recordings LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Cota Music, Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Cotillion Music, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
CRK Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
E/A Music, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
East West Records LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Eleksylum Music, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Elektra/Chameleon Ventures Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Elektra Entertainment Group Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Elektra Group Ventures Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
EN Acquisition Corp.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
FBR Investments LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Ferret Music Holdings LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Fiddleback Music Publishing Company, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Foz Man Music LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Fueled By Ramen LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Inside Job, Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Insound Acquisition Inc. (f/k/a Atlantic/MR II Inc.)	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Intersong U.S.A., INC.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Jadar Music Corp.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Lava Records LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Lava Trademark Holding Company LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
LEM America, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	

 
20

Guarantor	  	Jurisdiction of Organization	  	Type of Organization	
London-Sire Records Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Made of Stone LLC (f/k/a Griffen Corp.)	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Maverick Partner Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
McGuffin Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Mixed Bag Music, Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
MM Investment Inc. (f/k/a Warner Music Bluesky Holding Inc.)	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
NC Hungary Holdings Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
New Chappell Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Nonesuch Records Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
NVC International Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Octa Music, Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
P & C Publishing LLC	  	New York	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Penalty Records, L.L.C.	  	New York	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Pepamar Music Corp.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Perfect Game Recording Company LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Restless Acquisition Corp.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Revelation Music Publishing Corporation	  	New York	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Rhino Entertainment Company	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Rhino/FSE Holdings LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Rhino Name & Likeness Holdings LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Rick’s Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Rightsong Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Roadrunner Records, Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Ryko Corporation	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	

 
21

Guarantor	  	Jurisdiction of Organization	  	Type of Organization	
SR/MDM Venture Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Super Hype Publishing, Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
T-Boy Music, L.L.C.	  	New York	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
T-Girl Music, L.L.C.	  	New York	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
The All Blacks USA Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
The Biz LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
The Rhythm Method Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Tommy Boy Music, Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Tommy Valando Publishing Group, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
TW Music Holdings Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
T.Y.S., Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Unichappell Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Upped.com LLC (f/k/a Big Tree Recording Corporation)	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Walden Music Inc.	  	New York	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner Alliance Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner Brethren Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner Bros. Music International Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner Bros. Records Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner/Chappell Music, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner/Chappell Production Music Inc (f/k/a/ Tri-Chappell Music Inc.)	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner Domain Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation	  	New York	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner Music Discovery Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner Music Distribution Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	

 
22

Guarantor	  	Jurisdiction of Organization	  	Type of Organization	
Warner Music Inc. (f/k/a Warner Music Group Inc.)	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner Music Latina Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner Music SP Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner Sojourner Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
WarnerSongs, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner Special Products Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner Strategic Marketing Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warprise Music Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
WB Gold Music Corp.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
WBM/House of Gold Music, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
W.B.M. Music Corp.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
WBR Management Services Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
WBR/QRI Venture, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
WBR/Ruffuation Ventures, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
WBR/Sire Ventures Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
WEA Europe Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
WEA Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
WEA International Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
WEA Management Services Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
WMG Artist Brand LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
WMG Management Services Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
WMG Trademark Holding Company LLC	  	Delaware	  	LLC	

 
23
Non-Delaware or New York Guarantors

Guarantor	  	Jurisdiction of Organization	  	Type of Organization	
615 Music Library, LLC	  	Tennessee	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Berna Music, Inc.	  	California	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Ferret Music LLC	  	New Jersey	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Ferret Music Management LLC	  	New Jersey	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Ferret Music Touring LLC	  	New Jersey	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
FHK, Inc.	  	Tennessee	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Foster Frees Music, Inc.	  	California	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
J. Ruby Productions, Inc.	  	California	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Maverick Recording Company	  	California	  	GP	
 	 	 	
Non-Stop Cataclysmic Music, LLC	  	Utah	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Non-Stop International Publishing, LLC	  	Utah	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Non-Stop Music Library, LC	  	Utah	  	LC	
 	 	 	
Non-Stop Music Publishing, LLC	  	Utah	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Non-Stop Outrageous Publishing, LLC	  	Utah	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Non-Stop Productions, LLC	  	Utah	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Rep Sales, Inc.	  	Minnesota	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Revelation Music Publishing Corporation	  	New York	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Rodra Music, Inc.	  	California	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Rykodisc, Inc.	  	Minnesota	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Rykomusic, Inc.	  	Minnesota	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Sea Chime Music, Inc.	  	California	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc.	  	Tennessee	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Summy-Birchard, Inc.	  	Wyoming	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner/Chappell Music (Services), Inc.	  	New Jersey	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Warner Custom Music Corp.	  	California	  	Corporation	

 
24

Guarantor	  	Jurisdiction of Organization	  	Type of Organization	
Warner Music Nashville LLC	  	Tennessee	  	LLC	
 	 	 	
Warner-Tamerlane Publishing Corp.	  	California	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
WB Music Corp.	  	California	  	Corporation	
 	 	 	
Wide Music, Inc.	  	California	  	Corporation	

 
25
ANNEX A
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

ANNEX B
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, where such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

ANNEX C
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until             , 20     all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus. (1)
The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
For a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
(1) 	In addition, the legend required by Item 502(e) of Regulation S-K will appear on the back cover page of the Exchange Offer prospectus.	

ANNEX D
 
¨	CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.	

Name:	 	 	 	 	
Address:	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Exhibit A
FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT
WHEREAS, WM Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Issuer”) and the representatives of the several initial purchasers (the “ Initial Purchasers ”) heretofore executed and delivered a Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011 (the “ Agreement ”); and
WHEREAS, each of WMG Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) and each of the Company’s subsidiaries party hereto as Guarantors (as defined in the Agreement), that was originally not a party thereto, has agreed to join in the Agreement on the Completion Date.
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, each of the Company and each Guarantor hereby agrees for the benefit of the Purchasers, as follows:
1. Joinder. The undersigned hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Agreement and all other documents it deems fit in order to enter into this Joinder Agreement (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), and acknowledges and agrees (i) to join and become a party to the Agreement as indicated by its signature below as of the date hereof and shall have the same rights and obligations thereunder as if it had been an original signatory to the Agreement; (ii) to be bound by all covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments attributable to the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable, in the Agreement as if made by, and with respect to, the undersigned in accordance with the terms of the Agreement; and (iii) to perform all obligations and duties required of the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable pursuant to the Agreement and that it has complied with all covenants as of the date hereof.
2. Representations and Warranties and Agreements of the Company and the Guarantors. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to and agrees with the Purchasers that it has all requisite corporate, partnership or limited liability company power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Joinder Agreement and it has duly and validly taken all necessary action for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Agreement and that it has duly authorized, executed and delivered this Joinder Agreement and it is a valid and legally binding agreement enforceable against the undersigned in accordance with its terms.
3. Representations and Warranties and Agreements in the Agreement. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Initial Purchasers that (i) each representation, warranty and acknowledgment applicable to the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable, contained in the Agreement, is true and correct as if made by such party on the dates made and the date hereof, and (ii) that it has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the date hereof.
4. Counterparts. This Joinder Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or a facsimile or “pdf” file thereof), each of which shall constitute an original when so executed and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
5. Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Joinder Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties thereto.
6. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
7. Severability of Provisions. If any term or other provision of this Joinder Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other provisions of this Joinder Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the agreements contained herein is not affected in any manner adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Joinder Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the agreements contained herein may be performed as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

8. Applicable Law. This Joinder Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Exhibit 4.10
EXECUTION COPY
$150,000,000
WM Holdings Finance Corp.
13.75% Senior Notes due 2019
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
July 20, 2011
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
UBS SECURITIES LLC,
As Representatives of the Several Initial Purchasers,
c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
  Eleven Madison Avenue,
  New York, New York 10010-3629
Dear Sirs:
WM Holdings Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Issuer”), proposes to issue and sell to Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers (collectively, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement dated July 14, 2011 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), U.S. $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “ Initial Securities ”). On the Completion Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), Initial Issuer will be merged with and into WMG Holdings Corp. (“ WMG ”). WMG will become a party hereto by execution of a joinder agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ Joinder Agreement ”) on the Completion Date. References to the “ Company ” refer to (i) prior to the execution of the Joinder Agreement on the Completion Date, the Initial Issuer and (ii) from and after the execution of the Joinder Agreement on the Completion Date, WMG. The Initial Securities will be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers, the Company agrees with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders of the Initial Securities (including, without limitation, the Initial Purchasers), the Exchange Securities (as defined below) and the Private Exchange Securities (as defined below)(collectively the “ Holders ”), as follows:
1. Registered Exchange Offer. The Company shall, at its own cost, use its commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement (the “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), with respect to a proposed offer (the “ Registered Exchange Offer ”) to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6(d) hereof), who are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities (the “ Exchange Securities ”) of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects to the Initial Securities (except for the removal of transfer restrictions relating to the Initial Securities and the provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) that would be registered under the Securities Act. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act. The Company further agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to commence the Registered Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement becomes effective, to hold the Registered Exchange Offer open for the period required by applicable law (including pursuant to any applicable interpretation by the staff of the Commission), but in any event for at least 20 business days, and exchange the Exchange Securities for all Initial Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Registered Exchange Offer.

If the Company commences the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company will be entitled to close the Registered Exchange Offer 20 business days after such commencement provided that the Company has accepted all the Initial Securities theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer.
The Company acknowledges that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in the absence of an applicable exemption therefrom, (i) each Holder which is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Initial Securities, acquired for its own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Securities (an “ Exchanging Dealer ”), is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information set forth in (a) Annex A hereto on the cover, (b) Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section, and (c) Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of such prospectus in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) an Initial Purchaser that elects to sell Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for Initial Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in connection with such sale.
The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus contained therein, in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities; provided, however, that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer or an Initial Purchaser, such period shall be the lesser of 90 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers and the Initial Purchasers have sold all Exchange Securities held by them (unless such period is extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) and (ii) the Company shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Securities for a period of not less than 90 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer.
If, upon consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, any Initial Purchaser holds Initial Securities acquired by it as part of its initial distribution, the Company, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser upon the written request of such Initial Purchaser, in exchange (the “ Private Exchange ”) for the Initial Securities held by such Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects (including the existence of restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act and the securities laws of the several states of the United States, but excluding provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) to the Initial Securities (the “ Private Exchange Securities ”). The Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities are herein collectively called the “ Securities ”.
In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:
(a) furnish each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;
 
2

(b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice thereof is furnished to the Holders;
(c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer, which may be the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee;
(d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and
(e) otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission.
As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:
(x) accept for exchange all the Initial Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange;
(y) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all the Initial Securities so accepted for exchange; and
(z) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of the Initial Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Initial Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.
The Indenture provides that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that all the Securities will vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter.
Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Initial Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Initial Securities, from the date of original issue of the Initial Securities.
Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) at the time of commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer such Holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Initial Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Securities, (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer, that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities and (vi) such Holder is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations.
Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company will ensure that (i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
3

2. Shelf Registration. If (i) on or prior to the time the Registered Exchange Offer is consummated, existing Commission interpretations are changed such that the Exchange Securities received by Holders are not or would not in general be, upon receipt, freely transferable by each such Holder under the Securities Act, (ii) the Registered Exchange Offer has not been completed within 365 days following the Completion Date, (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Initial Securities (or the Private Exchange Securities) not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or (iv) any Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be, and shall notify the Company that such Holder is, prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, or such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not available for such resales by such Holder (other than, in either case, (x) due solely to the status of such Holder as an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or (y) due to such Holder’s inability to make the representations set forth in the second to last paragraph of Section 1 hereof) and any such Holder so requests, the Company shall in lieu of (or, in the case of clauses (iii) and (iv), in addition to) conducting the Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1:
(a) use its commercially reasonable efforts to file under the Securities Act as promptly as reasonably practicable, a “shelf” registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the Holders of, all of the Initial Securities (or, in the case of clause (iii), the Initial Securities held by the Initial Purchasers, or, in the case of clause (iv), by the Holders referred to in clause (iv), as the case may be), pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the “ Shelf Registration ” and such registration statement, the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”);
(b) use its commercially reasonable efforts (i) to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become effective within 90 days after the date on which the obligation to file such Shelf Registration Statement arises and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective for a period ending on the earlier of 365 days following the effective date of such registration statement or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Initial Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or are distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 or, after the 90th day following the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement, would be eligible for resale (if held by a non-affiliate of the Company) pursuant to Rule 144 without restriction on volume or manner of sale, if any; and
(c) supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, as and when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its respective effective date, (i) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
4

3. Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration contemplated by Section 2 hereof and, to the extent applicable, any Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1 hereof, the following provisions shall apply:
(a) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and, in the event that an Initial Purchaser (with respect to any portion of an unsold allotment from the original offering) is participating in the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as such Initial Purchaser reasonably may propose; (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and include the information set forth in Annex D hereto in the Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; (iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; (iv) include within the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the Commission with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) of Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (a “ Participating Broker-Dealer ”), whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the Commission or such positions or policies, in the reasonable judgment of the Initial Purchasers based upon advice of counsel (which may be in-house counsel), represent the prevailing views of the staff of the Commission; and (v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include in the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement (or, if permitted by Commission Rule 430B(b), in a prospectus supplement that becomes a part thereof pursuant to Commission Rule 430B(f)) that is delivered to any Holder pursuant to Section 3(d) and (f), the names of the Holders, who propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as selling security holders.
(b) The Company shall give notice to the Initial Purchasers and any Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the Company has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):
(i) when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;
(ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;
(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, of the issuance by the Commission of a notification of objection to the use of the form on which the Registration Statement has been filed, and of the happening of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Commission Rule 405;
 
5

(iv) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and
(v) of the happening of any event that requires the Company to make changes in the Registration Statement or the prospectus in order that the Registration Statement or the prospectus do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
(c) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time, of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.
(d) The Company shall furnish to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference). The Company shall not, without the prior consent of the Initial Purchasers, make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 405.
(e) The Company shall deliver to each Exchanging Dealer and each Initial Purchaser, and to any other Holder who so requests in writing, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if any Initial Purchaser or any such Holder requests, all exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by reference).
(f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such person may reasonably request in writing. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of the Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement.
(g) The Company shall deliver to each Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably request in writing. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, if necessary, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
 
6

(h) Prior to any public offering of the Securities, pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company shall register or qualify or cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such states of the United States as any Holder of the Securities reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or (iii) make any changes to their certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents.
(i) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of the Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may reasonably request in writing a reasonable period of time prior to sales of the Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.
(j) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly prepare and file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus and any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Holders of the Securities or purchasers of Securities, the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company notifies the Initial Purchasers and any known Participating Broker-Dealer in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made, then the Initial Purchasers and any such Participating Broker-Dealers shall suspend use of such prospectus, and the period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 2(b) above and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 1 above shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers and any known Participating Broker-Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to this Section 3(j). The Initial Purchasers and any Participating Broker-Dealers agree that upon receipt of any such notice from the Company, they will not distribute copies of the prospectus that are the subject of such notice.
(k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and provide the applicable trustee with printed certificates for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.
(l) The Company will comply with all rules and regulations of the Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration and will make generally available to its security holders (or otherwise provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which statement shall cover such 12-month period.
 
7

(m) The Company shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in a timely manner and containing such changes, if any, as shall be necessary for such qualification. In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.
(n) The Company may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of the Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement and the Company may exclude from such registration the Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.
(o) The Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as any Holder of the Securities shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration.
(p) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of the Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company customarily inspected by underwriters in primary underwritten offerings of securities and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, as shall be reasonably necessary to enable such persons, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the Initial Purchasers by you and on behalf of the other parties, by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such other parties as described in Section 4 hereof.
(q) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company, if requested by Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Securities covered thereby, shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver an opinion relating to the Securities in customary form addressed to such Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof and dated the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (it being agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion shall include, without limitation, the due incorporation and good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries; the due authorization, execution and delivery of the relevant agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(o) hereof; the due authorization, execution, authentication and issuance, and the validity and enforceability, of the applicable Securities; the absence of material legal or governmental proceedings involving the Company and its subsidiaries; the absence of governmental approvals required to be obtained in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the offering and sale of the applicable Securities, or any agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(o) hereof; the compliance as to form of such Shelf Registration Statement and any documents incorporated by reference therein and of the Indenture with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, respectively; as of the date of the opinion and as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or most recent post-effective amendment thereto or most recent prospectus supplement thereto that is deemed to establish a new effective date, as the case may be, the absence from such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus and any prospectus supplement included therein, as then amended or supplemented and including any documents incorporated by reference therein, of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of an applicable time identified by such Holders or managing underwriters, the absence from the prospectus included in the Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented at such applicable time and including any documents incorporated by reference therein, taken together with any other documents identified by such Holders or managing underwriters, of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (ii) its officers to execute and deliver such customary documents and certificates and updates thereof reasonably requested by any underwriters of the applicable Securities and (iii) its independent public accountants and the independent public accountants with respect to any other entity for which financial information is provided in the Shelf Registration Statement to provide to the selling Holders of the applicable Securities and any underwriter therefor a comfort letter in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72.
 
8

(r) If a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Initial Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall mark, or cause to be marked, on the Initial Securities so exchanged that such Initial Securities are being canceled in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be; in no event shall the Initial Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.
(s) The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to (a) if the Initial Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Initial Securities, confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities covered by a Registration Statement, or (b) if the Initial Securities were not previously rated, cause the Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, in each case, if so requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered by such Registration Statement.
(t) In the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the “ Rules ”) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”)) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to assist such broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules, including, without limitation, by (i) if such Rules, including Rule 5121, shall so require, engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in Rule 5121) to participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement relating to such Securities, to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities, (ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 5 hereof and (iii) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Rules.
 
9

(v) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.
4. Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 1 through 3 hereof, whether or not the Registered Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration is filed or becomes effective, and, in the event of a Shelf Registration, shall bear or reimburse the Holders of the Securities covered thereby for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of counsel designated by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Initial Securities covered thereby to act as counsel for the Holders of the Initial Securities in connection therewith.
5. Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder of Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) any Participating Broker-Dealer whose Securities are included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and (iii) each person, if any, who controls such Holder or such Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (each Holder, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such controlling persons are referred to collectively as the “ Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and sales of the Securities) to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 433 (“ Issuer FWP ”), relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of, or are based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; provided further, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to such Indemnified Party. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, their officers and directors and each person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders of the Securities if requested by such Holders.
(b) The Company may require as a condition to including any securities in any Shelf Registration Statement, that, each Holder of the Securities, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to which the Company or any such controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Holder may otherwise have to the Company or any of its controlling persons.
 
10

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including a governmental investigation), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 5, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 5 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the exchange of the Securities, pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, or (ii) if the allocation provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on the other, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5(d), the Holders of the Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the amount of damages which such Holders have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls such indemnified party within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.
 
11

(e) The agreements contained in this Section 5 shall survive the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
6. Additional Interest Under Certain Circumstances. (a) In the event that:
(i) the Registered Exchange Offer has not been consummated within 365 days after the Completion Date;
(ii) if a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed under Section 2 hereof, such Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective within 90 days following the date on which the obligation to file the Shelf Registration Statement arises; or
(iii) if any Shelf Registration Statement is required by Section 2 hereof is filed and declared effective, and during the period the Company is required to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective, (x) the Company shall have suspended the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2 hereof for more than 60 days in the aggregate in any consecutive 12 month period and be continuing to suspend the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement or (y) the Shelf Registration Statement shall cease to be effective without being replaced within 90 days by a Shelf Registration Statement that is filed and declared effective
(each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii), a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a “ Registration Default Period ”), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, additional interest shall accrue on the Transfer Restricted Securities for the Registration Default Period (but only with respect to one Registration Default at any particular time) until such time as all Registration Defaults have been cured at a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first 90 days of the Registration Default Period, which rate shall increase by an additional 0.25% during each subsequent 90-day period, up to a maximum of 0.50% regardless of the number of Registration Defaults that shall have occurred and be continuing (any such additional interest, “ Special Interest ”). Any such Special Interest will be paid in the same manner and on the same dates as interest payments in respect of Transfer Restricted Securities. Immediately following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Special Interest will cease. A Registration Default under clause (ii) or (iii) will be deemed cured upon consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed due to a failure to consummate the Registered Exchange Offer within the required time period.
(b) A Registration Default referred to in Section 6(a)(iii)(y) hereof shall be deemed not to have occurred and be continuing in relation to a Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus if (i) such Registration Default has occurred solely as a result of (x) the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual audited financial information with respect to the Company where such post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related prospectus or (y) other material events, with respect to the Company that would need to be described in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus and (ii) in the case of clause (y), the Company is proceeding promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement such Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus to describe such events; provided, however, that in any case if such Registration Default occurs for a continuous period in excess of 30 days, Special Interest shall be payable in accordance with the above paragraph from the day such Registration Default occurs until such Registration Default is cured.
 
12

(c) Any amounts of Special Interest due pursuant to Section 6(a) above will be payable in cash on the regular interest payment dates with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. The amount of Special Interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable Special Interest rate by the principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities on which it is to be paid, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Special Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months), and the denominator of which is 360.
(d) “Transfer Restricted Securities” means each Security until (i) the date on which such Transfer Restricted Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a freely transferable Exchange Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement, or (iii) the date on which such Initial Security is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Initial Security relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed pursuant to the Indenture.
7. Rules 144 and 144A. To the extent it shall be required to do so, the Company shall use its best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of their securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company covenants that it will take such further action as any Holder of Initial Securities may reasonably request in writing, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Initial Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). The Company will provide a copy of this Agreement to prospective purchasers of Initial Securities identified to the Company by the Initial Purchasers upon request. Upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act. If at any time any parent company of the Company becomes a Guarantor (there being no obligation of any parent company of the Company to do so) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to Holders of the Initial Securities pursuant to the foregoing requirements, may at the option of the Company, be filed by and be those of such parent company rather than the Company.
8. Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering (“ Managing Underwriter s”) will be selected by the Company, subject to the consent of the Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities to be included in such offering and such Holders shall be responsible for all underwriting discounts and commissions in connection therewith.
No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
 
13

9. Miscellaneous.
(a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, except by the Company and the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consents.
(b) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail, facsimile transmission, or air courier which guarantees overnight delivery:
(1) if to a Holder of the Securities, at the address of such Holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company.
(2) if to the Initial Purchasers;
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10010-3629
Fax No.: (212) 325-4296
Attention: LCD-IBD Group
and
UBS Securities LLC
677 Washington Boulevard
Stamford, CT 06901
Facsimile No.: (212) 719-3667
Attention: Leveraged Capital Markets
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Richard D. Truesdell, Jr., Esq.
(3) if to the Company, at its address as follows:
WM Holdings Finance Corp.
c/o Warner Music Group Corp.
75 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, New York 10019
Facsimile No.: (212) 275-3601
Attention: General Counsel
 
14

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Facsimile No.: 212-521-7334
Attention: Matthew E. Kaplan, Esq.
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by recipient’s facsimile machine operator, if sent by facsimile transmission; and on the day delivered, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
(c) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.
(d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
(f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
(g) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.
(h) Severability. If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
(i) Securities Held by the Company. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities is required hereunder, Securities held by the Company or its affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.
(j) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.
 
15

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the several Initial Purchasers and the Company in accordance with its terms.

Very truly yours,	
 	
WM HOLDINGS FINANCE CORP.	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Donald Wagner	
 	 	Name:	 	Donald Wagner	
 	 	Title:	 	Vice President and Secretary	
[Signature Page to HoldCo Notes Registration Rights Agreement]

The foregoing Registration
Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first
above written.

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC	
 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	/s/ Chris Cottrell	
 	 	Name:	 	Chris Cottrell	
 	 	Title:	 	Director	
 	
UBS SECURITIES LLC	
 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	/s/ Chris Becker	
 	 	Name:	 	Chris Becker	
 	 	Title:	 	Executive Director	
 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	/s/ John C. Duggen	
 	 	Name:	 	John C. Duggen	
 	 	Title:	 	Managing Director	
Acting on behalf of themselves
     and as the Representatives of
     the Several Initial Purchasers
[Signature Page to HoldCo Notes Registration Rights Agreement]

ANNEX A
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

ANNEX B
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, where such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

ANNEX C
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until             , 20     all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus. (1)
The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
For a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
(1) In addition, the legend required by Item 502(e) of Regulation S-K will appear on the back cover page of the Exchange Offer prospectus.

ANNEX D
¨     CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

Name:	 	 	 	 	
Address:	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Exhibit A
FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT
WHEREAS, WM Holdings Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Issuer”) and the representatives of the several initial purchasers (the “ Initial Purchasers ”) heretofore executed and delivered a Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011 (the “ Agreement ”); and
WHEREAS, WMG Holdings Corp. (the “Company”) has agreed to join in the Agreement on the Completion Date.
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company hereby agrees for the benefit of the Purchasers, as follows:
1. Joinder. The undersigned hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Agreement and all other documents it deems fit in order to enter into this Joinder Agreement (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), and acknowledges and agrees (i) to join and become a party to the Agreement as indicated by its signature below as of the date hereof and shall have the same rights and obligations thereunder as if it had been an original signatory to the Agreement; (ii) to be bound by all covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments attributable to the Company in the Agreement as if made by, and with respect to, the undersigned in accordance with the terms of the Agreement; and (iii) to perform all obligations and duties required of the Company pursuant to the Agreement and that it has complied with all covenants as of the date hereof.
2. Representations and Warranties and Agreements of the Company. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to and agrees with the Purchasers that it has all requisite corporate, partnership or limited liability company power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Joinder Agreement and it has duly and validly taken all necessary action for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Agreement and that it has duly authorized, executed and delivered this Joinder Agreement and it is a valid and legally binding agreement enforceable against the undersigned in accordance with its terms.
3. Representations and Warranties and Agreements in the Agreement. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Initial Purchasers that (i) each representation, warranty and acknowledgment applicable to the Company, contained in the Agreement, is true and correct as if made by such party on the dates made and the date hereof, and (ii) that it has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the date hereof.
4. Counterparts. This Joinder Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or a facsimile or “pdf” file thereof), each of which shall constitute an original when so executed and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
5. Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Joinder Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties thereto.
6. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

7. Severability of Provisions. If any term or other provision of this Joinder Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other provisions of this Joinder Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the agreements contained herein is not affected in any manner adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Joinder Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the agreements contained herein may be performed as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.
8. Applicable Law. This Joinder Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Exhibit 4.11
Execution Copy
JOINDER AGREEMENT
WHEREAS, WM Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Issuer”) and the representatives of the several initial purchasers (the “ Initial Purchasers ”) heretofore executed and delivered a Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011 (the “ Agreement ”); and
WHEREAS, each of WMG Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) and each of the Company’s subsidiaries party hereto as Guarantors (as defined in the Agreement), that was originally not a party thereto, has agreed to join in the Agreement on the Completion Date.
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, each of the Company and each Guarantor hereby agrees for the benefit of the Purchasers, as follows:
1. Joinder. The undersigned hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Agreement and all other documents it deems fit in order to enter into this Joinder Agreement (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), and acknowledges and agrees (i) to join and become a party to the Agreement as indicated by its signature below as of the date hereof and shall have the same rights and obligations thereunder as if it had been an original signatory to the Agreement; (ii) to be bound by all covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments attributable to the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable, in the Agreement as if made by, and with respect to, the undersigned in accordance with the terms of the Agreement; and (iii) to perform all obligations and duties required of the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable pursuant to the Agreement and that it has complied with all covenants as of the date hereof.
2. Representations and Warranties and Agreements of the Company and the Guarantors. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to and agrees with the Purchasers that it has all requisite corporate, partnership or limited liability company power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Joinder Agreement and it has duly and validly taken all necessary action for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Agreement and that it has duly authorized, executed and delivered this Joinder Agreement and it is a valid and legally binding agreement enforceable against the undersigned in accordance with its terms.
3. Representations and Warranties and Agreements in the Agreement. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Initial Purchasers that (i) each representation, warranty and acknowledgment applicable to the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable, contained in the Agreement, is true and correct as if made by such party on the dates made and the date hereof, and (ii) that it has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the date hereof.
4. Counterparts. This Joinder Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or a facsimile or “pdf” file thereof), each of which shall constitute an original when so executed and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
5. Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Joinder Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties thereto.
6. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
7. Severability of Provisions. If any term or other provision of this Joinder Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other provisions of this Joinder Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the agreements contained herein is not affected in any manner adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Joinder Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the agreements contained herein may be performed as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

8. Applicable Law. This Joinder Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this agreement this 20th day of July, 2011.

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.	
 	 	
By	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
 	 	Name:  Paul Robinson	
 	 	Title:  Executive Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to Secured Notes Registration Rights Agreement Joinder]

 	
Guarantors:	
 	
ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.	
T.Y.S., INC.	
THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.	
A. P. SCHMIDT CO.	
ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION	
ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.	
BERNA MUSIC, INC.	
BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.	
CAFE AMERICANA INC.	
CHAPPELL & INTERSONG MUSIC GROUP (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED	
CHAPPELL AND INTERSONG MUSIC GROUP (GERMANY) INC.	
CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.	
COTA MUSIC, INC.	
COTILLION MUSIC, INC.	
CRK MUSIC INC.	
E/A MUSIC, INC.	
ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.	
ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.	
ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.	
ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.	
EN ACQUISITION CORP.	
FHK, INC.	
FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.	
FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.	
INSIDE JOB, INC.	
INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.	
INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.	
JADAR MUSIC CORP.	
LEM AMERICA, INC.	
LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.	
MAVERICK PARTNER INC.	
MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.	
MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.	
MM INVESTMENT INC.	
NC HUNGARY HOLDINGS INC.	
NEW CHAPPELL INC.	
NONESUCH RECORDS INC.	
NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.	
NVC INTERNATIONAL INC.	
OCTA MUSIC, INC.	
PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.	
REP SALES, INC.	
RESTLESS ACQUISITION CORP.	
REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION	
RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY	
RICK’S MUSIC INC.	
RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.	
RODRA MUSIC, INC.	
RYKO CORPORATION	
[Signature Page to Secured Notes Registration Rights Agreement Joinder]

 	 	 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	

RYKODISC, INC.	
RYKOMUSIC, INC.	
SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.	
SR/MDM VENTURE INC.	
SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.	
THE RHYTHM METHOD INC.	
TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.	
TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.	
TW MUSIC HOLDINGS INC.	
UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.	
W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.	
WALDEN MUSIC INC.	
WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.	
WARNER BRETHREN INC.	
WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.	
WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.	
WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.	
WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.	
WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.	
WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.	
WARNER MUSIC SP INC.	
WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.	
WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.	
WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.	
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.	
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.	
WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.	
WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION	
WARNERSONGS, INC.	
WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.	
WARPRISE MUSIC INC.	
WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.	
WB MUSIC CORP.	
WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.	
WBR MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.	
WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.	
WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.	
WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.	
WEA EUROPE INC.	
WEA INC.	
WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.	
WEA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.	
WIDE MUSIC, INC.	
WMG MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.	
ASYLUM RECORDS LLC	
ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC	
ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC	
ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC	
ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.	
BB INVESTMENTS LLC	
BULLDOG ENTERTAINMENT GROUP LLC	
BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC	
 
[Signature Page to Secured Notes Registration Rights Agreement Joinder]

 	 	 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	

BUTE SOUND LLC	
CHORUSS LLC	
CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC	
EAST WEST RECORDS LLC	
FBR INVESTMENTS LLC	
FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC	
FUELED BY RAMEN LLC	
LAVA RECORDS LLC	
LAVA TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC	
MADE OF STONE LLC	
PENALTY RECORDS, LLC	
PERFECT GAME RECORDING COMPANY LLC	
RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC	
RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC	
T-BOY MUSIC, LLC	
T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC	
THE BIZ LLC	
UPPED.COM LLC	
WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC	
WMG TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC	
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE	
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY	
J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.	
SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.	
SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.	
ARTIST ARENA LLC	
ATLANTIC PIX LLC	
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC	
FERRET MUSIC LLC	
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC	
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC	
P & C PUBLISHING LLC	
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC	

By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity	
 
[Signature Page to Secured Notes Registration Rights Agreement Joinder]

 	 	 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.	
ARTIST ARENA LLC	
ATLANTIC PIX LLC	
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC	
FERRET MUSIC LLC	
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC	
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC	
P & C PUBLISHING LLC	
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC	

By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity	
 
[Signature Page to Secured Notes Registration Rights Agreement Joinder]

 	 	 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	

WARNER MUSIC INC.	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Executive Vice President & Secretary	

615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC	
 	
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	

ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC	
 	 	
By:	 	Artist Arena LLC, its Member	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 
[Signature Page to Secured Notes Registration Rights Agreement Joinder]

 	 	 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	

NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC	
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC	
 	
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Manager	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, LC	
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC	
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC	
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC	
 	
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Manager	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
WMG ARTIST BRAND LLC	
 	 	
By:	 	Warner Music Inc., its Member	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Executive Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to Secured Notes Registration Rights Agreement Joinder]

Exhibit 4.12
Execution Copy
JOINDER AGREEMENT
WHEREAS, WM Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Issuer”) and the representatives of the several initial purchasers (the “ Initial Purchasers ”) heretofore executed and delivered a Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011 (the “ Agreement ”); and
WHEREAS, each of WMG Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) and each of the Company’s subsidiaries party hereto as Guarantors (as defined in the Agreement), that was originally not a party thereto, has agreed to join in the Agreement on the Completion Date.
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, each of the Company and each Guarantor hereby agrees for the benefit of the Purchasers, as follows:
1. Joinder. The undersigned hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Agreement and all other documents it deems fit in order to enter into this Joinder Agreement (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), and acknowledges and agrees (i) to join and become a party to the Agreement as indicated by its signature below as of the date hereof and shall have the same rights and obligations thereunder as if it had been an original signatory to the Agreement; (ii) to be bound by all covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments attributable to the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable, in the Agreement as if made by, and with respect to, the undersigned in accordance with the terms of the Agreement; and (iii) to perform all obligations and duties required of the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable pursuant to the Agreement and that it has complied with all covenants as of the date hereof.
2. Representations and Warranties and Agreements of the Company and the Guarantors. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to and agrees with the Purchasers that it has all requisite corporate, partnership or limited liability company power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Joinder Agreement and it has duly and validly taken all necessary action for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Agreement and that it has duly authorized, executed and delivered this Joinder Agreement and it is a valid and legally binding agreement enforceable against the undersigned in accordance with its terms.
3. Representations and Warranties and Agreements in the Agreement. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Initial Purchasers that (i) each representation, warranty and acknowledgment applicable to the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable, contained in the Agreement, is true and correct as if made by such party on the dates made and the date hereof, and (ii) that it has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the date hereof.
4. Counterparts. This Joinder Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or a facsimile or “pdf” file thereof), each of which shall constitute an original when so executed and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
5. Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Joinder Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties thereto.
6. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
7. Severability of Provisions. If any term or other provision of this Joinder Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other provisions of this Joinder Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the agreements contained herein is not affected in any manner adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Joinder Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the agreements contained herein may be performed as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

8. Applicable Law. This Joinder Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 	 	 	

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this agreement this 20th day of July, 2011.

WMG ACQUISITION CORP.	
 	
By /s/ Paul Robinson                                              	
    Name: Paul Robinson	
    Title: Executive Vice President & Secretary	
 
[Signature Page to Unsecured Notes Registration Rights Agreement Joinder]

 	 	 	

 
 	
Guarantors:	
 	
ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.	
T.Y.S., INC.	
THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.	
A. P. SCHMIDT CO.	
ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION	
ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.	
BERNA MUSIC, INC.	
BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.	
CAFE AMERICANA INC.	
CHAPPELL & INTERSONG MUSIC GROUP (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED	
CHAPPELL AND INTERSONG MUSIC GROUP (GERMANY) INC.	
CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.	
COTA MUSIC, INC.	
COTILLION MUSIC, INC.	
CRK MUSIC INC.	
E/A MUSIC, INC.	
ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.	
ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.	
ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.	
ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.	
EN ACQUISITION CORP.	
FHK, INC.	
FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.	
FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.	
INSIDE JOB, INC.	
INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.	
INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.	
JADAR MUSIC CORP.	
LEM AMERICA, INC.	
LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.	
MAVERICK PARTNER INC.	
MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.	
MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.	
MM INVESTMENT INC.	
NC HUNGARY HOLDINGS INC.	
NEW CHAPPELL INC.	
NONESUCH RECORDS INC.	
NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.	
NVC INTERNATIONAL INC.	
OCTA MUSIC, INC.	
PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.	
REP SALES, INC.	
RESTLESS ACQUISITION CORP.	
REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION	
RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY	
RICK’S MUSIC INC.	
RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.	
RODRA MUSIC, INC.	
RYKO CORPORATION	
 
[Signature Page to Unsecured Notes Registration Rights Agreement Joinder]

 	 	 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	

RYKODISC, INC.	
RYKOMUSIC, INC.	
SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.	
SR/MDM VENTURE INC.	
SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.	
THE RHYTHM METHOD INC.	
TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.	
TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.	
TW MUSIC HOLDINGS INC.	
UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.	
W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.	
WALDEN MUSIC INC.	
WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.	
WARNER BRETHREN INC.	
WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.	
WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.	
WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.	
WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.	
WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.	
WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.	
WARNER MUSIC SP INC.	
WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.	
WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.	
WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.	
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.	
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.	
WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.	
WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION	
WARNERSONGS, INC.	
WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.	
WARPRISE MUSIC INC.	
WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.	
WB MUSIC CORP.	
WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.	
WBR MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.	
WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.	
WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.	
WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.	
WEA EUROPE INC.	
WEA INC.	
WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.	
WEA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.	
WIDE MUSIC, INC.	
WMG MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.	
ASYLUM RECORDS LLC	
ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC	
ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC	
ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC	
ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.	
BB INVESTMENTS LLC	
BULLDOG ENTERTAINMENT GROUP LLC	
BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC	
 
[Signature Page to Unsecured Notes Registration Rights Agreement Joinder]

 	 	 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	

BUTE SOUND LLC	
CHORUSS LLC	
CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC	
EAST WEST RECORDS LLC	
FBR INVESTMENTS LLC	
FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC	
FUELED BY RAMEN LLC	
LAVA RECORDS LLC	
LAVA TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC	
MADE OF STONE LLC	
PENALTY RECORDS, LLC	
PERFECT GAME RECORDING COMPANY LLC	
RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC	
RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC	
T-BOY MUSIC, LLC	
T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC	
THE BIZ LLC	
UPPED.COM LLC	
WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC	
WMG TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC	
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE	
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY	
J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.	
SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.	
SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.	
ARTIST ARENA LLC	
ATLANTIC PIX LLC	
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC	
FERRET MUSIC LLC	
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC	
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC	
P & C PUBLISHING LLC	
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC	

By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                     	
Name:	 	Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity	
 
[Signature Page to Unsecured Notes Registration Rights Agreement Joinder]

 	 	 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.	
ARTIST ARENA LLC	
ATLANTIC PIX LLC	
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC	
FERRET MUSIC LLC	
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC	
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC	
P & C PUBLISHING LLC	
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC	

By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity	
 
[Signature Page to Unsecured Notes Registration Rights Agreement Joinder]

 	 	 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	

WARNER MUSIC INC.	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Executive Vice President
& Secretary	
 	
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC	
 	
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC	
 	
By: Artist Arena LLC, its Member	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 
[Signature Page to Unsecured Notes Registration Rights Agreement Joinder]

 	 	 	
Guarantors (cont-d):	

NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC	
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC	
 	
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Manager	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, LC	
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC	
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC	
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC	
 	
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Manager	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
WMG ARTIST BRAND LLC	
 	
By: Warner Music Inc., its Member	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Executive Vice President & Secretary	
 
[Signature Page to Unsecured Notes Registration Rights Agreement Joinder]

Exhibit 4.13
Execution Copy
JOINDER AGREEMENT
WHEREAS, WM Holdings Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Issuer”) and the representatives of the several initial purchasers (the “ Initial Purchasers ”) heretofore executed and delivered a Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 20, 2011 (the “ Agreement ”); and
WHEREAS, WMG Holdings Corp. (the “Company”) has agreed to join in the Agreement on the Completion Date.
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company hereby agrees for the benefit of the Purchasers, as follows:
1. Joinder. The undersigned hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Agreement and all other documents it deems fit in order to enter into this Joinder Agreement (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), and acknowledges and agrees (i) to join and become a party to the Agreement as indicated by its signature below as of the date hereof and shall have the same rights and obligations thereunder as if it had been an original signatory to the Agreement; (ii) to be bound by all covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments attributable to the Company in the Agreement as if made by, and with respect to, the undersigned in accordance with the terms of the Agreement; and (iii) to perform all obligations and duties required of the Company pursuant to the Agreement and that it has complied with all covenants as of the date hereof.
2. Representations and Warranties and Agreements of the Company. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to and agrees with the Purchasers that it has all requisite corporate, partnership or limited liability company power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Joinder Agreement and it has duly and validly taken all necessary action for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Agreement and that it has duly authorized, executed and delivered this Joinder Agreement and it is a valid and legally binding agreement enforceable against the undersigned in accordance with its terms.
3. Representations and Warranties and Agreements in the Agreement. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Initial Purchasers that (i) each representation, warranty and acknowledgment applicable to the Company contained in the Agreement, is true and correct as if made by such party on the dates made and the date hereof, and (ii) that it has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the date hereof.
4. Counterparts. This Joinder Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or a facsimile or “pdf” file thereof), each of which shall constitute an original when so executed and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
5. Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Joinder Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties thereto.
6. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
7. Severability of Provisions. If any term or other provision of this Joinder Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other provisions of this Joinder Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the agreements contained herein is not affected in any manner adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Joinder Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the agreements contained herein may be performed as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

8. Applicable Law. This Joinder Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this agreement this 20th day of July, 2011.

WMG HOLDINGS CORP.	
 	 	
By	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
 	 	Name: Paul Robinson	
 	 	Title: Executive Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to Holdings Notes Registration Rights Agreement Joinder]

Exhibit 4.14
EXECUTION VERSION
COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT
This Copyright Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Copyright Security Agreement ”), dated July 20, 2011, is made by 615 Music Library, LLC (the “ Grantor ”) in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to below).
WHEREAS, WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, has entered into a Security Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, made by the Grantor to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Security Agreement.
WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantor has granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Copyrights (as defined below) of the Grantor, and has agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Copyright Security Agreement for recording with the U.S. Copyright Office and any other appropriate governmental authorities.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Grantor agrees as follows:
SECTION 1. Grant of Security. The Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Copyright Collateral ”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:
(i) each copyright, whether registered or unregistered (“Copyrights”) owned by the Grantor, including, without limitation, copyrights in ( A ) all recordings of sound, whether or not coupled with a visual image, by any method or format and on any substance or material, whether now or hereafter known, which is used or useful in the recording, production and/or manufacture of records or for any other exploitation of sound (“ Recorded Music Copyrights ”), ( B ) all music compositions or medleys consisting of words and music, or any dramatic material and bridging passages, whether in form of instrumental and/or vocal music, prose or otherwise, irrespective of length (“ Publishing Copyrights ”) and ( C ) Computer Software, internet web sites and the content thereof, including, without limitation, each Copyright registration and application therefor, referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;

(ii) all registrations and applications for registration for any Copyright, together with all extensions and renewals;
(iii) all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of the Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto;
(iv) each exclusive Copyright license to which the Grantor is a party, including, without limitation, each Copyright license referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;
(v) any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages; and
(vi) any and all Proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and Supporting Obligations relating to, any and all of the foregoing.
SECTION 2. No Transfer of Grantor’s Rights. Except to the extent expressly permitted in the Secured Agreements, as applicable, the Grantor agrees not to sell, license, exchange, assign, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, or grant any rights with respect to, or mortgage or otherwise encumber, any of the Copyright Collateral.
SECTION 3. Security for Secured Obligations. The grant of continuing security interest in the Copyright Collateral by the Grantor under this Copyright Security Agreement secures the payment of all Secured Obligations of the Grantor, now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the Finance Documents, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, premiums, penalties, fees, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise.
SECTION 4. Recordation. The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights and any other applicable government office record this Copyright Security Agreement.
SECTION 5. Execution in Counterparts. This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 6. Grants, Rights and Remedies. This Copyright Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the U.S. Copyright Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not create any additional rights or obligations for any party hereto. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 7. Governing Law. This Copyright Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
* * *
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC	
 	
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	

Name:	 	Paul Robinson	
Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to Copyright Security Agreement]

Exhibit 4. 15
EXECUTION VERSION
COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT
This Copyright Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Copyright Security Agreement ”), dated July 20, 2011, is made by The All Blacks U.S.A., Inc. (the “ Grantor ”) in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to below).
WHEREAS, WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, has entered into a Security Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, made by the Grantor to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Security Agreement.
WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantor has granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Copyrights (as defined below) of the Grantor, and has agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Copyright Security Agreement for recording with the U.S. Copyright Office and any other appropriate governmental authorities.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Grantor agrees as follows:
SECTION 1. Grant of Security. The Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Copyright Collateral ”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:
(i) each copyright, whether registered or unregistered (“Copyrights”) owned by the Grantor, including, without limitation, copyrights in ( A ) all recordings of sound, whether or not coupled with a visual image, by any method or format and on any substance or material, whether now or hereafter known, which is used or useful in the recording, production and/or manufacture of records or for any other exploitation of sound (“ Recorded Music Copyrights ”), ( B ) all music compositions or medleys consisting of words and music, or any dramatic material and bridging passages, whether in form of instrumental and/or vocal music, prose or otherwise, irrespective of length (“ Publishing Copyrights ”) and ( C ) Computer Software, internet web sites and the content thereof, including, without limitation, each Copyright registration and application therefor, referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;

(ii) all registrations and applications for registration for any Copyright, together with all extensions and renewals;
(iii) all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of the Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto;
(iv) each exclusive Copyright license to which the Grantor is a party, including, without limitation, each Copyright license referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;
(v) any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages; and
(vi) any and all Proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and Supporting Obligations relating to, any and all of the foregoing.
SECTION 2. No Transfer of Grantor’s Rights. Except to the extent expressly permitted in the Secured Agreements, as applicable, the Grantor agrees not to sell, license, exchange, assign, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, or grant any rights with respect to, or mortgage or otherwise encumber, any of the Copyright Collateral.
SECTION 3. Security for Secured Obligations. The grant of continuing security interest in the Copyright Collateral by the Grantor under this Copyright Security Agreement secures the payment of all Secured Obligations of the Grantor, now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the Finance Documents, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, premiums, penalties, fees, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise.
SECTION 4. Recordation. The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights and any other applicable government office record this Copyright Security Agreement.
SECTION 5. Execution in Counterparts. This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 6. Grants, Rights and Remedies. This Copyright Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the U.S. Copyright Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not create any additional rights or obligations for any party hereto. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 7. Governing Law. This Copyright Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
* * *
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	

Name:	 	Paul Robinson	
Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to Copyright Security Agreement]

Exhibit 4.16
EXECUTION VERSION
COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT
This Copyright Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Copyright Security Agreement ”), dated July 20, 2011, is made by Ferret Music LLC (the “ Grantor ”) in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to below).
WHEREAS, WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, has entered into a Security Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, made by the Grantor to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Security Agreement.
WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantor has granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Copyrights (as defined below) of the Grantor, and has agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Copyright Security Agreement for recording with the U.S. Copyright Office and any other appropriate governmental authorities.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Grantor agrees as follows:
SECTION 1. Grant of Security. The Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Copyright Collateral ”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:
(i) each copyright, whether registered or unregistered (“Copyrights”) owned by the Grantor, including, without limitation, copyrights in ( A ) all recordings of sound, whether or not coupled with a visual image, by any method or format and on any substance or material, whether now or hereafter known, which is used or useful in the recording, production and/or manufacture of records or for any other exploitation of sound (“ Recorded Music Copyrights ”), ( B ) all music compositions or medleys consisting of words and music, or any dramatic material and bridging passages, whether in form of instrumental and/or vocal music, prose or otherwise, irrespective of length (“ Publishing Copyrights ”) and ( C ) Computer Software, internet web sites and the content thereof, including, without limitation, each Copyright registration and application therefor, referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;

(ii) all registrations and applications for registration for any Copyright, together with all extensions and renewals;
(iii) all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of the Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto;
(iv) each exclusive Copyright license to which the Grantor is a party, including, without limitation, each Copyright license referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;
(v) any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages; and
(vi) any and all Proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and Supporting Obligations relating to, any and all of the foregoing.
SECTION 2. No Transfer of Grantor’s Rights. Except to the extent expressly permitted in the Secured Agreements, as applicable, the Grantor agrees not to sell, license, exchange, assign, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, or grant any rights with respect to, or mortgage or otherwise encumber, any of the Copyright Collateral.
SECTION 3. Security for Secured Obligations. The grant of continuing security interest in the Copyright Collateral by the Grantor under this Copyright Security Agreement secures the payment of all Secured Obligations of the Grantor, now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the Finance Documents, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, premiums, penalties, fees, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise.
SECTION 4. Recordation. The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights and any other applicable government office record this Copyright Security Agreement.
SECTION 5. Execution in Counterparts. This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 6. Grants, Rights and Remedies. This Copyright Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the U.S. Copyright Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not create any additional rights or obligations for any party hereto. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 7. Governing Law. This Copyright Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
* * *
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

FERRET MUSIC LLC	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name:	 	Paul Robinson	
Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to Copyright Security Agreement]

Exhibit 4.17
EXECUTION VERSION
COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT
This Copyright Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Copyright Security Agreement ”), dated July 20, 2011, is made by Ferret Music Holdings LLC (the “ Grantor ”) in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to below).
WHEREAS, WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, has entered into a Security Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, made by the Grantor to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Security Agreement.
WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantor has granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Copyrights (as defined below) of the Grantor, and has agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Copyright Security Agreement for recording with the U.S. Copyright Office and any other appropriate governmental authorities.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Grantor agrees as follows:
SECTION 1. Grant of Security. The Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Copyright Collateral ”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:
(i) each copyright, whether registered or unregistered (“Copyrights”) owned by the Grantor, including, without limitation, copyrights in ( A ) all recordings of sound, whether or not coupled with a visual image, by any method or format and on any substance or material, whether now or hereafter known, which is used or useful in the recording, production and/or manufacture of records or for any other exploitation of sound (“ Recorded Music Copyrights ”), ( B ) all music compositions or medleys consisting of words and music, or any dramatic material and bridging passages, whether in form of instrumental and/or vocal music, prose or otherwise, irrespective of length (“ Publishing Copyrights ”) and ( C ) Computer Software, internet web sites and the content thereof, including, without limitation, each Copyright registration and application therefor, referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;

(ii) all registrations and applications for registration for any Copyright, together with all extensions and renewals;
(iii) all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of the Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto;
(iv) each exclusive Copyright license to which the Grantor is a party, including, without limitation, each Copyright license referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;
(v) any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages; and
(vi) any and all Proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and Supporting Obligations relating to, any and all of the foregoing.
SECTION 2. No Transfer of Grantor’s Rights. Except to the extent expressly permitted in the Secured Agreements, as applicable, the Grantor agrees not to sell, license, exchange, assign, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, or grant any rights with respect to, or mortgage or otherwise encumber, any of the Copyright Collateral.
SECTION 3. Security for Secured Obligations. The grant of continuing security interest in the Copyright Collateral by the Grantor under this Copyright Security Agreement secures the payment of all Secured Obligations of the Grantor, now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the Finance Documents, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, premiums, penalties, fees, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise.
SECTION 4. Recordation. The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights and any other applicable government office record this Copyright Security Agreement.
SECTION 5. Execution in Counterparts. This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 6. Grants, Rights and Remedies. This Copyright Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the U.S. Copyright Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not create any additional rights or obligations for any party hereto. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 7. Governing Law. This Copyright Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
*    *    *
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC
 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name:	 	Paul Robinson	
Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to Copyright Security Agreement]

Exhibit 4.18
EXECUTION VERSION
COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT
This Copyright Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Copyright Security Agreement ”), dated July 20, 2011, is made by J. Ruby Productions, Inc. (the “ Grantor ”) in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to below).
WHEREAS, WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, has entered into a Security Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, made by the Grantor to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Security Agreement.
WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantor has granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Copyrights (as defined below) of the Grantor, and has agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Copyright Security Agreement for recording with the U.S. Copyright Office and any other appropriate governmental authorities.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Grantor agrees as follows:
SECTION 1. Grant of Security. The Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Copyright Collateral ”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:
(i) each copyright, whether registered or unregistered (“Copyrights”) owned by the Grantor, including, without limitation, copyrights in ( A ) all recordings of sound, whether or not coupled with a visual image, by any method or format and on any substance or material, whether now or hereafter known, which is used or useful in the recording, production and/or manufacture of records or for any other exploitation of sound (“ Recorded Music Copyrights ”), ( B ) all music compositions or medleys consisting of words and music, or any dramatic material and bridging passages, whether in form of instrumental and/or vocal music, prose or otherwise, irrespective of length (“ Publishing Copyrights ”) and ( C ) Computer Software, internet web sites and the content thereof, including, without limitation, each Copyright registration and application therefor, referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;

(ii) all registrations and applications for registration for any Copyright, together with all extensions and renewals;
(iii) all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of the Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto;
(iv) each exclusive Copyright license to which the Grantor is a party, including, without limitation, each Copyright license referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;
(v) any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages; and
(vi) any and all Proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and Supporting Obligations relating to, any and all of the foregoing.
SECTION 2. No Transfer of Grantor’s Rights. Except to the extent expressly permitted in the Secured Agreements, as applicable, the Grantor agrees not to sell, license, exchange, assign, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, or grant any rights with respect to, or mortgage or otherwise encumber, any of the Copyright Collateral.
SECTION 3. Security for Secured Obligations. The grant of continuing security interest in the Copyright Collateral by the Grantor under this Copyright Security Agreement secures the payment of all Secured Obligations of the Grantor, now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the Finance Documents, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, premiums, penalties, fees, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise.
SECTION 4. Recordation. The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights and any other applicable government office record this Copyright Security Agreement.
SECTION 5. Execution in Counterparts. This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 6. Grants, Rights and Remedies. This Copyright Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the U.S. Copyright Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not create any additional rights or obligations for any party hereto. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 7. Governing Law. This Copyright Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
*    *    *
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name:	 	Paul Robinson	
Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to Copyright Security Agreement]

Exhibit 4.19
EXECUTION VERSION
COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT
This Copyright Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Copyright Security Agreement ”), dated July 20, 2011, is made by Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc. (the “ Grantor ”) in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to below).
WHEREAS, WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, has entered into a Security Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, made by the Grantor to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Security Agreement.
WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantor has granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Copyrights (as defined below) of the Grantor, and has agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Copyright Security Agreement for recording with the U.S. Copyright Office and any other appropriate governmental authorities.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Grantor agrees as follows:
SECTION 1. Grant of Security. The Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Copyright Collateral ”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:
(i) each copyright, whether registered or unregistered (“Copyrights”) owned by the Grantor, including, without limitation, copyrights in ( A ) all recordings of sound, whether or not coupled with a visual image, by any method or format and on any substance or material, whether now or hereafter known, which is used or useful in the recording, production and/or manufacture of records or for any other exploitation of sound (“ Recorded Music Copyrights ”), ( B ) all music compositions or medleys consisting of words and music, or any dramatic material and bridging passages, whether in form of instrumental and/or vocal music, prose or otherwise, irrespective of length (“ Publishing Copyrights ”) and ( C ) Computer Software, internet web sites and the content thereof, including, without limitation, each Copyright registration and application therefor, referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;

(ii) all registrations and applications for registration for any Copyright, together with all extensions and renewals;
(iii) all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of the Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto;
(iv) each exclusive Copyright license to which the Grantor is a party, including, without limitation, each Copyright license referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;
(v) any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages; and
(vi) any and all Proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and Supporting Obligations relating to, any and all of the foregoing.
SECTION 2. No Transfer of Grantor’s Rights. Except to the extent expressly permitted in the Secured Agreements, as applicable, the Grantor agrees not to sell, license, exchange, assign, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, or grant any rights with respect to, or mortgage or otherwise encumber, any of the Copyright Collateral.
SECTION 3. Security for Secured Obligations. The grant of continuing security interest in the Copyright Collateral by the Grantor under this Copyright Security Agreement secures the payment of all Secured Obligations of the Grantor, now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the Finance Documents, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, premiums, penalties, fees, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise.
SECTION 4. Recordation. The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights and any other applicable government office record this Copyright Security Agreement.
SECTION 5. Execution in Counterparts. This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 6. Grants, Rights and Remedies. This Copyright Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the U.S. Copyright Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not create any additional rights or obligations for any party hereto. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 7. Governing Law. This Copyright Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
*    *    *
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS,
INC.	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name:	 	Paul Robinson	
Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to Copyright Security Agreement]

Exhibit 4.20
EXECUTION VERSION
COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT
This Copyright Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Copyright Security Agreement ”), dated July 20, 2011, is made by Summy-Birchard, Inc. (the “ Grantor ”) in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to below).
WHEREAS, WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, has entered into a Security Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, made by the Grantor to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Security Agreement.
WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantor has granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Copyrights (as defined below) of the Grantor, and has agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Copyright Security Agreement for recording with the U.S. Copyright Office and any other appropriate governmental authorities.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Grantor agrees as follows:
SECTION 1. Grant of Security. The Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Copyright Collateral ”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:
(i) each copyright, whether registered or unregistered (“Copyrights”) owned by the Grantor, including, without limitation, copyrights in ( A ) all recordings of sound, whether or not coupled with a visual image, by any method or format and on any substance or material, whether now or hereafter known, which is used or useful in the recording, production and/or manufacture of records or for any other exploitation of sound (“ Recorded Music Copyrights ”), ( B ) all music compositions or medleys consisting of words and music, or any dramatic material and bridging passages, whether in form of instrumental and/or vocal music, prose or otherwise, irrespective of length (“ Publishing Copyrights ”) and ( C ) Computer Software, internet web sites and the content thereof, including, without limitation, each Copyright registration and application therefor, referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;

(ii) all registrations and applications for registration for any Copyright, together with all extensions and renewals;
(iii) all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of the Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto;
(iv) each exclusive Copyright license to which the Grantor is a party, including, without limitation, each Copyright license referred to in Schedule 1 hereto;
(v) any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages; and
(vi) any and all Proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and Supporting Obligations relating to, any and all of the foregoing.
SECTION 2. No Transfer of Grantor’s Rights. Except to the extent expressly permitted in the Secured Agreements, as applicable, the Grantor agrees not to sell, license, exchange, assign, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, or grant any rights with respect to, or mortgage or otherwise encumber, any of the Copyright Collateral.
SECTION 3. Security for Secured Obligations. The grant of continuing security interest in the Copyright Collateral by the Grantor under this Copyright Security Agreement secures the payment of all Secured Obligations of the Grantor, now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the Finance Documents, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, premiums, penalties, fees, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise.
SECTION 4. Recordation. The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights and any other applicable government office record this Copyright Security Agreement.
SECTION 5. Execution in Counterparts. This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 6. Grants, Rights and Remedies. This Copyright Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the U.S. Copyright Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not create any additional rights or obligations for any party hereto. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 7. Governing Law. This Copyright Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
*    *    *
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name:	 	Paul Robinson	
Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to Copyright Security Agreement]

Exhibit 4.21
EXECUTION VERSION
TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT
This Trademark Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Trademark Security Agreement ”), dated July 20, 2011, is made by Warner Music Nashville LLC (the “ Grantor ”) in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to below).
WHEREAS, WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, has entered into a Security Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, made by the Grantor to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Security Agreement.
WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantor has granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain Trademarks (as defined below) of the Grantor, and has agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Trademark Security Agreement for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and any other appropriate governmental authorities.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Grantor agrees as follows:
SECTION 1. Grant of Security. The Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (all of the following items or types of property being herein collectively referred to as the “ Trademark Collateral ”), whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:
(i) all trademarks, service marks, domain names, trade dress, logos, designs, slogans, trade names, business names, corporate names and other source identifiers, whether registered or unregistered, owned by the Grantor, (provided that no security interest shall be granted in United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of any registration issuing from such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law), including, without limitation, each Trademark registration and application therefor, referred to in Schedule 1 hereto, and all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, or symbolized by, each Trademark;

(ii) each Trademark license to which the Grantor is a party, including, without limitation, each Trademark license referred to in Schedule 1 hereto, and all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, or symbolized by, each Trademark licensed pursuant thereto;
(iii) all registrations and applications for registration for any Trademark, together with all extensions and renewals thereof;
(iv) all rights in the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of the Grantor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto;
(v) any and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, dilution, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages; and
(vi) all Proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and Supporting Obligations relating to, any and all of the foregoing.
SECTION 2. No Transfer of Grantor’s Rights. Except to the extent expressly permitted in the Secured Agreements, as applicable, the Grantor agrees not to sell, license, exchange, assign, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, or grant any rights with respect to, or mortgage or otherwise encumber, any of the Trademark Collateral.
SECTION 3. Security for Secured Obligations. The grant of continuing security interest in the Trademark Collateral by each Grantor under this Trademark Security Agreement secures the payment of all Secured Obligations of the Grantor, now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the Finance Documents, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, premiums, penalties, fees, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise.
SECTION 4. Recordation. The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Commissioner for Trademarks and any other applicable government office record this Trademark Security Agreement.
SECTION 5. Execution in Counterparts. This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 6. Grants, Rights and Remedies. This Trademark Security Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Collateral Agent in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof and does not create any additional rights or obligations for any party hereto. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 7. Governing Law. This Trademark Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
*    *    *
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name:	 	Paul Robinson	
Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to Trademark Security Agreement]

Exhibit 4.22
EXECUTION COPY

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 	 	As trustee (the “Trustee”) under the Indenture, dated as of April 8, 2004, among WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”) and the Trustee, as amended prior to the date hereof.	
TO
WMG Acquisition Corp. a Delaware Corporation

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
Dated as of July 21, 2011
Discharging the Indenture, dated as of April 8, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, as amended prior to the date hereof.

 

1

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
THIS DOCUMENT, dated as of July 21, 2011 (hereinafter referred to as “Satisfaction of Indenture”), relates to that certain Indenture, dated as of April 8, 2004 (as amended prior to the date hereof, the “ Indenture ”), among WMG Acquisition Corp. (the “ Company ”), the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (the “ Guarantors ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association., as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
WHEREAS, on July 20, 2011 (the “Redemption Notice Date”), the Company delivered an irrevocable notice of redemption (the “ Redemption Notice ”) relating to all of its outstanding 7  3 / 8 % U.S. Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “ Dollar-denominated Notes ”) and 8  1 / 8 % Sterling-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “ Sterling-denominated Notes ,” and together with the Dollar-denominated Notes, the “ Notes ”) that had not been tendered to the Company and accepted by the Company for payment as of July 20, 2011 (the “ Remaining Notes ”);
WHEREAS, the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars and cash in U.K. Pounds Sterling, in an amount as will be sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Dollar-denominated or Sterling-denominated Notes, as applicable, not heretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, and premium and accrued interest on, the Remaining Notes to August 19, 2011, the date specified in the Notice of Redemption for redemption of the Remaining Notes (the “ Redemption Date ”);
WHEREAS, the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited funds toward the payment of the principal of and premium on the applicable Remaining Notes and accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date;
WHEREAS, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all covenants and conditions precedent under the Indenture relating to the termination of its obligations under the Remaining Notes and the Indenture have been complied with; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Indenture, the Company has requested the Trustee to cancel and discharge the Indenture, and to execute and deliver to the Company this Satisfaction of Indenture;
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SATISFACTION OF INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
ARTICLE I
Satisfaction and Discharge
The Trustee, pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.01 of the Indenture, hereby acknowledges that the Company’s obligations under the Indenture and the Remaining Notes have been satisfied and hereby cancels the Indenture and the Remaining Notes, and the Indenture is hereby discharged and hereby ceases to be of further effect as to all Remaining Notes outstanding, except with respect to those obligations that the Indenture provides shall survive the satisfaction and discharge thereof.
[Signature Page Follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION has caused its corporate name to be hereunto affixed, and this instrument to be signed by one of its responsible officers, all as of the day and year first above written.

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee	
 	
/s/ Raymond Delli Colli	
By: Raymond Delli Colli	
Authorized Officer	
[Signature Page to WMG Acquisition Satisfaction and Discharge]

Exhibit 4.23
EXECUTION COPY

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 	 	As trustee (the “Trustee”) under the Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2004, among WMG Holdings Corp., Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Warner Music Group Corp. as guarantor (the “Guarantor”) and the Trustee, as amended prior to the date hereof.	
TO
WMG Holdings Corp.
a Delaware Corporation

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
Dated as of July 21, 2011
Discharging the Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2004, among the Company,
the Guarantor and the Trustee, as amended prior to the date hereof.

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
THIS DOCUMENT, dated as of July 21, 2011 (hereinafter referred to as “Satisfaction of Indenture”), relates to that certain Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2004 (as amended prior to the date hereof, the “ Indenture ”), among WMG Holdings Corp. (the “ Company ”), Warner Music Group Corp. as guarantor (the “ Guarantor ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association., as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
WHEREAS, on July 20, 2011 (the “Redemption Notice Date”), the Company delivered an irrevocable notice of redemption (the “ Redemption Notice ”) relating to all of its outstanding 9.5% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 (the “ Notes ”) that had not been tendered to the Company and accepted by the Company for payment as of July 20, 2011 (the “ Remaining Notes ”);
WHEREAS, the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars in an amount as will be sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Remaining Notes not heretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, and premium and accrued interest on, the Remaining Notes to August 19, 2011, the date specified in the Redemption Notice for redemption of the Remaining Notes (the “ Redemption Date ”);
WHEREAS, the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited funds toward the payment of the principal of and premium on the Remaining Notes and accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date;
WHEREAS, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all covenants and conditions precedent under the Indenture relating to the termination of its obligations under the Remaining Notes and the Indenture have been complied with; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Indenture, the Company has requested the Trustee to cancel and discharge the Indenture, and to execute and deliver to the Company this Satisfaction of Indenture;
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SATISFACTION OF INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
ARTICLE I
Satisfaction and Discharge
The Trustee, pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.01 of the Indenture, hereby acknowledges that the Company’s obligations under the Indenture and the Remaining Notes have been satisfied and hereby cancels the Indenture and the Remaining Notes, and the Indenture is hereby discharged and hereby ceases to be of further effect as to all Remaining Notes outstanding, except with respect to those obligations that the Indenture provides shall survive the satisfaction and discharge thereof.
[Signature Page Follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION has caused its corporate name to be hereunto affixed, and this instrument to be signed by one of its responsible officers, all as of the day and year first above written.

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee	
 	
/s/ Raymond Delli Colli	
By: Raymond Delli Colli	
Authorized Officer	
[Signature Page to WMG Holdings Satisfaction and Discharge]

Exhibit 4.24
EXECUTION VERSION
Security Agreement Supplement
July 20, 2011
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,
As Collateral Agent and as an Authorized Representative
625 Marquette Avenue
MAC 9311-110
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Facsimile: (612) 667-9825
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
45 Broadway – 14th Floor
MAC N-266-140
New York, NY 10006
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Facsimile: (212) 515-1589
Re: WMG Acquisition Corp.
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Security Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), made by the Grantors from time to time party thereto in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (together with any successor collateral agent, the “ Collateral Agent ”). Terms defined in the Security Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Security Agreement.
Section 1. Grant of Security. Each of the undersigned hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all of its right, title and interest in and to all of the Collateral of the undersigned, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned, wherever located and whether now or hereafter existing or arising, including, without limitation, the property and assets of the undersigned set forth on the attached supplemental schedules to the Schedules to the Security Agreement.
Section 2. Security for Secured Obligations. The grant of a security interest in the Collateral by each of the undersigned under this Security Agreement Supplement and the Security Agreement secures the payment of all Secured Obligations of each of the undersigned now or hereafter existing, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, premiums, penalties, fees, indemnifications, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise.
Section 3. Supplements to Security Agreement Schedules. Each of the undersigned has attached hereto supplemental Schedules I through V to Schedules I through V, respectively, to the Security Agreement, and each of the undersigned hereby certifies, as of the date first above

written, that such supplemental schedules have been prepared by the undersigned in substantially the form of the equivalent Schedules to the Security Agreement and are complete and correct in all material respects.
Section 4. Representations and Warranties. Each of the undersigned hereby makes each representation and warranty set forth in Section 2.06 of the Security Agreement (as supplemented by the attached supplemental schedules) as of the date hereof.
Section 5. Secured Obligations Under the Security Agreement. Each of the undersigned hereby agrees, as of the date first above written, to be bound as a Grantor by all of the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement to the same extent as each of the other Grantors. Each of the undersigned further agrees, as of the date first above written, that each reference in the Security Agreement to an “ Additional Grantor ” or a “ Grantor ” shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned.
Section 6. Governing Law. This Security Agreement Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
[Signature Page Follows]
 
2

Very truly yours,

GUARANTORS:	
 	
J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.	
SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.	
SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.
ARTIST ARENA LLC	
ATLANTIC PIX LLC	
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC	
FERRET MUSIC LLC	
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC	
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC	
P & C PUBLISHING LLC	
ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.	
THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.	
T.Y.S., INC.	
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                     	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Additional Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity	
[Signature Page to Security Agreement Supplement]

 	
GUARANTORS (cont-d):	
 	
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC	
 	
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions Inc., its Sole Member	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC	
 	
By: Artist Arena LLC, its Member	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
WMG ARTIST BRAND LLC	
 	
By: Warner Music Inc., its Member	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Executive Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to Security Agreement Supplement]

Exhibit 4.25
GUARANTEE
Warner Music Group Corp. (the “New Guarantor”) hereby unconditionally guarantees, to the extent set forth in the Indenture dated as of July 20, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”) by and among WM Holdings Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “ Initial Issuer ”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, as amended by the Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 20, 2011, among WMG Holdings Corp., as successor by merger to the Initial Issuer (the “ Company ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (such indenture, as the same may be amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of, and premium and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuer (as defined in the Indenture) and the Company to the Holders or the Trustee, all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article Eleven of the Indenture, and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.
The obligations of the New Guarantor to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture, are expressly set forth in Article Eleven of the Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms and limitations of this Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note to which this Guarantee is endorsed, by accepting such Note, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.
[Signatures on Following Pages]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Warner Music Group Corp. has caused this Guarantee to be signed by a duly authorized officer.
DATED: July 25, 2011

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
Name:	 	Paul Robinson	
Title:	 	EVP & General Counsel	
[Signature Page to the Warner Music Group Guarantee of the WMG Holdings Corp. Notes]

Exhibit 10.1
EXECUTION VERSION

CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of July 20, 2011
among
WMG ACQUISITION CORP.,
as Borrower
THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO
and
CREDIT SUISSE AG,
as Administrative Agent

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and
UBS SECURITIES LLC,
as Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers
UBS SECURITIES LLC,
as Syndication Agent

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
  	 	 	  	PAGE	 	
 	 	 	
 	 	ARTICLE 1	  	 	 	 	
 	 	DEFINITIONSAND ACCOUNTING TERMS	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
Section 1.01 .	 	Defined Terms	  	 	2	  	
Section 1.02 .	 	Other Interpretive Provisions	  	 	50	  	
Section 1.03 .	 	Accounting Terms	  	 	51	  	
Section 1.04 .	 	Rounding	  	 	52	  	
Section 1.05 .	 	References to Agreements and Laws	  	 	52	  	
Section 1.06 .	 	Times of Day	  	 	52	  	
 	 	 	
 	 	ARTICLE 2	  	 	 	 	
 	 	THE CREDITS	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
Section 2.01 .	 	Commitments	  	 	52	  	
Section 2.02 .	 	Loans	  	 	52	  	
Section 2.03 .	 	Borrowing Procedure	  	 	55	  	
Section 2.04 .	 	Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans	  	 	55	  	
Section 2.05 .	 	Fees	  	 	56	  	
Section 2.06 .	 	Interest on Loans	  	 	57	  	
Section 2.07 .	 	Default Interest	  	 	57	  	
Section 2.08 .	 	Alternate Rate of Interest	  	 	58	  	
Section 2.09 .	 	Termination and Reduction of Commitments	  	 	58	  	
Section 2.10 .	 	Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings	  	 	59	  	
Section 2.11 .	 	[Reserved]	  	 	60	  	
Section 2.12 .	 	Voluntary Prepayment	  	 	60	  	
Section 2.13 .	 	Mandatory Prepayments	  	 	61	  	
Section 2.14 .	 	Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances	  	 	61	  	
Section 2.15 .	 	Change in Legality	  	 	63	  	
Section 2.16 .	 	Breakage	  	 	64	  	
Section 2.17 .	 	Pro Rata Treatment	  	 	64	  	
Section 2.18 .	 	Sharing of Setoffs	  	 	64	  	
Section 2.19 .	 	Payments	  	 	65	  	
Section 2.20 .	 	Taxes	  	 	66	  	
Section 2.21 .	 	Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate	  	 	71	  	
Section 2.22 .	 	[Reserved]	  	 	73	  	
Section 2.23 .	 	Letters of Credit	  	 	73	  	
 
i

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	ARTICLE 3	  	 	 	 	
 	 	[RESERVED]	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
 	 	ARTICLE 4	  	 	 	 	
 	 	CONDITIONS PRECEDENT	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
Section 4.01 .	 	All Credit Events after the Closing Date	  	 	78	  	
Section 4.02 .	 	Conditions to Effectiveness	  	 	79	  	
 	 	 	
 	 	ARTICLE 5	  	 	 	 	
 	 	REPRESENTATIONSAND WARRANTIES	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
Section 5.01 .	 	Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws	  	 	83	  	
Section 5.02 .	 	Authorization; No Contravention	  	 	84	  	
Section 5.03 .	 	Governmental Authorization; Other Consents	  	 	84	  	
Section 5.04 .	 	Binding Effect	  	 	84	  	
Section 5.05 .	 	Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect	  	 	85	  	
Section 5.06 .	 	Litigation	  	 	85	  	
Section 5.07 .	 	No Default	  	 	86	  	
Section 5.08 .	 	Ownership of Property; Liens	  	 	86	  	
Section 5.09 .	 	Environmental Compliance	  	 	86	  	
Section 5.10 .	 	Taxes	  	 	87	  	
Section 5.11 .	 	ERISA Compliance	  	 	87	  	
Section 5.12 .	 	Subsidiaries; Equity Interests	  	 	88	  	
Section 5.13 .	 	Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act	  	 	88	  	
Section 5.14 .	 	USA PATRIOT Act	  	 	89	  	
Section 5.15 .	 	Sanctioned Persons	  	 	89	  	
Section 5.16 .	 	Foreign Corrupt Practices Act	  	 	89	  	
Section 5.17 .	 	Labor Matters	  	 	89	  	
Section 5.18 .	 	Disclosure	  	 	90	  	
Section 5.19 .	 	Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc	  	 	90	  	
Section 5.20 .	 	Solvency	  	 	91	  	
Section 5.21 .	 	Senior Debt Status	  	 	91	  	
Section 5.22 .	 	Valid Liens	  	 	91	  	
 	 	 	
 	 	ARTICLE 6	  	 	 	 	
 	 	AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
Section 6.01 .	 	Financial Statements	  	 	91	  	
Section 6.02 .	 	Certificates; Other Information	  	 	93	  	
Section 6.03 .	 	Notices	  	 	95	  	
Section 6.04 .	 	Payment of Obligations	  	 	95	  	
Section 6.05 .	 	Preservation of Existence, Etc	  	 	95	  	
Section 6.06 .	 	Maintenance of Properties	  	 	96	  	
 
ii

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Section 6.07 .	 	Maintenance of Insurance	  	 	96	  	
Section 6.08 .	 	Compliance with Laws	  	 	96	  	
Section 6.09 .	 	Books and Records	  	 	96	  	
Section 6.10 .	 	Inspection Rights	  	 	96	  	
Section 6.11 .	 	Use of Proceeds	  	 	97	  	
Section 6.12 .	 	Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security	  	 	97	  	
Section 6.13 .	 	Compliance with Environmental Laws	  	 	100	  	
Section 6.14 .	 	Further Assurances	  	 	100	  	
Section 6.15 .	 	[Reserved]	  	 	100	  	
Section 6.16 .	 	Maintenance of Ratings	  	 	100	  	
Section 6.17 .	 	Designation of Subsidiaries	  	 	100	  	
 	 	 	
 	 	ARTICLE 7	  	 	 	 	
 	 	NEGATIVE COVENANTS	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
Section 7.01 .	 	Liens	  	 	101	  	
Section 7.02 .	 	Investments	  	 	105	  	
Section 7.03 .	 	Indebtedness	  	 	109	  	
Section 7.04 .	 	Fundamental Changes	  	 	113	  	
Section 7.05 .	 	Dispositions	  	 	114	  	
Section 7.06 .	 	Restricted Payments	  	 	117	  	
Section 7.07 .	 	Change in Nature of Business	  	 	120	  	
Section 7.08 .	 	Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	121	  	
Section 7.09 .	 	Burdensome Agreements	  	 	122	  	
Section 7.10 .	 	[Reserved]	  	 	123	  	
Section 7.11 .	 	Financial Covenant	  	 	123	  	
Section 7.12 .	 	Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness	  	 	124	  	
Section 7.13 .	 	Capital Expenditures	  	 	125	  	
 	 	 	
 	 	ARTICLE 8	  	 	 	 	
 	 	EVENTSOF DEFAULTAND REMEDIES	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
Section 8.01 .	 	Events of Default	  	 	126	  	
Section 8.02 .	 	Remedies Upon Event of Default	  	 	128	  	
Section 8.03 .	 	Application of Funds	  	 	129	  	
 	 	 	
 	 	ARTICLE 9	  	 	 	 	
 	 	THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
 	 	ARTICLE 10	  	 	 	 	
 	 	MISCELLANEOUS	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
Section 10.01 .	 	Notices; Electronic Communications	  	 	133	  	
Section 10.02 .	 	Survival of Agreement	  	 	137	  	
Section 10.03 .	 	Binding Effect	  	 	137	  	
 
iii

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Section 10.04 .	 	Successors and Assigns	  	 	137	  	
Section 10.05 .	 	Expenses; Indemnity	  	 	143	  	
Section 10.06 .	 	Right of Setoff	  	 	144	  	
Section 10.07 .	 	Applicable Law	  	 	145	  	
Section 10.08 .	 	Waivers; Amendment	  	 	145	  	
Section 10.09 .	 	Interest Rate Limitation	  	 	146	  	
Section 10.10 .	 	Entire Agreement	  	 	147	  	
Section 10.11 .	 	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL	  	 	147	  	
Section 10.12 .	 	Severability	  	 	147	  	
Section 10.13 .	 	Counterparts	  	 	148	  	
Section 10.14 .	 	Headings	  	 	148	  	
Section 10.15 .	 	Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process	  	 	148	  	
Section 10.16 .	 	Confidentiality	  	 	149	  	
Section 10.17 .	 	Lender Action	  	 	150	  	
Section 10.18 .	 	USA PATRIOT Act Notice	  	 	150	  	
 
iv

 	 	 	
SCHEDULES	
 	 	
I	 	Guarantors	
1.01	 	Unrestricted Subsidiaries	
2.01	 	Commitments	
5.09	 	Environmental Matters	
5.12	 	Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments	
7.01(b)	 	Existing Liens	
7.02(f)	 	Existing Investments	
7.03(b)	 	Existing Indebtedness	
7.05(m)	 	Dispositions	
7.08	 	Transactions with Affiliates	
7.09	 	Existing Restrictions	
 	
EXHIBITS	
 	 	
Form of	 	 	
 	 	
A	 	Assignment and Acceptance	
B	 	Borrowing Request	
C	 	Compliance Certificate	
D	 	Guaranty	
E	 	Security Agreement Amendment	
F	 	Opinion of Counsel to the Borrower	
G	 	Opinion of Special Delaware Counsel to the Borrower	
H	 	Solvency Certificate	
I	 	U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate	
 
v

CREDIT AGREEMENT
This CREDIT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is dated as of July 20, 2011, among WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), each LENDER from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and, individually, a “ Lender ”) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, as administrative agent (in such capacity, including any successor thereto, the “ Administrative Agent ”).
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Airplanes Music LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), formed and controlled by Access Industries, Inc. (the “ Sponsor ”) or its affiliates and certain other investors reasonably acceptable to the Joint Lead Arrangers (together with the Sponsor and its affiliates, the “ Investors ”), intends to acquire (the “ Acquisition” ) all of the equity interests of Warner Music Group Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as follows: Airplanes Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdings (“ Merger Sub ”), will be merged with and into the Company, with the Company surviving as a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdings.
In connection with the Acquisition, (a) the Investors will contribute an aggregate amount of at least $920,000,000 (subject to adjustments as set forth in Section 4.02(h)) in cash to Holdings as common equity and/or preferred equity having terms reasonably satisfactory to the Joint Lead Arrangers and (b) Holdings will contribute the amount so received to Merger Sub as cash common equity in exchange for the issuance to Holdings of all the common stock of Merger Sub (collectively, the “ Equity Contribution ”).
Concurrently herewith, (i) the Borrower is issuing the Senior Unsecured Notes in the initial aggregate principal amount of $765,000,000 pursuant to the Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture, (ii) the Borrower is issuing New Senior Secured Notes pursuant to the New Senior Secured Notes Indenture in the initial aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000 and (iii) WMG Holdings is issuing the Holdco Senior Unsecured Notes in the initial aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000 pursuant to the Holdco Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture.
In connection with the foregoing, the Borrower has requested the Lenders to extend credit in the form of Loans at any time after the Closing Date and from time to time prior to the Maturity Date, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $60,000,000. The Borrower has requested the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit, in an aggregate face amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $30,000,000, to support payment obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. The proceeds of the Loans are to be used solely for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
 
1

The Lenders are willing to extend such credit to the Borrower, and the Issuing Bank is willing to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONSAND ACCOUNTING TERMS
Section 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
“ABR”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.
“Access Investors” means, collectively: (i) Mr. Len Blavatnik; (ii) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of the Person described in clause (i); (iii) any trusts created for the benefit of the Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (iv) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clauses (i) and (ii), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; (v) any of his or their Affiliates (each of the Persons described in clauses (i) through (v), an “ Access Party ”); and (vi) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor provision) of which any of the Access Parties is a member; provided that in the case of clause (vi) and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Access Parties, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower held by such group.
“Acquisition” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Agreement.
“Adjusted Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” means, on any day, the sum of (a) with respect to Consolidated Funded Indebtedness consisting of revolving borrowings, the average daily outstanding principal amount of such Consolidated Funded Indebtedness for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such day (or, if fewer than four full fiscal quarters have elapsed since the Closing Date, for the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter most recently ended on or prior to such day),  plus  (b) with respect to all other Consolidated Funded Indebtedness, the outstanding principal amount thereof on such day.
 
2

“Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) 1.50% per annum and (b) the product of (i) the LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period and (ii) Statutory Reserves.
“Administrative Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Agreement.
“Administrative Agent Fees” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).
“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto. In no event shall any Lender or the Administrative Agent be deemed to be an “Affiliate” of any Loan Party.
“Aggregate Credit Exposure” means the aggregate amount of all the Lenders’ Credit Exposures.
“Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement hereof, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one-month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00%;  provided  that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate determined on such day at approximately 11 a.m. (London time) by reference to the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in Dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as an authorized vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates). If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including
 
3

the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, as the case may be.
“Applicable Margin” means, for any day (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, 4.00% per annum, and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan, 3.00% per annum.
“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages a Lender.
“Assignment and Acceptance” means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Attorney Costs” means and includes all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel.
“Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, in respect of any Capital Lease Obligations of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.
“Audited Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, including the notes thereto.
“Available CNI Amount” means, at any time,
(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the Closing Date occurs to the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at such time (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit,  minus  100% of such deficit),  plus
(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of property and marketable securities received by the Borrower after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Borrower (including Retired Capital Stock but excluding (i) cash proceeds and marketable securities received from the sale of Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Borrower, any Parent and any Subsidiaries after the Closing
 
4

Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 7.06(g) and, to the extent actually contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of any Parent, (ii) Designated Preferred Stock and (iii) Disqualified Equity Interests) or (y) debt securities of the Borrower that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Refunding Capital Stock or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Borrower sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Equity Interests or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Equity Interests or Designated Preferred Stock),  plus
(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Borrower after the Closing Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Equity Interests, (iv) any Designated Preferred Stock and (v) the Cash Contribution Amount),  plus
(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash after the Closing Date and the fair market value of property and marketable securities received by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7.02(q) and 7.06(j) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus
(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment),  minus
 
5

(f)(i) any amounts thereof used to make Investments pursuant to Section 7.02(n) after the Closing Date and on or prior to such time, plus (ii) any amounts thereof used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 7.06(j) after the Closing Date and on or prior to such time, and  plus  (iii) any amounts thereof used to make prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments pursuant to Section 7.12(a)(iii)(y) after the Closing Date and on or prior to such time.
“Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Agreement.
“Borrower Materials” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01.
“Borrower Parties” means the collective reference to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and “Borrower Party ” means any one of them.
“Borrowing” means Loans of the same Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.
“Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit B, or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Breakage Event” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.16.
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close;  provided, however , that when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “ Business Day ” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.
“Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Borrower or any Guarantor after the Closing Date.
“Capital Expenditures” means, as of any date for the applicable period then ended, all capital expenditures of the Borrower Parties on a consolidated basis for such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP;  provided  that Capital Expenditures shall not include any such expenditures which constitute (a) a Permitted Acquisition, (b) expenditures of proceeds of insurance settlements, condemnation awards and other settlements in respect of lost, destroyed, damaged or condemned assets, equipment or other property to the extent such expenditures are made to replace or repair such lost, destroyed, damaged or condemned assets, equipment or other property or otherwise to acquire, maintain, develop, construct,
 
6

improve, upgrade or repair assets or properties useful in the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries within 12 months of receipt of such proceeds, (c) interest capitalized during such period, (d) expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures of such person and that actually are paid for by a third party (excluding the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof) and for which neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary thereof has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation to such third party or any other person (whether before, during or after such period), (e) the book value of any asset owned by such person prior to or during such period to the extent that such book value is included as a capital expenditure during such period as a result of such person reusing or beginning to reuse such asset during such period without a corresponding expenditure actually having been made in such period;  provided  that (i) any expenditure necessary in order to permit such asset to be reused shall be included as a Capital Expenditure during the period that such expenditure actually is made and (ii) such book value shall have been included in Capital Expenditures when such asset was originally acquired, (f) the purchase price of equipment purchased during such period to the extent the consideration therefor consists of any combination of (i) used or surplus equipment traded in at the time of such purchase and (ii) the proceeds of a concurrent sale of used or surplus equipment, in each case, in the ordinary course of business, or (g) the purchase price of equipment that is purchased substantially contemporaneously with the trade in of existing equipment to the extent that the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time.
“Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Cash Equivalents” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens:
(a) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States or any member nation of the European Union having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;
(b) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’
 
7

acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any Lender or with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;
(c) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (a) and (b) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b) above;
(d) commercial paper maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition and having a rating of at least P-1 from Moody’s or A-1 from S&P;
(e) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency mutually agreed to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;
(f) investment funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (e) of this definition; and
(g) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition.
“Cash Management Obligations” means obligations owed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Lender, or any financial institution that was a Lender at the time of entering into the underlying bank products agreement, or any Affiliate of a Lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds.
“Casualty Event” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.
“CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980.
“CERCLIS” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System maintained by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
 
8

“Change in Law” means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.14, by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement;  provided, however,  that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to a “Change in Law” regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented, and any legislation relating to the U.K. Bank Levy and any published practice or other official guidance related thereto shall not constitute a Change in Law.
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
(a) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;
(b) the Borrower becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower; provided  that (x) so long as the Borrower is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no Person or group shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower unless such Person or group shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such Person is the “beneficial owner”;
 
9

(c) the first day on which the Board of Directors of the Borrower shall cease to consist of a majority of directors who (i) were members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, a majority of whom were directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder;
(d) any “Change of Control” (or any comparable term) in any document pertaining to any Specified Debt with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or
(e) at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO of the Borrower, the Borrower ceasing to be a directly or indirectly Wholly Owned Subsidiary of WMG Holdings.
For the purpose of this definition, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer conveyance or other disposition of properties or of assets in connection with any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), the determination of whether such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to such acquisition.
“Charges” has the meaning specified in Section 10.09.
“Closing Date” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.02 are satisfied.
“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
“Collateral” means all of the “Collateral” referred to in the Collateral Documents and all of the other property and assets that are or are required under the terms hereof or of the Collateral Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
“Collateral Agent” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.
“Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, the Mortgages, each of the mortgages, collateral assignments, Security Agreement Supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.12, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
 
10

“Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Loans hereunder (and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit as provided for herein) as set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed its Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 10.04.
“Commitment Fee” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a).
“Communications” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.
“Company” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Agreement.
“Company Material Adverse Effect” means any fact, circumstance, change, event, development, occurrence or effect that (i) has, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business, properties, assets or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (ii) would reasonably be expected to prevent or materially impair or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;  provided , that, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, the term “Company Material Adverse Effect” shall not include any such effect relating to or arising from (i) any foreign or domestic economic, financial, social or political conditions (including changes therein), (ii) changes in any financial, debt, credit, capital or banking markets or conditions (including any disruption thereof), (iii) changes in interest, currency or exchange rates or the price of any commodity, security or market index, (iv) changes or proposed changes in Law, GAAP or other accounting principles or requirements, or standards, interpretations or enforcement thereof, (v) changes in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ industries in general or seasonal fluctuations in the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (vi) any change in the market price or trading volume of any securities or indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any decrease of the ratings or the ratings outlook for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by any applicable rating agency, or the change in, or failure of the Company to meet, or the publication of any report regarding, any internal or public projections, forecasts, budgets or estimates of or relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any period, including with respect to revenue, earnings, cash flow or cash position (it being understood that the underlying causes of any such change, decrease, decline or failure may, if they are not otherwise excluded from the definition of Company Material Adverse Effect,
 
11

be taken into account in determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred), (vii) the occurrence, escalation, outbreak or worsening of any hostilities, war, police action, acts of terrorism or military conflicts, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of an emergency or war, (viii) the existence, occurrence or continuation of any force majeure events, including any earthquakes, floods, hurricanes, tropical storms, fires or other natural disasters or any national, international or regional calamity, (ix) other than for purposes of the representations and warranties made in Section 3.6 and Section 3.7 of the Merger Agreement, and, to the extent related to such representations and warranties, the condition specified in Section 6.2(a) of the Merger Agreement, the execution, announcement or performance or existence of the Merger Agreement, the taking or not taking of any action to the extent required by the Merger Agreement or the pendency or contemplated consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, including any actual or potential loss or impairment after the date hereof of any employee due to any of the foregoing in this clause (ix), (x) the identity of Holdings, Merger Sub or their respective Affiliates, or (xi) any actions taken to the extent expressly required by the Merger Agreement or taken at the written request of Holdings or Merger Sub with the prior written consent of the Joint Lead Arrangers;  provided further  that changes, events, occurrences or effects set forth in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vii), (viii) or (ix) above may be taken into account in determining whether there has been or is a “Company Material Adverse Effect” to the extent such changes, events, occurrences or effects have a disproportionate adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in relation to others in the principal industries of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C.
“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and other non-cash charges (excluding any non-cash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period with respect to any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:
(x) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:
 
12

(1) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, plus franchise or similar taxes of such Person;
(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person, plus amounts excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in subclause (y) of clause (a) in the definition thereof;
(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period;
(4) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, including future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees);
(5) without duplication, any other non-cash charges (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) (provided that, in the case of any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA);
(6) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary;
(7) any net loss resulting from Swap Contracts;
(8) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor and its Affiliates pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses), and any Restricted Payment made to any direct or indirect parent company of such Person intended to enable any such parent company to pay or cause to be paid such amount, during such period;
(9) Securitization Fees;
(10) without duplication, pension curtailment expenses, transaction costs and executive contract expenses incurred by affiliated entities of the Borrower (other than the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and reflected in the combined financial statements of the Borrower as capital contributions;
 
13

(11) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement);
(12) any costs or expenses incurred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the Available CNI Amount; and
(13) with respect to any Event of Default under the covenant set forth in Section 7.11, the Net Cash Proceeds of any Permitted Equity Issuance to one or more holders of Equity Interests of any Parent solely to the extent that such Net Cash Proceeds (A) are actually received by the Borrower (including through capital contribution of such Net Cash Proceeds to the Borrower) no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the delivery of a Notice of Intent to Cure, (B) are Not Otherwise Applied and (C) do not exceed the aggregate amount necessary to cure such Event of Default under Section 7.11 for any applicable period; provided that in each period of four fiscal quarters, there shall be at least two (2) fiscal quarters in which no such cure is made; it being understood that this clause (13) may not be relied on for purposes of calculating any financial ratios other than as applicable to Section 7.11,
(y) increased by the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions taken or expected to be taken no later than twelve (12) months after the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the period for which Consolidated EBITDA is being determined), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) for any period that ends prior to the Closing Date or includes one or more of the first three fiscal quarters of such Person ended after the Closing Date (the latest such period, the “ Initial Period ”), the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed $65.0 million plus any applicable Historical Adjustments (as defined in the Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture), and (C) for any other period ended after the end of the Initial Period, the aggregate amount of such cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (y) shall be certified by management of the Borrower and shall not exceed the greater of (1) $40.0 million and (2) 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (y)); and
 
14

(z) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period:
(1) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges or asset valuation adjustments made in any prior period), and
(2) any net gain resulting from Swap Contracts.
provided that, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, for purposes of any calculation made under the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.11, to the extent the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds of any Permitted Equity Issuance to one or more holders of Equity Interests of any Parent are an effective addition to Consolidated EBITDA as contemplated by, and in accordance with, the provisions of clause (x)(13) above and, as a result thereof, the Borrower shall be deemed to be in compliance with Section 7.11 as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach, default or Event of Default hereunder that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement, such cure shall be deemed to be effective as of the last day of such applicable period.
“Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication and in accordance with GAAP, of the following types:
(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money,
(b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments,
(c) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services purchased by such Person (other than accrued expenses and trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business) which would appear as liabilities on a balance sheet of such Person and to the extent constituting contingent obligations,
(d) all Guarantees of such Person with respect to Consolidated Funded Indebtedness of another Person,
 
15

(e) the implied principal component of all obligations of such Person under Capital Lease Obligations,
(f) all drafts drawn (to the extent unreimbursed) under standby letters of credit issued or bankers’ acceptances facilities created for the account of such Person (provided that any such unreimbursed amount shall not be counted as Consolidated Funded Indebtedness until one (1) Business Day after such amount is drawn), and
(g) the Consolidated Funded Indebtedness of any partnership or unincorporated Joint Venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer to the extent such Consolidated Funded Indebtedness is recourse to such Person.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (i) the term “Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” shall not be deemed to include (v) obligations under any Securitization Financing, (w) obligations under Swap Contracts, (x) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP, (y) any prepaid or deferred compensation arrangements or (z) any non compete or consulting obligations incurred in connection with Permitted Acquisitions and (ii) the amount of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness for which recourse is limited either to a specified amount or to an identified asset of such Person shall be deemed to be equal to such specified amount or no greater than the fair market value of such identified asset, as the case may be.
“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including (x) amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting and any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations, and net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Swap Contracts, but excluding (y) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees, penalties and interest relating to taxes, any Special Interest (as defined in the Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture) and any “special interest” or “additional interest” with respect to other securities, and any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income of such Person for such period; provided, however, that Securitization Fees shall not be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.
 
16

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period with respect to any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that
(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses or charges (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs, and any fees, expenses or charges associated with the Transactions, any Notes Exchange and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Closing Date) shall be excluded;
(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;
(3) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;
(4) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded;
(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the referent Person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of the referent Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;
(6) solely for the purpose of determining the Available CNI Amount, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;
 
17

(7) solely for purposes of determining the Available CNI Amount, the amount equal to any reduction in current taxes recognized during the applicable period by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a direct result of deductions arising from (A) the amortization allowed under Section 167 or 197 of the Code for the goodwill and other intangibles arising from the Transactions and (B) employee termination and related restructuring reserves established pursuant to purchase accounting for the two-year period commencing with the Closing Date, in each case, will be included in the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” so long as such addition will not result in double-counting;
(8) any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising from the application of ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141), shall be excluded;
(9) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;
(10) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;
(11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded;
(12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions or any Notes Exchange (or within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;
(13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied
 
18

by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable event (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365-day period), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;
(14) any non-cash gain or loss resulting from mark-to-market accounting relating to Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; and
(15) any unrealized currency translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any loss or gain resulting from Swap Contracts for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the Available CNI Amount only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the Available CNI Amount.
In addition, for purposes of the Available CNI Amount only, the fiscal quarter in which the Closing Date occurs shall be deemed to be that quarterly period without regard to any “break” in accounting period as of the Closing Date (if any) resulting from the Transactions (including from any application of purchase accounting to the Transactions).
“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the consolidated total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, organization expense, and other similar intangibles properly classified as intangibles in accordance with GAAP.
“Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
“Control” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Affiliate.”
“Credit Event” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01.
 
19

“Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Loans of such Lender,  plus  the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender’s L/C Exposure.
“Current Assets” means, with respect to any Person, all assets of such Person that, in accordance with GAAP, would be classified as current assets on the balance sheet of a company conducting a business the same as or similar to that of such Person, after deducting appropriate and adequate reserves therefrom in each case in which a reserve is proper in accordance with GAAP.
“Debt Issuance” means the issuance by any Person and its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness for borrowed money.
“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally (including, in the case of Loan Parties incorporated or organized in England or Wales, administration, administrative receivership, voluntary arrangement and schemes of arrangement).
“Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that has (a) defaulted in its obligation to make a Loan or to fund its participation in a Letter of Credit required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) notified the Administrative Agent or a Loan Party in writing that it does not intend to satisfy any such obligation, or (c) become insolvent or the assets or management of which has been taken over by any Governmental Authority.
“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Borrower or any Parent (other than Disqualified Equity Interests), that is issued for cash (other than to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation of the Available CNI Amount.
“Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale of Equity Interests) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith;  provided  that “Disposition” and “Dispose” shall not be deemed to include any issuance by the Borrower of any of its Equity Interests to another Person.
 
20

“Disqualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Maturity Date ; provided , however, that if such Equity Interest is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interest shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided, further, that any Equity Interest held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent, or their respective estates, spouses and former spouses, in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
“Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.
“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
“Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund of a Lender, and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, and, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 8.01(a) or 8.01(f), the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);  provided  that notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Eligible Assignee ” shall not include WMG Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates.
“Environmental Laws” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws (statutory, common or otherwise), regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.
 
21

“Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
“Environmental Permit” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.
“Equity Contribution” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Agreement.
“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities).
“Equity Issuance” means any issuance for cash by any Person and its Subsidiaries to any other Person of (a) its Equity Interests, (b) any of its Equity Interests pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants, (c) any of its Equity Interests pursuant to the conversion of any debt securities to equity or (d) any options or warrants relating to its Equity Interests. A Disposition shall not be deemed to be an Equity Issuance.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).
“ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation
 
22

of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.
“Eurodollar”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.
“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
“Exchange Act” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Change of Control”.
“Excluded Consideration” means consideration consisting of (a) any Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower issued to the seller of the Equity Interests, property or assets acquired in such Permitted Acquisition and (b) consideration in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Net Cash Proceeds of (w) any Permitted Equity Issuance consummated subsequent to the Closing Date and received by the Borrower by means of capital contribution or otherwise, (x) any Disposition by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the type described in Section 7.05(a), (h), (i) and (k), (y) any Casualty Event that occurs subsequent to the Closing Date and (z) the incurrence or issuance of any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.03(a)(ii).
“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from (i) contributions to its common equity capital and (ii) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Borrower or any Subsidiary) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests and Designated Preferred Stock), in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation of the Available CNI Amount.
“Excluded Subsidiary” has the meaning specified in Section 6.12(a).
 
23

“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), backup withholding Taxes, franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, imposed by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such Recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) Taxes imposed as the result of any present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising solely from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, or enforced any Loan Document), (c) withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Recipient pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Recipient becomes a party to this Agreement (or if such Recipient is an intermediary, partnership or other flow-through entity for U.S. tax purposes, the later of the date on which such Recipient becomes a party to this Agreement and the date on which the relevant beneficiary or member of such Recipient becomes such a beneficiary or member) or (ii) in the case of any Lender, such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.20, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (d) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.20(g) and (e) any U.S. federal Taxes imposed under FATCA.
“Existing Mortgages” means, individually and collectively, that certain (i) Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Assignment of Rents and Leases and Fixture Filing (California), by and from Warner Bros. Records Inc., a Delaware corporation, to MTC Financial Inc. (dba Trustee Corps), a California corporation, as trustee, for the benefit of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent, dated as of May 28, 2009 and recorded on June 2, 2009 in the Recorder’s Office of Los Angeles County, California as Instrument No. 20090815735, (ii) Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Assignment of Rents and Leases and Fixture Filing (Tennessee), by and from Warner Bros. Records Inc., a Delaware corporation, to Kay B. Housch, a resident of Davidson County, Tennessee, as trustee, for the benefit of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent, dated as of May 28, 2009 and recorded on June 1, 2009 in the Register’s Office of Davidson County, Tennessee as Instrument No. 20090601-0050395, and (iii) Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Assignment of Rents and Leases and Fixture Filing (Tennessee), by and from Warner Music Inc. (formerly known as Warner Music Group, Inc.), a Delaware corporation, to Kay B. Housch, a resident of Davidson County, Tennessee, as trustee, for the benefit of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent, dated as of May 28, 2009 and recorded on June 1, 2009 in the Register’s Office of Davidson County, Tennessee as Instrument No. 20090601-0050396.
 
24

“Existing Senior Secured Notes” means the Borrower’s 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 issued pursuant to the Senior Secured Note Indenture, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing.
“Existing Unsecured Notes” means, collectively, (a) the Borrower’s 7.375% U.S. Dollar-denominated senior subordinated notes due 2014, (b) the Borrower’s 8.125% Sterling-denominated senior subordinated notes due 2014 and (c) WMG Holdings’ 9.5% Senior Discount Notes due 2014.
“Facility” means the Commitments of the Lenders under this Agreement.
“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.
“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
“Fee Letters” means, collectively, (i) the Facilities Fee Letter dated May 6, 2011, between Holdings and the Joint Lead Arrangers (and certain of their respective affiliates) and (ii) the Agent Fee Letter dated May 6, 2011, between Holdings and the Administrative Agent.
“Fees” means the Commitment Fees, the Administrative Agent Fees, the L/C Participation Fees and the Issuing Bank Fees.
“Financial Officer” of any Person means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such Person.
“Foreign Benefit Event” shall mean, with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from applicable governmental authority, (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice by applicable governmental authority to terminate any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any liability under applicable law on account of the complete or particle termination of such Foreign Pension Plan or
 
25

the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the imposition on the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law, in each case, with respect to clauses (a) through (e), as could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.
“Foreign Lender” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.
“Foreign Pension Plan” shall mean any employee benefit plan described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA sponsored or maintained by a Foreign Subsidiary that under applicable law is required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority.
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.
“Government Official” has the meaning specified in Section 5.16.
“Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
“Granting Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(i).
 
26

“Guarantee” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien);  provided  that the term “Guarantee” shall not include indorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
“Guarantors” means, collectively, the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on Schedule I and each other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that shall be required to execute and deliver a guaranty or guaranty supplement pursuant to Section 6.12.
“Guaranty” means, collectively, the Subsidiary Guaranty made by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, together with each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.12.
“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.
 
27

“Hedge Bank” means any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, or a Person that was at the time of entering into a Swap Contract a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in each case in its capacity as a party to a Swap Contract.
“Holdco Senior Unsecured Notes” means WMG Holdings’ 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 issued pursuant to the Holdco Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing.
“Holdco Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of July 20, 2011 between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, and WMG Holdings, as issuer, together with all instruments and other agreements in connection therewith, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Holdings” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Agreement.
“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary that, together with its consolidated Subsidiaries, has total consolidated assets with a book value of less than $10,000,000.
“Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:
(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;
(b) the maximum amount of all letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person;
(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;
(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person and, if not paid, after becoming due and payable);
 
28

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
(f) all Attributable Indebtedness;
(g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests; and
(h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.
For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.
“Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Documents and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.
“Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(b).
“Information” has the meaning specified in Section 10.16.
“Intellectual Property Security Agreement” means, collectively, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement and the Patent Security Agreement, substantially in the forms attached to the Security Agreement, together with each other intellectual property security agreement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 or the Security Agreement.
“Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar
 
29

Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Borrowing.
“Interest Period” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect;  provided ,  however , that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period and (c) no Interest Period for any Loan shall extend beyond the maturity date of such Loan. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.
“Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor incurs debt of the type referred to in clause (h) of the definition of “ Indebtedness ” set forth in this Section 1.01 in respect of such Person or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.
“Investors” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Agreement.
“IP Collateral” means all “Intellectual Property Collateral” referred to in the Collateral Documents and all of the other IP Rights that are or are required by the terms hereof or of the Collateral Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
 
30

“IP Rights” has the meaning specified in Section 5.19.
“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
“ISP” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07.
“Issuing Bank” means, as the context may require, Credit Suisse AG, acting through any of its Affiliates or branches, in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder and any other Lender that may become an Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.23(i) or (k). The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates or branches of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate or branch with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate or branch.
“Issuing Bank Fees” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(c).
“Joint Lead Arrangers” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC, each in its capacity as a Joint Lead Arranger under this Agreement.
“Joint Venture” means (a) any Person which would constitute an “equity method investee” of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) any other Person designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent (which designation shall be irrevocable) as a “Joint Venture” for purposes of this Credit Agreement and at least 50% but less than 100% of whose Equity Interests are directly owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (c) any Person in whom the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries beneficially owns any Equity Interest that is not a Subsidiary.
“Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.
“L/C Commitment” means the commitment of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.23.
“L/C Disbursement” means a payment or disbursement made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
 
31

“L/C Exposure” means at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time and (b) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The L/C Exposure of any Lender at any time shall equal its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate L/C Exposure at such time.
“L/C Participation Fee” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(c).
“Lender” has the meaning specified in the introductory statement to this Agreement and, as the context requires, includes the Issuing Bank.
“Letter of Credit” means any standby letter of credit issued pursuant to Section 2.23.
“Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to the Borrower Parties on a consolidated basis, as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Borrower for the four (4) fiscal quarter period ending on such date for which financial statements were required to have been delivered in accordance with Sections 6.01(a) or (b), the ratio of Adjusted Consolidated Funded Indebtedness of the Borrower Parties on the last day of such period to Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower Parties for such period.
“LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “LIBO Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.
“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any Capital Lease Obligation having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
 
32

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Guaranty, the Letters of Credit, the Collateral Documents, and the promissory notes, if any, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(e).
“Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor.
“Loans” means the revolving loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to clause of Article 2.
“Master Agreement” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Swap Contract.”
“Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower or the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their respective obligations under any Loan Document to which the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties is a party or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Lenders under any Loan Document.
“Material Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary.
“Maturity Date” means the date that is the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date.
“Maximum Management Fee Amount” means the greater of (x) $6,000,000 plus, in the event that the Borrower acquires (including by consolidation or merger), directly or indirectly, all or substantially all the assets or securities of any entity or business following the Closing Date, an amount equal to 1.5% of the earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization of such acquired entity or business (as determined by the Sponsor in its sole discretion) for the most recent four fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition for which internal financial statements are available as at the date of such acquisition and (y) 1.5% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower Parties for the most recently completed fiscal year.
“Maximum Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 10.09.
“Measurement Period” means the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements were required to have been delivered in accordance with Section 6.01(a) or (b).
“Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of May 6, 2011 by and among Holdings, Merger Sub and the Company.
 
33

“Merger Sub” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Agreement.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
“Mortgage” means, collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds and mortgages made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders, including the Existing Mortgages, together with each other mortgage executed and delivered after the Closing Date.
“Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.
“Music Publishing Business” means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the music publishing segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Borrower. At any point in time in which music publishing is not a reported segment of the Borrower, “Music Publishing Business” shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.
“Music Publishing Sale” means the sale of all or substantially all of the Music Publishing Business, which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include assets constituting a portion of the Recorded Music Business not to exceed 10.0% of the total assets constituting the Recorded Music Business.
“Net Cash Proceeds” means, (a) with respect to the issuance of any Equity Interest by the Borrower, the excess of (i) the sum of the cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such issuance over (ii) all taxes and fees (including investment banking fees, underwriting discounts, commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses and other customary expenses) incurred by the Borrower in connection with such issuance and (b) with respect to the incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of the cash received in connection with such sale over (ii) the investment banking fees, underwriting discounts, commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses and other customary expenses, incurred by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such incurrence or issuance.
“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.
“New Senior Secured Notes” means the Borrower’s 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 issued on the Closing Date pursuant to the New Senior Secured Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior notes exchanged
 
34

therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing.
“New Senior Secured Notes Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of July 20, 2011 among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, the Borrower, as issuer, and the guarantors party thereto, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
“Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the acquisition, exploitation or development of assets (including directly or through the acquisition of entities holding such assets) not owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such acquisition, exploitation or development, which assets are used for the creation or development of Product for the benefit of the Borrower, and in respect of which the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed has no recourse whatsoever to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for the repayment of or payment of such Indebtedness other than recourse to the acquired assets or assets that are the subject of such exploitation or development for the purpose of enforcing any Lien given by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary over such assets, including the receivables, inventory, intangibles and other rights associated with such assets and the proceeds thereof.
“Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of financing (whether directly or through a partially-owned Joint Venture) the production, acquisition, exploitation, creation or development of items of Product produced, acquired, exploited, created or developed after the Closing Date (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the production, acquisition, creation or development of any such items of Product or secured by a Lien on any such items of Product prior to the production, acquisition, creation or development thereof) where the recourse of the creditor in respect of that Indebtedness is limited to Product revenues generated by such items of Product or any rights pertaining thereto and where the Indebtedness is unsecured save for Liens over such items of Product or revenues and such rights, and any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of such Indebtedness but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness raised or secured against Products where the proceeds are used for any other purposes.
“Non-Tendered Existing Unsecured Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.02(i).
 
35

“Not Otherwise Applied” means, with reference to any amount of Net Cash Proceeds of any transaction or event, that such amount (a) was not previously included in a calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (b)(xviii) of the definition thereof and (b) was not previously applied in determining the permissibility of a transaction under the Loan Documents where such permissibility was (or may have been) contingent on receipt of such amount. The Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any application of such amount as contemplated by clause (b) above.
“Notes Exchange” means any exchange of Senior Unsecured Notes or New Senior Secured Notes for substantially similar senior notes that have been registered under the Securities Act.
“Notice of Intent to Cure” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02(b).
“NPL” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.
“Obligations” means all (x) advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding, (y) obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement and (z) Cash Management Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents include (a) the obligation to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit commissions, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party.
“OFAC” has the meaning specified in Section 5.15.
“Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection
 
36

with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank having executed, delivered, become a party to, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, or enforced any Loan Document).
“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.21).
“Parent” means any of WMG Holdings, the Company (and any successor in interest thereto), Holdings (and any successor in interest thereto), any Other Parent, and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of WMG Holdings, the Company (and any successor in interest thereto), Holdings (and any successor in interest thereto) or any Other Parent and of which the Borrower is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “ Other Parent ” means a Person of which the Borrower becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date, provided that (x) immediately after the Borrower first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50.0% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50.0% of the Voting Stock of a Parent immediately prior to the Borrower first becoming such Subsidiary and (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Borrower first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.
“Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(f).
“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
“Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.
 
37

“Permitted Acquisition” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(i).
“Permitted Business” means the media and entertainment business and any services, activities or businesses incidental or directly related or similar thereto, any line of business engaged in by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.
“Permitted Encumbrances” has the meaning specified in the Mortgages.
“Permitted Equity Issuance” means any Equity Issuance (other than of Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower, to the extent permitted hereunder, or any Equity Issuance of any Parent.
“Permitted Holders” means (i) the Access Investors; (ii) Edgar Bronfman Jr.; (iii) any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, (iv) immediate family members (including spouses and direct descendants) of a Person described in clause (ii) or (iii); (v) any trusts created for the benefit of a Person or Persons described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) or any trust for the benefit of any such trust; (vi) in the event of the incompetence or death of any Person described in clause (ii), (iii) or (iv), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative or beneficiaries, in each case who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; or (vii) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Equity Interests of any of the Borrower, WMG Holdings or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies.
“Permitted Investment” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02.
“Permitted Refinancing” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person;  provided  that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof (less any original issue discount, if applicable) does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and discounts, commissions and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder or as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7.03, (b) such modification, refinancing,
 
38

refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and, if applicable, has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms, taken as a whole, at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (d) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral but excluding interest rate, fees, original issue discount and redemption premium), taken as a whole, of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness are not materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions, taken as a whole, of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended and (e) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended.
“Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness” means any unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower that (a) is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations, (b) will not mature prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Maturity Date, (c) has no scheduled amortization or payments of principal prior to the date which is ninety-one (91) days after the Maturity Date, and (d) has covenant, default and remedy provisions not materially more restrictive, or mandatory prepayment, repurchase or redemption provisions not materially more onerous or expansive in scope, taken as a whole, than those set forth in the Senior Unsecured Notes.
“Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Documentation” means any documentation governing any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness.
“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
“Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.
“Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.
“Pledged Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.
 
39

“Pre-Closing Cash” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.02(o).
“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
“Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum determined from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City. Each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the date such change is announced as being effective. The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually available.
“Pro Forma Cash” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.02(o).
“Pro Rata Percentage” of any Lender at any time means the percentage of the Total Commitment represented by such Lender’s Commitment. In the event the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, the Pro Rata Percentages shall be determined on the basis of the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments.
“Product” means any music (including musical and audio visual recordings, musical performance, songs and compositions and also includes mail order music and activities relating or incidental to music such as touring, merchandising and artist management), music copyright, motion picture, television programming, film, videotape, digital file, video clubs, DVD manufactured or distributed or any other product produced for theatrical, non-theatrical or television release or for release in any other medium in each case whether recorded on film, videotape, cassette, cartridge, disc or on or by any other means, method, process or device, whether now known or hereafter developed, with respect to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) is an initial copyright owner or (b) acquires (or will acquire upon delivery) an equity interest, license, sublicense or administration or distribution right.
“Public Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.
“Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower to such Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).
 
40

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Equity Interests of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business.
“Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the board of directors of the Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Borrower and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.
“Qualifying Bank” has the meaning specified in clause (f) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents”.
“Qualifying IPO” means the issuance by the Borrower or any Parent of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933 (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).
“Recipient” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any Issuing Bank, as applicable.
“Recorded Music Business” means the subsidiaries and assets constituting the recorded music segment, as defined in the financial statements of the Borrower. At any point in time in which recorded music is not a reported segment of the Borrower, “Recorded Music Business” shall refer to the business that was previously included in this segment.
“Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(d).
“Related Debt” means the Existing Senior Secured Notes, the New Senior Secured Notes or the Senior Unsecured Notes or any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing in a principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount.
“Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.
 
41

“Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.
“Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Loans, L/C Exposure and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of all Loans outstanding, L/C Exposure and unused Commitments at such time;  provided  that the Loans, L/C Exposure and unused Commitments of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of the Required Lenders at any time.
“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any vice president, secretary or assistant secretary. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.
“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Borrower’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Persons thereof).
“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
“Retired Capital Stock” means the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Parent.
“Rollover Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 7.13(b).
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
 
42

“Secured Hedge Agreement” means any Swap Contract permitted under Article 7 that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank.
“Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the cash management banks with respect to Cash Management Obligations and each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Article 9.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.
“Securitization Assets” means any accounts receivable, royalty or revenue streams from sales of Product subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.
“Securitization Fees” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other reasonable and customary fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.
“Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Swap Contracts entered into by the Borrower or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.
“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.
 
43

“Securitization Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower makes an Investment and to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated as a Securitization Subsidiary by the Borrower in a written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent (as described below) and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Borrower reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Borrower and (c) to which neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operation results. Any such written designation by the Borrower shall (x) be accompanied by a certified copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of the Borrower setting forth the board’s approval of such designation and (y) certify that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions.
“Security Agreement” means, collectively, the Security Agreement dated as of May 28, 2009, as amended, restated, amended and restated, waived, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, executed by the Loan Parties and WMG Holdings, together with each other security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 and each other applicable joinder agreement.
“Security Agreement Amendment” means the Amendment No. 1 to the Security Agreement dated as of May 28, 2009, to be entered into by the Loan Parties and WMG Holdings pursuant to Section 6.02(k), substantially in the form of Exhibit E.
“Security Agreement Supplement” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.
 
44

“Senior Secured Notes” means the Existing Senior Secured Notes and the New Senior Secured Notes.
“Senior Secured Notes Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of May 28, 2009 among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, the Borrower, as issuer, and the guarantors party thereto, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
“Senior Unsecured Notes” means the Borrower’s 11.50% Senior Notes due 2018 issued pursuant to the Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture, and any substantially similar senior notes exchanged therefor that have been registered under the Securities Act, and as the same or such substantially similar notes may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing.
“Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of July 20, 2011 among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, the Borrower, as issuer, and the guarantors party thereto, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
“Solvent” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the amount at which the assets (both tangible and intangible), in their entirety, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, within a commercially reasonable period of time, each having reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts, with neither being under any compulsion to act is greater than the sum of (i) the recorded liabilities (including contingent liabilities that would be recorded in accordance with GAAP) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (the “ Stated Liabilities ”) and (ii) the maximum estimated amount of liabilities reasonably likely to result from pending litigation, asserted claims and assessments, guaranties, uninsured risks and other contingent liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (exclusive of contingent liabilities to the extent reflected in Stated Liabilities) as identified and explained in terms of their nature and estimated magnitude by a Financial Officer of the Borrower (the “ Identified Contingent Liabilities ”); (b) the amount that could be obtained by an independent willing seller from an independent willing buyer if the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole are sold with reasonable promptness in an arm’s-length transaction under present conditions for the sale of comparable business enterprises insofar as such conditions can be reasonably evaluated exceeds the Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities; (c) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole are a going concern and have sufficient capital to ensure that they will continue to be a going concern from the date of determination through the Maturity Date; and (d) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will have sufficient assets and capital to be able to pay their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities as they mature.
 
45

“Specified Acquisition” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(i)(B).
“Specified Acquisitions Aggregate Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(i)(B).
“Specified Debt” means, collectively, the Existing Senior Secured Notes, the New Senior Secured Notes, the Senior Unsecured Notes, any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness and any Permitted Refinancing of the foregoing.
“Specified Junior Debt” means, collectively, the Senior Unsecured Notes, any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness and any Permitted Refinancing of the foregoing.
“Specified Representations” means those representations and warranties made by the Borrower in Sections 5.01(a) (with respect to organizational existence only), 5.01(b)(ii), 5.02(a)(i), 5.02(a)(ii)(A), 5.04, 5.13, 5.14(b), 5.21 and 5.22.
“Specified Transaction” means (a) any designation of operations or assets of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary as discontinued operations (as defined under GAAP), (b) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (c) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Agreement, (d) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person, of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of any Person or (e) any Disposition or other disposition (i) that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower or (ii) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise.
“Sponsor” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Agreement.
“Sponsor Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Company and the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, provided that the Sponsor Management Agreement as so amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified (other than in the case of an amendment to effect the Borrower becoming a party to or otherwise bound by the Sponsor Management Agreement) is not materially less advantageous to the Lenders than the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.
 
46

“SPV” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(i).
“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower which the Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.
“Statutory Reserves” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America (the “ Board ”) and any other banking authority, domestic or foreign, to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including any branch, Affiliate or other fronting office making or holding a Loan) is subject for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board). Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board) and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D. Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.
“Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.
“Subsidiary Guarantor” means, collectively, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are Guarantors.
“Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar
 
47

transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
“Syndication Agent” means UBS Securities LLC, as Syndication Agent under the Loan Documents.
“Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“Threshold Amount” means (x) so long as the Senior Secured Notes are outstanding and have not been defeased or discharged in full, $25,000,000 and (y) thereafter, $50,000,000.
“Total Commitment” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Commitments, as in effect at such time. The initial Total Commitment is $60,000,000.
“Total Securitization Financing” means, at any date, the aggregate principal (or equivalent) amount of financing raised through Securitization Financings by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and outstanding on such date to the extent the same does not give rise to Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary.
“Transaction Cash Usage” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.02(o).
 
48

“Transactions” means, collectively, (a) the entry into the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the Acquisition pursuant to the Merger Agreement and the other transactions contemplated thereby, (b) the entry into the Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture, the related registration rights agreement and the issuance of the Senior Unsecured Notes issued on the Closing Date, (c) the entry into the Senior Secured Notes Indenture, the related registration rights agreement in respect of the New Senior Secured Notes and the issuance of the New Senior Secured Notes on the Closing Date, (d) the entry into the Holdco Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture, the related registration rights agreement and the issuance of the Holdco Senior Unsecured Notes on the Closing Date, (e) the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which they are a party and the extensions of credit hereunder, (f) the Equity Contribution, (g) the repayment or repurchase of certain existing Indebtedness of WMG Holdings and the Borrower made in connection with the Acquisition, (h) the merger of WMG Holdings Finance Corp. with and into WMG Holdings, (i) the acquisition of all of the equity of WM Finance Corp. by the Borrower from WMG Holdings in exchange for Equity Interests of the Borrower, (j) the merger of WM Finance Corp. with and into the Borrower and (k) the payment of related fees and expenses.
“Type”, when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, means the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, the term “ Rate ” means the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.
“U.K. Bank Levy” means the United Kingdom Tax called the “Bank Levy”, the introduction of which was announced by the United Kingdom government on June 22, 2010, with effect in relation to periods of account ending on or after January 1, 2011, and any United Kingdom Tax that is based on or substantially similar to such Tax (but not including any Tax that raises the rates of the Bank Levy, once enacted).
“Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.
“United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) each Subsidiary of the Borrower listed on Schedule 1.01, (ii) each Securitization Subsidiary and (iii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower designated by the board of directors of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.17 subsequent to the Closing Date.
 
49

“U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 2.20(g).
“USA PATRIOT Act” means The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).
“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Equity Interests of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.
“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a subsidiary of such Person of which securities (except for directors’ qualifying shares) or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held by such Person or one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
“Withholding Agent” means the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
“WMG Holdings” means WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation.
Section 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
 
50

(b) (i) The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.
(ii) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.
(iii) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.
(iv) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.
(c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”
(d) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
Section 1.03. Accounting Terms. (a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.
(b) If at any time any change in GAAP occurs, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders);  provided  that, until so amended, (i) any financial ratio or requirement (including the calculation of any baskets and thresholds in Article 7) shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a written reconciliation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.
(c) For purposes of determining any financial ratio or making any financial calculation for any fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) ending prior to the
 
51

Closing Date, the components of such financial ratio or financial calculation shall be determined on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Acquisition as if it had occurred at the beginning of such four quarter period; and each Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary upon giving effect to the Acquisition shall be deemed to be a Restricted Subsidiary for purposes of the components of such financial ratio or financial calculation as of the beginning of such four quarter period.
Section 1.04. Rounding. Any financial ratios calculated under this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
Section 1.05. References to Agreements and Laws. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.
Section 1.06. Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
ARTICLE 2
THE CREDITS
Section 2.01. Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make Loans to the Borrower, at any time and from time to time after the date hereof, and until the earlier of the Maturity Date and the termination of the Commitment of such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in such Lender’s Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Commitment. Within the limits set forth in this Section 2.01 and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Loans.
Section 2.02. Loans. (a) Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their Commitments;  provided ,  however , that the failure of any Lender to make any Loan shall not in itself relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder
 
52

(it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan required to be made by such other Lender). Except for Loans deemed made pursuant to Section 2.02(f), the Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to (x) in the case of ABR Loans, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (or, equal to the remaining available balance of the Commitments) and (y) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (or equal to the remaining available balance of the Commitments).
(b) Subject to Sections 2.02(f), 2.08 and 2.15 each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.03. Each Lender may at its option make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan;  provided  that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time;  provided ,  however , that the Borrower shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than eight Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding hereunder at any time (or such greater number of Eurodollar Borrowings permitted by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion). For purposes of the foregoing, Borrowings having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.
(c) Except with respect to Loans made pursuant to Section 2.02(f), each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account in New York City as the Administrative Agent may designate not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly credit the amounts so received to an account designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so received to the respective Lenders.
(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (c) above and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such
 
53

corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrower, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, a rate determined by the Administrative Agent to represent its cost of overnight or short-term funds (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error). If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.
(f) If the Issuing Bank shall not have received from the Borrower the payment required to be made by Section 2.23(e) within the time specified in such Section, the Issuing Bank will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the L/C Disbursement and the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of such L/C Disbursement and its Pro Rata Percentage thereof. Each Lender shall pay by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on such date (or, if such Lender shall have received such notice later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on any day, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day), an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such L/C Disbursement (it being understood that (i) if the conditions precedent to borrowing set forth in Sections 4.01(b) and (c) have been satisfied, such amount shall be deemed to constitute an ABR Loan of such Lender and, to the extent of such payment, the obligations of the Borrower in respect of such L/C Disbursement shall be discharged and replaced with the resulting ABR Borrowing, and (ii) if such conditions precedent to borrowing have not been satisfied, then any such amount paid by any Lender shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower from its obligation to reimburse such L/C Disbursement), and the Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank any amounts received by it from the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.23(e) prior to the time that any Lender makes any payment pursuant to this paragraph (f); any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent thereafter will be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made such payments and to the Issuing Bank, as their interests may appear. If any Lender shall not have made its Pro Rata Percentage of such L/C Disbursement available to the Administrative Agent as provided above, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay interest on such amount, for each day from and including the date such amount is required to be paid in accordance with this paragraph to but excluding the date such amount is
 
54

paid, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank at (i) in the case of the Borrower, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable to Loans pursuant to Section 2.06(a) and (ii) in the case of such Lender, for the first such day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and for each day thereafter, the Alternate Base Rate.
Section 2.03. Borrowing Procedure. In order to request a Borrowing (other than a deemed Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.02(f), as to which this Section 2.03 shall not apply), the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, three Business Days before a proposed Borrowing, and (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the requested date of Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable, and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or fax to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request and shall specify the following information: (i) whether the Borrowing then being requested is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing; (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the number and location of the account to which funds are to be disbursed; (iv) the amount of such Borrowing; and (v) if such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto;  provided ,  however , that, notwithstanding any contrary specification in any Borrowing Request, each requested Borrowing shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 2.02. If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the applicable Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.03 (and the contents thereof), and of each Lender’s portion of the requested Borrowing.
Section 2.04. Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Loan of such Lender on the Maturity Date.
(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and, if applicable, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal
 
55

or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower or any Guarantor and each Lender’s share thereof.
(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) above shall be (absent manifest error) prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded;  provided ,  however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms.
(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it hereunder be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender and its permitted registered assigns and in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event any Lender shall request and receive such a promissory note, the interests represented by such note shall at all times (including after any assignment of all or part of such interests pursuant to Section 10.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes payable to the payee named therein or its registered assigns.
Section 2.05. Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to each Lender (which is not a Defaulting Lender), through the Administrative Agent, on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December in each year and on each date on which any Commitment of such Lender shall expire or be terminated as provided herein, a commitment fee (a “ Commitment Fee ”) equal to 0.50% per annum on the daily unused amount of the Commitment of such Lender during the preceding quarter (or other period commencing with the date hereof or ending with the Maturity Date or the date on which the Commitments of such Lender shall expire or be terminated). All Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.
(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the administrative fees set forth in the letter agreement described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Fee Letters” at the times and in the amounts specified therein (the “ Administrative Agent Fees ”).
(c) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to each Lender (which is not a Defaulting Lender), through the Administrative Agent, on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitment of such Lender shall be terminated as provided herein, a fee (an “ L/C Participation Fee ”) calculated on such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of the daily aggregate L/C Exposure (excluding the portion thereof attributable to
 
56

unreimbursed L/C Disbursements) during the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing with the date hereof or ending with the Maturity Date or the date on which all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and the Commitments of all Lenders shall have been terminated) at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin from time to time used to determine the interest rate on Borrowings comprised of Eurodollar Loans pursuant to Section 2.06, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank the standard fronting, issuance and drawing fees in an amount equal to 0.125% per annum (the “ Issuing Bank Fees ”). All L/C Participation Fees and Issuing Bank Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.
(d) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders, except that the Issuing Bank Fees shall be paid directly to the Issuing Bank. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.
Section 2.06. Interest on Loans. (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, when the Alternate Base Rate is determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days at all other times and calculated from and including the date of such Borrowing to but excluding the date of repayment thereof) at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin.
(c) Interest on each Loan shall be payable on the Interest Payment Dates applicable to such Loan except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate for each Interest Period or day within an Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
Section 2.07. Default Interest. All overdue amounts outstanding under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall bear interest (after as well as before judgment), payable on demand, (a) in the case of overdue principal, at the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan pursuant to Section 2.06 plus 2.00% per annum and (b) in the case of all other overdue amounts, at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or
 
57

366 days, as the case may be, when determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days at all other times) equal to the rate that would be applicable to an ABR Loan plus 2.00% per annum.
Section 2.08. Alternate Rate of Interest. In the event, and on each occasion, that on the day two Business Days prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing the Administrative Agent shall have determined that Dollar deposits in the principal amounts of the Loans comprising such Borrowing are not generally available in the London interbank market, or that the rates at which such Dollar deposits are being offered will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the majority of Lenders of making or maintaining Eurodollar Loans during such Interest Period, or that reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Administrative Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give written or fax notice of such determination to the Borrower and the Lenders. In the event of any such determination, until the Administrative Agent shall have advised the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, any request by the Borrower for a Eurodollar Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.03 or Section 2.10 shall be deemed to be a request for an ABR Borrowing. Each determination by the Administrative Agent under this Section 2.08 shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
Section 2.09. Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a) The Commitments shall automatically terminate on the Maturity Date. The L/C Commitment shall automatically terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) the termination of the Commitments and (ii) the date that is 30 days prior to the Maturity Date.
(b) Upon at least three Business Days’ prior irrevocable written or fax notice to the Administrative Agent (provided that such notice may be conditioned on receiving the proceeds of any refinancing or other transaction), the Borrower may at any time in whole permanently terminate, or from time to time in part permanently reduce, the Commitments;  provided ,  however , that (i) each partial reduction of the Commitments shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and (ii) the Total Commitment shall not be reduced to an amount that is less than the Aggregate Credit Exposure (without taking into account Letters of Credit that have been cash collateralized or backstopped in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank in their sole discretion) at the time.
(c) Each reduction in the Commitments hereunder shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders, on the date of each termination or reduction of any Commitment, the Commitment Fees on the amount of the Commitments so terminated or reduced accrued to but excluding the date of such termination or reduction.
 
58

Section 2.10. Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings. The Borrower shall have the right at any time upon prior irrevocable written notice to the Administrative Agent (a) not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, one Business Day prior to conversion, to convert any Eurodollar Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing, (b) not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, three Business Days prior to conversion or continuation, to convert any ABR Borrowing into a Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue any Eurodollar Borrowing as a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional Interest Period, and (c) not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, three Business Days prior to conversion, to convert the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing to another permissible Interest Period, subject in each case to the following:
(i) each conversion or continuation shall be made pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts of the Loans comprising the converted or continued Borrowing;
(ii) if less than all the outstanding principal amount of any Borrowing shall be converted or continued, then each resulting Borrowing shall satisfy the limitations specified in Sections 2.02(a) and 2.02(b) regarding the principal amount and maximum number of Borrowings of the relevant Type;
(iii) each conversion shall be effected by each Lender and the Administrative Agent by recording for the account of such Lender the new Loan of such Lender resulting from such conversion and reducing the Loan (or portion thereof) of such Lender being converted by an equivalent principal amount; accrued interest on any Eurodollar Loan (or portion thereof) being converted shall be paid by the Borrower at the time of conversion;
(iv) if any Eurodollar Borrowing is converted at a time other than the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall pay, upon demand, any amounts due to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.16;
(v) any portion of a Borrowing maturing or required to be repaid in less than one month may not be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing;
(vi) any portion of a Eurodollar Borrowing that cannot be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing by reason of the immediately preceding clause shall be automatically converted at the end of the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing; and
 
59

(vii) upon notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent given at the request of the Required Lenders, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default, no outstanding Loan may be converted into, or continued as, a Eurodollar Loan.
Each notice pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be irrevocable and shall refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the identity and amount of the Borrowing that the Borrower requests be converted or continued, (ii) whether such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing, (iii) if such notice requests a conversion, the date of such conversion (which shall be a Business Day) and (iv) if such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto. If no Interest Period is specified in any such notice with respect to any conversion to or continuation as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.10 and of each Lender’s portion of any converted or continued Borrowing. If the Borrower shall not have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to continue any Borrowing into a subsequent Interest Period (and shall not otherwise have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to convert such Borrowing), such Borrowing shall, at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto (unless repaid pursuant to the terms hereof), automatically be converted into an ABR Borrowing.
Section 2.11. [Reserved].
Section 2.12. Voluntary Prepayment. (a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, upon at least three Business Days’ prior written or fax notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or fax notice) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or written or fax notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or fax notice) at least one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment in the case of ABR Loans, to the Administrative Agent before 12:00 (noon), New York City time;  provided ,  however , that (i) each partial prepayment shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $1,000,000 and (ii) at the Borrower’s election, such prepayment shall not, so long as no Event of Default then exists, be applied to any Loan of a Defaulting Lender.
(b) Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing (or portion thereof) to be prepaid, shall be irrevocable (provided that such notice may be conditioned on receiving the proceeds of any refinancing or other transaction) and shall commit the Borrower
 
60

to prepay such Borrowing by the amount stated therein on the date stated therein; provided, however, that if such prepayment is for all of the then outstanding Loans, then the Borrower may revoke such notice and/or extend the prepayment date by not more than five Business Days;  provided further , however , that the provisions of Section 2.16 shall apply with respect to any such revocation or extension. All prepayments under this Section 2.12 shall be subject to Section 2.16 but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty. All prepayments under this Section 2.12 (other than prepayments of ABR Loans that are not made in connection with the termination or permanent reduction of the Commitments) shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of payment.
Section 2.13. Mandatory Prepayments. In the event of any termination of all the Commitments, the Borrower shall, on the date of such termination, repay or prepay all its outstanding Borrowings and replace or cause to be canceled (or cash collateralize, backstop or make any other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank in their sole discretion with respect to) all outstanding Letters of Credit. If, after giving effect to any partial reduction of the Commitments or at any other time, the Aggregate Credit Exposure would exceed the Total Commitment, then the Borrower shall, on the date of such reduction or at such other time, repay or prepay Borrowings and, after the Borrowings shall have been repaid or prepaid in full, replace or cause to be canceled (or cash collateralize, backstop or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank in their sole discretion with respect to) Letters of Credit in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.
Section 2.14. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (except any such reserve or mandatory cost requirement which is reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate or any Tax), subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (c) through (e) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Document, Taxes imposed on or measured by net or gross income (however denominated), profits or revenues (including value added or similar Taxes), backup withholding Taxes, franchise Taxes and branch profit Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto or shall impose on such Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of making or maintaining any Eurodollar
 
61

Loan or increase the cost to any Lender or the Issuing Bank of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or purchasing or maintaining a participation therein or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder with respect to a Eurodollar Loan or Letter of Credit (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount deemed by such Lender or the Issuing Bank to be material, then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, upon demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
(b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have reasonably determined that any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made or participations in Letters of Credit purchased by such Lender pursuant hereto or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank pursuant hereto to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender or the Issuing Bank to be material, then from time to time the Borrower shall pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank certifying (i) that one of the events described in paragraph (a) or (b) above has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (ii) as to the increased cost or reduced amount resulting from such event and (iii) as to the additional amount demanded by such Lender or Issuing Bank and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof, shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered by it within 30 days after its receipt of the same.
(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation;  provided  that the Borrower shall not be under any obligation to compensate any Lender or the Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) above with respect to increased costs or reductions with respect to any period prior to the date that is 120 days prior to such request if such Lender or the Issuing Bank knew or could reasonably have
 
62

been expected to know of the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the fact that such circumstances would result in a claim for increased compensation by reason of such increased costs or reductions;  provided further  that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any increased costs or reductions arising out of the retroactive application of any Change in Law within such 120-day period. The protection of this Section shall be available to each Lender and the Issuing Bank regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Change in Law that shall have occurred or been imposed.
Section 2.15. Change in Legality. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loan or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, then, by written notice to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent:
(i) such Lender may declare that Eurodollar Loans will not thereafter (for the duration of such unlawfulness) be made by such Lender hereunder (or be continued for additional Interest Periods) and ABR Loans will not thereafter (for such duration) be converted into Eurodollar Loans, whereupon any request for a Eurodollar Borrowing (or to convert an ABR Borrowing to a Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional Interest Period) shall, as to such Lender only, be deemed a request for an ABR Loan (or a request to continue an ABR Loan as such for an additional Interest Period or to convert a Eurodollar Loan into an ABR Loan, as the case may be), unless such declaration shall be subsequently withdrawn; and
(ii) such Lender may require that all outstanding Eurodollar Loans made by it be converted to ABR Loans, in which event all such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans as of the effective date of such notice as provided in paragraph (b) below.
In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights under (i) or (ii) above, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise have been applied to repay the Eurodollar Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the converted Eurodollar Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the ABR Loans made by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such Eurodollar Loans.
(b) For purposes of this Section 2.15, a notice to the Borrower by any Lender shall be effective as to each Eurodollar Loan made by such Lender, if lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period then applicable to such Eurodollar Loan; in all other cases such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt by the Borrower.
 
63

Section 2.16. Breakage. The Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) any event, other than a default by such Lender in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which results in (i) such Lender receiving or being deemed to receive any amount on account of the principal of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor, (ii) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan to an ABR Loan, or the conversion of the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, in each case other than on the last day of the Interest Period in effect therefor, or (iii) any Eurodollar Loan to be made by such Lender (including any Eurodollar Loan to be made pursuant to a conversion or continuation under Section 2.10) not being made after notice of such Loan shall have been given by the Borrower hereunder (any of the events referred to in this clause (a) being called a “ Breakage Event ”) or (b) any default in the making of any payment or prepayment required to be made hereunder. In the case of any Breakage Event, such loss shall include an amount equal to the excess, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of obtaining funds for the Eurodollar Loan that is the subject of such Breakage Event for the period from the date of such Breakage Event to the last day of the Interest Period in effect (or that would have been in effect) for such Loan over (ii) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such Lender (as reasonably determined by such Lender) in redeploying the funds released or not utilized by reason of such Breakage Event for such period. A reasonably detailed certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts which such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
Section 2.17. Pro Rata Treatment. Subject to the express provisions of this Agreement which require, or permit, differing payments to be made to non-Defaulting Lenders as opposed to Defaulting Lenders, and as required under Section 2.15, each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Borrowing, each payment of interest on the Loans, each payment of the Commitment Fees, each reduction of the Commitments and each conversion of any Borrowing to or continuation of any Borrowing as a Borrowing of any Type shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments (or, if such Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their outstanding Loans). Each Lender agrees that in computing such Lender’s portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lender’s percentage of such Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole Dollar amount.
Section 2.18. Sharing of Setoffs. Each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise of a right of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or pursuant to a secured claim under Section 506 of Title 11 of the United States Code or other security or interest arising from,
 
64

or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Loan or Loans or L/C Disbursement as a result of which the unpaid principal portion of its Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements shall be proportionately less than the unpaid principal portion of the Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a participation in the Loans and L/C Exposure of such other Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans and L/C Exposure and participations in Loans and L/C Exposure held by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans and L/C Exposure then outstanding as the principal amount of its Loans and L/C Exposure prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the principal amount of all Loans and L/C Exposure outstanding prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event;  provided ,  however , that (i) if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 2.18 and the payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this Section 2.18 shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates (as to which the provisions of this Section 2.18 shall apply). The Borrower expressly consents to the foregoing arrangements and agrees that any Lender holding a participation in a Loan or L/C Disbursement deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing by the Borrower to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender had made a Loan directly to the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
Section 2.19. Payments. (a) The Borrower shall make each payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any L/C Disbursement or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder and under any other Loan Document not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on the date when due in immediately available Dollars, without setoff, defense or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. Each such payment (other than Issuing Bank Fees, which shall be paid directly to the Issuing Bank) shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010. The Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender any payments received by the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Lender.
 
65

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever any payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall become due, or otherwise would occur, on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or Fees, if applicable.
Section 2.20. Taxes. (a) For purposes of this Section 2.20, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank.
(b) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall make such deduction or withholding and timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after making such deduction or withholding (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
(c) The Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.
(d) The Borrower shall indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(e) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to
 
66

such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.04 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).
(f) As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.20, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(g) (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.20(g)(ii)(A), (ii)(B), (ii)(D) and (ii)(E) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
 
67

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;
(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
(i) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;
(ii) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;
(iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or
(iv) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate on behalf of each such partner;
 
68

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made;
(D) if the Administrative Agent is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower on or before the date on which it becomes a party to any Loan Document (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower):
(i) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for its own account, and
(ii) executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of others, certifying that it is a “U.S. branch” and that the payments it receives for the account of others are not effectively connected with the conduct of its trade or business within the United States and that it is using such form as evidence of its agreement with the Borrower to be treated as a U.S. person with respect to such payments (and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to so treat the Administrative Agent as a U.S. person with respect to such payments as contemplated by Section 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv) of the United States Treasury Regulations); and
 
69

(E) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (E), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
The Administrative Agent and each Lender agree that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.
(h) If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to Section 2.14 or this Section 2.20 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.20), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (h) the payment of which would place the indemnified
 
70

party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
(i) Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.20 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.
Section 2.21. Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate. (a) In the event (i) any Lender (or any participant of such Lender) or the Issuing Bank delivers a certificate requesting compensation pursuant to Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a notice described in Section 2.15, (iii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or the Issuing Bank or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender (or any participant of such Lender) or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.20, (iv) any Lender refuses to consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Document requested by the Borrower that requires the consent of a greater percentage of the Lenders than the Required Lenders and such amendment, waiver or other modification is consented to by the Required Lenders, or (v) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, in each case, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort (including with respect to the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 10.04(b)), upon notice to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and the Administrative Agent require such Lender or the Issuing Bank to transfer and assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 10.04), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such assigned obligations and, with respect to clause (iv) above, shall consent to such requested amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Documents (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment);  provided  that (w) such assignment shall not conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any court or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction, (x) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and of the Issuing Bank, which consents shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (y) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.20, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payment thereafter and (z) the Borrower or such assignee shall have paid to the affected Lender or the Issuing Bank in immediately available funds an amount equal to the sum of the principal of and interest accrued to the date of such payment on the outstanding Loans or L/C Disbursements of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, respectively, plus (except, in the case of a Defaulting Lender, any Fees not required to be paid to such
 
71

Defaulting Lender pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement) all Fees and other amounts accrued for the account of such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder with respect thereto (including any amounts under Sections 2.14 and 2.16);  provided further  that, if prior to any such transfer and assignment, the circumstances or event that resulted in such Lender’s (or such Lender’s participant’s) or the Issuing Bank’s claim for compensation under Section 2.14, notice under Section 2.15 or the amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, cease to cause such Lender (or such Lender’s participant) or the Issuing Bank to suffer increased costs or reductions in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital, or cease to have the consequences specified in Section 2.15, or cease to result in amounts being payable under Section 2.20, as the case may be (including as a result of any action taken by such Lender (or such Lender’s participant) or the Issuing Bank pursuant to paragraph (b) below), or if such Lender (or such Lender’s participant) or the Issuing Bank shall waive its right to claim further compensation under Section 2.14 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall withdraw its notice under Section 2.15 or shall waive its right to further payments under Section 2.20 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall consent to the proposed amendment, waiver, consent or other modification, as the case may be, then such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall not thereafter be required to make any such transfer and assignment hereunder. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable power of attorney (which power is coupled with an interest) to execute and deliver, on behalf of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, as assignor, any Assignment and Acceptance necessary to effectuate any assignment of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s interests hereunder in the circumstances contemplated by this Section 2.21(a) and the Administrative Agent will so execute and deliver the Assignment and Acceptance (on behalf of such Lender or the Issuing Bank) upon reasonable request by the Borrower.
(b) If (i) any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall request compensation under Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 or (iii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount or indemnity to any Lender or the Issuing Bank or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender or the Issuing Bank, pursuant to Section 2.20, then such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall use reasonable efforts (which shall not require such Lender or the Issuing Bank to incur an unreimbursed loss or unreimbursed cost or expense or otherwise take any action inconsistent with its internal policies or legal or regulatory restrictions or suffer any disadvantage or burden deemed by it to be significant) (x) to file any certificate or document reasonably requested in writing by the Borrower or (y) to assign its rights and delegate and transfer its obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if such filing or assignment would reduce its claims for compensation under Section 2.14 or enable it to withdraw its notice pursuant to Section 2.15 or would reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, in the future. Upon request from the applicable Lender(s) or the Issuing Bank, the Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or the Issuing Bank in connection with any such filing or assignment and transfer.
 
72

Section 2.22. [Reserved].
Section 2.23. Letters of Credit. (a) General. The Borrower may request the issuance of a Letter of Credit for its own account or for the account of any of its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (in which case the Borrower and such Restricted Subsidiary shall be co-applicants with respect to such Letter of Credit), in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time while the L/C Commitment remains in effect as set forth in Section 2.09(a). This Section shall not be construed to impose an obligation upon the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit that is inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.23 or elsewhere in this Agreement, in the event that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender (i) the Pro Rata Percentage of such Defaulting Lender with respect to any L/C Exposure will automatically be reallocated (effective on the date such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender) among the Lenders that are not Defaulting Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Commitments;  provided , that (x) with respect to each non-Defaulting Lender, its Credit Exposure may not in any event exceed its Commitment as in effect at the time of such reallocation and (y) neither such reallocation nor any payment by a non-Defaulting Lender pursuant thereto will constitute a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any other Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender or cause such Defaulting Lender to be a non-Defaulting Lender and (ii) to the extent that any portion (the “ unreallocated portion ”) of the Pro Rata Percentage of such Defaulting Lender with respect to any L/C Exposure cannot be so reallocated, the Borrower will promptly, and in no event later than one Business Day after any demand by the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Issuing Bank), (x) cash collateralize its obligations to the Issuing Bank in respect of such L/C Exposure, in an amount at least equal to the aggregate amount of the unreallocated portion of such L/C Exposure, or (y) make other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and to the Issuing Bank, in their sole discretion to protect them against the risk of non-payment by such Defaulting Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuing Bank shall have no obligation to issue new Letters of Credit, or to extend, renew or amend existing Letters of Credit until such unreallocated portion of L/C Exposure is cash collateralized in accordance with clause (x) above or such other arrangements are made in accordance with clause (y) above.
(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. In order to request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or to amend, renew or extend an existing Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or fax to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (at least five Business Days
 
73

prior to the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) below), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare such Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if, and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that, after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the L/C Exposure shall not exceed $30,000,000 and (ii) the Aggregate Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Total Commitment.
(c) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at the close of business on the earlier of the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit and the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date, unless such Letter of Credit expires by its terms on an earlier date;  provided ,  however , that a Letter of Credit may, upon the request of the Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter of Credit shall be renewed automatically for additional consecutive periods of 12 months or less (but not beyond the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date, unless the Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof at least 30 days (or such longer period as may be specified in such Letter of Credit) prior to the then-applicable expiration date that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed.
(d) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each such Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit, effective upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of each L/C Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower (or, if applicable, another party pursuant to its obligations under any other Loan Document) forthwith on the date due as provided in Section 2.02(f). Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.
 
74

(e) Reimbursement. If the Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such L/C Disbursement on the same Business Day that it has received notice from the Issuing Bank that payment of such draft will be made, or, if the Borrower shall have received such notice later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day, not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day.
(f) Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligations to reimburse L/C Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) above shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under any and all circumstances whatsoever, and irrespective of:
(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any Loan Document, or any term or provision therein;
(ii) any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the provisions of any Letter of Credit or any Loan Document;
(iii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower, any other party guaranteeing, or otherwise obligated with, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof or any other Person may at any time have against the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other related or unrelated agreement or transaction;
(iv) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;
(v) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; and
(vi) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind of the Issuing Bank, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any other Person or any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the Borrower’s obligations hereunder.
 
75

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that the absolute and unconditional obligation of the Borrower hereunder to reimburse L/C Disbursements will not be excused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank. However, the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct in determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. It is further understood and agreed that the Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary and, in making any payment under any Letter of Credit (i) the Issuing Bank’s exclusive reliance on the documents presented to it under such Letter of Credit as to any and all matters set forth therein, including reliance on the amount of any draft presented under such Letter of Credit, whether or not the amount due to the beneficiary thereunder equals the amount of such draft and whether or not any document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit proves to be insufficient in any respect, if such document on its face appears to be in order, and whether or not any other statement or any other document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit proves to be forged or invalid or any statement therein proves to be inaccurate or untrue in any respect whatsoever and (ii) any noncompliance in any immaterial respect of the documents presented under such Letter of Credit with the terms thereof shall, in each case, be deemed not to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank.
(g) Disbursement Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall as promptly as possible give telephonic notification, confirmed by fax, to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an L/C Disbursement thereunder;  provided  that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such L/C Disbursement.
(h) Interim Interest. If the Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement in full on such date, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest for the account of the Issuing Bank, for each day from and including the date of such L/C Disbursement, to but excluding the earlier of the date of payment by the Borrower or the date on which interest shall commence to accrue thereon as provided in Section 2.02(f), at the rate per annum that would apply to such amount if such amount were an ABR Loan.
 
76

(i) Resignation or Removal of the Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank may resign at any time by giving 30 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower, and may be removed at any time by the Borrower by notice to the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Bank hereunder by a Lender that shall agree to serve as the successor Issuing Bank, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the interests, rights and obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank. At the time such removal or resignation shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all accrued and unpaid fees pursuant to Section 2.05(c)(ii). The acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Bank hereunder by a successor Lender shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such successor, in a form satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such successor Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of the previous Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the resignation or removal of the Issuing Bank hereunder, the retiring Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or removal, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit. In the event that (x) any Issuing Bank ceases to be a Lender or (y) the Administrative Agent resigns pursuant to Article 9, any outstanding Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (or the Administrative Agent in its capacity as Issuing Bank) shall be cash collateralized or backstopped pursuant to arrangements satisfactory to the Issuing Bank in its sole discretion.
(j) Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Borrower shall, on the Business Day it receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders holding participations in outstanding Letters of Credit representing greater than 50% of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit) thereof and of the amount to be deposited, deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to 103% of L/C Exposure as of such date;  provided  that the obligation to deposit such cash will become effective immediately, and such deposit will become immediately payable in immediately available funds, without demand or notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g). Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Obligations. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits in Cash Equivalents,
 
77

which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall (i) automatically be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for L/C Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed, (ii) be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the L/C Exposure at such time and (iii) if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders holding participations in outstanding Letters of Credit representing greater than 50% of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit), be applied to satisfy the Obligations. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.
(k) Additional Issuing Banks. The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and such Lender, designate one or more additional Lenders to act as an issuing bank under the terms of this Agreement, subject to reporting requirements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with respect to issuances, amendments, extensions and terminations of Letters of Credit by such additional issuing bank. Any Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this paragraph (k) shall be deemed to be an “ Issuing Bank ” (in addition to being a Lender) in respect of Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by such Lender, and, with respect to such Letters of Credit, such term shall thereafter apply to the other Issuing Bank and such Lender.
ARTICLE 3
[RESERVED]
ARTICLE 4
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
Section 4.01. All Credit Events after the Closing Date. On the date of each Borrowing (other than a conversion or a continuation of a Borrowing) and on the date of each issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit (each such event being called a “ Credit Event ”):
(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such Borrowing as required by Section 2.03 (or such notice shall have been deemed given in accordance with Section 2.02) or, in the case of the issuance,
 
78

amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice requesting the issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit as required by Section 2.23(b).
(b) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties and WMG Holdings set forth in Article 5 and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Event with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.05(a) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Sections 6.01(a) and (b).
(c) At the time of and immediately after such Credit Event, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
Each Credit Event shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date of such Credit Event as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 4.01.
Section 4.02. Conditions to Effectiveness. On the Closing Date:
(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Guaranty by each Loan Party, as applicable.
(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, a favorable written opinion of (i) Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, and (ii) Richards, Layton & Finger, PA, special Delaware counsel, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit G in each case (A) dated the Closing Date, and (B) addressed to the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive document, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization or, if consented to by the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), by a Secretary or other officer of the relevant Loan Party, and a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State; (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer of each Loan Party dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement (or other equivalent governing documents) of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times
 
79

since a date immediately prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors, members or partners or shareholders (or other equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive document of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party; (iii) a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above; and (iv) such other documents as the Lenders, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request at least 5 days prior to the Closing Date;
(d) All Fees, costs and expenses due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date (including legal fees and expenses and fees and expenses of any other advisors), to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date (except as otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrower), and other compensation payable to the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Lenders required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document on the Closing Date, shall have been paid.
(e) The Security Agreement Supplements and the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, in each case dated as of the Closing Date, shall have been duly executed by each Loan Party that is to be a party thereto and the Security Agreement Supplements shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date, and true and correct copies of such Collateral Documents shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent. The Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties shall have a security interest in the Collateral of the type and priority described in each such Collateral Document dated as of the Closing Date.
(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings) made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states (or other jurisdictions) of formation of such Persons, together with copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search, and accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated in any such financing statement (or similar document) would be permitted under Section 7.01 or have been or will be contemporaneously released or terminated.
 
80

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of, or a certificate as to coverage under, the insurance policies required by Section 6.07 and the applicable provisions of the Collateral Documents.
(h) The Acquisition shall be consummated substantially simultaneously with the effectiveness of this Agreement on the Closing Date and on the terms set forth in the Merger Agreement (without any amendment, modification or waiver thereof or any consent thereunder which is materially adverse to the Lenders or the Joint Lead Arrangers without the prior written consent of the Joint Lead Arrangers (it being understood and agreed that any reduction in the Merger Consideration (as defined in the Merger Agreement) shall be deemed to be a modification which is materially adverse to the Lenders (other than any such reduction that is (x) in an amount less than 10% of the Merger Consideration and (y) allocated (i) 70% of such reduction to reduce on a dollar-for-dollar basis the Facility, the Senior Unsecured Notes, the New Senior Secured Notes and the Holdco Senior Unsecured Notes (allocated among the foregoing as determined by the Joint Lead Arrangers) and (ii) 30% of such reduction to reduce on a dollar-for-dollar basis the Equity Contribution))). The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of the Merger Agreement and all certificates, schedules and exhibits thereto, certified by a Financial Officer as being complete and correct. The Equity Contribution shall have been made in at least the amount specified in the definition of such term in Section 1.01.
(i) All amounts due or outstanding in respect of the Existing Unsecured Notes shall have been (or substantially simultaneously with the effectiveness of this Agreement shall be) repurchased or called for redemption (and, with such call for redemption to be irrevocable and accompanied within one Business Day of the Closing Date by a defeasance or a discharge of the obligations of the relevant issuer under the related indenture in accordance with the terms of such indenture). The Borrower and WMG Holdings shall have deposited on the Closing Date in an escrow account with the indenture trustee for the Existing Unsecured Notes or an escrow agent reasonably satisfactory to the Joint Lead Arrangers on such terms reasonably satisfactory to the Joint Lead Arrangers the maximum amount of cash required to redeem the Existing Unsecured Notes that are outstanding on the Closing Date (the “ Non-Tendered Existing Unsecured Notes ”), including any applicable premium, and make payments of principal and interest on all such Non-Tendered Existing Unsecured Notes up to the date of redemption, and such cash shall remain in trust or in escrow until such time as it is used to repurchase such notes in an optional redemption, an irrevocable notice of which will be sent to the holders thereof immediately after the Closing Date.
(j) The Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers shall have received (i) GAAP audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for the 2008, 2009 and 2010 fiscal years (and, to the extent available, the related unaudited
 
81

consolidating financial statements) and each subsequent fiscal year ended at least 45 days before the Closing Date and (ii) GAAP unaudited consolidated and (to the extent available) consolidating balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for each subsequent fiscal quarter ended at least 30 days before the Closing Date.
(k) The Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower as of and for the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the most recently completed four-fiscal quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to clause (j) above, prepared after giving effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred as of such date (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of such other financial statements).
(l) The Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers shall have received a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrower substantially in the form attached as Exhibit H certifying that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, are Solvent.
(m) Since September 30, 2010, there shall not have occurred any Company Material Adverse Effect except (i) as disclosed in the Company SEC Reports (as defined in the Merger Agreement) filed with the SEC on or after September 30, 2009 and prior to the date hereof, other than any disclosures contained under the captions “Risk Factors” or “Forward Looking Statements” to the extent that such disclosures are general in nature or cautionary, predictive or forward-looking in nature, or (ii) as set forth on the Company Disclosure Letter (as defined in the Merger Agreement).
(n) (i) The Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date giving effect to the Transactions, (ii) such of the representations and warranties made by or on behalf of the Company in the Merger Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that Holdings (or any of its Affiliates) has the right to terminate or not complete its obligations under the Merger Agreement as a result of a breach of such representations in the Merger Agreement, shall be true and correct in all material respects and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying as to the matters set forth in this Section 4.02(n).
(o) The Joint Lead Arrangers shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to them that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have used no more than $195,000,000 in Pre-Closing Cash (as defined below) in connection with the Transactions (such usage of Pre-Closing Cash being referred to herein as
 
82

the “Transaction Cash Usage”); provided that, if Pro Forma Cash (as defined below) is less than $97,000,000, the maximum amount of the aggregate Transaction Cash Usage that is permitted shall be reduced from $195,000,000 on a dollar-for-dollar basis by an amount equal to such shortfall. For purposes hereof, (i) “ Pre-Closing Cash ” means the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (other than cash required to be used for a specific purpose pursuant to the terms of a trust, escrow or pledge arrangement) of the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to giving effect to the Transactions and (ii) “ Pro Forma Cash ” means (A) the Pre-Closing Cash minus (B) the aggregate Transaction Cash Usage as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions.
(p) The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least 5 days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the USA PATRIOT Act, as has been reasonably requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the Closing Date.
(q) In connection with any Letter of Credit being issued on the Closing Date, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice requesting the issuance of such Letter of Credit as required by Section 2.23(b) or as otherwise agreed by the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent.
ARTICLE 5
REPRESENTATIONSAND WARRANTIES
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:
Section 5.01. Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is a Person (i) duly organized or formed and validly existing and (ii) in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all Laws, writs, injunctions and orders and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause (a)(i) (other than as to the Borrower and any Material Subsidiary that is a Loan Party), clauses (a)(ii) and (b)(i) (other than as to the Borrower) or clause (c), (d) or (e), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
83

Section 5.02. Authorization; No Contravention. (a) The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions, (i) are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (ii) do not and will not (A) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (B) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under, (x) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; in the case of clauses (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions do not or will not result in the creation of any Lien under any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or by which such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound (other than as permitted by Section 7.01).
Section 5.03. Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the consummation of the Transactions, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the priority thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Collateral Agent, Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents, except for (i) actions and filings necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral and the priority thereof granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain, take, give or make could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.04. Binding Effect. (a) This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a
 
84

party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.
(b) The Security Agreement and, upon execution and delivery thereof, the Security Agreement Amendment have been duly executed and delivered by WMG Holdings. Each of the Security Agreement and, upon execution thereof by all parties thereto, the Security Agreement Amendment constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of WMG Holdings, enforceable against WMG Holdings in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.
Section 5.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect. (a) The Audited Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.
(b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(c) The forecasts of consolidated balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal year ending after the Closing Date until the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, copies of which have been furnished to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date, have been prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions believed by the management of the Borrower to be reasonable in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, it being understood that actual results may vary from such forecasts and that such variations may be material.
Section 5.06. Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues (i) that pertain to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or, as of the Closing Date, the consummation of the Transactions, or (ii) that either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
85

Section 5.07. No Default. Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.08. Ownership of Property; Liens. Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has good record and indefeasible title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and except where the failure to have such title or other interests could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.09. Environmental Compliance. (a) There are no claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law on the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ respective businesses, operations and properties that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.09 or except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (i) none of the properties currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) there are no underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on any property formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (iv) Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries except for such releases, discharges or disposal that were in material compliance with Environmental Laws.
(c) The properties currently or formerly owned or leased by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries do not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of, (ii) require remedial
 
86

action under, or (iii) could give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws, which violations, remedial actions and liabilities, in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(d) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.09, neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law except for such investigation or assessment or remedial or response action that, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(e) All Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.10. Taxes. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all Federal and material state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal and material state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those (a) which are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or (b) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (c) with respect to which the failure to make such filing or payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.11. ERISA Compliance. (a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter will be submitted to the IRS within the applicable required time period with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. Each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.
(b) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority,
 
87

with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) (i) No ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan is in “at-risk status” (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA) and no application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard has been filed with respect to any Pension Plan; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.11(c), as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.12. Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party has any Subsidiaries other than those disclosed in Schedule 5.12, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries are owned by the Borrower or a Subsidiary free and clear of all Liens except (i) those created under the Collateral Documents and (ii), with respect to Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries pledged by the Loan Parties, any non-consensual Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01 and, with respect to all other Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries, any Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.12 (a) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of each Subsidiary, (b) sets forth the ownership interest of the Borrower and any other Subsidiary in each Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership and (c) identifies each Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are required to be pledged hereunder or under the Security Agreement.
Section 5.13. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act. (a) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock and no proceeds of any Borrowings or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.
 
88

(b) None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, or any other Loan Party is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Section 5.14. USA PATRIOT Act. To the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with the (a) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (b) USA PATRIOT Act.
Section 5.15. Sanctioned Persons. None of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Borrower will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Loans or the Letters of Credit or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
Section 5.16. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Each of the Borrower and its directors, officers, agents, employees, and any person acting for or on behalf of the Borrower, has complied with, and will comply with, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as amended from time to time, or any other applicable anti­bribery or anti­corruption law, and it and they have not made, offered, promised, or authorized, and will not make, offer, promise, or authorize, whether directly or indirectly, any payment, of anything of value to: (i) an executive, official, employee or agent of a governmental department, agency or instrumentality, (ii) a director, officer, employee or agent of a wholly or partially government-owned or -controlled company or business, (iii) a political party or official thereof, or candidate for political office or (iv) an executive, official, employee or agent of a public international organization (e.g., the International Monetary Fund or the World Bank) (“ Government Official ”); in each case while knowing or having a reasonable belief that all or some portion will be used for the purpose of: (a) influencing any act, decision or failure to act by a Government Official in his or her official capacity, (b) inducing a Government Official to use his or her influence with a government or instrumentality to affect any act or decision of such government or entity, or (c) securing an improper advantage; in each case in order to obtain, retain, or direct business.
Section 5.17. Labor Matters. As of the date hereof, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened; (b) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower and the Restricted
 
89

Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters; (c) all payments due from the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability (if required in accordance with GAAP) on the books of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary; and (d) the consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound, except, with respect to each of clauses (a) through (d), as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.18. Disclosure. No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), in each case on or prior to the Closing Date, when taken as a whole contains any untrue statement of material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading;  provided  that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation; it being understood that such projections may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material.
Section 5.19. Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos, trade dress, domain names, goodwill associated with the foregoing, copyrights, patents, patent rights, licenses, database rights, technology, software, design rights, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property rights (including all registrations and applications for registration of the foregoing) (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, except to the extent that the failure to so own or possess the right to use such IP Rights, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrower, the conduct of the business of each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any IP Rights of any other Person except for such infringements, misappropriations or violations, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no claim, investigation, suit or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) challenging the validity, ownership or use of any IP Rights of such Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) alleging that
 
90

the conduct of their respective businesses infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates the IP Rights of any other Person, in each case which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.20. Solvency. On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.
Section 5.21. Senior Debt Status. The Loans will be treated as senior debt under all Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Documentation.
Section 5.22. Valid Liens. Each Collateral Document (other than the Mortgages) is, or on execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto will be, effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and the other Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement), legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the Collateral described therein to the extent required by the terms thereof and (i) when financing statements and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the appropriate offices and (ii) upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent possession or control by the Collateral Agent is required by the Security Agreement), the Liens created by the Collateral Documents (other than the Mortgages) shall constitute to the extent required by the terms thereof fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors in such Collateral, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person, other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01. The Loan Parties are the legal and beneficial owners of the Collateral free and clear of any Lien, except for the Liens created or permitted under the Loan Documents.
ARTICLE 6
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder which is accrued and payable (except with respect to any Secured Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Obligations) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit (that has not been cash collateralized or backstopped, in each case on terms agreed to by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent) shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) cause each Restricted Subsidiary to:
Section 6.01. Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:
(a) as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower beginning with the 2011 fiscal year, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related
 
91

consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, and beginning with the fiscal year ending in 2013, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or any other independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;
(b) as soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, and beginning with the fiscal quarter ending on December 31, 2012, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;
(c) as soon as available, but in any event no later than (x) ninety (90) days after the end of the 2011 fiscal year and (y) sixty (60) days after the end of each subsequent fiscal year, a budget prepared by management of the Borrower, consistent with past practice or otherwise in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent for the fiscal year following such fiscal year then ended (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries); and
(d) to the extent applicable, simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b) above, related unaudited condensed consolidating financial statements reflecting the material adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements.
 
92

Section 6.02. Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:
(a) to the extent (x) permitted by the internal policies of such independent certified public accountants and (y) that Section 7.11 was applicable during the time period covered by the financial statements delivered under Section 6.01(a), no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), a certificate or report of its independent certified public accountants stating that in making the examination necessary for such financial statements no knowledge was obtained of any Event of Default under Section 7.11, except as specified in such certificate or, if any such Event of Default shall exist, stating the nature of such event;
(b) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) and 6.01(b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and, if such Compliance Certificate demonstrates an Event of Default of any covenant under Section 7.11, one or more of the holders of Equity Interests of any Parent may deliver, together with such Compliance Certificate, notice of their intent to cure (a “ Notice of Intent to Cure ”) such Event of Default through capital contributions or the purchase of Equity Interests as contemplated pursuant to clause (x)(13) and the final proviso of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”,  provided  that after receipt of the Notice of Intent to Cure and during the 15 Business Days during which such capital contributions or purchase of Equity Interests may be made, unless and until the relevant cure amount is actually received by the Borrower, no Lender or Issuing Bank shall be required to make any Loans or issue any Letters of Credit hereunder;
(c) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other material report or material communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower has filed with the SEC (other than any registration statement on Form S-8) or with any national securities exchange and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;
(d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any requests or notices received by any Loan Party (other than in the ordinary course of business), any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or of any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness Documentation or any Specified Debt in a principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02;
 
93

(e) promptly after the receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any material investigation or other material inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;
(f) together with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(b), (i) a list of each Subsidiary that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate and (ii) copies of any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 2.09 of the Security Agreement during the prior fiscal quarter;
(g) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of all financial statements, forecasts, budgets or other similar information of WMG Holdings furnished by WMG Holdings to the holders of the Holdco Senior Unsecured Notes;
(h) promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act;
(i) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request;
(j) promptly after entering into such agreement, the Sponsor Management Agreement; and
(k) promptly (and in no event more than 90 days following the Closing Date), a copy of the Security Agreement Amendment duly executed by each of the parties thereto.
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or Section 6.02 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed in Section 10.01; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent);  provided  that: (i) upon request the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by
 
94

facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e. , soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.
Section 6.03. Notices. Promptly upon a Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:
(a) of the occurrence of any Default; and
(b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including arising out of or resulting from (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority, (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws and or in respect of IP Rights or the assertion or occurrence of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (iv) the occurrence of any ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Event.
Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 6.03(a) or (b) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth reasonable details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. The Administrative Agent agrees to promptly transmit each notice received by it in compliance with Section 6.03(a) to each Lender.
Section 6.04. Payment of Obligations. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities except, in each case, (a) where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained to the extent required by GAAP or (b) to the extent the failure to pay or discharge the same could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 6.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04
 
95

or 7.05, (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing), permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as permitted by Section 7.05 or to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights, to the extent required under the Security Agreement.
Section 6.06. Maintenance of Properties. Except if the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and casualty or condemnation excepted.
Section 6.07. Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance with respect to its material properties and business against loss or damage of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance consistent with past practice, or reasonable under the circumstances, and, in either case, customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) as are consistent with past practice, or reasonable under the circumstances, and customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.
Section 6.08. Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 6.09. Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account in a manner to allow financial statements to be prepared in conformity with GAAP consistently applied in respect of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
Section 6.10. Inspection Rights. Permit representatives of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (x) to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers all at the expense of the Borrower, and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower and (y) to have reasonable discussions regarding the business, operations, properties and financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with the Borrower’s independent certified public accountants;  provided  that, excluding any such visits and
 
96

inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights under this Section 6.10, the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and only one (1) such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense;  provided further  that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s accountants pursuant to clause (y) of the immediately preceding sentence.
Section 6.11. Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Loans and request the issuance of Letters of Credit only for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
Section 6.12. Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security. (a) Upon (i) the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than (A) an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (B) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by any Contractual Obligation (provided such prohibition was not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the acquisition of such Subsidiary) or by applicable Laws from guaranteeing the Obligations or which would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to provide such guarantee unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (C) any Securitization Subsidiary, (D) any Domestic Subsidiary if substantially all of its assets consist of the Equity Interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries, (E) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or (F) subject to clause (e) below, an Immaterial Subsidiary, all Subsidiaries referenced in clauses (A) to (F) above collectively, the “ Excluded Subsidiaries ”) by any Loan Party, (ii) the designation in accordance with Section 6.17 of any existing direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) as a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (iv) any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) ceasing to be an Immaterial Subsidiary or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary that is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) being required to become a Guarantor pursuant to clause (e) below, or (v) any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary guaranteeing any Related Debt, the Borrower shall, in each case at the Borrower’s expense, within thirty (30) days after such formation, acquisition, designation, change in status or guarantee or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion:
(A) cause each such Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a guaranty substantially in the form of Exhibit D or a guaranty supplement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, guaranteeing the Obligations of each Loan Party;
 
97

(B) cause each such Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement and those Collateral Documents required to be delivered under the Security Agreement, as further specified by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (substantially consistent with the Collateral Documents in effect on the Closing Date unless otherwise consented to by the Collateral Agent), granting a Lien to the extent required under the Security Agreement, in each case securing the Obligations of such Subsidiary under its Guaranty;
(C) (x) cause each such Subsidiary to deliver (i) any and all certificates representing Equity Interests owned by such Subsidiary (limited, in the case of Equity Interests in a Foreign Subsidiary or in a Domestic Subsidiary, if substantially all of the assets of such Domestic Subsidiary consist of the Equity Interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries, to 65% of the outstanding Equity Interests entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956-2(c)(2) promulgated under the Code) in such Foreign Subsidiary or such Domestic Subsidiary and 100% of the Equity Interests not entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956-2(c)(2) promulgated under the Code) of such Foreign Subsidiary or Domestic Subsidiary) accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank and (ii) instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt in each case in excess of $2,000,000 held by such Subsidiary, indorsed in blank to the Collateral Agent and (y) cause each direct parent of such Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 6.12(a)(A), to deliver any and all certificates representing the outstanding Equity Interests of such Subsidiary owned by such parent accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank; and
(D) take and cause such Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Subsidiary to take whatever action is required under the Security Agreement or otherwise deemed necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent to vest in the Collateral Agent (or in any representative of the Collateral
 
98

Agent designated by it) valid and subsisting Liens on the properties purported to be subject to the Collateral Documents delivered pursuant to this Section 6.12 and the Security Agreement, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms.
For the avoidance of doubt, (i) no Excluded Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (ii) no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor (unless such Foreign Subsidiary is a guarantor of any Related Debt) and (iii) no more than 65% of the voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged to support obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor (except to the extent pledged to support obligations under any Related Debt).
(b) Upon the acquisition by any Loan Party of any property the Borrower will cause such Loan Party to comply with the requirements under the Collateral Documents and cause such assets to be subject to a perfected Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to the extent required under the Collateral Documents and the Borrower will cause the relevant Loan Party to take such additional actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, including, as applicable, the actions referred to above.
(c) [Reserved].
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the Collateral Agent shall not take a security interest in those assets as to which the Collateral Agent shall determine, in its reasonable discretion, that the cost of obtaining such Lien (including any mortgage, stamp, intangibles or other tax) are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security afforded thereby and (y) Liens required to be granted pursuant to this Section 6.12 shall be subject to exceptions and limitations consistent with those set forth in the Collateral Documents as in effect on the Closing Date (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction). In the case of any conflict between this Agreement and the Collateral Documents, the Collateral Documents shall govern and no assets are required to be pledged or actions are required to be taken that are not required to be pledged or taken under the Collateral Documents.
(e) If at any time the aggregate book value of all assets (determined on a consolidated basis for all Immaterial Subsidiaries and their respective Subsidiaries, but without duplication) (in this clause (e), the “ aggregate asset value ”) of all Immaterial Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors exceeds $50,000,000 (as reflected on the most recent financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 or, if the Borrower has failed to deliver such
 
99

financial statements, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall cause one or more of such Immaterial Subsidiaries to become Guarantors pursuant to this Section 6.12 such that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate book value of all assets of all Immaterial Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors does not exceed $50,000,000.
Section 6.13. Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, (b) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties, and (c) in each case to the extent required by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws.
Section 6.14. Further Assurances. Promptly upon reasonable request by the Collateral Agent (or, with respect to a Guaranty and any other Loan Document (other than the Collateral Documents), the Administrative Agent) (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Guaranty, Collateral Document or any other Loan Document and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Collateral Agent (or, with respect to a Guaranty and any other Loan Document (other than the Collateral Documents), the Administrative Agent) may reasonably require from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents.
Section 6.15. [Reserved].
Section 6.16. Maintenance of Ratings. Use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a public corporate rating from S&P and a public corporate rating from Moody’s, in each case in respect of the Borrower.
Section 6.17. Designation of Subsidiaries. The board of directors of the Borrower may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary;  provided  that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose any Related Debt. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by the Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the net book value of the Borrower’s investment therein.
 
100

The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time.
ARTICLE 7
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder which is accrued and payable (except with respect to any Secured Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Obligations) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit (that has not been cash collateralized or backstopped, in each case on terms agreed to by the Borrower and the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent) shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
Section 7.01. Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:
(a) Liens under or pursuant to any of the Loan Documents and Liens securing Indebtedness incurred under Section 7.03(b)(xxiii)(A), (B) and (D) (with respect to subclause (D) solely with respect to debt incurred under Section 7.03(b)(xxiii)(A) and (B));
(b) Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.01(b) and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03, and (B) proceeds and products thereof and (ii) the renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 7.03;
(c) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges (x) which are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or (y) which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if (in the case of this clause (y)) adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Borrower or the applicable Person to the extent required by GAAP;
(d) statutory Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen or contractors or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business (x) which secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or if more than thirty (30) days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or (y) which are being contested
 
101

in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if (in the case of this clause (y)) adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Borrower or the applicable Person to the extent required by GAAP;
(e) (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance;
(f) deposits or other Liens to secure the performance of bids, contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds, letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) in each case incurred in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;
(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting real property which, in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;
(h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h) so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of any such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
(i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Sections 7.03(b)(v) and (b)(xvi); provided that (i) such Liens attach concurrently with or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property except for accessions to such property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and the proceeds and the products thereof and (iii) with respect to Capital Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capital Lease Obligations;  provided  that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;
 
102

(j) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to or from others in the ordinary course of business (x) which do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower or any of its material Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) which are not granted for the purpose of securing any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to such lessee, licensee, sublessee or sublicensee;
(k) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
(l) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
(m) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Agreement to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, or (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05;
(n) Liens on property of any Foreign Subsidiary that does not constitute Collateral securing Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary to the extent permitted under Section 7.03(b);
(o) Liens in favor of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(b)(iv);
(p) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Closing Date and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof;  provided  that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subjected to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition);
 
103

(q) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement filings regarding leases entered into by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(r) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business permitted by this Agreement;
(s) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under Section 7.02;
(t) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(u) Permitted Encumbrances;
(v) other Liens securing Indebtedness outstanding in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50,000,000;
(w) Liens on Securitization Assets owned by a Securitization Subsidiary securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.03(b)(xvii);
(x) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(y) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;
(z) Liens (x) securing any Swap Contracts, including Secured Hedge Agreements, permitted hereunder or (y) cash management obligations, including Cash Management Obligations, permitted hereunder;
(aa) Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents used to defease or to satisfy and discharge Indebtedness, provided that such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited hereunder;
 
104

(bb) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any Joint Venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any Joint Venture or similar agreement;
(cc) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b)(xviii) and (xix); and
(dd) customary Liens of an indenture trustee on money or property held or collected by it to secure fees, expenses and indemnities owing to it by any obligor under an indenture.
Section 7.02. Investments. Make or hold any Investments, except:
(a) Investments by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in assets that were cash or Cash Equivalents when such Investment was made;
(b) (i) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries (x) for reasonable business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (y) to fund such Person’s purchases of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Parent in an aggregate principal amount (net of any proceeds of such loans and advances used to purchase Equity Interests of the Borrower or contributed to the equity capital thereof) not to exceed, in the case of this clause (y), $20,000,000 outstanding at any time and (ii) promissory notes of any officer, director, employee or other member of the management of any Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries acquired in connection with the issuance of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Parent (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) to such Person;
(c) Investments (i) by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Loan Party (including any new Restricted Subsidiary which becomes a Loan Party or is being merged into an entity that becomes a Loan Party but excluding any Foreign Subsidiary), (ii) by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in any other such Restricted Subsidiary that is also not a Loan Party and (iii) by any Loan Party in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;  provided  that the aggregate amount (net of any cash repayment of or return on such Investments theretofore received not to exceed the original amount invested) of all such Investments pursuant to this clause (iii), together with the Specified Acquisitions Aggregate Amount, does not exceed $300,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(d) Investments consisting of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors or otherwise, and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;
 
105

(e) Investments consisting of Liens, Indebtedness (including Guarantees), fundamental changes, Dispositions and Restricted Payments permitted under Sections 7.01, 7.03, 7.04, 7.05 and 7.06, respectively;
(f) Investments existing on the date hereof or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.02(f) and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof;  provided  that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except by the terms of such Investment or as otherwise permitted by this Section 7.02;
(g) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.03;
(h) promissory notes and other noncash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 7.05;
(i) the purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of, any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person, or of all of the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be owned directly by the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, as a result of a merger or consolidation);  provided  that, with respect to each purchase or other acquisition made pursuant to this Section 7.02(i) (each, a “ Permitted Acquisition ”):
(A) each applicable Loan Party and any such newly created or acquired Subsidiary shall, or will within the times specified therein, have complied with the requirements of Section 6.12;
(B) with respect to any acquisition of Equity Interests in a Person that, immediately following such acquisition, will not be a Loan Party and any acquisition of property, assets or business by a Person that is not a Loan Party (including, in each case, as a result of such Person being or being owned by a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary) (each, a “ Specified Acquisition ”), the total cash consideration (including, without limitation, earnouts and other contingent payment obligations to the sellers thereof but excluding any Excluded Consideration) paid by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any such Specified Acquisition, plus the total cash consideration paid by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for all other Specified Acquisitions made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Section 7.02(i) (such aggregate amount, the “ Specified Acquisitions Aggregate Amount ”) shall not exceed $100,000,000 and, when aggregated with all Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(c)(iii), shall not exceed $300,000,000 at any time outstanding;
 
106

(C) immediately before and immediately after giving pro forma effect to such purchase or other acquisition, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(D) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, no later than five (5) Business Days after the date on which such purchase or other acquisition is consummated, a certificate of a Responsible Officer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this clause (i) have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition (or, with respect to requirements under Section 6.12, on or prior to the time such requirement is required to be satisfied under Section 6.12), provided that no such certificate shall be required to be delivered if the aggregate cash consideration to be paid in connection with such acquisition does not exceed $25,000,000;
(j) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Parent (exclusive of Disqualified Equity Interests);
(k) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of any advance directly or indirectly related to royalties or future profits (whether or not recouped), directly or indirectly (including through capital contributions or loans to an entity or Joint Venture relating to such artist(s) or writer(s)) to one or more artists or writers pursuant to label and license agreements, agreements with artists/writers and related ventures, pressing and distribution agreements, publishing agreements and any similar contract or agreement entered into from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
(l) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers, customers and other Persons and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers, suppliers and other Persons arising in the ordinary course of business and upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
(m) loans and advances to WMG Holdings in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to WMG Holdings in accordance with Section 7.06;
 
107

(n) other Investments; provided that such Investments (net of any cash repayment of or return on such Investments theretofore received) do not exceed (at the time any such Investment is made and without giving effect to the sale of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities) (i) the greater of (A) $75,000,000 and (B) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets  plus  (ii) the Available CNI Amount; provided that before and immediately after giving effect to such Investment, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or would result from such Investment;
(o) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;
(p) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing the Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness;  provided  that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or equity investments;
(q) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (q) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) 6.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that before and immediately after giving effect to such Investment, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or would result from such Investment;
(r) any advance directly or indirectly related to royalties or future profits (whether or not recouped), directly or indirectly (including through capital contributions or loans to an entity or Joint Venture relating to such artist(s) or writer(s)), to one or more artists or writers pursuant to label and license agreements, agreements with artists/writers and related ventures, pressing and distribution agreements, publishing agreements and any similar contract or agreement entered into from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
(s) Investments in any Subsidiary or any Joint Venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;
(t) loans made by the Borrower to WMG Acquisition (UK) Limited in an aggregate amount of up to £100,000,000 at any time outstanding;
 
108

(u) Investments by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in (i) Joint Ventures engaged in a Permitted Business and (ii) non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (u) that are at that time outstanding amounts, not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 8.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;
(v) Investments of any Person in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Investment was not made in connection with or in anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;
(w) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of IP Rights pursuant to joint marketing or similar arrangements with other Persons;
(x) Investments by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (x) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $150 million and 12.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;
(y) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $15 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time; and
(z) Investments made in Joint Ventures in existence on the Closing Date as required by, or made pursuant to, buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in, joint venture agreements and similar binding arrangements in effect on the Closing Date;
all such Investments set forth in these clauses (a) through (z) being collectively referred to as “Permitted Investments”.
The amount of all Investments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Investment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Investment.
Section 7.03. Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a) in the case of the Borrower:
(i) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts designed to hedge against fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with prudent business practice and not for speculative purposes; and
 
109

(ii) Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000,000 at any time outstanding.
(b) in the case of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries:
(i) Indebtedness of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents;
(ii) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.03(b) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;
(iii) Guarantees of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted hereunder;  provided  that (A) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness constituting Related Debt shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the Guarantee and (B) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness;
(iv) Indebtedness of (A) any Loan Party owing to any other Loan Party, (B) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party owing to (1) any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or (2) the Borrower or a Loan Party in respect of an Investment permitted under Section 7.02(c), Section 7.02(n), Section 7.02(x) or Section 7.02(z) and (C) any Loan Party owing to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000 at any time outstanding;  provided  that (x) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Equity Interests or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (y) within 90 days of the Closing Date all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party incurred under clause (iv)(C) must be expressly subordinated to its Obligations;
(v) Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money obligations) incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Equity Interests of
 
110

any Person owning such assets) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness at any time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 4.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;
(vi) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding for all such Persons taken together (excluding Indebtedness referred to in clause (iv) above) not exceeding the greater of (x) $100,000,000 and (y) 8.5% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries;
(vii) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts required in connection with any Securitization Financing or in respect of other Swap Contracts designed to hedge against interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(viii) Indebtedness (other than for borrowed money) subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01;
(ix) (A) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) assumed, or of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case in connection with any Permitted Acquisition;  provided  that such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition, or (2) owed to the seller of any property acquired in a Permitted Acquisition on an unsecured basis, provided that any such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Obligations, which subordination shall be on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, if the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (2) exceeds $50,000,000 at any time outstanding; in each case, so long as both immediately prior and after giving effect to such assumption, a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or incurrence, no Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom; and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of the Indebtedness set forth in clause (ix)(A) above;
(x) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation or stock based compensation to officers, directors and employees of any Parent, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(xi) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions and Permitted Acquisitions;
(xii) cash management obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, cash pooling, overdraft protections and similar
 
111

arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts arrangements and in the ordinary course of business, and Indebtedness or other obligations under any Cash Management Obligations;
(xiii) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by any Loan Party to current or former officers, directors and employees of any Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses in lieu of or combined with cash payments to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Parent permitted by Section 7.06;
(xiv) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Permitted Acquisition or Disposition under agreements providing for indemnification, earn-outs, adjustments of the purchase price or similar adjustments and contingent obligations;
(xv) [Reserved];
(xvi) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $250,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(xvii) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is non-recourse to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);
(xviii) Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness;
(xix) Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness;
(xx) Indebtedness consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;
(xxi) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims;  provided  that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
 
112

(xxii) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees provided by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(xxiii) Indebtedness under (A) the Existing Senior Secured Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,100,000,000, (B) the New Senior Secured Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $150,000,000, (C) the Senior Unsecured Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $765,000,000 and (D) any Permitted Refinancing in respect of the foregoing;
(xxiv) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
(xxv) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit;
(xxvi) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or Joint Venture in the ordinary course of business;
(xxvii) Indebtedness of WMG Acquisition (UK) Limited arising from the Investment described in Section 7.02(t); and
(xxviii) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest in respect of obligations described in clauses (i) through (xxvii) above.
Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.
Section 7.04. Fundamental Changes. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:
(a) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with (i) the Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize the Borrower into a new jurisdiction),  provided  that the Borrower shall be the continuing or
 
113

surviving Person or the surviving Person shall expressly assume the obligations of the Borrower in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or (ii) any one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries,  provided  that when any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party is merging with another Restricted Subsidiary, (A) a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (B) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Sections 7.02(c) and 7.03(b)(iv);
(b) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;
(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary;  provided  that (i) if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then the transferee must either be the Borrower or another Loan Party or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Sections 7.02 and 7.03, respectively;
(d) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that (i) the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall, or will within the times specified therein, have complied with the requirements of Section 6.12 to the extent Section 6.12 is applicable, (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in accordance with Section 7.02 or (iii) to the extent constituting a Disposition, such Disposition must be permitted in accordance with Section 7.05; and
(e) a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05;
provided that, for the purposes of this covenant only, a Music Publishing Sale will not be deemed to be a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Section 7.05. Dispositions. Make any Disposition, except:
(a) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business, and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
114

(b) (i) Dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) dispositions of Equity Interests received as consideration under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business with digital service providers or other providers;
(c) Dispositions of property by any Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party (i) the transferee thereof must either be the Borrower or another Loan Party or (ii) to the extent such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.02;
(d) Dispositions permitted by Sections 7.02, 7.04 and 7.06 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01;
(e) Dispositions of cash and Cash Equivalents;
(f) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
(g) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of property in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(h) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events upon receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Casualty Event;
(i) Dispositions of property or assets by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.05; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition, no Event of Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, (ii) the aggregate book value of all property Disposed of in reliance on this clause (i) shall not exceed $100,000,000 in any fiscal year or $250,000,000 in the aggregate since the Closing Date and (iii) the purchase price for such property paid to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be not less than 75% cash or Cash Equivalent consideration;
(j) Dispositions of Securitization Assets and other related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) in a Qualified Securitization Financing;
(k) Dispositions listed on Schedule 7.05(k);
(l) Dispositions of Investments in Joint Ventures, to the extent required by, or made pursuant to buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in, joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
 
115

(m) the abandonment of IP Rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
(n) (i) the cross-licensing or licensing of IP Rights, in the ordinary course of business in a manner that does not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) the contemporaneous exchange, in the ordinary course of business, of property for property of a like kind, to the extent that the property received in such exchange is of a value equivalent to the value of the property exchanged (provided that after giving effect to such exchange, the value of the property of the Borrower or any other Loan Party subject to Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent under the Collateral Documents is not materially reduced);
(o) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(p) any Music Publishing Sale;
(q) any sale, transfer or other disposition necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Borrower in order to consummate any acquisition (including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary);
(r) Disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50,000,000;
(s) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar actions with respect to assets;
(t) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business; and
(u) the unwinding or termination of any Swap Contracts.
Provided that any Disposition of any property pursuant to this Section 7.05 (except pursuant to Sections 7.05(a), (c), (d), (k), (m), (r) or (s)), shall be for no less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition. To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.05 to any Person other than the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to, and shall, take any actions necessary or appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.
 
116

Section 7.06. Restricted Payments. Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:
(a) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower and to Restricted Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests);
(b) the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of such Person;
(c) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions;
(d) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments in connection with the Acquisition, any Notes Exchange and the other Transactions;
(e) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into transactions expressly permitted by Section 7.04, 7.05 or 7.08;
(f) repurchases or withholding of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants, or the vesting of restricted stock (including restricted stock units) or other Equity Interests, if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligation with respect to, such options, warrants, restricted stock or other Equity Interests and any related payment or withholding in respect of such obligation;
(g) to pay, or permit any Parent to pay, for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of common Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Parent held by any future, present or former director, employee or consultant of the Borrower, any Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Parent in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Parent in connection with the Transactions;  provided  that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (g) does not exceed in any calendar year $30,000,000 (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the two (2) succeeding calendar years); and  provided further  that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds
 
117

from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower and, to the extent contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of any Parent, to any future, present or former, director, employee or consultant of the Borrower or any Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that occurs after the Closing Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to any future, present or former, director, employee or consultant of the Borrower, any Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests of the Borrower, any Parent or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to a deferred compensation plan of such entity plus (C) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (provided that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (g); and  provided further  that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower from any future, present or former, director, employee or consultant of the Borrower, any Parent, or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Parent shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement;
(h) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to any Parent in amounts intended to enable any such Parent to pay or cause to be paid:
(i) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate or other legal existence;
(ii) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes with respect to any period for which the Borrower is a member of a consolidated, combined or unitary group of which such Parent is a member; provided that the amount of such payments shall not exceed the tax liability that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries would have incurred were such taxes determined as if such entities were a stand-alone group; and provided that Restricted Payments under this clause in respect of any taxes attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries may be made only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries have made cash payments to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(iii) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, directors and employees of any Parent to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
118

(iv) general corporate overhead costs and expenses (including professional expenses) for any Parent to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(v) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Agreement;
(vi) taxes arising by virtue of (a) having capital stock outstanding or being a direct or indirect holding company parent of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Parent, (b) having guaranteed any obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (c) having made a payment in respect of any of the payments permitted to be made to it under this Section 7.06, (d) any actions taken with respect to any IP Rights and associated rights relating to the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower and (e) the receipt of, or entitlement to, any payment permitted to be made under this Section 7.06 or any payment in connection with the Transactions or any Notes Exchange, including any payment received after the Closing Date pursuant to any agreement related to the Transactions or any Notes Exchange;
(vii) payments made or expected to be made to cover social security, medicare, withholding and other taxes payable in connection with any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of any Parent or to make any other payment that would, if made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, be permitted pursuant to clause (k) below;
(viii) annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to any of the Sponsor and its Affiliates in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities, pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement or otherwise;  provided  that before and immediately after giving effect to such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or would result from such action; and
(ix) interest and principal when due on the Holdco Senior Unsecured Notes; provided that before and immediately after giving effect to such payment, no Event of Default under 8.01(a) or (f) shall exist or would result from such action;
(i) from and after a Qualifying IPO the declaration and payment of dividends on the Borrower’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any Parent to fund a payment of dividends on such Parent’s common stock), following the first Qualifying IPO of the Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of
 
119

any Parent after the Closing Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower in or from any such Qualifying IPO;
(j) Restricted Payments, together with the aggregate amount of prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments made pursuant to Section 7.12(a)(iii) in an aggregate amount not to exceed (x) $100,000,000  plus  (y) the Available CNI Amount,  provided  that before and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or would result from such action;
(k) payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former, director, employee or consultant of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent and their respective estates, spouses and former spouses and repurchases or withholding of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or the vesting of equity awards (including restricted stock and restricted stock units) if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligation with respect to, such options, warrants or equity awards and any related payment in respect of such obligation;
(l) Restricted Payments made in connection with the Transactions, the Sponsor Management Agreement or as otherwise consented to by the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) in an aggregate amount not greater than $90,000,000 within 60 days after the Closing Date with respect to the fiscal year during which the Closing Date occurs to the extent the basket under Section 4.11(b)(16) of the indenture governing the Existing Senior Secured Notes has not been used in such fiscal year on or prior to the Closing Date; and
(m) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, WMG Holdings in an amount not exceeding the amount of Excess Proceeds remaining after the consummation of any Asset Sale Offer (each as defined in the Senior Unsecured Notes Indenture), the proceeds of which are applied solely to the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Holdco Senior Unsecured Notes;  provided  that before and immediately after giving effect to such payment, no Event of Default under 8.01(a) or (f) shall exist or would result from such action.
Section 7.07. Change in Nature of Business. Engage in any material line of business substantially different from (a) those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or (b) those lines of business reasonably related, complementary, incidental or ancillary to those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any reasonable extensions, developments or expansions of any thereof.
 
120

Section 7.08. Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15,000,000, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than (a) transactions among the Borrower and/or any Restricted Subsidiary or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction, (b) on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (c) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the consummation of the Transactions or any Notes Exchange in amounts disclosed to the Joint Lead Arrangers prior to the Closing Date, (d) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under Section 8.01(f), the payment of management, consulting, advisory and monitoring fees to the Sponsor and its Affiliates in settlement of all amounts payable pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement or otherwise in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Maximum Management Fee Amount, and related expenses and indemnities or otherwise, (e) equity issuances by the Borrower permitted under Section 7.06, (f) loans and other transactions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent permitted under this Article 7, (g) customary fees and compensation payable to, and indemnities and reimbursements provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower, any Parent or any Restricted Subsidiaries, (h) entering into, and performing the obligations under, any tax sharing agreement among the Borrower, any Parent and any Subsidiary consistent with the limitations imposed on Restricted Payments, (i) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing, (j) the payments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsor and any of its Affiliates made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith, (k) transactions pursuant to agreements in existence on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.08 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, (l) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Borrower or any Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith and which are otherwise permitted under this Agreement, (m) dividends, redemptions and repurchases permitted under Section 7.06, (n) payments to or from, and transactions with, any Joint Venture in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto) and (o) licenses of IP Rights in the ordinary course of business.
 
121

Section 7.09. Burdensome Agreements. Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that limits the ability of (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Guarantor to make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Guarantor or to otherwise transfer property to or invest in the Borrower or any Guarantor or (b) the Borrower or any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Facility and the Obligations or under the Loan Documents;  provided  that the foregoing shall not apply to Contractual Obligations which (i) (x) exist on the Closing Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.09) are listed on Schedule 7.09 hereto and (y) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (x) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation, (ii) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, (iii) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Loan Party which (A) is permitted by Section 7.03 or (B) arises in connection with obligations secured by Liens permitted under Section 7.01, (iv) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 7.05, (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to Joint Ventures permitted under Section 7.02, (vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness (and excluding in any event any Indebtedness constituting any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness), (vii) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions may relate to the assets subject thereto, (viii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(b)(v) to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest, (x) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xi) are encumbrances or restrictions in connection with Non-Recourse Product Financing Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Acquisition Financing Indebtedness, (xii) are restrictions existing under the Loan Documents, the Senior Secured Notes, the Senior Unsecured Notes and any encumbrances or restrictions in connection with Swap Contracts and cash management obligations, (xiii) are Contractual Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which include customary provisions restricting the assignment of any agreement relating thereto (xiv) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business or
 
122

restrictions on cash or other deposits permitted under Section 7.01, (xv) are purchase money obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired, (xvi) secure any Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.01 and 7.03 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness, (xvii) are encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to any agreement, instrument or obligation (a “ Refinancing Agreement ”) effecting an extension, renewal, increase, refunding, replacement or refinancing of any contract, instrument or obligation referred to in clauses (i) through (xvi) of this Section 7.09 (an “ Initial Agreement ”) or that is, or is contained in, any amendment, supplement, restatement or other modification to an Initial Agreement or Refinancing Agreement (an “ Amendment ”); provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates or (xviii) are encumbrances or restrictions that arise or are agreed to in the ordinary course of business and do not detract from the value of property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary.
Section 7.10. [Reserved].
Section 7.11. Financial Covenant. Permit the Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower set forth below to be greater than maximum ratio (the “ Maximum Leverage Ratio ”) set forth opposite such fiscal quarter, if at the end of such fiscal quarter the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any issued Letters of Credit) is in excess of $5,000,000:

Fiscal Quarter	  	Maximum Leverage Ratio	
Q4 2011	  	6.25:1.00	
Q1 2012	  	6.25:1.00	
Q2 2012	  	6.25:1.00	
Q3 2012	  	6.25:1.00	
Q4 2012	  	6.25:1.00	
Q1 2013	  	6.00:1.00	
Q2 2013	  	6.00:1.00	
Q3 2013	  	6.00:1.00	
Q4 2013	  	6.00:1.00	
Q1 2014	  	6.00:1.00	
Q2 2014	  	6.00:1.00	
Q3 2014	  	6.00:1.00	
Q4 2014	  	5.75:1.00	
Q1 2015	  	5.75:1.00	
Q2 2015	  	5.75:1.00	
 
123

 	 	 	
Fiscal Quarter	  	Maximum Leverage Ratio	
Q3 2015	  	5.75:1.00	
Q4 2015	  	5.50:1.00	
Q1 2016	  	5.50:1.00	
Q2 2016	  	5.50:1.00	
Q3 2016	  	5.25:1.00	
Q4 2016	  	5.25:1.00	
For purposes of making the computation referred to above, if any Specified Transaction has been made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Measurement Period or subsequent to the Measurement Period and on or prior to the date of determination of the Leverage Ratio, the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period. If, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, since the beginning of such Measurement Period, such Person shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such Measurement Period, then the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of such Measurement Period.
For purposes of this Section 7.11, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the Notes Exchange), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and may, in accordance with clause (y) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and synergies resulting from or related to any such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions and the Notes Exchange) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings and synergies are taken or expected to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period).
Section 7.12. Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness. (a) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled interest shall be permitted) the Specified Junior Debt or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness
 
124

Documentation except (i) refinancing thereof with the Net Cash Proceeds of any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness or Excluded Contribution received by the Borrower, (ii) the conversion of any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), (iii) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of any Specified Junior Debt prior to its scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount, together with the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.06(j) and together with all prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments previously made pursuant to this subclause (iii), not to exceed (x) $100,000,000  plus  (y) the Available CNI Amount, and (iv) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments of the Specified Junior Debt (x) made from the proceeds of a Permitted Refinancing thereof or (y) required to be made upon (A) a Change of Control or (B) an asset sale or casualty or condemnation event,  provided  that before and immediately after giving effect to a payment, redemption, purchase or defeasance set forth in this clause (a)(iii) or (a)(iv)(y)(A), no Default or Event of Default shall exist or would result from such action, or (b) amend, modify or change in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders any term or condition of any documentation governing the Specified Junior Debt without the consent of the Joint Lead Arrangers, provided that nothing in this Section 7.12(b) shall prohibit the refinancing, replacement, extension or other similar modification of any Specified Junior Debt to the extent such refinancing, replacement, extension or other similar modification or the incurrence of Specified Junior Debt is otherwise permitted by Section 7.03.
Section 7.13. Capital Expenditures. (a) Make any Capital Expenditure (other than Permitted Acquisitions that constitute Capital Expenditures) except for Capital Expenditures not exceeding, in the aggregate for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during each fiscal year set forth below, the amount set forth opposite such fiscal year (the “ Annual Cap ”):

Fiscal Year	  	Annual Cap	
2011	  	$50,000,000	
2012	  	$50,000,000	
2013	  	$50,000,000	
2014	  	$50,000,000	
2015	  	$50,000,000	
2016	  	$50,000,000	
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clause (a) above, to the extent that the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in any fiscal year pursuant to Section 7.13(a) is less than the Annual Cap set forth opposite such fiscal year, the amount of such difference (the “ Rollover Amount ”) may be carried forward and used to
 
125

make Capital Expenditures in the two succeeding fiscal years, provided that the Rollover Amount shall be available first for Capital Expenditures in the then current fiscal year (but only up to the amount of the annual cap for the immediately preceding fiscal year) until such Rollover Amount is exhausted and then the annual cap for the then current fiscal year shall be available for Capital Expenditures. In addition, if a Permitted Acquisition shall have occurred during any fiscal year after the Closing Date, the amount of Capital Expenditures permitted for such fiscal year and each subsequent fiscal year shall be increased (pro rated for the period in which the acquisition occurs) by an amount equal to 1.5% of the net revenues of the acquired entity or Person acquired pursuant to such Permitted Acquisition for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarter ended most recently prior to such acquisition for which financial statements are available.
ARTICLE 8
EVENTSOF DEFAULTAND REMEDIES
Section 8.01. Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:
(a) Non-Payment. The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii) within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or with respect to any other Loan Document; or
(b) Specific Covenants. The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 6.02(k), 6.03(a), 6.05(a) (solely with respect to the Borrower) or Section 6.11 or Article 7;  provided  that the occurrence of any Event of Default under Section 7.11 is subject to the last  proviso  set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”; or
(c) Other Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower; or
(d) Representations and Warranties. Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of (x) the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith or (y) WMG Holdings in any Collateral Document, shall be incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
 
126

(e) Cross-Default. (i) Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment beyond the applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder or Indebtedness owed by any Loan Party to another Loan Party) having an aggregate outstanding principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) after expiration of any applicable grace or cure period therefor to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity;  provided  that this clause (B) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness; or
(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any of its Material Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or
(g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment. (i) Any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within sixty (60) days after its issue or levy; or
(h) Judgments. There is entered against any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and does not deny coverage) and there is a period of sixty (60) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or
 
127

(i) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) a Foreign Benefit Event occurs which, either individually or together with other Foreign Benefit Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or
(j) Invalidity of Loan Documents. Any material provision of this Agreement, the Guaranty or any Collateral Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05) or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or WMG Holdings contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any material provision of this Agreement, the Guaranty or any Collateral Document to which it is a party; or any Loan Party or WMG Holdings denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under this Agreement, the Guaranty or any Collateral Document to which it is a party (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Commitments or as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05)), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind this Agreement, the Guaranty or any Collateral Document to which it is a party; or
(k) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control.
Section 8.02. Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:
(a) declare the Commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;
(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable
 
128

hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;
(c) require that the Borrower cash collateralize the L/C Exposure in accordance with Section 2.23(j); and
(d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law;
provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g), the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to cash collateralize the L/C Exposure in accordance with Section 2.23(j) as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
Section 8.03. Application of Funds. Subject to Section 3.02 of the Security Agreement, after the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Exposures have automatically been required to be cash collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:
First, to the extent any amounts are proceeds of any collection or sale of the Collateral, to payment of all amounts owing to the Collateral Agent (in its capacity as such) pursuant to the Security Agreement or the terms of any First Lien Security Document (as defined in the Security Agreement) or any Loan Document;
Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 2.14, Section 2.15, Section 2.16 and Section 10.05 but excluding principal and interest on any Loan) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;
Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders arising under the Loan Documents (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 2.14, Section 2.15, Section 2.16 and Section 10.05), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
 
129

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and Letters of Credit, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
Fifth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and Letters of Credit, the termination value under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and/or other holders thereof in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;
Sixth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank, to cash collateralize the L/C Exposure in accordance with Section 2.23(j);
Seventh, to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and
Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, delivered to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.
Subject to Section 2.23(d) and Section 2.23(e), amounts used to cash collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as cash collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above and, if no Obligations remain outstanding, to the Borrower.
ARTICLE 9
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT
Each Lender and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (for purposes of this Article 9, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are referred to collectively as the “ Agents ”) its agent and authorizes the Agents to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents are hereby expressly authorized to (i) execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this
 
130

Agreement and the Collateral Documents, and (ii) negotiate, enforce or settle any claim, action or proceeding affecting the Lenders in their capacity as such, at the direction of the Required Lenders, which negotiation, enforcement or settlement will be binding upon each Lender.
The institution serving as the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent hereunder.
The Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that such Agent is instructed in writing to exercise by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.08), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, neither Agent shall have any duty to disclose, nor shall it be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to WMG Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.08) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 4 or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
 
131

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent may also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of their duties and exercise their rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Facility as well as activities of the Administrative Agent.
Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided below, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor, which successor, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, shall be subject to approval by the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and approved by the Borrower (to the extent required) and shall have accepted such appointment within 45 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. If no successor Administrative Agent has been appointed pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence by the 45th day after the date such notice of resignation was given by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent’s resignation shall become effective and the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder and/or under any other Loan Document until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent. Any such resignation by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall also constitute, to the extent applicable, its resignation as an Issuing Bank, and the resigning Administrative Agent (x) shall not be required to issue any further Letters of Credit and (y) shall maintain all of its rights as Issuing Bank, as the case may be, with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it prior to the date of
 
132

such resignation. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After an Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while acting as Administrative Agent.
Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any provision of any other Loan Document, each of the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Syndication Agent are named as such for recognition purposes only, and in their respective capacities as such shall have no duties, responsibilities or liabilities with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document; it being understood and agreed that each of the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Syndication Agent shall be entitled to all indemnification and reimbursement rights in favor of the Agents provided herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limitation of the foregoing, neither the Joint Lead Arrangers nor the Syndication Agent in their respective capacities as such shall, by reason of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, have any fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender, Loan Party or any other Person.
ARTICLE 10
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 10.01. Notices; Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax, as follows:
(a) if to the Borrower, to it at WMG Acquisition Corp., c/o Warner Music Group Corp., 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY 10019, Attention: General Counsel, Fax No. 212-275-3601, website: www.wmg.com;
 
133

with copies to:
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Jeffrey E. Ross, Esq., Facsimile: (212) 521-7465;
(b) if to the Administrative Agent, to Credit Suisse AG, Attention of: Sean Portrait, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010, Fax No. 212-322-2291, Email:  agency.loanops@credit-suisse.com ;
(c) if to the Issuing Bank, to Credit Suisse AG, Attention of: Adrian Silghigian, One Madison Ave., 2nd Floor, New York, NY 10010, Fax No. 212-325-8315, Email: list.ib-letterofcredit@credit-suisse.com; and
(d) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or fax number) set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto.
All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by fax or on the date five Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 10.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 10.01. As agreed to among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders from time to time, notices and other communications may also be delivered by e-mail to the e-mail address of a representative of the applicable Person provided from time to time by such Person.
Unless directed otherwise by the Administrative Agent or unless the electronic mail address referred to below has not been provided by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, the Borrower may, and may cause its Subsidiaries to, provide to the Administrative Agent all information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents or to the Lenders under Article 6, including all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (i) is or relates to a Borrowing Request, a notice pursuant to Section 2.10 or a notice requesting the issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.23, (ii) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) provides notice of any Default or Event of Default under this Agreement or any
 
134

other Loan Document or (iv) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any Borrowing or other extension of credit hereunder (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as “ Communications ”), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium that is properly identified in a format acceptable to the Administrative Agent to an electronic mail address as directed by the Administrative Agent. In addition, the Borrower agrees, and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries, to continue to provide the Communications to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, as the case may be, in the manner specified in the Loan Documents but only to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent.
The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, the “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on Intralinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “ PUBLIC ” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “ PUBLIC ” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “ PUBLIC ,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws ( provided ,  however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.16); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “ PUBLIC ” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated as “ Public Investor ;” and (z) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to treat the Borrower Materials that are not marked “ PUBLIC ” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not marked as “ Public Investor .” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following Borrower Materials shall be marked “ PUBLIC ”, unless the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent promptly that any such document contains material non-public information: (1) the Loan Documents and (2) notification of changes in the terms of the Facility.
Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information ” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States Federal and state securities laws, to make reference to Communications that are not made available through the “ Public Side Information ” portion of the Platform
 
135

and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.
THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”. NEITHER THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT NOR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES WARRANTS THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EACH EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS IS MADE BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY LOAN PARTY, ANY LENDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER OR NOT BASED ON STRICT LIABILITY AND INCLUDING DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF ANY LOAN PARTY’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF ANY SUCH PERSON IS FOUND IN A FINAL RULING BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED PRIMARILY FROM SUCH PERSON’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees that receipt of notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.
Nothing herein shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document in any other manner specified in such Loan Document.
 
136

Section 10.02. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and the Issuing Bank and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit by the Issuing Bank, regardless of any investigation made by the Lenders or the Issuing Bank or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any Fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not been terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20, 10.05 and 10.16 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank.
Section 10.03. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.
Section 10.04. Successors and Assigns. (a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective permitted successors and assigns.
(b) Each Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it), with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);  provided ,  however,  that (i) in the case of an assignment of a Commitment, each of the Borrower and the Issuing Bank must also give its prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) ( provided , that the consent of the Borrower (A) shall not be required to any such assignment made (x) to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or (y) after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default pursuant to Sections 8.01(a) or 8.01(f) and (B) shall be deemed to have been given if the Borrower had not responded within
 
137

10 Business Days of a written request for such consent), (ii) the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than $5,000,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, the entire remaining amount of such Lender’s Commitment or Loans);  provided  that simultaneous assignments by two or more related Approved Funds shall be combined for purposes of determining whether the minimum assignment requirement is met, (iii) the parties to each assignment shall (A) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or (B) if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, and, in each case, shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent), and (iv) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire (in which the assignee shall designate one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Loan Parties and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws) and all applicable tax forms. Upon acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 10.04, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits and subject to the obligations of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20, 10.05 and 10.16, as well as to the benefit of any Fees accrued for its account and not yet paid).
(c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that its Commitment and the outstanding balance of its Loans, in each case without giving effect to assignments thereof which have not become effective, are as set forth in such Assignment and Acceptance; (ii) except as set forth in (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
 
138

responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, or the financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or the performance or observance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that it is an Eligible Assignee legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 5.05(a) or delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (v) such assignee will independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, respectively, by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
(d) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(e) Upon its receipt of, and consent to, a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire completed in respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) above, if applicable, and the written consent of the
 
139

Administrative Agent and, if required, the Borrower and the Issuing Bank to such assignment and any applicable tax forms, the Administrative Agent shall promptly (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance and (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph (e).
(f) Each Lender may without the consent of the Borrower, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent sell participations to one or more banks or other Persons in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it);  provided ,  however , that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating banks or other Persons shall be entitled to the benefit of, and subject to the obligations under, the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.14, 2.16 and 2.20 (and subject to the obligations under Section 2.21(b)) to the same extent as if they were Lenders (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.20(g) shall be delivered by the participating Lender);  provided however , that no Loan Party shall be obligated to make any greater payment under Sections 2.14, 2.16 or 2.20 than it would have been obligated to make in the absence of such participation, and (iv) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of the Borrower relating to the Loans or L/C Disbursements and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications or waivers decreasing any fees payable to such participating bank or Person hereunder or the amount of principal of or the rate at which interest is payable on the Loans in which such participating bank or Person has an interest, extending any scheduled principal payment date or date fixed for the payment of interest on the Loans in which such participating bank or Person has an interest, increasing or extending the Commitments in which such participating bank or Person has an interest or releasing one or more Guarantors representing all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranty (other than in connection with the sale of such Guarantor in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04) or all or substantially all of the Collateral. To the extent permitted by law, each participating bank or other Person also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.06 as though it were a Lender, provided such participating bank or other Person agrees to be subject to Section 2.18 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose
 
140

name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. No Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to the Borrower or any other Person (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.
(g) Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 10.04, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant any confidential information relating to the Borrower, any Parent or any of its Subsidiaries furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower, any Parent or any of its Subsidiaries;  provided  that, prior to any such disclosure of information, each such assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant shall execute an agreement whereby such assignee or participant shall agree (subject to customary exceptions) to preserve the confidentiality of such confidential information on terms no less restrictive than those applicable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 10.16.
(h) Any Lender may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure extensions of credit to such Lender or in support of obligations owed by such Lender;  provided  that no such assignment shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “ SPV ”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement;  provided  that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPV to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPV elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Loan by an SPV hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender and such SPV shall be reflected in the Register. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPV shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the
 
141

payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPV, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPV any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.04, any SPV may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPV to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPV. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Loan Party shall be obligated to make any greater payment under Sections 2.14, 2.16 or 2.20 than it would have been obligated to make in the absence of any grant by a Granting Lender to an SPV.
(j) The Borrower shall not assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.
(k) In the event that any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender or S&P, Moody’s and Thompson’s BankWatch (or InsuranceWatch Ratings Service, in the case of Lenders that are insurance companies (or Best’s Insurance Reports, if such insurance company is not rated by Insurance Watch Ratings Service)) shall, after the date of any Lender’s Commitment, downgrade the long term certificate deposit ratings of such Lender, and the resulting ratings shall be below BBB-, Baa3 and C (or BB, in the case of a Lender that is an insurance company (or B, in the case of an insurance company not rated by InsuranceWatch Ratings Service)) (or, with respect to any Lender that is not rated by any such ratings service or provider, the Issuing Bank shall have reasonably determined that there has occurred a material adverse change in the financial condition of any such Lender, or a material impairment of the ability of any such Lender to perform its obligations hereunder, as compared to such condition or ability as of the date of such Lender’s Commitment), then the Issuing Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, at its own expense, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, to replace such Lender with an assignee (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph (b) above), and such Lender hereby agrees to transfer and assign without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph (b) above) all its interests, rights and obligations in respect of its Commitment to such assignee;  provided ,  however , that (i) no such assignment shall conflict with any law, rule and regulation or order of any Governmental Authority and (ii) the Issuing Bank or
 
142

such assignee, as the case may be, shall pay to such Lender in immediately available funds on the date of such assignment the principal of and interest accrued to the date of payment on the Loans made by such Lender hereunder and all other amounts accrued for such Lender’s account or owed to it hereunder.
Section 10.05. Expenses; Indemnity. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank in connection with the syndication of the Facility and the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby or thereby contemplated shall be consummated);  provided  that it shall not be responsible for fees, charges and disbursements of more than one counsel (in addition to one local counsel per relevant jurisdiction, and in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel per relevant jurisdiction for all similarly situated persons). The Borrower also agrees to pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel (and, if necessary, of one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction and in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel per relevant jurisdiction for all similarly situated persons).
(b) The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender, the Issuing Bank and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel (and, if necessary, of one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction and in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel per relevant jurisdiction for all similarly situated persons) arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated thereby (including the syndication of the Facility), (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Loans or issuance of Letters of Credit, (iii) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates) or (iv) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower
 
143

or the Subsidiaries; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted primarily from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. This Section 10.05(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.
(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount;  provided  that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank in its capacity as such. For purposes of this Section, a Lender’s “ pro rata share ” shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of the Aggregate Credit Exposure and unused Commitments at the time (in each case determined as if no Lender were a Defaulting Lender).
(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.
(e) The provisions of this Section 10.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank. All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be payable on written demand therefor.
Section 10.06. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and other Loan Documents held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any
 
144

demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section 10.06 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.
Section 10.07. Applicable Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN LETTERS OF CREDIT AND AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT LAW ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OR RULES DESIGNATED IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT, OR IF NO SUCH LAWS OR RULES ARE DESIGNATED, THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES (1998), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE PUBLICATION NO. 590 (THE “ ISP ”) AND, AS TO MATTERS NOT GOVERNED BY THE ISP, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 10.08. Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on the Borrower shall entitle the Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
(b) Neither this Agreement or any provision hereof nor any Loan Document or any provision thereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders;  provided ,  however , that no such agreement shall (i) decrease the principal amount of, or extend the maturity of or any scheduled principal payment date or date for the payment of any interest on any Loan or any
 
145

date for reimbursement of an L/C Disbursement, or waive or excuse any such payment or any part thereof, or decrease the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Disbursement, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby, (ii) increase or extend the Commitment or decrease or extend the date for payment of any Fees of any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender, (iii) amend or modify the pro rata requirements of Section 2.17, the provisions of Section 10.04(j) or the provisions of this Section or release one or more Guarantors representing all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranty (other than in connection with the sale of such Guarantor in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04) or all or substantially all of the Collateral, without the prior written consent of each Lender, (iv) modify the protections afforded to an SPV pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.04(i) without the written consent of such SPV or (v) reduce the percentage contained in the definition of the term “Required Lenders” without the prior written consent of each Lender (it being understood that with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Commitments on the date hereof);  provided further  that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) the Borrower may designate indebtedness to be secured as Additional Secured Obligation and Secured Obligations (each as defined in the Security Agreement) in accordance with Section 6.10 of the Security Agreement without the consent of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (ii) the Collateral Documents may otherwise be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement with the consent of the Required Lenders, and (iii) the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to enter into the Security Agreement Amendment substantially in the form of Exhibit E with such changes and additions as determined necessary or appropriate by the Administrative Agent (with the consent of the Required Lenders) in its sole discretion.
(c) The Administrative Agent and the Borrower may amend any Loan Document to correct administrative or manifest errors or omissions, or to effect administrative changes that are not adverse to any Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, such amendment shall become effective without any further consent of any other party to such Loan Document.
Section 10.09. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan or participation in any L/C Disbursement, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan or participation in such L/C Disbursement under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for,
 
146

charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan or participation in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan or participation hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan or participation but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 10.09 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or participations or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.
Section 10.10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Fee Letters and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any other previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
Section 10.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.11.
Section 10.12. Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, to the maximum extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
 
147

provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
Section 10.13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 10.03. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other customary means of electronic transmission (e.g., a “pdf” or “tiff”) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.
Section 10.14. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
Section 10.15. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in the Borough of Manhattan (together with any New York State court, the “ New York Courts ”), and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (other than the Collateral Documents to the extent otherwise set forth therein), or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court, provided that (i) if all such New York State courts decline jurisdiction over any Person, or decline (or in the case of the Federal court, lack) jurisdiction over any subject matter of such action or proceeding, a legal action or proceeding may be brought with respect thereto in another court having jurisdiction, and (ii) in the event that a legal action or proceeding is brought against any party hereto or involving any of its property or assets in another court (without any collusive assistance by such party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), such party shall be entitled to assert any claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this Section 10.15(a) would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal action or proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner
 
148

provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect (x) any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction, provided that any Loan Party shall be entitled to assert any claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this Section 10.15(a) would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal action or proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding or (y) any party from bringing any legal action or proceeding in any jurisdiction for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment.
(b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
Section 10.16. Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ officers, directors, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel, other advisors and numbering, administration and settlement service providers (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or quasi-regulatory authority (such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.16 to (i) any actual or prospective assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective obligations, (f) with the consent of the Borrower or (g) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.16. For the purposes
 
149

of this Section, “Information” shall mean all information received from the Borrower and related to the Borrower or WMG Holdings or their business, other than any such information that was available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure by or on behalf of the Borrower. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 10.16 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord its own confidential information.
Section 10.17. Lender Action. Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, unless expressly provided for herein or in any other Loan Document, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provisions of this Section 10.17 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.
Section 10.18. USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 
150

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.

WMG ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware
corporation	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Paul Robinson	
 	 	Name: Paul Robinson	
 	 	Title:   Executive Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 	 	 	
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN
        ISLANDS BRANCH, individually
        and as Administrative Agent and
        Issuing Bank	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ James Moran	
 	 	Name: James Moran	
 	 	Title:   Managing Director	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Ari Bruger	
 	 	Name: Ari Bruger	
 	 	Title:   Vice President	
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 	 	 	
UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC,
as a Lender	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Irja R. Otsa	
 	 	Name: Irja R. Otsa	
 	 	Title:   Associate Director	
 	 	
 	 	/s/ Mary E. Evans	
 	 	Name: Mary E. Evans	
 	 	Title:   Associate Director	
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

Exhibit 10.2
EXECUTION VERSION
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY
Dated as of July 20, 2011
From
THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN
and
THE ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS REFERRED TO HEREIN
as Guarantors
in favor of
THE SECURED PARTIES REFERRED TO IN
THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 1.	  	Guaranty; Limitation of Liability.	  	 	4	  	
Section 4.	  	Subrogation	  	 	5	  	
Section 5.	  	Payments	  	 	5	  	
Section 6.	  	Covenants.	  	 	6	  	
Section 8.	  	Guaranty Supplements	  	 	6	  	
Section 9.	  	Notices, Etc.	  	 	7	  	
Section 10.	  	No Waiver; Remedies.	  	 	7	  	
Section 11.	  	Right of Set-off.	  	 	7	  	
Section 12.	  	Continuing Guaranty; Assignments under the Credit Agreement.	  	 	7	  	
Section 13.	  	Execution in Counterparts.	  	 	8	  	
Section 14.	  	GOVERNING LAW.	  	 	8	  	
Section 15.	  	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL	  	 	8	  	
Section 16.	  	Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.	  	 	8	  	
Exhibit A - Guaranty Supplement
 
i

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY dated as of July 20, 2011 (the “Guaranty”) made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof under the caption “Subsidiary Guarantors” and the Additional Guarantors (as defined in Section 8) (such Persons so listed and the Additional Guarantors being, collectively, the “ Guarantors ” and, individually, a “ Guarantor ”) in favor of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
WHEREAS, WMG Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”) and a direct or indirect parent of each Guarantor, will, on the date hereof, enter into a Credit Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the Borrower, each Lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ”) and Credit Suisse AG as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.
WHEREAS, each Guarantor may receive, directly or indirectly, a portion of the proceeds of the Loans under the Credit Agreement and will derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and the Secured Hedge Agreements (together with all instruments, agreements or other documents evidencing Cash Management Obligations, the “ Finance Documents ”). It is a condition to the effectiveness of the Credit Agreement and the entry by the Hedge Banks into Secured Hedge Agreements from time to time that each Guarantor shall have executed and delivered this Guaranty.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and in order to induce the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and the Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements from time to time, each Guarantor, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, hereby agrees as follows:
Section 1. Guaranty; Limitation of Liability. (a) Each Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, the punctual payment, when due and payable, whether at scheduled maturity or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of each Loan Party and each other Restricted Subsidiary that is an obligor with respect to the Cash Management Obligations (each, an “ Obligor ”) now or hereafter existing (such Obligations being the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by any other Obligor to any Secured Party under or in respect of the Finance Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving such other Obligor.

(b) Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of this Guaranty, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Guaranty and the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of, and not otherwise be in violation of, Debtor Relief Laws, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this Guaranty and the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor under this Guaranty at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable law and that will otherwise result in the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor under this Guaranty not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
(c) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that in the event any payment shall be required to be made to any Secured Party under this Guaranty, such Guarantor will contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by law, such amounts to each other Guarantor so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Secured Parties under or in respect of the Finance Documents.
Section 2. Guaranty Absolute. Each Guarantor guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents. The Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor under or in respect of this Guaranty are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Obligor under or in respect of the Finance Documents, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against the Borrower or any other Obligor or whether the Borrower or any other Obligor is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of each Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire arising out of or in any way relating to, any or all of the following:
(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Finance Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;
(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Obligor under or in respect of the Finance Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to or departure from any Finance Document, including, without limitation, any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise;
 
2

(c) any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any Collateral or any other collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of, or consent to or departure from, any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;
(d) any manner of application of Collateral or any other collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any Collateral or any other collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents or any other assets of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries;
(e) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries;
(f) any failure of any Secured Party to disclose to any Obligor any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Obligor now or hereafter known to such Secured Party (each Guarantor waiving, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, any duty on the part of the Secured Parties to disclose such information);
(g) the failure of any other Person to execute or deliver this Guaranty, any Guaranty Supplement (as hereinafter defined) or any other guaranty or agreement or the release or reduction of liability of any Guarantor or other guarantor or surety with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations;
(h) any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any Secured Party with respect to the Finance Documents; or
(i) any other circumstance or any existence of or reliance on any representation by any Secured Party that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Obligor or any other guarantor or surety (other than the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations).
This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any Secured Party or any other Person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or any other Obligor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.
 
3

Section 3. Waivers and Acknowledgments. (a) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for performance, notice of nonperformance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that any Secured Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Obligor or any other Person or any Collateral.
(b) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any right to revoke this Guaranty and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.
(c) Each Guarantor herby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, (i) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any Secured Party that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of such Guarantor or other rights of such Guarantor to proceed against any of the other Obligors, any other guarantor or any other Person or any Collateral and (ii) any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.
(d) Each Guarantor acknowledges that the Administrative Agent may, in accordance with the Loan Documents, without notice to or demand upon such Guarantor and without affecting the liability of such Guarantor under this Guaranty, foreclose under any mortgage by nonjudicial sale, and each Guarantor hereby waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any defense to the recovery by the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties against such Guarantor of any deficiency after such nonjudicial sale and any defense or benefits that may be afforded by applicable law.
(e) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any duty on the part of any Secured Party to disclose to such Guarantor any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter known by such Secured Party.
(f) Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Finance Documents and that the waivers set forth in Section 2 and this Section 3 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
 
4

Section 4. Subrogation. Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against the Borrower or any other Obligor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s Obligations under or in respect of this Guaranty or any other Finance Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Secured Party against the Borrower or any other Obligor or any Collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Borrower or any other Obligor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until (1) the payment in full in cash of such Guaranteed Obligations that are accrued and payable, other than obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, (2) the termination or expiration (or the cash collateralizing or backstopping on terms agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank) of all Letters of Credit and (3) the termination of all Commitments. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the immediately preceding sentence at any time prior to (1) the payment in full in cash of such Guaranteed Obligations that are accrued and payable, other than obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, (2) the termination or expiration (or the cash collateralizing or backstopping on terms agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank) of all Letters of Credit and (3) the termination of all Commitments, such amount shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other property and funds of such Guarantor and shall forthwith be paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or assignment) to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, or to be held as Collateral for any Guaranteed Obligations or other amounts payable under this Guaranty thereafter arising. Upon (1) the payment in full in cash of such Guaranteed Obligations that are accrued and payable, other than obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, (2) the termination or expiration (or the cash collateralizing or backstopping on terms agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank) of all Letters of Credit and (3) the termination of all Commitments, the Secured Parties will, at such Guarantor’s request and expense, execute and deliver to such Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to such Guarantor of an interest in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from such payment made by such Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty.
Section 5. Payments. Any and all payments by any Guarantor under this Guaranty or any other Loan Document shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.
 
5

Section 6. Covenants. Each Guarantor covenants and agrees that, until (1) the payment in full in cash of such Guaranteed Obligations that are accrued and payable, other than obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, (2) the termination or expiration (or the cash collateralizing or backstopping on terms agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank) of all Letters of Credit and (3) the termination of all Commitments, such Guarantor will perform and observe, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform and observe, all of the terms, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents on its or their part to be performed or observed or that the Borrower has agreed to cause such Guarantor or such Subsidiaries to perform or observe.
Section 7. Amendments, Release of Guarantors, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty and no consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent and the Guarantors (with the consent of the requisite number of Lenders specified in the Credit Agreement, if applicable) and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. A Guarantor shall automatically be released from this Guaranty and its obligations hereunder upon (i) the sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (to a Person other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof) as permitted under the Credit Agreement or (ii) consummation of any other transaction or designation permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Guarantor becomes an Excluded Subsidiary;  provided  that no such release under this clause (ii) shall occur if such Guarantor is a guarantor in respect of any Related Debt. The Administrative Agent will, at such Guarantor’s expense, execute and deliver to such Guarantor such documents as such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its Guarantee hereunder pursuant to this Section 7;  provided  that such Guarantor shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a written request therefor and a certificate of such Guarantor to the effect that the transaction is in compliance with the Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized to rely on any such certificate without independent investigation.
Section 8. Guaranty Supplements. Upon the execution and delivery by any Person of a guaranty supplement in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto (each, a “ Guaranty Supplement ”), (a) such Person shall be referred to as an “ Additional Guarantor”  and shall become and be a Guarantor hereunder, and each reference in this Guaranty to a “ Guarantor ” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Guarantor, and each reference in any other Loan Document to a “ Guarantor ” or “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Guarantor, and (b) each reference herein to “ this Guaranty ”, “ hereunder ”, “ hereof ” or words of like import referring to this Guaranty, and each reference in any other Loan Document to the “ Guaranty ” or the “ Subsidiary Guaranty ”, “ thereunder ”, “ thereof ” or words of like import referring to this Guaranty, shall mean and be a reference to this Guaranty as supplemented by such Guaranty Supplement.
 
6

Section 9. Notices, Etc. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including e-mail or fax communication) and mailed, e-mailed, faxed or delivered to it, if to any Guarantor, addressed to it in care of the Borrower at the Borrower’s address specified in Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, if to any Hedge Bank, at its address specified in the Secured Hedge Agreement to which it is a party, if to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, at its address specified in Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made at such time as shall be set forth in Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement. Delivery by a facsimile or electronic pdf copy of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty or of any Guaranty Supplement to be executed and delivered hereunder shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.
Section 10. No Waiver; Remedies. No failure on the part of any Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
Section 11. Right of Set-off. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Guarantor against any of and all the Obligations of such Guarantor now or hereafter existing under this Guaranty or any other Loan Documents, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Guaranty or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section 11 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which such Lender may have.
Section 12. Continuing Guaranty; Assignments under the Credit Agreement. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until (i) the payment in full in cash of such Obligations that are accrued and payable, other than obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, (ii) the termination or expiration (or the cash collateralizing or backstopping on terms agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank) of all Letters of Credit and (iii) the termination of all Commitments, (b) be binding upon each Guarantor, its successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Secured
 
7

Parties and their permitted successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of clause (c) of the immediately preceding sentence, each Lender may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement as and to the extent permitted under Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement. Except as expressly provided in the Credit Agreement, no Guarantor shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender.
Section 13. Execution in Counterparts. This Guaranty and each amendment, waiver and consent with respect hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties thereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Guaranty by facsimile or electronically via pdf shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty.
Section 14. GOVERNING LAW. THIS GUARANTY AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS GUARANTY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT LAW ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 15. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS GUARANTY AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 15.
Section 16. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in the Borough of Manhattan (together with any New York State court, the “ New York Courts ”), and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or the other Loan Documents (other than the Collateral Documents to the extent otherwise set forth therein), or for recognition
 
8

or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court, provided that (i) if all such New York State courts decline jurisdiction over any Person, or decline (or in the case of the Federal court, lack) jurisdiction over any subject matter of such action or proceeding, a legal action or proceeding may be brought with respect thereto in another court having jurisdiction, and (ii) in the event that a legal action or proceeding is brought against any party hereto or involving any of its property or assets in another court (without any collusive assistance by such party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), such party shall be entitled to assert any claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this Section 16 would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal action or proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Guaranty shall affect (x) any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Guaranty or the other Loan Documents against the Guarantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction, provided that any Guarantor shall be entitled to assert any claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this Section 16 would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal action or proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding or (y) any party from bringing any legal action or proceeding in any jurisdiction for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment.
(a) Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(b) Each party to this Guaranty irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9. Nothing in this Guaranty will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
 
9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:	
 	
ROADRUNNER RECORDS, INC.	
T.Y.S., INC.	
THE ALL BLACKS U.S.A., INC.	
A. P. SCHMIDT CO.	
ATLANTIC RECORDING CORPORATION	
ATLANTIC/MR VENTURES INC.	
BERNA MUSIC, INC.	
BIG BEAT RECORDS INC.	
CAFE AMERICANA INC.	
CHAPPELL & INTERSONG MUSIC GROUP (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED	
CHAPPELL AND INTERSONG MUSIC GROUP (GERMANY) INC.	
CHAPPELL MUSIC COMPANY, INC.	
COTA MUSIC, INC.	
COTILLION MUSIC, INC.	
CRK MUSIC INC.	
E/A MUSIC, INC.	
ELEKSYLUM MUSIC, INC.	
ELEKTRA/CHAMELEON VENTURES INC.	
ELEKTRA ENTERTAINMENT GROUP INC.	
ELEKTRA GROUP VENTURES INC.	
EN ACQUISITION CORP.	
FHK, INC.	
FIDDLEBACK MUSIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.	
FOSTER FREES MUSIC, INC.	
INSIDE JOB, INC.	
INSOUND ACQUISITION INC.	
INTERSONG U.S.A., INC.	
JADAR MUSIC CORP.	
LEM AMERICA, INC.	
LONDON-SIRE RECORDS INC.	
MAVERICK PARTNER INC.	
[Signature Page to Guaranty]

 	
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS (cont-d):	
 	
MCGUFFIN MUSIC INC.	
MIXED BAG MUSIC, INC.	
MM INVESTMENT INC.	
NC HUNGARY HOLDINGS INC.	
NEW CHAPPELL INC.	
NONESUCH RECORDS INC.	
NON-STOP MUSIC HOLDINGS, INC.	
NVC INTERNATIONAL INC.	
OCTA MUSIC, INC.	
PEPAMAR MUSIC CORP.	
REP SALES, INC.	
RESTLESS ACQUISITION CORP.	
REVELATION MUSIC PUBLISHING CORPORATION	
RHINO ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY	
RICK’S MUSIC INC.	
RIGHTSONG MUSIC INC.	
RODRA MUSIC, INC.	
RYKO CORPORATION	
RYKODISC, INC.	
RYKOMUSIC, INC.	
SEA CHIME MUSIC, INC.	
SR/MDM VENTURE INC.	
SUPER HYPE PUBLISHING, INC.	
THE RHYTHM METHOD INC.	
TOMMY BOY MUSIC, INC.	
TOMMY VALANDO PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.	
TW MUSIC HOLDINGS INC.	
UNICHAPPELL MUSIC INC.	
W.B.M. MUSIC CORP.	
WALDEN MUSIC INC.	
WARNER ALLIANCE MUSIC INC.	
WARNER BRETHREN INC.	
WARNER BROS. MUSIC INTERNATIONAL INC.	
WARNER BROS. RECORDS INC.	
WARNER CUSTOM MUSIC CORP.	
WARNER DOMAIN MUSIC INC.	
WARNER MUSIC DISCOVERY INC.	
WARNER MUSIC LATINA INC.	
WARNER MUSIC SP INC.	
[Signature Page to Guaranty]

 	
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS (cont-d):	
 	
WARNER SOJOURNER MUSIC INC.	
WARNER SPECIAL PRODUCTS INC.	
WARNER STRATEGIC MARKETING INC.	
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC (SERVICES), INC.	
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.	
WARNER/CHAPPELL PRODUCTION MUSIC, INC.	
WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION	
WARNERSONGS, INC.	
WARNER-TAMERLANE PUBLISHING CORP.	
WARPRISE MUSIC INC.	
WB GOLD MUSIC CORP.	
WB MUSIC CORP.	
WBM/HOUSE OF GOLD MUSIC, INC.	
WBR MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.	
WBR/QRI VENTURE, INC.	
WBR/RUFFNATION VENTURES, INC.	
WBR/SIRE VENTURES INC.	
WEA EUROPE INC.	
WEA INC.	
WEA INTERNATIONAL INC.	
WEA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.	
WIDE MUSIC, INC.	
WMG MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.	
ASYLUM RECORDS LLC	
ATLANTIC MOBILE LLC	
ATLANTIC PRODUCTIONS LLC	
ATLANTIC SCREAM LLC	
ATLANTIC/143 L.L.C.	
BB INVESTMENTS LLC	
BULLDOG ENTERTAINMENT GROUP LLC	
BULLDOG ISLAND EVENTS LLC	
BUTE SOUND LLC	
CHORUSS LLC	
CORDLESS RECORDINGS LLC	
EAST WEST RECORDS LLC	
FBR INVESTMENTS LLC	
FOZ MAN MUSIC LLC	
FUELED BY RAMEN LLC	
[Signature Page to Guaranty]

 	
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS (cont-d):	
 	
LAVA RECORDS LLC	
LAVA TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC	
MADE OF STONE LLC	
PENALTY RECORDS, LLC	
PERFECT GAME RECORDING COMPANY LLC	
RHINO NAME & LIKENESS HOLDINGS, LLC	
RHINO/FSE HOLDINGS, LLC	
T-BOY MUSIC, LLC	
T-GIRL MUSIC, LLC	
THE BIZ LLC	
UPPED.COM LLC	
WARNER MUSIC DISTRIBUTION LLC	
WMG TRADEMARK HOLDING COMPANY LLC	
ALTERNATIVE DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCE	
MAVERICK RECORDING COMPANY	
J. RUBY PRODUCTIONS, INC.	
SIX-FIFTEEN MUSIC PRODUCTIONS, INC.	
SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.	
ARTIST ARENA LLC	
ATLANTIC PIX LLC	
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC	
FERRET MUSIC LLC	
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC	
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC	
P & C PUBLISHING LLC	
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                              	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity	
[Signature Page to Guaranty]

 	
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS (cont-d):	
 	
SUMMY-BIRCHARD, INC.	
ARTIST ARENA LLC	
ATLANTIC PIX LLC	
FERRET MUSIC HOLDINGS LLC	
FERRET MUSIC LLC	
FERRET MUSIC MANAGEMENT LLC	
FERRET MUSIC TOURING LLC	
P & C PUBLISHING LLC	
WARNER MUSIC NASHVILLE LLC	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                                  	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary of each of the above named entities listed under the heading Guarantors and signing this agreement in such capacity on behalf of each such entity	
[Signature Page to Guaranty]

 	
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS (cont-d):	
 	
WARNER MUSIC INC.	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Executive Vice President & Secretary	
 	
615 MUSIC LIBRARY, LLC	
 	
By: Six-Fifteen Music Productions, Inc., its Sole Member	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
ARTIST ARENA INTERNATIONAL, LLC	
 	
By: Artist Arena LLC, its Member	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to Guaranty]

 	
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS (cont-d):	
 	
NON-STOP CATACLYSMIC MUSIC, LLC	
NON-STOP INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING, LLC	
 	
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., its Manager	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
NON-STOP MUSIC LIBRARY, LC	
NON-STOP MUSIC PUBLISHING, LLC	
NON-STOP OUTRAGEOUS PUBLISHING, LLC	
NON-STOP PRODUCTIONS, LLC	
 	
By: Non-Stop Music Holdings, Inc., their Manager	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Vice President & Secretary	
 	
WMG ARTIST BRAND LLC	
 	
By: Warner Music Inc., its Member	
 	
By: /s/ Paul Robinson                                         	
Name: Paul Robinson	
Title: Executive Vice President & Secretary	
[Signature Page to Guaranty]

Exhibit A
To The
Subsidiary Guaranty
FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT
Credit Suisse AG, as Administrative Agent
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10010
RE: Credit Agreement dated as of July 20, 2011 among WMG Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”), each Lender from time to time party thereto and Credit Suisse AG as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”).
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the above-captioned Credit Agreement and to the Subsidiary Guaranty referred to therein (such Subsidiary Guaranty, as in effect on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, together with this Subsidiary Guaranty Supplement (the “ Guaranty Supplement ”), being the “ Subsidiary Guaranty ”). The capitalized terms defined in the Subsidiary Guaranty or in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as therein defined.
Section 1. Guaranty; Limitation of Liability. (a) The undersigned hereby, jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties (as defined below), the punctual payment, when due and payable, whether at scheduled maturity or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of each other Obligor now or hereafter existing (such Obligations being the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the undersigned’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by any other Obligor to any Secured Party under or in respect of the Finance Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving such other Obligor.
(b) The undersigned, and by its acceptance of this Guaranty Supplement, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Guaranty Supplement, the Subsidiary Guaranty and the Guaranteed Obligations of the undersigned hereunder and thereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of, and not otherwise be in violation of, Debtor Relief Laws, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this Guaranty Supplement, the Subsidiary Guaranty and the Guaranteed Obligations of the undersigned hereunder and thereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and the undersigned hereby irrevocably agree that the Guaranteed Obligations of the undersigned under this Guaranty

Supplement and the Subsidiary Guaranty at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under the applicable law and that will otherwise result in the Guaranteed Obligations of the undersigned under this Guaranty Supplement and the Subsidiary Guaranty not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
(c) The undersigned hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that in the event any payment shall be required to be made to any Secured Party under this Guaranty Supplement and the Guaranty, the undersigned will contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by law, such amounts to each other Guarantor so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Secured Parties under or in respect of the Finance Documents.
Section 2. Obligations Under the Guaranty. The undersigned hereby agrees, as of the date first above written, to be bound as a Guarantor by all of the terms and conditions of the Subsidiary Guaranty to the same extent as each of the other Guarantors thereunder. The undersigned further agrees, as of the date first above written, that each reference in the Subsidiary Guaranty to an “ Additional Guarantor ” or a “ Guarantor ” shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned, and each reference in any other Loan Document to a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”, a “ Loan Party ” or an “ Obligor ” shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned.
Section 3. Electronic Delivery. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Guaranty Supplement by facsimile or electronically via pdf shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty Supplement.
Section 4. GOVERNING LAW. THIS GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT LAW ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 5. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS GUARANTY
 
2

SUPPLEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 5.
Section 6. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) The undersigned hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in the Borough of Manhattan (together with any New York State court, the “ New York Courts ”), and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty Supplement or the other Loan Documents (other than the Collateral Documents to the extent otherwise set forth therein), or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court, provided that (i) if all such New York State courts decline jurisdiction over any Person, or decline (or in the case of the Federal court, lack) jurisdiction over any subject matter of such action or proceeding, a legal action or proceeding may be brought with respect thereto in another court having jurisdiction, and (ii) in the event that a legal action or proceeding is brought against any party hereto or involving any of its property or assets in another court (without any collusive assistance by such party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), such party shall be entitled to assert any claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this Section 6 would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal action or proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding. The undersigned agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Guaranty Supplement shall affect (x) any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Guaranty Supplement or the other Loan Documents against undersigned or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction, provided that any Loan Party shall be entitled to assert any claim or defense (including any claim or defense that this Section 6 would otherwise require to be asserted in a legal action or proceeding in a New York Court) in any such action or proceeding or (y) any party from bringing any legal action or proceeding in any jurisdiction for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment.
(b) The undersigned hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty Supplement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court. The undersigned hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
 
3

(c) The undersigned irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9 of the Subsidiary Guaranty. Nothing in this Guaranty Supplement will affect the right of any party to the Subsidiary Guaranty to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Very truly yours,	
 	
[NAME OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	Title:	
 
4

EXECUTION COPY
Exhibit 10.3
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
This Management Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of July 20, 2011, by and among Warner Music Group Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), WMG Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ WMG Holdings ”), and Access Industries, Inc., a New York corporation (“ Access ”).
RECITALS:
WHEREAS, Access, by and through its officers, employees, agents, representatives and affiliates, have expertise in the areas of corporate management, finance, product strategy, investment, acquisitions and other matters relating to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries; and
WHEREAS, the Company desires that it and its subsidiaries (together, the “Company Group”) avail themselves of the expertise of Access in the aforesaid areas, in which it acknowledges the expertise of Access;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the covenants and conditions herein set forth, the parties agree as follows:
Section 1. Oversight Services. During the term of this Agreement, Access shall render to members of the Company Group, by and through such of Access’s officers, employees, agents, representatives and affiliates as Access, in its sole discretion, shall designate from time to time, advisory, consulting and oversight services relating to strategic planning, marketing and financial oversight of the operations of members of the Company Group, including, without limitation, advisory and consulting services in connection with the selection, retention and supervision of independent auditors, outside legal counsel, investment bankers or other advisors or consultants of members of the Company Group (the “ Oversight Services ”).
Section 2. Transaction Services. From time to time after the date hereof, Access may, but is not required to, provide the Company Group with financial, advisory, investment banking or other services with respect to proposed transactions (each, a “ Transaction ”), including, without limitation, acquisitions or divestitures and public or private sales of debt or equity securities, including an initial public offering, which directly or indirectly involve members of the Company Group (the “ Transaction Services ” and, together with the Oversight Services, the “ Services ”).
Section 3. Fees.
(a) In consideration of the performance of the Oversight Services by Access, the Company shall, or shall cause one or more members of the Company Group to, pay to Access or its designee an aggregate annual fee (such fee, the “ Annual Fee ”) equal to the greater of (i) the Base Amount (as defined below) in effect from time to time or (ii) 1.5% of the EBITDA (as defined in the WMG Holdings Corp. 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019) of the Company for the applicable fiscal year. The “ Base Amount ” at any time shall be equal to the sum of (x) $6,000,000 and (y) 1.5% of the aggregate amount of Acquired EBITDA as at such time. The amount of “ Acquired EBITDA ” at any time shall be equal to sum of the amounts of positive

EXECUTION COPY
EBITDA of businesses, companies or operations acquired directly or indirectly by the Company from and after the date hereof, each such amount of positive EBITDA as calculated (by Access in its sole discretion) for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which internal financial statements are available at the date of the pertinent acquisition. The Annual Fee shall be calculated and payable as follows: (i) one-quarter of the Base Amount in effect on the first day of each fiscal quarter shall be paid on such date, in advance for the fiscal quarter then commencing and (ii) following the completion of every full fiscal year after the date hereof, once internal financial statements for such fiscal year are available, the Company and Access shall jointly calculate the EBITDA of the Company for such fiscal year and the Company shall, or shall cause one or more members of the Company Group to, pay to Access the amount, if any, by which 1.5% of such EBITDA exceeds the sum of the amounts paid in respect of such fiscal year pursuant to clause (i) above.
(b) In consideration of the performance of the Transaction Services by Access, in connection with each Transaction that is consummated, the Company shall, or shall cause one or more members of the Company Group to, pay fees to Access or its designee as compensation for providing the Transaction Services in an amount(s) mutually agreed upon between Access and the Company;  provided  that, for any transaction that involves the acquisition or divestiture of assets or securities, the fee for the Transaction Services provided by Access shall equal 1.5% (or such lesser percentage as Access in its sole discretion shall determine) of the enterprise value of such transaction.
Section 4. Expenses. In addition to the compensation payable to Access pursuant to Section 3 hereof, the Company shall, or shall cause one or more members of the Company Group to, pay directly, or reimburse Access for, its reasonable Out-of-Pocket Expenses. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Out-of-Pocket Expenses ” shall mean the amounts actually paid by Access in cash in connection with its performance of the Services, including, without limitation, ( i ) fees and disbursements (including underwriting fees) of any independent auditors, outside legal counsel, consultants, investment bankers, financial advisors and other independent professionals or organizations, ( ii ) costs of any outside services or independent contractors such as financial printers, couriers, business publications or similar services, ( iii ) transportation, and ( iv ) telephone calls, word processing expenses or any similar expense not associated with Access’s ordinary operations. All reimbursements for Out-of-Pocket Expenses shall be made promptly upon or as soon as practicable after presentation by Access to the Company of the statement in connection therewith.
Section 5. Indemnification.
(a) The Company and WMG Holdings (each, an “Indemnifying Party”) shall indemnify and hold harmless Access and its officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, members and affiliates, including its related investment funds (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all costs, expenses, liabilities, claims (including any third-party claims), damages and losses (collectively, “ Losses ”) relating to or arising out of the engagement of Access pursuant to this Agreement or the performance by Access of the Services pursuant hereto.
 
2

EXECUTION COPY
(b) The Indemnifying Party shall reimburse any Indemnified Party for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) as they are incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim, action, suit, investigation or proceeding (each, an “ Action ”) for which the Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification under Section 5(a), whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto,  provided  that, subject to the provisions of Section 5(c), the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Action at its own expense, with counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Party in its reasonable judgment.
(c) Any Indemnified Party may, at its own expense, retain separate counsel to participate in such defense, and in any Action in which an Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and an Indemnified Party, on the other hand, is or is reasonably likely to become a party, such Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, separate counsel and to control its own defense of such Action if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to such Indemnified Party, a conflict or potential conflict exists between the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Party, on the other hand, that would make such separate representation advisable.
(d) The Indemnifying Party agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the relevant Indemnified Party, settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened Action relating to the matters contemplated hereby (if any Indemnified Party is a party thereto or has been actually threatened to be made a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of the relevant Indemnified Party and each other Indemnified Party from all liability arising or that may arise out of or in connection with such Action. Provided that the Indemnifying Party is not in breach of its indemnification obligations hereunder, no Indemnified Party shall settle or compromise any Action subject to indemnification hereunder without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party.
Section 6. Termination.
(a) This Agreement shall be in effect until, and shall terminate upon, the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the tenth anniversary of the date hereof;  provided  that, if at the tenth anniversary of the date hereof Access (together with one or more of its affiliates) continues to own any equity securities in the Company or any member of the Company Group, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for successive one-year terms unless earlier terminated by any party upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the other parties and ( ii ) an initial public offering of equity securities of any member of the Company Group pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with aggregate proceeds of at least $75,000,000.
(b) Upon any consolidation or merger of the Company, or any conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of any member of the Company Group, whether in connection with the Acquisition or otherwise, the entity formed by such consolidation, or into which such member of the Company Group is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made (each, a “ Successor Entity ”), shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company or such member of the Company Group, as applicable, under this Agreement with the same effect as if the Successor Entity had been a party hereto. No such consolidation, merger or conveyance, transfer or lease shall have the effect of terminating this Agreement or of releasing any member of the Company Group or any Successor Entity from its obligations hereunder.
 
3

EXECUTION COPY
\(c) Upon any termination of this Agreement, the Company agrees immediately to pay or reimburse (or cause one or more members of the Company Group to pay or reimburse), as the case may be, in cash to Access (i) any accrued and unpaid Transaction Fee or portion thereof, plus (ii) any unpaid and unreimbursed Out-of-Pocket Expenses that shall have been incurred prior to such termination (whether or not such Out-of-Pocket Expenses shall then have become payable), plus (iii) a make-whole payment in an amount equal to the present value of remaining scheduled Annual Fee payments through the tenth anniversary of the date hereof, computed using Annual Fee payments equal to the greater of (i) the Base Amount or (ii) 1.5% of the EBITDA Amount as of such termination date, an annual discount rate of 5% and quarterly compounding.
(d) If, at any time, no member of the Company Group is permitted to make any payment or reimbursement due to Access under this Agreement under the terms of any credit agreement or other financing agreement to which any member of the Company Group is a party, such obligations shall accrue as provided herein, but payment or reimbursement thereof shall be deferred until such time as (x) such payments are no longer prohibited under the terms of the applicable agreement, or (y) the loan amount due thereunder is repaid in full. In the event of the liquidation of the Company, all amounts due Access under this Agreement shall be paid to Access before any liquidating distributions or similar payments are made to stockholders of the Company.
Section 7. Other Activities. Nothing herein shall in any way preclude Access or any of its officers, employees, agents, representatives, members or affiliates from engaging in any business activities or from performing services, whether for its own account or for the account of others, including for companies that may be in competition with the business conducted by any member of the Company Group.
Section 8. Miscellaneous.
(a) Amendment; Waivers. No amendment, alteration or modification of this Agreement or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless such amendment, alteration, modification or waiver is approved in writing by the Company and Access. The failure of any party to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of such provision and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.
(b) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be addressed as follows (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):
If to Access, to:
c/o Access Industries Management, LLC
730 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Attention:     General Counsel
Facsimile:    (212) 977-8112
Email:      amoreno@accind.com
 
4

EXECUTION COPY
If to the Company or WMG Holdings, to:
Warner Music Group Corp.
75 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, NY 10019
Attention:   Paul M. Robinson, EVP & General Counsel
Facsimile:  (212) 275-3601
Email:  Paul.Robinson@wmg.com
All such notices or communications shall be deemed to have been delivered and received (i) if delivered in person, on the day of such delivery, (ii) if by facsimile or electronic mail, on the day on which such facsimile or electronic mail was sent, (iii) if by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested), on the seventh business day after the mailing thereof or (iv) if by reputable overnight delivery service, on the second business day after the sending thereof.
(c) Binding Effect; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties;  provided ,  however , Access may, at its sole discretion, assign or transfer its rights and obligations hereunder to any of its affiliates.
(d) Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all previous oral and written (and all contemporaneous oral) negotiations, commitments, agreements and understandings relating hereto.
(e) Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder and the Persons subject hereto shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to conflicts of laws rules that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Each party hereto agrees that it shall bring any Action between the parties relating to this Agreement exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or to the extent such Court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Chosen Courts “), and solely with respect to any such Action ( i ) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chosen Courts, ( ii ) waives any objection to laying venue in any such Action in the Chosen Courts and ( iii ) waives any objection that the Chosen Courts are an inconvenient forum or do not have jurisdiction over any party hereto.
(f) Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives the right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or Action arising out of, relating to or in connection with this agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.
 
5

EXECUTION COPY
(g) Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, ( i ) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and ( ii ) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction
(h) Headings. The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
(i) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
(j) Delivery by Facsimile or Electronic Transmission. This Agreement and any signed agreement or instrument entered into in connection with this Agreement, and any amendments or waivers hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or by e-mail delivery of a pdf attachment shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or e-mail delivery of a pdf attachment to deliver a signature to this Agreement or any amendment hereto or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or e-mail delivery of a pdf attachment as a defense to the formation of a contract and each party hereto forever waives any such defense.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
 
6

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers or agents as set forth below.

ACCESS INDUSTRIES, INC.	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Lincoln Benet	
 	 	Name:	 	Lincoln Benet	
 	 	Title:	 	President	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Alejandro Moreno	
 	 	Name:	 	Alejandro Moreno	
 	 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President	

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Trent Tappe	
 	 	Name:	 	Trent Tappe	
 	 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President
Chief Corporate Governance and Securities Counsel and Assistant Secretary	

WMG HOLDINGS CORP.	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Trent Tappe	
 	 	Name:	 	Trent Tappe	
 	 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President
Chief Corporate Governance and Securities Counsel and Assistant Secretary	
[Signature Page to Management Agreement]

Exhibit 99.1
WMG ACQUISITION CORP. AND WMG HOLDINGS CORP. ANNOUNCE
EXPIRATION OF CASH TENDER OFFERS FOR CERTAIN SERIES OF THEIR
RESPECTIVE NOTES
NEW YORK, NY, July 26, 2011 (MARKETWIRE via COMTEX) –
WMG Acquisition Corp. (“WMG Acquisition”) and WMG Holdings Corp. (“WMG Holdings,” and together with WMG Acquisition the “Companies” and each a “Company”), both wholly-owned subsidiaries of Warner Music Group Corp. (“Warner”), today announced the expiration and final results of their previously announced cash tender offers (each, a “Tender Offer,” and collectively, the “Tender Offers”) to purchase the outstanding principal amount of each series of their respective notes listed in the table below (collectively, the “Notes”). The Tender Offers expired at 12:00 A.M., New York City time, on July 26, 2011 (the “Expiration Time”). The Tender Offers were made pursuant to the terms of an Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated June 27, 2011 (the “Offer to Purchase”) and the related Consent and Letter of Transmittal. The table below sets forth the principal amount of each series of Notes that was tendered prior to the Expiration Time and accepted for purchase by the applicable Company:

CUSIP / ISIN /
Common Code Nos.	  	Issuer	  	Title of Security	  	Outstanding
Principal
Amount	  	Principal Amount
Tendered and Accepted for
Purchase	
934548AE8
and ISIN No.
US934548AE86	  	WMG Acquisition Corp.	  	7 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2014	  	$465,000,000	  	$414,514,000	
 	 	 	 	 	
XS0190115344
XS0213135998
XS0190115773
021313599
019011577
019011534	  	WMG Acquisition Corp.	  	8 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2014	  	£100,000,000	  	£88,948,000	
 	 	 	 	 	
92930MAF0
US92930MAF05	  	WMG Holdings
Corp.	  	9.5% Senior
Discount Notes
due 2014	  	$257,927,000	  	$235,422,000	
The Tender Offers were made in connection with the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 6, 2011 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Airplanes Music LLC, an affiliate of Access Industries, Inc. (“Access Industries”), Airplanes Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Airplanes Music LLC, and Warner, pursuant to which Airplanes Merger Sub, Inc. merged with and into Warner on July 20, 2011 upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement (the “Merger”).
On July 20, 2011 (the “Initial Acceptance Date”), each Company accepted for payment all Notes tendered at or prior 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on July 11, 2011 (the “Early Consent Time”). On July 20, 2011, each Company also issued a notice of

redemption for all Notes not accepted for payment on the Initial Acceptance Date, and on July 21, 2011 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, entered into a Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture with respect to each indenture governing the Notes listed on the table above. Payment in respect of any Notes tendered and accepted for purchase following the Early Consent Time, but prior to the Expiration Time, is expected to be made promptly following the acceptance by the applicable Company of such Notes for purchase following the Expiration Time. Payment in respect of the redemption of any Notes not tendered prior to the Expiration Time is expected to be made on August 19, 2011.
The Companies engaged Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC as dealer managers for the Tender Offers (the “Dealer Managers”). Questions and requests for assistance regarding the Tender Offers should be directed to Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC at (212) 325-5912 (collect) or (800) 820-1653 (toll free) or UBS Securities LLC at (203) 719-4210 (collect) or (888) 719-4210 (toll free). Requests for documents may be directed to D.F. King & Co., Inc., which acted as the information agent (the “Information Agent”) for the Tender Offers, at (800) 714-3312 (toll free) or (212) 269-5550 (collect), or D.F. King (Europe) Limited, at +44 20 7920 9700 (main) or via wmg@dfking.com.
This announcement is not an offer to purchase or a solicitation of an offer to sell the Notes or any other securities. The Tender Offers were made solely pursuant to the Offer to Purchase and the related Consent and Letter of Transmittal.
About the Company
With its broad roster of new stars and legendary artists, Warner Music Group is home to a collection of some of the best-known record labels in the music industry including Asylum, Atlantic, Cordless, East West, Elektra, Nonesuch, Reprise, Rhino, Roadrunner, Rykodisc, Sire, Warner Bros. and Word. Warner Music International, a leading company in national and international repertoire, operates through numerous international affiliates and licensees in more than 50 countries. Warner Music Group also includes Warner/Chappell Music, one of the world’s leading music publishers, with a catalog of more than one million copyrights worldwide.
This communication includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements include statements regarding expectations as to transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. The forward-looking statements contained herein involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those referred to in the forward-looking statements. More information about Warner Music Group and other risks related to Warner Music Group are detailed in Warner Music Group’s most recent
 
2

annual report on Form 10-K and its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Warner Music Group does not undertake an obligation to update forward-looking statements.
Warner Music Group maintains an Internet site at www.wmg.com. Warner Music Group uses its website as a channel of distribution of material information related to Warner Music Group. Financial and other material information regarding Warner Music Group is routinely posted on and accessible at http://investors.wmg.com. In addition, you may automatically receive email alerts and other information about Warner Music Group by enrolling your email by visiting the “email alerts” section at http://investors.wmg.com. Warner Music Group’s website and the information posted on it or connected to it shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this communication.
Additional factors that may affect future results and conditions are described in Warner Music Group’s filings with the SEC, which are available at the SEC’s web site at  www.sec.gov  or at Warner Music Group’s website at  www.wmg.com .
Media Contact:
Will Tanous
(212) 275-2244
Email Contact: Will.Tanous@wmg.com
or 
Investor Contact:
Jill Krutick
(212) 275-4790
Email Contact: Jill.Krutick@wmg.com
 
3